# Configuration Options Reference

Subsequent sections contain the list of available ESP-IDF options automatically generated from Kconfig files. Note that due to dependencies between options, some options listed here may not be visible by default in `menuconfig`.

By convention, all option names are upper-case letters with underscores. When Kconfig generates `sdkconfig` and `sdkconfig.h` files, option names are prefixed with `CONFIG_`. So if an option `ENABLE_FOO` is defined in a Kconfig file and selected in `menuconfig`, then the `sdkconfig` and `sdkconfig.h` files will have `CONFIG_ENABLE_FOO` defined. In the following sections, option names are also prefixed with `CONFIG_`, same as in the source code.

## Build type

Contains:

- CONFIG_APP_BUILD_TYPE

- CONFIG_APP_BUILD_TYPE_PURE_RAM_APP

- CONFIG_APP_REPRODUCIBLE_BUILD

- Minimize binary changes between builds

- CONFIG_APP_NO_BLOBS

### CONFIG_APP_BUILD_TYPE

> Application build type

> Found in: Build type

> Select the way the application is built.

> By default, the application is built as a binary file in a format compatible with the ESP-IDF bootloader. In addition to this application, 2nd stage bootloader is also built. Application and bootloader binaries can be written into flash and loaded/executed from there.

> Another option, useful for only very small and limited applications, is to only link the .elf file of the application, such that it can be loaded directly into RAM over JTAG or UART. Note that since IRAM and DRAM sizes are very limited, it is not possible to build any complex application this way. However for some kinds of testing and debugging, this option may provide faster iterations, since the application does not need to be written into flash.

> Note: when APP_BUILD_TYPE_RAM is selected and loaded with JTAG, ESP-IDF does not contain all the startup code required to initialize the CPUs and ROM memory (data/bss). Therefore it is necessary to execute a bit of ROM code prior to executing the application. A gdbinit file may look as follows (for ESP32):

> > # Connect to a running instance of OpenOCD target remote :3333 # Reset and halt the target mon reset halt # Run to a specific point in ROM code, # where most of initialization is complete. thb *0x40007d54 c # Load the application into RAM load # Run till app_main tb app_main c

> Execute this gdbinit file as follows:

> > xtensa-esp32-elf-gdb build/app-name.elf -x gdbinit

> Example gdbinit files for other targets can be found in tools/test_apps/system/gdb_loadable_elf/

> When loading the BIN with UART, the ROM will jump to ram and run the app after finishing the ROM startup code, so there's no additional startup initialization required. You can use the load-ram in esptool to load the generated .bin file into ram and execute.

> Example:

>   esptool --chip {chip} -p {port} -b {baud} --no-stub load-ram {app.bin}

> Recommended sdkconfig.defaults for building loadable ELF files is as follows. CONFIG_APP_BUILD_TYPE_RAM is required, other options help reduce application memory footprint.

> > CONFIG_APP_BUILD_TYPE_RAM=y CONFIG_VFS_SUPPORT_TERMIOS= CONFIG_LIBC_NEWLIB_NANO_FORMAT=y CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_PANIC_PRINT_HALT=y CONFIG_ESP_DEBUG_STUBS_ENABLE= CONFIG_ESP_ERR_TO_NAME_LOOKUP=

> Available options:

> > - Default (binary application + 2nd stage bootloader) (CONFIG_APP_BUILD_TYPE_APP_2NDBOOT)

> > - Build app runs entirely in RAM (EXPERIMENTAL) (CONFIG_APP_BUILD_TYPE_RAM)

### CONFIG_APP_BUILD_TYPE_PURE_RAM_APP

> Build app without SPI_FLASH/PSRAM support (saves ram)

> Found in: Build type

> If this option is enabled, external memory and related peripherals, such as Cache, MMU, Flash and PSRAM, won't be initialized. Corresponding drivers won't be introduced either. Components that depend on the spi_flash component will also be unavailable, such as app_update, etc. When this option is enabled, about 26KB of RAM space can be saved.

### Minimize binary changes between builds

Contains:

- CONFIG_APP_BUILD_MINIMIZE_BINARY_CHANGES

#### CONFIG_APP_BUILD_MINIMIZE_BINARY_CHANGES

> Minimize binary changes between builds

> Found in: Build type > Minimize binary changes between builds

> Optimize the application binary so that "idf.py flash" can flash only the data sectors that changed. Fast reflashing works without this option, enabling it improves reflash effectiveness by reducing the amount of data written on each reflash.

> Enabling this option classifies component libraries into two categories: mutable and immutable. Mutable libraries are expected to change frequently during development, while immutable libraries are considered stable. All project component libraries are treated as mutable; all other libraries are treated as immutable.

> In the generated linker script, input sections from immutable libraries are placed before those from mutable libraries. This layout helps localize changes in the output sections of the ELF file, so that recompilation primarily affects a confined area associated with the mutable libraries.

> To support this, some compiler optimizations, such as constant merging, are disabled, which helps minimize differences in the binary image between builds. However, this may increase the overall image size and flash usage.

> Additionally, this option inserts a padding, defined by the APP_BUILD_MINIMIZE_BINARY_CHANGES_PADDING option, after the input sections of mutable libraries. This allows further isolation of changes but also increases the size of the binary image and flash consumption.

> This option is primarily intended for development. It increases binary size and disables optimizations; it is not recommended for production builds.

##### CONFIG_APP_BUILD_MINIMIZE_BINARY_CHANGES_PADDING_SIZE

> Padding size

> Found in: Build type > Minimize binary changes between builds > CONFIG_APP_BUILD_MINIMIZE_BINARY_CHANGES

> Selects the amount of padding (in kilobytes) to add after input sections of mutable libraries when "Minimize binary changes between builds" is enabled.

> Available options:

> > - 2 KB (CONFIG_APP_BUILD_MINIMIZE_BINARY_CHANGES_PADDING_2KB)

> > - 4 KB (CONFIG_APP_BUILD_MINIMIZE_BINARY_CHANGES_PADDING_4KB)

> > - 8 KB (CONFIG_APP_BUILD_MINIMIZE_BINARY_CHANGES_PADDING_8KB)

### CONFIG_APP_REPRODUCIBLE_BUILD

> Enable reproducible build

> Found in: Build type

> If enabled, all date, time, and path information would be eliminated. A .gdbinit file would be create automatically. (or will be append if you have one already)

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### CONFIG_APP_NO_BLOBS

> No Binary Blobs

> Found in: Build type

> If enabled, this disables the linking of binary libraries in the application build. Note that after enabling this Wi-Fi/Bluetooth will not work.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

## App Update config

Contains:

- CONFIG_SECURE_SIGNED_DATA_PARTITION

### CONFIG_SECURE_SIGNED_DATA_PARTITION

> Require signed Data partition images

> Found in: App Update config

> If set, the Data partition images will be verified during OTA updates. Only partitions with subtype ESP_PARTITION_SUBTYPE_DATA_UNDEFINED will be verified.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_SECURE_SIGNED_ON_UPDATE_NO_SECURE_BOOT

## Bootloader config

Contains:

- Application Rollback

- Bootloader manager

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_REGION_PROTECTION_ENABLE

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_TEST

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_FACTORY_RESET

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_HOLD_TIME_GPIO

- Log

- Recovery Bootloader and Rollback

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_CUSTOM_RESERVE_RTC

- Serial Flash Configurations

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_SKIP_VALIDATE_ALWAYS

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_SKIP_VALIDATE_ON_POWER_ON

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_SKIP_VALIDATE_IN_DEEP_SLEEP

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_WDT_ENABLE

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_VDDSDIO_BOOST

### Bootloader manager

Contains:

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_PROJECT_VER

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_COMPILE_TIME_DATE

#### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_COMPILE_TIME_DATE

> Use time/date stamp for bootloader

> Found in: Bootloader config > Bootloader manager

> If set, then the bootloader will be built with the current time/date stamp. It is stored in the bootloader description structure. If not set, time/date stamp will be excluded from bootloader image. This can be useful for getting the same binary image files made from the same source, but at different times.

#### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_PROJECT_VER

> Project version

> Found in: Bootloader config > Bootloader manager

> Project version. It is placed in "version" field of the esp_bootloader_desc structure. The type of this field is "uint32_t".

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 4294967295

> Default value:

>   - 1

### Application Rollback

Contains:

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_ROLLBACK_ENABLE

#### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_ROLLBACK_ENABLE

> Enable app rollback support

> Found in: Bootloader config > Application Rollback

> After updating the app, the bootloader runs a new app with the "ESP_OTA_IMG_PENDING_VERIFY" state set. This state prevents the re-run of this app. After the first boot of the new app in the user code, the function should be called to confirm the operability of the app or vice versa about its non-operability. If the app is working, then it is marked as valid. Otherwise, it is marked as not valid and rolls back to the previous working app. A reboot is performed, and the app is booted before the software update. Note: If during the first boot a new app the power goes out or the WDT works, then roll back will happen. Rollback is possible only between the apps with the same security versions.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_ANTI_ROLLBACK

> Enable app anti-rollback support

> Found in: Bootloader config > Application Rollback > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_ROLLBACK_ENABLE

> This option prevents rollback to previous firmware/application image with lower security version.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_ROLLBACK_ENABLE

##### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_SECURE_VERSION

> eFuse secure version of app

> Found in: Bootloader config > Application Rollback > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_ROLLBACK_ENABLE > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_ANTI_ROLLBACK

> The secure version is the sequence number stored in the header of each firmware. The security version is set in the bootloader, version is recorded in the eFuse field as the number of set ones. The allocated number of bits in the efuse field for storing the security version is limited (see BOOTLOADER_APP_SEC_VER_SIZE_EFUSE_FIELD option).

> Bootloader: When bootloader selects an app to boot, an app is selected that has a security version greater or equal that recorded in eFuse field. The app is booted with a higher (or equal) secure version.

> The security version is worth increasing if in previous versions there is a significant vulnerability and their use is not acceptable.

> Your partition table should has a scheme with ota_0 + ota_1 (without factory).

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_ANTI_ROLLBACK

##### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_SEC_VER_SIZE_EFUSE_FIELD

> Size of the efuse secure version field

> Found in: Bootloader config > Application Rollback > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_ROLLBACK_ENABLE > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_ANTI_ROLLBACK

> The size of the efuse secure version field. Its length is limited to 32 bits for ESP32, 4 bits for ESP32-C2, 9 bits for ESP32-C5, and 16 bits for other targets. This determines how many times the security version can be increased.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 16 if CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_ANTI_ROLLBACK

> Default value:

>   - 16 if CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_ANTI_ROLLBACK

##### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_EFUSE_SECURE_VERSION_EMULATE

> Emulate operations with efuse secure version(only test)

> Found in: Bootloader config > Application Rollback > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_ROLLBACK_ENABLE > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_ANTI_ROLLBACK

> This option allows to emulate read/write operations with all eFuses and efuse secure version. It allows to test anti-rollback implementation without permanent write eFuse bits. There should be an entry in partition table with following details: emul_efuse, data, efuse, , 0x2000.

> This option enables: EFUSE_VIRTUAL and EFUSE_VIRTUAL_KEEP_IN_FLASH.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_ANTI_ROLLBACK

### Recovery Bootloader and Rollback

Contains:

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_RECOVERY_ENABLE

#### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_RECOVERY_ENABLE

> Enable Recovery Bootloader

> Found in: Bootloader config > Recovery Bootloader and Rollback

> The recovery bootloader feature is implemented in the ROM bootloader. It is required for safe OTA updates of the bootloader. The feature is activated when the eFuse field (ESP_EFUSE_RECOVERY_BOOTLOADER_FLASH_SECTOR) is set, which defines the flash address of the recovery bootloader. If activated and the primary bootloader fails to load, the ROM bootloader will attempt to load the recovery bootloader from the address specified in eFuse.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_RECOVERY_OFFSET

> Recovery Bootloader Flash Offset

> Found in: Bootloader config > Recovery Bootloader and Rollback > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_RECOVERY_ENABLE

> Flash address where the recovery bootloader is stored. This value must be written to the eFuse field (ESP_EFUSE_RECOVERY_BOOTLOADER_FLASH_SECTOR) to activate the recovery bootloader in the ROM bootloader. The eFuse can be programmed using espefuse or in the user application with the API esp_efuse_set_recovery_bootloader_offset(). Setting this value in the config allows parttool.py to verify that it does not overlap with existing partitions in the partition table.

> The address must be a multiple of the flash sector size (0x1000 bytes). The eFuse field stores the offset in sectors. If the feature is no longer needed or unused, you can burn the 0xFFF value to disable this feature in the ROM bootloader.

> Range:

>   - from 0x0 to 0xFFE000 if CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_RECOVERY_ENABLE

> Default value:

>   - "0x3F0000" if CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_RECOVERY_ENABLE

##### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_ANTI_ROLLBACK_ENABLE

> Enable bootloader rollback support

> Found in: Bootloader config > Recovery Bootloader and Rollback > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_RECOVERY_ENABLE

> This option prevents rollback to previous bootloader image with lower security version.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_RECOVERY_ENABLE && SOC_BOOTLOADER_ANTI_ROLLBACK_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_SECURE_VERSION

> Secure version of bootloader

> Found in: Bootloader config > Recovery Bootloader and Rollback > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_RECOVERY_ENABLE > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_ANTI_ROLLBACK_ENABLE

> The secure version is the sequence number stored in the header of each bootloader.

> The ROM Bootloader which runs the 2nd stage bootloader (PRIMARY or RECOVERY) checks that the security version is greater or equal that recorded in the eFuse field. Bootloaders that have a secure version in the image < secure version in efuse will not boot.

> The security version is worth increasing if in previous versions there is a significant vulnerability and their use is not acceptable.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 4 if CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_ANTI_ROLLBACK_ENABLE

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_ANTI_ROLLBACK_ENABLE

### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION

> Bootloader optimization Level

> Found in: Bootloader config

> This option sets compiler optimization level (gcc -O argument) for the bootloader.

> - The default "Size" setting will add the -Os (-Oz with clang) flag to CFLAGS.

> - The "Debug" setting will add the -Og flag to CFLAGS.

> - The "Performance" setting will add the -O2 flag to CFLAGS.

> Note that custom optimization levels may be unsupported.

> Available options:

> > - Size (-Os with GCC, -Oz with Clang) (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_SIZE)

> > - Debug (-Og) (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_DEBUG)

> > - Optimize for performance (-O2) (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_PERF)

### Log

Contains:

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_LEVEL

- Format

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_VERSION

- Settings

#### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_VERSION

> Log version

> Found in: Bootloader config > Log

> Select the log version to be used by the ESP log component. The app log version (CONFIG_LOG_VERSION) controls the version used in the bootloader, preventing the selection of different versions. For description of V1 and V2 see CONFIG_LOG_VERSION.

> Available options:

> > - V1 (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_VERSION_1)

> > - V2 (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_VERSION_2)

#### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_LEVEL

> Bootloader log verbosity

> Found in: Bootloader config > Log

> Specify how much output to see in bootloader logs.

> Available options:

> > - No output (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - Error (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - Warning (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_LEVEL_WARN)

> > - Info (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_LEVEL_INFO)

> > - Debug (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - Verbose (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

#### Format

Contains:

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_COLORS_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_TIMESTAMP_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_COLORS

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_TIMESTAMP_SOURCE

##### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_COLORS

> Color

> Found in: Bootloader config > Log > Format

> Enable ANSI terminal color codes. Logs (info, errors, warnings) will contain color codes. In order to view these, your terminal program must support ANSI color codes.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_COLORS_SUPPORT

> Allow enabling color output at run time

> Found in: Bootloader config > Log > Format

> Enables support for color codes in the esp_log() function. If CONFIG_LOG_COLORS is enabled, this option is always active. If CONFIG_LOG_COLORS is disabled, this option allows you to still handle color codes in specific files by defining ESP_LOG_COLOR_DISABLED as 0 before including esp_log.h.

> Note that enabling this option may slightly increase RAM/FLASH usage due to additional color handling functionality. It provides flexibility to manage color output even when CONFIG_LOG_COLORS is turned off.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_VERSION_2

##### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_TIMESTAMP_SOURCE

> Timestamp

> Found in: Bootloader config > Log > Format

> Choose what sort of timestamp is displayed in the log output:

> - "None" - The log will only contain the actual log messages themselves without any time-related information. Avoiding timestamps can help conserve processing power and memory. It might useful when you perform log analysis or debugging, sometimes it's more straightforward to work with logs that lack timestamps, especially if the time of occurrence is not critical for understanding the issues. "I log_test: info message"

> - "Milliseconds since boot" is calculated from the RTOS tick count multiplied by the tick period. This time will reset after a software reboot. "I (112500) log_test: info message"

> Available options:

> > - None (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_TIMESTAMP_SOURCE_NONE)

> > - Milliseconds Since Boot (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_TIMESTAMP_SOURCE_CPU_TICKS)

##### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_TIMESTAMP_SUPPORT

> Allow enabling timestamp output at run time

> Found in: Bootloader config > Log > Format

> Enables support for timestamp in the esp_log() function. If CONFIG_LOG_TIMESTAMP_SOURCE_NONE, this option allows you to still handle timestamp in specific files by defining ESP_LOG_TIMESTAMP_DISABLED as 0 before including esp_log.h.

> Note that enabling this option may slightly increase RAM/FLASH usage due to additional timestamp handling functionality. It provides flexibility to manage timestamp output even when CONFIG_LOG_TIMESTAMP_SOURCE_NONE.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_VERSION_2

#### Settings

Contains:

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_MODE

##### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_MODE

> Log Mode

> Found in: Bootloader config > Log > Settings

> Available options:

> > - Text Log Mode (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_MODE_TEXT)

> >   Enables text-based logging, where log messages are stored in a human-readable format. This mode is useful for development and debugging, as it allows logs to be easily read and interpreted without additional processing.

> > - Binary Log Mode (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_MODE_BINARY)

> >   Enables binary logging with host-side format string expansion. In this mode, the format argument of ESP_LOGx, ESP_EARLY_LOG, and ESP_DRAM_LOG macros is stored in a NOLOAD section, not included in the final binary file. This reduces flash usage by approximately 10% - 35%. The esp_log() function uses the binary log handler to output messages. Instead of sending the full log string, the chip transmits only the addresses of these strings (if present in the ELF file). If the format string cannot be found in the ELF file, the chip sends the entire string. The host-side monitor tool, which has access to the ELF file, reconstructs the log message using the format string. This reduces firmware size by eliminating format strings from flash memory and removing the usage of printf-like functions, potentially freeing up a few kilobytes of space. To further reduce firmware size, wrap string data with ESP_LOG_ATTR_STR.

### Serial Flash Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_FLASH_DC_AWARE

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_CACHE_32BIT_ADDR_QUAD_FLASH

- CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_FLASH_XMC_SUPPORT

#### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_FLASH_DC_AWARE

> Allow app adjust Dummy Cycle bits in SPI Flash for higher frequency (READ HELP FIRST)

> Found in: Bootloader config > Serial Flash Configurations

> This will force 2nd bootloader to be loaded by DOUT mode, and will restore Dummy Cycle setting by resetting the Flash

#### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_FLASH_XMC_SUPPORT

> Enable the support for flash chips of XMC (READ DOCS FIRST)

> Found in: Bootloader config > Serial Flash Configurations

> Perform the startup flow recommended by XMC. Please consult XMC for the details of this flow. XMC chips will be forbidden to be used, when this option is disabled.

> DON'T DISABLE THIS UNLESS YOU KNOW WHAT YOU ARE DOING.

> comment "Features below require specific hardware (READ DOCS FIRST!)"

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_CACHE_32BIT_ADDR_QUAD_FLASH

> Enable cache access to 32-bit-address (over 16MB) range of SPI Flash (READ DOCS FIRST)

> Found in: Bootloader config > Serial Flash Configurations

> Enabling this option allows the CPU to access 32-bit-address flash beyond 16M range. 1. This option only valid for 4-line flash. Octal flash doesn't need this. 2. This option is experimental, which means it can’t use on all flash chips stable, for more information, please contact Espressif Business support.

### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_VDDSDIO_BOOST

> VDDSDIO LDO voltage

> Found in: Bootloader config

> If this option is enabled, and VDDSDIO LDO is set to 1.8V (using eFuse or MTDI bootstrapping pin), bootloader will change LDO settings to output 1.9V instead. This helps prevent flash chip from browning out during flash programming operations.

> This option has no effect if VDDSDIO is set to 3.3V, or if the internal VDDSDIO regulator is disabled via eFuse.

> Available options:

> > - 1.8V (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_VDDSDIO_BOOST_1_8V)

> > - 1.9V (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_VDDSDIO_BOOST_1_9V)

### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_FACTORY_RESET

> GPIO triggers factory reset

> Found in: Bootloader config

> Allows to reset the device to factory settings: - clear one or more data partitions; - boot from "factory" partition. The factory reset will occur if there is a GPIO input held at the configured level while device starts up. See settings below.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_NUM_PIN_FACTORY_RESET

> Number of the GPIO input for factory reset

> Found in: Bootloader config > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_FACTORY_RESET

> The selected GPIO will be configured as an input with internal pull-up enabled. To trigger a factory reset, this GPIO must be held high or low (as configured) on startup.

> Note that on some SoCs not all pins have an internal pull-up and certain pins are already used by ROM bootloader as bootstrapping. Refer to the technical reference manual for further details on the selected SoC.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 54 if CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_FACTORY_RESET

> Default value:

>   - 4 if CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_FACTORY_RESET

#### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_FACTORY_RESET_PIN_LEVEL

> Factory reset GPIO level

> Found in: Bootloader config > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_FACTORY_RESET

> Pin level for factory reset, can be triggered on low or high.

> Available options:

> > - Reset on GPIO low (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_FACTORY_RESET_PIN_LOW)

> > - Reset on GPIO high (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_FACTORY_RESET_PIN_HIGH)

#### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_OTA_DATA_ERASE

> Clear OTA data on factory reset (select factory partition)

> Found in: Bootloader config > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_FACTORY_RESET

> The device will boot from "factory" partition (or OTA slot 0 if no factory partition is present) after a factory reset.

#### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_DATA_FACTORY_RESET

> Comma-separated names of partitions to clear on factory reset

> Found in: Bootloader config > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_FACTORY_RESET

> Allows customers to select which data partitions will be erased while factory reset.

> Specify the names of partitions as a comma-delimited with optional spaces for readability. (Like this: "nvs, phy_init, ...") Make sure that the name specified in the partition table and here are the same. Partitions of type "app" cannot be specified here.

> Default value:

>   - "nvs" if CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_FACTORY_RESET

### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_TEST

> GPIO triggers boot from test app partition

> Found in: Bootloader config

> Allows to run the test app from "TEST" partition. A boot from "test" partition will occur if there is a GPIO input pulled low while device starts up. See settings below.

#### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_NUM_PIN_APP_TEST

> Number of the GPIO input to boot TEST partition

> Found in: Bootloader config > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_TEST

> The selected GPIO will be configured as an input with internal pull-up enabled. To trigger a test app, this GPIO must be pulled low on reset. After the GPIO input is deactivated and the device reboots, the old application will boot. (factory or OTA[x]).

> Note that on some SoCs not all pins have an internal pull-up and certain pins are already used by ROM bootloader as bootstrapping. Refer to the technical reference manual for further details on the selected SoC.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 54 if CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_TEST

> Default value:

>   - 18 if CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_TEST

#### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_TEST_PIN_LEVEL

> App test GPIO level

> Found in: Bootloader config > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_TEST

> Pin level for app test, can be triggered on low or high.

> Available options:

> > - Enter test app on GPIO low (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_TEST_PIN_LOW)

> > - Enter test app on GPIO high (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_TEST_PIN_HIGH)

### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_HOLD_TIME_GPIO

> Hold time of GPIO for reset/test mode (seconds)

> Found in: Bootloader config

> The GPIO must be held low continuously for this period of time after reset before a factory reset or test partition boot (as applicable) is performed.

> Default value:

>   - 5 if CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_FACTORY_RESET || CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_TEST

### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_REGION_PROTECTION_ENABLE

> Enable protection for unmapped memory regions

> Found in: Bootloader config

> Protects the unmapped memory regions of the entire address space from unintended accesses. This will ensure that an exception will be triggered whenever the CPU performs a memory operation on unmapped regions of the address space. NOTE: Disabling this config on some targets (ESP32-C6, ESP32-H2, ESP32-C5) would not generate an exception when reading from or writing to 0x0.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_WDT_ENABLE

> Use RTC watchdog in start code

> Found in: Bootloader config

> Tracks the execution time of startup code. If the execution time is exceeded, the RTC_WDT will restart system. It is also useful to prevent a lock up in start code caused by an unstable power source. NOTE: Tracks the execution time starts from the bootloader code - re-set timeout, while selecting the source for slow_clk - and ends calling app_main. Re-set timeout is needed due to WDT uses a SLOW_CLK clock source. After changing a frequency slow_clk a time of WDT needs to re-set for new frequency. slow_clk depends on RTC_CLK_SRC (INTERNAL_RC or EXTERNAL_CRYSTAL).

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_WDT_DISABLE_IN_USER_CODE

> Allows RTC watchdog disable in user code

> Found in: Bootloader config > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_WDT_ENABLE

> If this option is set, the ESP-IDF app must explicitly reset, feed, or disable the rtc_wdt in the app's own code. If this option is not set (default), then rtc_wdt will be disabled by ESP-IDF before calling the app_main() function.

> Use function wdt_hal_feed() for resetting counter of RTC_WDT. For esp32/s2 you can also use rtc_wdt_feed().

> Use function wdt_hal_disable() for disabling RTC_WDT. For esp32/s2 you can also use rtc_wdt_disable().

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_WDT_TIME_MS

> Timeout for RTC watchdog (ms)

> Found in: Bootloader config > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_WDT_ENABLE

> Verify that this parameter is correct and more then the execution time. Pay attention to options such as reset to factory, trigger test partition and encryption on boot - these options can increase the execution time. Note: RTC_WDT will reset while encryption operations will be performed.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 120000

> Default value:

>   - 9000

### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_SKIP_VALIDATE_IN_DEEP_SLEEP

> Skip image validation when exiting deep sleep

> Found in: Bootloader config

> This option disables the normal validation of an image coming out of deep sleep (checksums, SHA256, and signature). This is a trade-off between wakeup performance from deep sleep, and image integrity checks.

> Only enable this if you know what you are doing. It should not be used in conjunction with using deep_sleep() entry and changing the active OTA partition as this would skip the validation upon first load of the new OTA partition.

> It is possible to enable this option with Secure Boot if "allow insecure options" is enabled, however it's strongly recommended to NOT enable it as it may allow a Secure Boot bypass.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT && CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_INSECURE

### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_SKIP_VALIDATE_ON_POWER_ON

> Skip image validation from power on reset (READ HELP FIRST)

> Found in: Bootloader config

> Some applications need to boot very quickly from power on. By default, the entire app binary is read from flash and verified which takes up a significant portion of the boot time.

> Enabling this option will skip validation of the app when the SoC boots from power on. Note that in this case it's not possible for the bootloader to detect if an app image is corrupted in the flash, therefore it's not possible to safely fall back to a different app partition. Flash corruption of this kind is unlikely but can happen if there is a serious firmware bug or physical damage.

> Following other reset types, the bootloader will still validate the app image. This increases the chances that flash corruption resulting in a crash can be detected following soft reset, and the bootloader will fall back to a valid app image. To increase the chances of successfully recovering from a flash corruption event, keep the option BOOTLOADER_WDT_ENABLE enabled and consider also enabling BOOTLOADER_WDT_DISABLE_IN_USER_CODE - then manually disable the RTC Watchdog once the app is running. In addition, enable both the Task and Interrupt watchdog timers with reset options set.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_SKIP_VALIDATE_ALWAYS

> Skip image validation always (READ HELP FIRST)

> Found in: Bootloader config

> Selecting this option prevents the bootloader from ever validating the app image before booting it. Any flash corruption of the selected app partition will make the entire SoC unbootable.

> Although flash corruption is a very rare case, it is not recommended to select this option. Consider selecting "Skip image validation from power on reset" instead. However, if boot time is the only important factor then it can be enabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_CUSTOM_RESERVE_RTC

> Reserve RTC FAST memory for custom purposes

> Found in: Bootloader config

> This option allows the customer to place data in the RTC FAST memory, this area remains valid when rebooted, except for power loss. This memory is located at a fixed address and is available for both the bootloader and the application. (The application and bootloader must be compiled with the same option). The RTC FAST memory has access only through PRO_CPU.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_CUSTOM_RESERVE_RTC_IN_CRC

> Include custom memory in the CRC calculation

> Found in: Bootloader config > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_CUSTOM_RESERVE_RTC

> This option allows the customer to use the legacy bootloader behavior when the RTC FAST memory CRC calculation takes place. When this option is enabled, the allocated user custom data will be taken into account in the CRC calculation. This means that any change to the custom data would need a CRC update to prevent the bootloader from marking this data as corrupted. If this option is disabled, the custom data will not be taken into account when calculating the RTC FAST memory CRC. The user custom data can be changed freely, without the need to update the CRC. THIS OPTION MUST BE THE SAME FOR BOTH THE BOOTLOADER AND THE APPLICATION BUILDS.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_CUSTOM_RESERVE_RTC

#### CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_CUSTOM_RESERVE_RTC_SIZE

> Size in bytes for custom purposes

> Found in: Bootloader config > CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_CUSTOM_RESERVE_RTC

> This option reserves in RTC FAST memory the area for custom purposes. If you want to create your own bootloader and save more information in this area of memory, you can increase it. It must be a multiple of 4 bytes. This area (rtc_retain_mem_t) is reserved and has access from the bootloader and an application.

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_CUSTOM_RESERVE_RTC

## Security features

Contains:

- CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_INSECURE

- CONFIG_SECURE_SIGNED_APPS_SCHEME

- CONFIG_SECURE_SIGNED_ON_BOOT_NO_SECURE_BOOT

- CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_CHECK_ENC_EN_IN_APP

- CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_V2_ALLOW_EFUSE_RD_DIS

- CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_ECDSA_KEY_LEN_SIZE

- CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_ENABLE_AGGRESSIVE_KEY_REVOKE

- CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENC_ENABLED

- CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT

- CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENCRYPT_ONLY_IMAGE_LEN_IN_APP_PART

- CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_FLASH_BOOTLOADER_DEFAULT

- CONFIG_SECURE_BOOTLOADER_KEY_ENCODING

- CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_PSEUDO_ROUND_FUNC

- Potentially insecure options

- CONFIG_SECURE_SIGNED_APPS_NO_SECURE_BOOT

- CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_VERIFICATION_KEY

- CONFIG_SECURE_BOOTLOADER_MODE

- CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_BUILD_SIGNED_BINARIES

- CONFIG_SECURE_UART_ROM_DL_MODE

- CONFIG_SECURE_SIGNED_ON_UPDATE_NO_SECURE_BOOT

### CONFIG_SECURE_SIGNED_APPS_NO_SECURE_BOOT

> Require signed app images

> Found in: Security features

> Require apps to be signed to verify their integrity.

> This option uses the same app signature scheme as hardware secure boot, but unlike hardware secure boot it does not prevent the bootloader from being physically updated. This means that the device can be secured against remote network access, but not physical access. Compared to using hardware Secure Boot this option is much simpler to implement.

### CONFIG_SECURE_SIGNED_APPS_SCHEME

> App Signing Scheme

> Found in: Security features

> Select the Secure App signing scheme. Depends on the Chip Revision. There are two secure boot versions:

> 1. Secure boot V1

>      - Legacy custom secure boot scheme. Supported in ESP32 SoC.

> 2. Secure boot V2

>      - RSA based secure boot scheme. Supported in ESP32-ECO3 (ESP32 Chip Revision 3 onwards), ESP32-S2, ESP32-C3, ESP32-S3 SoCs.

>      - ECDSA based secure boot scheme. Supported in ESP32-C2 SoC.

> Available options:

> > - ECDSA (CONFIG_SECURE_SIGNED_APPS_ECDSA_SCHEME)

> >   Embeds the ECDSA public key in the bootloader and signs the application with an ECDSA key. Refer to the documentation before enabling.

> > - RSA (CONFIG_SECURE_SIGNED_APPS_RSA_SCHEME)

> >   Appends the RSA-3072 based Signature block to the application. Refer to <Secure Boot Version 2 documentation link> before enabling.

> > - ECDSA (V2) (CONFIG_SECURE_SIGNED_APPS_ECDSA_V2_SCHEME)

> >   For Secure boot V2 (e.g., ESP32-C2 SoC), appends ECDSA based signature block to the application. Refer to documentation before enabling.

### CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_ECDSA_KEY_LEN_SIZE

> ECDSA key size

> Found in: Security features

> Select the ECDSA key size. Two key sizes are supported depending on the target:

> - 256 bit key using NISTP256 curve (Recommended)

> - 384 bit key using NISTP384 curve (Recommended)

> At present, both key sizes are practically implausible to bruteforce.

> Available options:

> > - Using ECC curve NISTP256 (Recommended) (CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_ECDSA_KEY_LEN_256_BITS)

> > - Using ECC curve NISTP384 (Recommended) (CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_ECDSA_KEY_LEN_384_BITS)

### CONFIG_SECURE_SIGNED_ON_BOOT_NO_SECURE_BOOT

> Bootloader verifies app signatures

> Found in: Security features

> If this option is set, the bootloader will be compiled with code to verify that an app is signed before booting it.

> If hardware secure boot is enabled, this option is always enabled and cannot be disabled. If hardware secure boot is not enabled, this option doesn't add significant security by itself so most users will want to leave it disabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_SECURE_SIGNED_APPS_NO_SECURE_BOOT && CONFIG_SECURE_SIGNED_APPS_ECDSA_SCHEME

### CONFIG_SECURE_SIGNED_ON_UPDATE_NO_SECURE_BOOT

> Verify app signature on update

> Found in: Security features

> If this option is set, any OTA updated apps will have the signature verified before being considered valid.

> When enabled, the signature is automatically checked whenever the esp_ota_ops.h APIs are used for OTA updates, or esp_image_format.h APIs are used to verify apps.

> If hardware secure boot is enabled, this option is always enabled and cannot be disabled. If hardware secure boot is not enabled, this option still adds significant security against network-based attackers by preventing spoofing of OTA updates.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_SECURE_SIGNED_APPS_NO_SECURE_BOOT

### CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT

> Enable hardware Secure Boot in bootloader (READ DOCS FIRST)

> Found in: Security features

> Build a bootloader which enables Secure Boot on first boot.

> Once enabled, Secure Boot will not boot a modified bootloader. The bootloader will only load a partition table or boot an app if the data has a verified digital signature. There are implications for reflashing updated apps once secure boot is enabled.

> When enabling secure boot, JTAG and ROM BASIC Interpreter are permanently disabled by default.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_VERSION

> Select secure boot version

> Found in: Security features > CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT

> Select the Secure Boot Version. Depends on the Chip Revision. Secure Boot V2 is the new RSA / ECDSA based secure boot scheme.

> > - RSA based scheme is supported in ESP32 (Revision 3 onwards), ESP32-S2, ESP32-C3 (ECO3), ESP32-S3.

> > - ECDSA based scheme is supported in ESP32-C2 SoC.

> Please note that, RSA or ECDSA secure boot is property of specific SoC based on its HW design, supported crypto accelerators, die-size, cost and similar parameters. Please note that RSA scheme has requirement for bigger key sizes but at the same time it is comparatively faster than ECDSA verification.

> Secure Boot V1 is the AES based (custom) secure boot scheme supported in ESP32 SoC.

> Available options:

> > - Enable Secure Boot version 1 (CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_V1_ENABLED)

> >   Build a bootloader which enables secure boot version 1 on first boot. Refer to the Secure Boot section of the ESP-IDF Programmer's Guide for this version before enabling.

> > - Enable Secure Boot version 2 (CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_V2_ENABLED)

> >   Build a bootloader which enables Secure Boot version 2 on first boot. Refer to Secure Boot V2 section of the ESP-IDF Programmer's Guide for this version before enabling.

### CONFIG_SECURE_BOOTLOADER_MODE

> Secure bootloader mode

> Found in: Security features

> Available options:

> > - One-time flash (CONFIG_SECURE_BOOTLOADER_ONE_TIME_FLASH)

> >   On first boot, the bootloader will generate a key which is not readable externally or by software. A digest is generated from the bootloader image itself. This digest will be verified on each subsequent boot.

> >   Enabling this option means that the bootloader cannot be changed after the first time it is booted.

> > - Reflashable (CONFIG_SECURE_BOOTLOADER_REFLASHABLE)

> >   Generate a reusable secure bootloader key, derived (via SHA-256) from the secure boot signing key.

> >   This allows the secure bootloader to be re-flashed by anyone with access to the secure boot signing key.

> >   This option is less secure than one-time flash, because a leak of the digest key from one device allows reflashing of any device that uses it.

### CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_BUILD_SIGNED_BINARIES

> Sign binaries during build

> Found in: Security features

> Once secure boot or signed app requirement is enabled, app images are required to be signed.

> If enabled (default), these binary files are signed as part of the build process. The file named in "Secure boot private signing key" will be used to sign the image.

> If disabled, unsigned app/partition data will be built. They must be signed manually using espsecure. Version 1 to enable ECDSA Based Secure Boot and Version 2 to enable RSA based Secure Boot. (for example, on a remote signing server.)

#### CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_SIGNING_KEY

> Secure boot private signing key

> Found in: Security features > CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_BUILD_SIGNED_BINARIES

> Path to the key file used to sign app images.

> Key file is an ECDSA private key (NIST256p curve) in PEM format for Secure Boot V1. Key file is an RSA private key in PEM format for Secure Boot V2 (RSA scheme). Key file is an ECDSA private key (256p or 384p) in PEM format for Secure Boot V2 (ECDSA scheme).

> Path is evaluated relative to the project directory.

> You can generate a new signing key by running the following command: espsecure generate-signing-key secure_boot_signing_key.pem

> See the Secure Boot section of the ESP-IDF Programmer's Guide for this version for details.

> Default value:

>   - "secure_boot_signing_key.pem" if CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_BUILD_SIGNED_BINARIES

### CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_VERIFICATION_KEY

> Secure boot public signature verification key

> Found in: Security features

> Path to a public key file used to verify signed images. Secure Boot V1: This ECDSA public key is compiled into the bootloader and/or app, to verify app images.

> Key file is in raw binary format, and can be extracted from a PEM formatted private key using the espsecure extract-public-key command.

> Refer to the Secure Boot section of the ESP-IDF Programmer's Guide for this version before enabling.

### CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_ENABLE_AGGRESSIVE_KEY_REVOKE

> Enable Aggressive key revoke strategy

> Found in: Security features

> If this option is set, ROM bootloader will revoke the public key digest burned in efuse block if it fails to verify the signature of software bootloader with it. Revocation of keys does not happen when enabling secure boot. Once secure boot is enabled, key revocation checks will be done on subsequent boot-up, while verifying the software bootloader

> This feature provides a strong resistance against physical attacks on the device.

> NOTE: Once a digest slot is revoked, it can never be used again to verify an image This can lead to permanent bricking of the device, in case all keys are revoked because of signature verification failure.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT

### CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_V2_ALLOW_EFUSE_RD_DIS

> Do not disable the ability to further read protect eFuses

> Found in: Security features

> If not set (default, recommended), on first boot the bootloader will burn the WR_DIS_RD_DIS efuse when Secure Boot is enabled. This prevents any more efuses from being read protected.

> If this option is set, it will remain possible to write the EFUSE_RD_DIS efuse field after Secure Boot is enabled. This may allow an attacker to read-protect the BLK2 efuse (for ESP32) and BLOCK4-BLOCK10 (i.e. BLOCK_KEY0-BLOCK_KEY5)(for other chips) holding the secure boot public key digest, causing an immediate denial of service and possibly allowing an additional fault injection attack to bypass the signature protection.

> The option must be set when you need to program any read-protected key type into the efuses, e.g., HMAC, ECDSA etc. after secure boot has already been enabled on the device. Please refer to secure boot V2 documentation guide for more details.

> NOTE: Once a BLOCK is read-protected, the application will read all zeros from that block

> NOTE: If "UART ROM download mode (Permanently disabled (recommended))" or "UART ROM download mode (Permanently switch to Secure mode (recommended))" is set, then it is __NOT__ possible to read/write efuses using espefuse utility. However, efuse can be read/written from the application

> Please refer to the Secure Boot V2 documentation guide for more information.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_V2_ENABLED

### CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_FLASH_BOOTLOADER_DEFAULT

> Flash bootloader along with other artifacts when using the default flash command

> Found in: Security features

> When Secure Boot V2 is enabled, by default the bootloader is not flashed along with other artifacts like the application and the partition table images, i.e. bootloader has to be separately flashed using the command idf.py bootloader flash, whereas, the application and partition table can be flashed using the command idf.py flash itself. Enabling this option allows flashing the bootloader along with the other artifacts by invocation of the command idf.py flash.

> If this option is enabled make sure that even the bootloader is signed using the correct secure boot key, otherwise the bootloader signature verification would fail, as hash of the public key which is present in the bootloader signature would not match with the digest stored into the efuses and thus the device will not be able to boot up.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_V2_ENABLED

### CONFIG_SECURE_BOOTLOADER_KEY_ENCODING

> Hardware Key Encoding

> Found in: Security features

> In reflashable secure bootloader mode, a hardware key is derived from the signing key (with SHA-256) and can be written to eFuse with espefuse.

> Normally this is a 256-bit key, but if 3/4 Coding Scheme is used on the device then the eFuse key is truncated to 192 bits.

> This configuration item doesn't change any firmware code, it only changes the size of key binary which is generated at build time.

> Available options:

> > - No encoding (256 bit key) (CONFIG_SECURE_BOOTLOADER_KEY_ENCODING_256BIT)

> > - 3/4 encoding (192 bit key) (CONFIG_SECURE_BOOTLOADER_KEY_ENCODING_192BIT)

### CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_INSECURE

> Allow potentially insecure options

> Found in: Security features

> You can disable some of the default protections offered by secure boot, in order to enable testing or a custom combination of security features.

> Only enable these options if you are very sure.

> Refer to the Secure Boot section of the ESP-IDF Programmer's Guide for this version before enabling.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT

### CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENC_ENABLED

> Enable flash encryption on boot (READ DOCS FIRST)

> Found in: Security features

> If this option is set, flash contents will be encrypted by the bootloader on first boot.

> Note: After first boot, the system will be permanently encrypted. Re-flashing an encrypted system is complicated and not always possible.

> Read Flash Encryption before enabling.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENCRYPTION_KEY_SOURCE

> Flash Encryption Key Source

> Found in: Security features > CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENC_ENABLED

> Specify the key source for the Flash Encryption Key

> Available options:

> > - eFuse Key Block (CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENCRYPTION_KEY_SOURCE_EFUSES)

> >   Use a key that is stored in the eFuses key blocks.

> > - Key Manager (CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENCRYPTION_KEY_SOURCE_KEY_MGR)

> >   Use a key that is deployed using the Key Manager

#### CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENCRYPTION_KEYSIZE

> Size of generated XTS-AES key

> Found in: Security features > CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENC_ENABLED

> Size of generated XTS-AES key.

> - AES-128 uses a 256-bit key (32 bytes) derived from 128 bits (16 bytes) burned in half Efuse key block. Internally, it calculates SHA256(128 bits)

> - AES-128 uses a 256-bit key (32 bytes) which occupies one Efuse key block.

> - AES-256 uses a 512-bit key (64 bytes) which occupies two Efuse key blocks.

> This setting is ignored if either type of key is already burned to Efuse before the first boot. In this case, the pre-burned key is used and no new key is generated.

> Available options:

> > - AES-128 key derived from 128 bits (SHA256(128 bits)) (CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENCRYPTION_AES128_DERIVED)

> > - AES-128 (256-bit key) (CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENCRYPTION_AES128)

> > - AES-256 (512-bit key) (CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENCRYPTION_AES256)

#### CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENCRYPTION_MODE

> Enable usage mode

> Found in: Security features > CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENC_ENABLED

> By default Development mode is enabled which allows ROM download mode to perform flash encryption operations (plaintext is sent to the device, and it encrypts it internally and writes ciphertext to flash.) This mode is not secure, it's possible for an attacker to write their own chosen plaintext to flash.

> Release mode should always be selected for production or manufacturing. Once enabled it's no longer possible for the device in ROM Download Mode to use the flash encryption hardware.

> When EFUSE_VIRTUAL is enabled, SECURE_FLASH_ENCRYPTION_MODE_RELEASE is not available. For CI tests we use IDF_CI_BUILD to bypass it ("export IDF_CI_BUILD=1"). We do not recommend bypassing it for other purposes.

> Refer to the Flash Encryption section of the ESP-IDF Programmer's Guide for details.

> Available options:

> > - Development (NOT SECURE) (CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENCRYPTION_MODE_DEVELOPMENT)

> > - Release (CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENCRYPTION_MODE_RELEASE)

### Potentially insecure options

Contains:

- CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_ALLOW_SHORT_APP_PARTITION

- CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_ALLOW_JTAG

- CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_V2_FORCE_ENABLE_ECDSA

- CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_UART_BOOTLOADER_ALLOW_ENC

- CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_UART_BOOTLOADER_ALLOW_CACHE

- CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_ALLOW_UNUSED_DIGEST_SLOTS

- CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_REQUIRE_ALREADY_ENABLED

- CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_REQUIRE_ALREADY_ENABLED

- CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_SKIP_WRITE_PROTECTION_CACHE

- CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_SKIP_WRITE_PROTECTION_SCA

#### CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_V2_FORCE_ENABLE_ECDSA

> Force enable ECDSA based Secure Boot V2

> Found in: Security features > Potentially insecure options

> ECDSA based Secure Boot V2 is not functional for certain input vectors on this SoC and is therefore not offered by default. Refer to the hardware errata document for details.

> Setting this option re-enables the ECDSA based Secure Boot V2 signing scheme despite the known vulnerability. Only set this option if you fully understand the risk. RSA based Secure Boot V2 is the recommended scheme on SoCs that support it.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_INSECURE

#### CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_ALLOW_JTAG

> Allow JTAG Debugging

> Found in: Security features > Potentially insecure options

> If not set (default), the bootloader will permanently disable JTAG (across entire chip) on first boot when either secure boot or flash encryption is enabled.

> Setting this option leaves JTAG on for debugging, which negates all protections of flash encryption and some of the protections of secure boot.

> Only set this option in testing environments.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_INSECURE || CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENCRYPTION_MODE_DEVELOPMENT

#### CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_ALLOW_SHORT_APP_PARTITION

> Allow app partition length not 64KB aligned

> Found in: Security features > Potentially insecure options

> If not set (default), app partition size must be a multiple of 64KB. App images are padded to 64KB length, and the bootloader checks any trailing bytes after the signature (before the next 64KB boundary) have not been written. This is because flash cache maps entire 64KB pages into the address space. This prevents an attacker from appending unverified data after the app image in the flash, causing it to be mapped into the address space.

> Setting this option allows the app partition length to be unaligned, and disables padding of the app image to this length. It is generally not recommended to set this option, unless you have a legacy partitioning scheme which doesn't support 64KB aligned partition lengths.

#### CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_ALLOW_UNUSED_DIGEST_SLOTS

> Leave unused digest slots available (not revoke)

> Found in: Security features > Potentially insecure options

> If not set (default), during startup in the app all unused digest slots will be revoked. To revoke unused slot will be called esp_efuse_set_digest_revoke(num_digest) for each digest. Revoking unused digest slots makes ensures that no trusted keys can be added later by an attacker. If set, it means that you have a plan to use unused digests slots later.

> This config is honored both at runtime in the app and while enabling secure boot during the first boot up in the bootloader. When set, the unused digest slots are left un-revoked in both cases.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_INSECURE

#### CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_SKIP_WRITE_PROTECTION_SCA

> Skip write-protection of SECURE_FLASH_PSEUDO_ROUND_FUNC_STRENGTH

> Found in: Security features > Potentially insecure options

> If not set (default, recommended), on the first boot when Secure Boot is enabled for targets that support Secure Boot using ECDSA-P384, the bootloader will burn the write-protection bit of of SECURE_BOOT_SHA384_EN that could be shared by multiple other efuse bits like SECURE_FLASH_PSEUDO_ROUND_FUNC_STRENGTH / XTS_DPA_PSEUDO_LEVEL.

> Once this efuse bit is write-protected you cannot update the values of the shared efuses, for example, the security strength value of XTS_DPA_PSEUDO_LEVEL or setting ECC_FORCE_CONST_TIME.

> List of eFuses with the same write protection bit:

> ESP32-C5: XTS_DPA_PSEUDO_LEVEL and ECC_FORCE_CONST_TIME

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_UART_BOOTLOADER_ALLOW_ENC

> Leave UART bootloader encryption enabled

> Found in: Security features > Potentially insecure options

> If not set (default), the bootloader will permanently disable UART bootloader encryption access on first boot. If set, the UART bootloader will still be able to access hardware encryption.

> It is recommended to only set this option in testing environments.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENCRYPTION_MODE_DEVELOPMENT

#### CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_UART_BOOTLOADER_ALLOW_CACHE

> Leave UART bootloader flash cache enabled

> Found in: Security features > Potentially insecure options

> If not set (default), the bootloader will permanently disable UART bootloader flash cache access on first boot. If set, the UART bootloader will still be able to access the flash cache.

> Only set this option in testing environments.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENCRYPTION_MODE_DEVELOPMENT && (SOC_EFUSE_DIS_DOWNLOAD_ICACHE || SOC_EFUSE_DIS_DOWNLOAD_DCACHE)

#### CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_REQUIRE_ALREADY_ENABLED

> Require secure boot to be already enabled

> Found in: Security features > Potentially insecure options

> If not set (default), and secure boot is not yet enabled in eFuses, the 2nd stage bootloader will enable secure boot: generate the secure boot digest and program eFuses. If this option is set, and secure boot is not yet enabled, the bootloader will error out and reboot. If secure boot is enabled in eFuses, this option does not change the bootloader behavior.

> Only use this option in testing environments, to avoid accidentally enabling secure boot on the wrong device. The device needs to have secure boot already enabled using espefuse.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_INSECURE

#### CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_REQUIRE_ALREADY_ENABLED

> Require flash encryption to be already enabled

> Found in: Security features > Potentially insecure options

> If not set (default), and flash encryption is not yet enabled in eFuses, the 2nd stage bootloader will enable flash encryption: generate the flash encryption key and program eFuses. If this option is set, and flash encryption is not yet enabled, the bootloader will error out and reboot. If flash encryption is enabled in eFuses, this option does not change the bootloader behavior.

> Only use this option in testing environments, to avoid accidentally enabling flash encryption on the wrong device. The device needs to have flash encryption already enabled using espefuse.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENCRYPTION_MODE_DEVELOPMENT

#### CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_SKIP_WRITE_PROTECTION_CACHE

> Skip write-protection of DIS_CACHE (DIS_ICACHE, DIS_DCACHE)

> Found in: Security features > Potentially insecure options

> If not set (default, recommended), on the first boot the bootloader will burn the write-protection of DIS_CACHE(for ESP32) or DIS_ICACHE/DIS_DCACHE(for other chips) eFuse when Flash Encryption is enabled. Write protection for cache disable efuse prevents the chip from being blocked if it is set by accident. App and bootloader use cache so disabling it makes the chip useless for IDF. Due to other eFuses are linked with the same write protection bit (see the list below) then write-protection will not be done if these SECURE_FLASH_UART_BOOTLOADER_ALLOW_ENC, SECURE_BOOT_ALLOW_JTAG or SECURE_FLASH_UART_BOOTLOADER_ALLOW_CACHE options are selected to give a chance to turn on the chip into the release mode later.

> List of eFuses with the same write protection bit: ESP32: MAC, MAC_CRC, DISABLE_APP_CPU, DISABLE_BT, DIS_CACHE, VOL_LEVEL_HP_INV.

> ESP32-C3: DIS_ICACHE, DIS_USB_JTAG, DIS_DOWNLOAD_ICACHE, DIS_USB_SERIAL_JTAG, DIS_FORCE_DOWNLOAD, DIS_TWAI, JTAG_SEL_ENABLE, DIS_PAD_JTAG, DIS_DOWNLOAD_MANUAL_ENCRYPT.

> ESP32-C6: SWAP_UART_SDIO_EN, DIS_ICACHE, DIS_USB_JTAG, DIS_DOWNLOAD_ICACHE, DIS_USB_SERIAL_JTAG, DIS_FORCE_DOWNLOAD, DIS_TWAI, JTAG_SEL_ENABLE, DIS_PAD_JTAG, DIS_DOWNLOAD_MANUAL_ENCRYPT.

> ESP32-H2 & ESP32H21: DIS_ICACHE, DIS_ICACHE, DIS_USB_JTAG, POWERGLITCH_EN, DIS_FORCE_DOWNLOAD, SPI_DOWNLOAD_MSPI_DIS, DIS_TWAI, JTAG_SEL_ENABLE, DIS_PAD_JTAG, DIS_DOWNLOAD_MANUAL_ENCRYPT, DIS_USB_SERIAL_JTAG

> ESP32-S2: DIS_ICACHE, DIS_DCACHE, DIS_DOWNLOAD_ICACHE, DIS_DOWNLOAD_DCACHE, DIS_FORCE_DOWNLOAD, DIS_USB, DIS_TWAI, DIS_BOOT_REMAP, SOFT_DIS_JTAG, HARD_DIS_JTAG, DIS_DOWNLOAD_MANUAL_ENCRYPT.

> ESP32-S3: DIS_ICACHE, DIS_DCACHE, DIS_DOWNLOAD_ICACHE, DIS_DOWNLOAD_DCACHE, DIS_FORCE_DOWNLOAD, DIS_USB_OTG, DIS_TWAI, DIS_APP_CPU, DIS_PAD_JTAG, DIS_DOWNLOAD_MANUAL_ENCRYPT, DIS_USB_JTAG, DIS_USB_SERIAL_JTAG, STRAP_JTAG_SEL, USB_PHY_SEL.

### CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENCRYPT_ONLY_IMAGE_LEN_IN_APP_PART

> Encrypt contents upto app image length in app partition

> Found in: Security features

> If set (default), optimise encryption time for the partition of type APP, by only encrypting the app image that is present in the partition, instead of the whole partition. The image length used for encryption is derived from the image metadata, which includes the size of the app image, checksum, hash and also the signature sector when secure boot is enabled.

> If not set, the whole partition of type APP would be encrypted, which increases the encryption time but might be useful if there is any custom data appended to the firmware image.

### CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_CHECK_ENC_EN_IN_APP

> Check Flash Encryption enabled on app startup

> Found in: Security features

> If set (default), in an app during startup code, there is a check of the flash encryption eFuse bit is on (as the bootloader should already have set it). The app requires this bit is on to continue work otherwise abort.

> If not set, the app does not care if the flash encryption eFuse bit is set or not.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENC_ENABLED

### CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_PSEUDO_ROUND_FUNC

> Permanently enable XTS-AES's pseudo rounds function

> Found in: Security features

> If set (default), the bootloader will permanently enable the XTS-AES peripheral's pseudo rounds function. Note: Enabling this config would burn an efuse.

#### CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_PSEUDO_ROUND_FUNC_STRENGTH

> Strength of the pseudo rounds function

> Found in: Security features > CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_PSEUDO_ROUND_FUNC

> The strength of the pseudo rounds functions can be configured to low, medium and high, each denoting the values that would be stored in the efuses field. By default the value to set to low.

> It is recommended that the required strength of the pseudo rounds function should be set during the first boot itself. If your workflow needs to update the function's strength after the first boot, you should enable CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_SKIP_WRITE_PROTECTION_SCA to avoid write protecting this bit during the boot up for targets that support Secure Boot using ECDSA-P384.

> You can configure the strength of the pseudo rounds functions according to your use cases, for example, increasing the strength would provide higher security but would slow down the flash encryption/decryption operations. For more info regarding the performance impact, please checkout the pseudo round function section of the security guide documentation.

> Available options:

> > - Low (CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_PSEUDO_ROUND_FUNC_STRENGTH_LOW)

> > - Medium (CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_PSEUDO_ROUND_FUNC_STRENGTH_MEDIUM)

> > - High (CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_PSEUDO_ROUND_FUNC_STRENGTH_HIGH)

### CONFIG_SECURE_UART_ROM_DL_MODE

> UART ROM download mode

> Found in: Security features

> Available options:

> > - UART ROM download mode (Permanently disabled (recommended)) (CONFIG_SECURE_DISABLE_ROM_DL_MODE)

> >   If set, during startup the app will burn an eFuse bit to permanently disable the UART ROM Download Mode. This prevents any future use of esptool, espefuse and similar tools.

> >   Once disabled, if the SoC is booted with strapping pins set for ROM Download Mode then an error is printed instead.

> >   It is recommended to enable this option in any production application where Flash Encryption and/or Secure Boot is enabled and access to Download Mode is not required.

> >   It is also possible to permanently disable Download Mode by calling esp_efuse_disable_rom_download_mode() at runtime.

> > - UART ROM download mode (Permanently switch to Secure mode (recommended)) (CONFIG_SECURE_ENABLE_SECURE_ROM_DL_MODE)

> >   If set, during startup the app will burn an eFuse bit to permanently switch the UART ROM Download Mode into a separate Secure Download mode. This option can only work if Download Mode is not already disabled by eFuse.

> >   Secure Download mode limits the use of Download Mode functions to update SPI config, changing baud rate, basic flash write and a command to return a summary of currently enabled security features (get-security-info).

> >   Secure Download mode is not compatible with the esptool flasher stub feature, espefuse, read/writing memory or registers, encrypted download, or any other features that interact with unsupported Download Mode commands.

> >   Secure Download mode should be enabled in any application where Flash Encryption and/or Secure Boot is enabled. Disabling this option does not immediately cancel the benefits of the security features, but it increases the potential "attack surface" for an attacker to try and bypass them with a successful physical attack.

> >   It is also possible to enable secure download mode at runtime by calling esp_efuse_enable_rom_secure_download_mode()

> >   Note: Secure Download mode is not available for ESP32.

> > - UART ROM download mode (Enabled (not recommended)) (CONFIG_SECURE_INSECURE_ALLOW_DL_MODE)

> >   This is a potentially insecure option. Enabling this option will allow the full UART download mode to stay enabled. This option SHOULD NOT BE ENABLED for production use cases.

## Application manager

Contains:

- CONFIG_APP_EXCLUDE_PROJECT_NAME_VAR

- CONFIG_APP_EXCLUDE_PROJECT_VER_VAR

- CONFIG_APP_PROJECT_VER_FROM_CONFIG

- CONFIG_APP_RETRIEVE_LEN_ELF_SHA

- CONFIG_APP_COMPILE_TIME_DATE

### CONFIG_APP_COMPILE_TIME_DATE

> Use time/date stamp for app

> Found in: Application manager

> If set, then the app will be built with the current time/date stamp. It is stored in the app description structure. If not set, time/date stamp will be excluded from app image. This can be useful for getting the same binary image files made from the same source, but at different times.

### CONFIG_APP_EXCLUDE_PROJECT_VER_VAR

> Exclude PROJECT_VER from firmware image

> Found in: Application manager

> The PROJECT_VER variable from the build system will not affect the firmware image. This value will not be contained in the esp_app_desc structure.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### CONFIG_APP_EXCLUDE_PROJECT_NAME_VAR

> Exclude PROJECT_NAME from firmware image

> Found in: Application manager

> The PROJECT_NAME variable from the build system will not affect the firmware image. This value will not be contained in the esp_app_desc structure.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### CONFIG_APP_PROJECT_VER_FROM_CONFIG

> Get the project version from Kconfig

> Found in: Application manager

> If this is enabled, then config item APP_PROJECT_VER will be used for the variable PROJECT_VER. Other ways to set PROJECT_VER will be ignored.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_APP_PROJECT_VER

> Project version

> Found in: Application manager > CONFIG_APP_PROJECT_VER_FROM_CONFIG

> Project version

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_APP_PROJECT_VER_FROM_CONFIG

### CONFIG_APP_RETRIEVE_LEN_ELF_SHA

> The length of APP ELF SHA is stored in RAM(chars)

> Found in: Application manager

> At startup, the app will read the embedded APP ELF SHA-256 hash value from flash and convert it into a string and store it in a RAM buffer. This ensures the panic handler and core dump will be able to print this string even when cache is disabled. The size of the buffer is APP_RETRIEVE_LEN_ELF_SHA plus the null terminator. Changing this value will change the size of this buffer, in bytes.

> Range:

>   - from 8 to 64

> Default value:

>   - 9

## Boot ROM Behavior

Contains:

- CONFIG_BOOT_ROM_LOG_SCHEME

### CONFIG_BOOT_ROM_LOG_SCHEME

> Permanently change Boot ROM output

> Found in: Boot ROM Behavior

> Controls the Boot ROM log behavior. The rom log behavior can only be changed for once, specific eFuse bit(s) will be burned at app boot stage.

> Available options:

> > - Always Log (CONFIG_BOOT_ROM_LOG_ALWAYS_ON)

> >   Always print ROM logs, this is the default behavior.

> > - Permanently disable logging (CONFIG_BOOT_ROM_LOG_ALWAYS_OFF)

> >   Don't print ROM logs.

> > - Log on GPIO High (CONFIG_BOOT_ROM_LOG_ON_GPIO_HIGH)

> >   Print ROM logs when GPIO level is high during start up. The GPIO number is chip dependent, e.g. on ESP32-S2, the control GPIO is GPIO46.

> > - Log on GPIO Low (CONFIG_BOOT_ROM_LOG_ON_GPIO_LOW)

> >   Print ROM logs when GPIO level is low during start up. The GPIO number is chip dependent, e.g. on ESP32-S2, the control GPIO is GPIO46.

## Serial flasher config

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_AFTER

- CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_BEFORE

- CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASH_MODE_AUTO_DETECT

- CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_HEADER_FLASHSIZE_UPDATE

- CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_NO_STUB

- CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_OCT_FLASH

- CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASH_SAMPLE_MODE

- CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHSIZE

- CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHMODE

- CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHFREQ

### CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_NO_STUB

> Disable download stub

> Found in: Serial flasher config

> The flasher tool sends a precompiled download stub first by default. That stub allows things like compressed downloads and more. Usually you should not need to disable that feature

### CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_OCT_FLASH

> Enable Octal Flash

> Found in: Serial flasher config

### CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASH_MODE_AUTO_DETECT

> Choose flash mode automatically (please read help)

> Found in: Serial flasher config

> This config option helps decide whether flash is Quad or Octal, but please note some limitations:

> 1. If the flash chip is an Octal one, even if one of "QIO", "QOUT", "DIO", "DOUT" options is selected in ESPTOOLPY_FLASHMODE, our code will automatically change the mode to "OPI" and the sample mode will be STR.

> 2. If the flash chip is a Quad one, even if "OPI" is selected in ESPTOOLPY_FLASHMODE, our code will automatically change the mode to "DIO".

> 3. This option is mainly to improve the out-of-box experience of developers. It doesn't guarantee the feature-complete. Some code still rely on ESPTOOLPY_OCT_FLASH. Please do not rely on this option when you are pretty sure that you are using Octal flash. In this case, please enable ESPTOOLPY_OCT_FLASH option, then you can choose DTR sample mode in ESPTOOLPY_FLASH_SAMPLE_MODE. Otherwise, only STR mode is available.

> 4. Enabling this feature reduces available internal RAM size (around 900 bytes). If your IRAM space is insufficient and you're aware of your flash type, disable this option and select corresponding flash type options.

### CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHMODE

> Flash SPI mode

> Found in: Serial flasher config

> Mode the flash chip is flashed in, as well as the default mode for the binary to run in.

> Available options:

> > - QIO (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHMODE_QIO)

> > - QOUT (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHMODE_QOUT)

> > - DIO (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHMODE_DIO)

> > - DOUT (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHMODE_DOUT)

> > - OPI (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHMODE_OPI)

### CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASH_SAMPLE_MODE

> Flash Sampling Mode

> Found in: Serial flasher config

> Available options:

> > - STR Mode (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASH_SAMPLE_MODE_STR)

> > - DTR Mode (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASH_SAMPLE_MODE_DTR)

### CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHFREQ

> Flash SPI speed

> Found in: Serial flasher config

> Available options:

> > - 120 MHz (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHFREQ_120M)

> > - 80 MHz (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHFREQ_80M)

> > - 40 MHz (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHFREQ_40M)

> > - 20 MHz (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHFREQ_20M)

### CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHSIZE

> Flash size

> Found in: Serial flasher config

> SPI flash size, in megabytes

> Available options:

> > - 1 MB (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHSIZE_1MB)

> > - 2 MB (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHSIZE_2MB)

> > - 4 MB (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHSIZE_4MB)

> > - 8 MB (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHSIZE_8MB)

> > - 16 MB (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHSIZE_16MB)

> > - 32 MB (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHSIZE_32MB)

> > - 64 MB (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHSIZE_64MB)

> > - 128 MB (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHSIZE_128MB)

### CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_HEADER_FLASHSIZE_UPDATE

> Detect flash size when flashing bootloader

> Found in: Serial flasher config

> If this option is set, flashing the project will automatically detect the flash size of the target chip and update the bootloader image before it is flashed.

> Enabling this option turns off the image protection against corruption by a SHA256 digest. Updating the bootloader image before flashing would invalidate the digest.

### CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_BEFORE

> Before flashing

> Found in: Serial flasher config

> Configure whether esptool should reset the ESP32 before flashing.

> Automatic resetting depends on the RTS & DTR signals being wired from the serial port to the ESP32. Most USB development boards do this internally.

> Available options:

> > - Reset to bootloader (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_BEFORE_RESET)

> > - No reset (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_BEFORE_NORESET)

### CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_AFTER

> After flashing

> Found in: Serial flasher config

> Configure whether esptool should reset the ESP32 after flashing.

> Automatic resetting depends on the RTS & DTR signals being wired from the serial port to the ESP32. Most USB development boards do this internally.

> Available options:

> > - Reset after flashing (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_AFTER_RESET)

> > - Stay in bootloader (CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_AFTER_NORESET)

## Partition Table

Contains:

- CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_CUSTOM_FILENAME

- CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_MD5

- CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_OFFSET

- CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_TYPE

### CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_TYPE

> Partition Table

> Found in: Partition Table

> The partition table to flash to the ESP32. The partition table determines where apps, data and other resources are expected to be found.

> The predefined partition table CSV descriptions can be found in the components/partition_table directory. These are mostly intended for example and development use, it's expect that for production use you will copy one of these CSV files and create a custom partition CSV for your application.

> Available options:

> > - Single factory app, no OTA (CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_SINGLE_APP)

> >   This is the default partition table, designed to fit into a 2MB or larger flash with a single 1MB app partition.

> >   The corresponding CSV file in the IDF directory is components/partition_table/partitions_singleapp.csv

> >   This partition table is not suitable for an app that needs OTA (over the air update) capability.

> > - Single factory app (large), no OTA (CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_SINGLE_APP_LARGE)

> >   This is a variation of the default partition table, that expands the 1MB app partition size to 1.5MB to fit more code.

> >   The corresponding CSV file in the IDF directory is components/partition_table/partitions_singleapp_large.csv

> >   This partition table is not suitable for an app that needs OTA (over the air update) capability.

> > - Factory app, two OTA definitions (CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_TWO_OTA)

> >   This is a basic OTA-enabled partition table with a factory app partition plus two OTA app partitions. All are 1MB, so this partition table requires 4MB or larger flash size.

> >   The corresponding CSV file in the IDF directory is components/partition_table/partitions_two_ota.csv

> > - Two large size OTA partitions (CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_TWO_OTA_LARGE)

> >   This is a basic OTA-enabled partition table with two OTA app partitions. Both app partition sizes are 1700K, so this partition table requires 4MB or larger flash size.

> >   The corresponding CSV file in the IDF directory is components/partition_table/partitions_two_ota_large.csv

> > - Custom partition table CSV (CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_CUSTOM)

> >   Specify the path to the partition table CSV to use for your project.

> >   Consult the Partition Table section in the ESP-IDF Programmers Guide for more information.

> > - Single factory app, no OTA, encrypted NVS (CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_SINGLE_APP_ENCRYPTED_NVS)

> >   This is a variation of the default "Single factory app, no OTA" partition table that supports encrypted NVS when using flash encryption. See the Flash Encryption section in the ESP-IDF Programmers Guide for more information.

> >   The corresponding CSV file in the IDF directory is components/partition_table/partitions_singleapp_encr_nvs.csv

> > - Single factory app (large), no OTA, encrypted NVS (CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_SINGLE_APP_LARGE_ENC_NVS)

> >   This is a variation of the "Single factory app (large), no OTA" partition table that supports encrypted NVS when using flash encryption. See the Flash Encryption section in the ESP-IDF Programmers Guide for more information.

> >   The corresponding CSV file in the IDF directory is components/partition_table/partitions_singleapp_large_encr_nvs.csv

> > - Factory app, two OTA definitions, encrypted NVS (CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_TWO_OTA_ENCRYPTED_NVS)

> >   This is a variation of the "Factory app, two OTA definitions" partition table that supports encrypted NVS when using flash encryption. See the Flash Encryption section in the ESP-IDF Programmers Guide for more information.

> >   The corresponding CSV file in the IDF directory is components/partition_table/partitions_two_ota_encr_nvs.csv

> > - Single factory app, no OTA, TEE (CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_SINGLE_APP_TEE)

> >   This is a variation of the default "Single factory app, no OTA" partition table that supports the ESP-TEE framework. See the Trusted Execution Environment (TEE) section in the ESP-IDF Programmers Guide for more information.

> >   The corresponding CSV file in the IDF directory is components/partition_table/partitions_singleapp_tee.csv

> > - Two OTA definitions, TEE (CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_TWO_OTA_TEE)

> >   This is a basic OTA-enabled partition table with two OTA app partitions each for the TEE and the user (REE) application. The user app partition sizes are 1536K, so this partition table requires 4MB or larger flash size. See the Trusted Execution Environment (TEE) section in the ESP-IDF Programmers Guide for more information.

> >   The corresponding CSV file in the IDF directory is components/partition_table/partitions_two_ota_tee.csv

### CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_CUSTOM_FILENAME

> Custom partition CSV file

> Found in: Partition Table

> Name of the custom partition CSV filename. This path is evaluated relative to the project root directory by default. However, if the absolute path for the CSV file is provided, then the absolute path is configured.

> Default value:

>   - "partitions.csv"

### CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_OFFSET

> Offset of partition table

> Found in: Partition Table

> The offset address of the partition table is, by default, 0x8000, and it starts right after the bootloader. This offset can be changed if more space is required for the bootloader. If you change this offset, both the bootloader and the app must be compiled with the same PARTITION_TABLE_OFFSET value.

> This value must be a multiple of 0x1000.

> If you change the partition table offset, make sure to update the partition offsets in the partition table CSV file. To let the build system automatically adjust partition offsets based on the configured partition table offset, leave the offset fields blank in the CSV file.

> Note: If you specify fixed offsets in the partition table CSV (i.e., the offset column is not blank), the first partition must start at PARTITION_TABLE_OFFSET + 0x1000, since the partition table occupies 0x1000 bytes of flash space.

> Default value:

>   - "0x8000"

### CONFIG_PARTITION_TABLE_MD5

> Generate an MD5 checksum for the partition table

> Found in: Partition Table

> Generate an MD5 checksum for the partition table for protecting the integrity of the table. The generation should be turned off for legacy bootloaders which cannot recognize the MD5 checksum in the partition table.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

## Compiler options

Contains:

- CONFIG_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_ASSERTION_LEVEL

- CONFIG_COMPILER_FLOAT_LIB_FROM

- CONFIG_COMPILER_RT_LIB

- CONFIG_COMPILER_CXX_GLIBCXX_CONSTEXPR

- CONFIG_COMPILER_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ERRORS

- CONFIG_COMPILER_NO_MERGE_CONSTANTS

- CONFIG_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_CHECKS_SILENT

- CONFIG_COMPILER_DISABLE_GCC12_WARNINGS

- CONFIG_COMPILER_DISABLE_GCC13_WARNINGS

- CONFIG_COMPILER_DISABLE_GCC14_WARNINGS

- CONFIG_COMPILER_DISABLE_GCC15_WARNINGS

- CONFIG_COMPILER_DUMP_RTL_FILES

- CONFIG_COMPILER_SAVE_RESTORE_LIBCALLS

- CONFIG_COMPILER_WARN_WRITE_STRINGS

- CONFIG_COMPILER_CXX_EXCEPTIONS

- CONFIG_COMPILER_CXX_RTTI

- CONFIG_COMPILER_STATIC_ANALYZER

- CONFIG_COMPILER_ENABLE_RISCV_ZCMP

- CONFIG_COMPILER_ASSERT_NDEBUG_EVALUATE

- CONFIG_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION

- CONFIG_COMPILER_ORPHAN_SECTIONS

- CONFIG_COMPILER_HIDE_PATHS_MACROS

- CONFIG_COMPILER_STACK_CHECK_MODE

### CONFIG_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION

> Optimization Level

> Found in: Compiler options

> This option sets compiler optimization level (gcc -O argument) for the app.

> - The "Debug" setting will add the -Og flag to CFLAGS.

> - The "Size" setting will add the -Os flag to CFLAGS (-Oz with Clang).

> - The "Performance" setting will add the -O2 flag to CFLAGS.

> - The "None" setting will add the -O0 flag to CFLAGS.

> The "Size" setting cause the compiled code to be smaller and faster, but may lead to difficulties of correlating code addresses to source file lines when debugging.

> The "Performance" setting causes the compiled code to be larger and faster, but will be easier to correlated code addresses to source file lines.

> "None" with -O0 produces compiled code without optimization.

> Note that custom optimization levels may be unsupported.

> Compiler optimization for the IDF bootloader is set separately, see the BOOTLOADER_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION setting.

> Available options:

> > - Debug (-Og) (CONFIG_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_DEBUG)

> > - Optimize for size (-Os with GCC, -Oz with Clang) (CONFIG_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_SIZE)

> > - Optimize for performance (-O2) (CONFIG_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_PERF)

> > - Debug without optimization (-O0) (CONFIG_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_NONE)

### CONFIG_COMPILER_ENABLE_RISCV_ZCMP

> Enable RISCV ZCMP extension

> Found in: Compiler options

> Enable the RISC-V ZCMP (Compressed Macro) extension to reduce binary size by optimizing function prologue and epilogue sequences.

> Note: Due to a hardware issue on some ESP32 chips (e.g., ESP32C5, ESP32C61, ESP32H4), executing "cm.push" may re-enable interrupts even when global interrupts are disabled (mstatus.mie = 0). This can cause unexpected interrupts during CPU retention or within critical sections.

> Workarounds are implemented in the IDF codebase. However, if user code directly disables interrupts, additional actions may be required. Refer to code examples under the SOC_CPU_ZCMP_WORKAROUND macro, or disable the ZCMP extension for source files that contain functions which may execute while mstatus.mie = 0.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### CONFIG_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_ASSERTION_LEVEL

> Assertion level

> Found in: Compiler options

> Assertions can be:

> - Enabled. Failure will print verbose assertion details. This is the default.

> - Set to "silent" to save code size (failed assertions will abort() but user needs to use the aborting address to find the line number with the failed assertion.)

> - Disabled entirely (not recommended for most configurations.) -DNDEBUG is added to CPPFLAGS in this case.

> Available options:

> > - Enabled (CONFIG_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_ASSERTIONS_ENABLE)

> >   Enable assertions. Assertion content and line number will be printed on failure.

> > - Silent (saves code size) (CONFIG_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_ASSERTIONS_SILENT)

> >   Enable silent assertions. Failed assertions will abort(), user needs to use the aborting address to find the line number with the failed assertion.

> > - Disabled (sets -DNDEBUG) (CONFIG_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_ASSERTIONS_DISABLE)

> >   If assertions are disabled, -DNDEBUG is added to CPPFLAGS.

### CONFIG_COMPILER_ASSERT_NDEBUG_EVALUATE

> Enable the evaluation of the expression inside assert(X) when NDEBUG is set

> Found in: Compiler options

> When NDEBUG is set, assert(X) will not cause code to trigger an assertion. With this option set, assert(X) will still evaluate the expression X, though the result will never cause an assertion. This means that if X is a function then the function will be called.

> This is not according to the standard, which states that the assert(X) should be replaced with ((void)0) if NDEBUG is defined.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### CONFIG_COMPILER_FLOAT_LIB_FROM

> Compiler float lib source

> Found in: Compiler options

> In the soft-fp part of libgcc, riscv version is written in C, and handles all edge cases in IEEE754, which makes it larger and performance is slow.

> RVfplib is an optimized RISC-V library for FP arithmetic on 32-bit integer processors, for single and double-precision FP. RVfplib is "fast", but it has a few exceptions from IEEE 754 compliance.

> Available options:

> > - libgcc (CONFIG_COMPILER_FLOAT_LIB_FROM_GCCLIB)

> > - librvfp (CONFIG_COMPILER_FLOAT_LIB_FROM_RVFPLIB)

### CONFIG_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_CHECKS_SILENT

> Disable messages in ESP_RETURN_ON_* and ESP_EXIT_ON_* macros

> Found in: Compiler options

> If enabled, the error messages will be discarded in following check macros: - ESP_RETURN_ON_ERROR - ESP_EXIT_ON_ERROR - ESP_RETURN_ON_FALSE - ESP_EXIT_ON_FALSE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### CONFIG_COMPILER_HIDE_PATHS_MACROS

> Replace ESP-IDF and project paths in binaries

> Found in: Compiler options

> When expanding the __FILE__ and __BASE_FILE__ macros, replace paths inside ESP-IDF with paths relative to the placeholder string "IDF", and convert paths inside the project directory to relative paths.

> This allows building the project with assertions or other code that embeds file paths, without the binary containing the exact path to the IDF or project directories.

> This option passes -fmacro-prefix-map options to the GCC command line. To replace additional paths in your binaries, modify the project CMakeLists.txt file to pass custom -fmacro-prefix-map or -ffile-prefix-map arguments.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

### CONFIG_COMPILER_CXX_EXCEPTIONS

> Enable C++ exceptions

> Found in: Compiler options

> Enabling this option compiles all IDF C++ files with exception support enabled.

> Disabling this option disables C++ exception support in all compiled files, and any libstdc++ code which throws an exception will abort instead.

> Enabling this option currently adds an additional ~500 bytes of heap overhead when an exception is thrown in user code for the first time.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

Contains:

- CONFIG_COMPILER_CXX_EXCEPTIONS_EMG_POOL_SIZE

#### CONFIG_COMPILER_CXX_EXCEPTIONS_EMG_POOL_SIZE

> Emergency Pool Size

> Found in: Compiler options > CONFIG_COMPILER_CXX_EXCEPTIONS

> Size (in bytes) of the emergency memory pool for C++ exceptions. This pool will be used to allocate memory for thrown exceptions when there is not enough memory on the heap.

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_COMPILER_CXX_EXCEPTIONS

### CONFIG_COMPILER_CXX_RTTI

> Enable C++ run-time type info (RTTI)

> Found in: Compiler options

> Enabling this option compiles all C++ files with RTTI support enabled. This increases binary size (typically by tens of kB) but allows using dynamic_cast conversion and typeid operator.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### CONFIG_COMPILER_STACK_CHECK_MODE

> Stack smashing protection mode

> Found in: Compiler options

> Stack smashing protection mode. Emit extra code to check for buffer overflows, such as stack smashing attacks. This is done by adding a guard variable to functions with vulnerable objects. The guards are initialized when a function is entered and then checked when the function exits. If a guard check fails, program is halted. Protection has the following modes:

> - In NORMAL mode (GCC flag: -fstack-protector) only functions that call alloca, and functions with buffers larger than 8 bytes are protected.

> - STRONG mode (GCC flag: -fstack-protector-strong) is like NORMAL, but includes additional functions to be protected -- those that have local array definitions, or have references to local frame addresses.

> - In OVERALL mode (GCC flag: -fstack-protector-all) all functions are protected.

> Modes have the following impact on code performance and coverage:

> - performance: NORMAL > STRONG > OVERALL

> - coverage: NORMAL < STRONG < OVERALL

> The performance impact includes increasing the amount of stack memory required for each task.

> Available options:

> > - None (CONFIG_COMPILER_STACK_CHECK_MODE_NONE)

> > - Normal (CONFIG_COMPILER_STACK_CHECK_MODE_NORM)

> > - Strong (CONFIG_COMPILER_STACK_CHECK_MODE_STRONG)

> > - Overall (CONFIG_COMPILER_STACK_CHECK_MODE_ALL)

### CONFIG_COMPILER_NO_MERGE_CONSTANTS

> Disable merging const sections

> Found in: Compiler options

> Disable merging identical constants (string/floating-point) across compilation units. This helps in better size analysis of the application binary as the rodata section distribution is more uniform across libraries. On downside, it may increase the binary size and hence should be used during development phase only.

### CONFIG_COMPILER_WARN_WRITE_STRINGS

> Enable -Wwrite-strings warning flag

> Found in: Compiler options

> Adds -Wwrite-strings flag for the C/C++ compilers.

> For C, this gives string constants the type `const char[]` so that copying the address of one into a non-const `char \*` pointer produces a warning. This warning helps to find at compile time code that tries to write into a string constant.

> For C++, this warns about the deprecated conversion from string literals to `char \*`.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### CONFIG_COMPILER_SAVE_RESTORE_LIBCALLS

> Enable -msave-restore flag to reduce code size

> Found in: Compiler options

> Adds -msave-restore to C/C++ compilation flags.

> When this flag is enabled, compiler will call library functions to save/restore registers in function prologues/epilogues. This results in lower overall code size, at the expense of slightly reduced performance.

> This option can be enabled for RISC-V targets only.

### CONFIG_COMPILER_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ERRORS

> Disable errors for default warnings

> Found in: Compiler options

> Enable this option if you do not want default warnings to be considered as errors, especially when updating IDF.

> This is a temporary flag that could help to allow upgrade while having some time to address the warnings raised by those default warnings. Alternatives are: 1) fix code (preferred), 2) remove specific warnings, 3) do not consider specific warnings as error.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### CONFIG_COMPILER_DISABLE_GCC12_WARNINGS

> Disable new warnings introduced in GCC 12

> Found in: Compiler options

> Enable this option if use GCC 12 or newer, and want to disable warnings which don't appear with GCC 11.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### CONFIG_COMPILER_DISABLE_GCC13_WARNINGS

> Disable new warnings introduced in GCC 13

> Found in: Compiler options

> Enable this option if use GCC 13 or newer, and want to disable warnings which don't appear with GCC 12.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### CONFIG_COMPILER_DISABLE_GCC14_WARNINGS

> Disable new warnings introduced in GCC 14

> Found in: Compiler options

> Enable this option if use GCC 14 or newer, and want to disable warnings which don't appear with GCC 13.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### CONFIG_COMPILER_DISABLE_GCC15_WARNINGS

> Disable new warnings introduced in GCC 15

> Found in: Compiler options

> Enable this option if use GCC 15 or newer, and want to disable warnings which don't appear with GCC 14.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### CONFIG_COMPILER_DUMP_RTL_FILES

> Dump RTL files during compilation

> Found in: Compiler options

> If enabled, RTL files will be produced during compilation. These files can be used by other tools, for example to calculate call graphs.

### CONFIG_COMPILER_RT_LIB

> Compiler runtime library

> Found in: Compiler options

> Select runtime library to be used by compiler. - GCC toolchain supports libgcc only. - Clang allows to choose between libgcc or libclang_rt. - For host builds ("linux" target), uses the default library.

> Available options:

> > - libgcc (CONFIG_COMPILER_RT_LIB_GCCLIB)

> > - libclang_rt (CONFIG_COMPILER_RT_LIB_CLANGRT)

> > - Host (CONFIG_COMPILER_RT_LIB_HOST)

### CONFIG_COMPILER_ORPHAN_SECTIONS

> Orphan sections handling

> Found in: Compiler options

> If the linker finds orphan sections, it attempts to place orphan sections after sections of the same attribute such as code vs data, loadable vs non-loadable, etc. That means that orphan sections could placed between sections defined in IDF linker scripts. This could lead to corruption of the binary image. Configure the linker action here.

> Available options:

> > - Fail if orphan sections found (CONFIG_COMPILER_ORPHAN_SECTIONS_ERROR)

> >   Fails the link step with an error if orphan sections are detected.

> > - Place with warning (CONFIG_COMPILER_ORPHAN_SECTIONS_WARNING)

> >   Places orphan sections with a warning message.

> > - Place silently (CONFIG_COMPILER_ORPHAN_SECTIONS_PLACE)

> >   Places orphan sections without a warning/error message.

### CONFIG_COMPILER_STATIC_ANALYZER

> Enable compiler static analyzer

> Found in: Compiler options

> Enable compiler static analyzer. This may produce false-positive results and increases compile time.

### CONFIG_COMPILER_CXX_GLIBCXX_CONSTEXPR

> Define _GLIBCXX_CONSTEXPR

> Found in: Compiler options

> Modify libstdc++ _GLIBCXX20_CONSTEXPR and _GLIBCXX23_CONSTEXPR definitions to provide size optimizations. The total size optimization depends on the application's structure. There is no robust way to determine which option would be better in a particular case. Please try all available options to find the best size optimization.

> Available options:

> > - No change (CONFIG_COMPILER_CXX_GLIBCXX_CONSTEXPR_NO_CHANGE)

> >   Use default _GLIBCXX20_CONSTEXPR and _GLIBCXX23_CONSTEXPR defined in libstdc++

> > - _GLIBCXX2X_CONSTEXPR=__attribute__((cold)) constexpr (CONFIG_COMPILER_CXX_GLIBCXX_CONSTEXPR_COLD_CONSTEXPR)

> >   Define _GLIBCXX20_CONSTEXPR=__attribute__((cold)) constexpr Define _GLIBCXX23_CONSTEXPR=__attribute__((cold)) constexpr

> > - _GLIBCXX2X_CONSTEXPR=__attribute__((cold)) (CONFIG_COMPILER_CXX_GLIBCXX_CONSTEXPR_COLD)

> >   Define _GLIBCXX20_CONSTEXPR=__attribute__((cold)). Define _GLIBCXX23_CONSTEXPR=__attribute__((cold)).

## Component config

Contains:

- 2D-DMA Configurations

- ADC and ADC Calibration

- Bluetooth

- Common ESP-related

- Console Library

- Core dump

- DW_GDMA Configurations

- eFuse Bit Manager

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH

- ESP HID

- ESP HTTP client

- ESP HTTPS OTA

- ESP HTTPS server

- ESP NETIF Adapter

- ESP PSRAM

- ESP Ringbuf

- ESP Security Specific

- ESP System Settings

- ESP Timer (High Resolution Timer)

- ESP Trace Configuration

- ESP-Driver:Analog Comparator Configurations

- ESP-Driver:BitScrambler Configurations

- ESP-Driver:Camera Controller Configurations

- ESP-Driver:Cordic Configurations

- ESP-Driver:DAC Configurations

- ESP-Driver:GPIO Configurations

- ESP-Driver:GPTimer Configurations

- ESP-Driver:I2C Configurations

- ESP-Driver:I2S Configurations

- ESP-Driver:I3C Master Configurations

- ESP-Driver:ISP Configurations

- ESP-Driver:JPEG-Codec Configurations

- ESP-Driver:LCD Controller Configurations

- ESP-Driver:LEDC Configurations

- ESP-Driver:MCPWM Configurations

- ESP-Driver:Parallel IO Configurations

- ESP-Driver:PCNT Configurations

- ESP-Driver:RMT Configurations

- ESP-Driver:SD Host SDMMC Controller Configurations

- ESP-Driver:Sigma Delta Modulator Configurations

- ESP-Driver:SPI Configurations

- ESP-Driver:Temperature Sensor Configurations

- ESP-Driver:Touch Sensor Configurations

- ESP-Driver:TWAI Configurations

- ESP-Driver:UART Configurations

- ESP-Driver:UHCI Configurations

- ESP-Driver:USB Serial/JTAG Configuration

- ESP-MM: Memory Management Configurations

- ESP-ROM

- ESP-STDIO

- ESP-TLS

- Ethernet

- Event Loop Library

- FAT Filesystem support

- FreeRTOS

- GDB Stub

- GDMA Configurations

- Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL) and Low Level (LL)

- Hardware Settings

- Heap memory debugging

- HTTP Server

- IEEE 802.15.4

- IPC (Inter-Processor Call)

- Legacy Driver Configurations

- LibC

- Log

- LWIP

- Main Flash configuration

- mbedTLS

- NVS

- NVS Security Provider

- OpenThread

- Partition API Configuration

- PHY

- Power Management

- Protocomm

- PThreads

- SD Protocol Layer Configuration

- SoC Settings

- SPI Flash driver

- SPIFFS Configuration

- TCP Transport

- Ultra Low Power (ULP) Co-processor

- Unity unit testing library

- Virtual file system

- Wear Levelling

- Wi-Fi

- Wi-Fi Remote

- Wireless Coexistence

### Bluetooth

Contains:

- BLE Audio Options

- BLE ISO Options

- Bluedroid Options

- CONFIG_BT_ENABLED

- Common Options

- Controller Options

- CONFIG_BT_HCI_LOG_DEBUG_EN

- CONFIG_BT_HCI_LOG_INSIGHTS_ENABLE

- NimBLE Options

- CONFIG_BT_RELEASE_IRAM

#### CONFIG_BT_ENABLED

> Bluetooth

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth

> Select this option to enable Bluetooth and show the submenu with Bluetooth configuration choices.

##### CONFIG_BT_HOST

> Host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > CONFIG_BT_ENABLED

> This helps to choose Bluetooth host stack

> Available options:

> > - Bluedroid - Dual-mode (CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED)

> >   This option is recommended for classic Bluetooth or for dual-mode usecases

> > - NimBLE - BLE only (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED)

> >   This option is recommended for BLE only usecases to save on memory

> > - Disabled (CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ONLY)

> >   This option is recommended when you want to communicate directly with the controller (without any host) or when you are using any other host stack not supported by Espressif (not mentioned here).

##### CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER

> Controller

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > CONFIG_BT_ENABLED

> This helps to choose Bluetooth controller stack

> Available options:

> > - Enabled (CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED)

> >   This option is recommended for Bluetooth controller usecases

> > - Disabled (CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED)

> >   This option is recommended for Bluetooth Host only usecases

#### Common Options

Contains:

- BT Logs

- CONFIG_BT_LE_USED_MEM_STATISTICS_ENABLED

- CONFIG_BT_ALARM_MAX_NUM

- CONFIG_BT_SMP_CRYPTO_STACK

##### CONFIG_BT_ALARM_MAX_NUM

> Maximum number of Bluetooth alarms

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options

> This option decides the maximum number of alarms which could be used by Bluetooth host.

> Default value:

>   - 50 if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED || CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_SMP_CRYPTO_STACK

> SMP cryptographic stack

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options

> Select the cryptographic library to use for SMP operations (AES, AES-CMAC, ECDH P-256). With BR/EDR controller enabled, mbedTLS also enables SHA-256 (for the BR/EDR port) and ECDH for P-192 on the controller port.

> Available options:

> > - TinyCrypt (CONFIG_BT_SMP_CRYPTO_STACK_TINYCRYPT)

> >   Use TinyCrypt library for cryptographic operations. TinyCrypt is a lightweight cryptographic library designed for constrained devices. This can reduce code size compared to the native implementation. This is the default option.

> > - mbedTLS (CONFIG_BT_SMP_CRYPTO_STACK_MBEDTLS)

> >   Use mbedTLS library for cryptographic operations. This can provide hardware acceleration on supported platforms and reduce code size by sharing crypto implementations with other components.

##### BT Logs

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_CRITICAL_ONLY

- CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

- Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead)

- Log Sources

##### Log Sources

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

> Enable Controller logs

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Log Sources

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_ESP_NIMBLE_CONTROLLER

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_DUMP_ONLY

- CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_MOD_OUTPUT_SWITCH

- CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_OUTPUT_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE

- CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_HCI_ENABLED

- CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_CTRL_ENABLED

- CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_TASK_WDT_USER_HANDLER_ENABLE

- CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_WRAP_PANIC_HANDLER_ENABLE

- CONFIG_BT_LE_LOG_CTRL_BUF1_SIZE

- CONFIG_BT_LE_LOG_HCI_BUF_SIZE

- CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

- CONFIG_BT_LE_LOG_CTRL_BUF2_SIZE

- CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_STORAGE_ENABLE

##### CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE

> Controller log output mode

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Log Sources > CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

> Available options:

> > - BLE Log v2 mode (CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_MODE_BLE_LOG_V2)

> >   Utilize BLE Log v2 for controller log

> > - Legacy log mode (Deprecated) (CONFIG_BT_LE_CTRL_LEGACY_LOG_MODE_ENABLED)

##### CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_CTRL_ENABLED

> Enable controller link layer logs

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Log Sources > CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_LE_CTRL_LEGACY_LOG_MODE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_HCI_ENABLED

> Enable controller HCI logs

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Log Sources > CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_LE_CTRL_LEGACY_LOG_MODE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_DUMP_ONLY

> Controller log dump mode only

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Log Sources > CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

> Only operate in dump mode. Logs are cached internally only, not output asynchronously.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_LE_CTRL_LEGACY_LOG_MODE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

> Output controller logs to SPI bus (Experimental)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Log Sources > CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

> Output ble controller logs to SPI bus

##### CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_STORAGE_ENABLE

> Store controller logs to flash (Experimental)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Log Sources > CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

> Store ble controller logs to flash memory.

##### CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_PARTITION_SIZE

> Controller log partition size (multiples of 4K)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Log Sources > CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_STORAGE_ENABLE

> The size of ble controller log partition shall be a multiples of 4K. The name of log partition shall be "bt_ctrl_log". The partition type shall be ESP_PARTITION_TYPE_DATA. The partition sub_type shall be ESP_PARTITION_SUBTYPE_ANY.

> Default value:

>   - 65536 if CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_STORAGE_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_LE_CTRL_LEGACY_LOG_MODE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_LE_LOG_CTRL_BUF1_SIZE

> First controller log buffer size

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Log Sources > CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

> Configure the size of the first BLE controller LOG buffer.

> Default value:

>   - 4096 if CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_LE_CTRL_LEGACY_LOG_MODE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_LE_LOG_CTRL_BUF2_SIZE

> Second controller log buffer size

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Log Sources > CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

> Configure the size of the second BLE controller LOG buffer.

> Default value:

>   - 1024 if CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_LE_CTRL_LEGACY_LOG_MODE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_LE_LOG_HCI_BUF_SIZE

> HCI log buffer size

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Log Sources > CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

> Configure the size of the BLE HCI LOG buffer.

> Default value:

>   - 4096 if CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_LE_CTRL_LEGACY_LOG_MODE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_OUTPUT_LEVEL

> Controller log output level

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Log Sources > CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

> The output level of controller log.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 5 if CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BT_LOG_CRITICAL_ONLY_CTRL && CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_MOD_OUTPUT_SWITCH

> Controller log module output switch

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Log Sources > CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

> Bitmask to enable/disable logging for individual controller modules. 0xFFFFFFFF enables all modules.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF if CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - "0xFFFFFFFF" if CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_WRAP_PANIC_HANDLER_ENABLE

> Enable wrap panic handler

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Log Sources > CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

> Wrap esp_panic_handler to get controller logs when PC pointer exception crashes.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_TASK_WDT_USER_HANDLER_ENABLE

> Enable esp_task_wdt_isr_user_handler implementation

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Log Sources > CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

> Implement esp_task_wdt_isr_user_handler to get controller logs when task wdt issue is triggered.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_CRITICAL_ONLY

> Enable bandwidth-optimized log mode (critical logs only)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs

> Enable bandwidth-optimized logging for the BLE Log Async Output system. When enabled, only high-severity logs are captured and log encoding is applied to reduce UART/SPI DMA bandwidth usage.

> Each stack component below can be independently enabled. Requires a DMA-backed output peripheral — configure in: BLE Log Module → BLE Log peripheral choice.

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_CRITICAL_ONLY_CTRL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_CRITICAL_ONLY_HOST

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_CRITICAL_ONLY_MESH

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_CRITICAL_ONLY_CTRL

> Controller: bandwidth-optimized logging

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BT_LOG_CRITICAL_ONLY

> Enable controller log output via the async transport with a reduced output level for bandwidth optimization. The controller log level defaults to 2 when active.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if (SOC_ESP_NIMBLE_CONTROLLER || CONFIG_BLE_LOG_IS_ESP_LEGACY_CONTROLLER) && CONFIG_BT_LOG_CRITICAL_ONLY

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_CRITICAL_ONLY_HOST

> Host: bandwidth-optimized logging

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BT_LOG_CRITICAL_ONLY

> Enable host stack log encoding via the async transport. For Bluedroid, the per-level compression options control which severity levels are encoded — configure in: Settings of BLE Log Compression → BLE Host log compression.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_LOG_CRITICAL_ONLY

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_CRITICAL_ONLY_MESH

> Mesh: bandwidth-optimized logging

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BT_LOG_CRITICAL_ONLY

> Enable mesh log encoding via the async transport. The per-level compression options are configured in: Settings of BLE Log Compression → BLE Mesh log compression.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if SOC_BLE_MESH_SUPPORTED && CONFIG_BLE_MESH && CONFIG_BT_LOG_CRITICAL_ONLY

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

> Enable BT Log Async Output (Dev Only)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs

> Enable BT Log Async Output

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_LBM_AUTO_FLUSH

> Enable automatic BLE Log LBM buffer flush

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

> Periodically flush partially-filled BLE Log LBM transport buffers that remain pending, reducing latency for low-volume or intermittent logging.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_TASK_STACK_SIZE

> Stack size for BLE Log Task

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

> Stack size for BLE Log Task

> Default value:

>   - 1024 if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

>   - 1024 if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_LBM_TRANS_BUF_SIZE

> Total buffer memory per common LBM (bytes)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

> Total buffer memory allocated for each common pool log buffer manager (LBM). This memory is divided equally among internal transport buffers. Must be a multiple of BLE_LOG_TRANS_BUF_CNT (currently 4).

> The common pool contains: - BLE_LOG_LBM_ATOMIC_LOCK_TASK_CNT atomic LBMs (task context) - BLE_LOG_LBM_ATOMIC_LOCK_ISR_CNT atomic LBMs (ISR context) - 2 spinlock-protected LBMs (one for task, one for ISR fallback)

> Total common pool memory: (ATOMIC_TASK_CNT + ATOMIC_ISR_CNT + 2) * BLE_LOG_LBM_TRANS_BUF_SIZE

> Default value:

>   - 2048 if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_LBM_ATOMIC_LOCK_TASK_CNT

> Count of log buffer managers with atomic lock protection for task context

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

> BLE Log module will search for an LBM with atomic lock protection first; if all LBMs with atomic lock protection are unavailable, BLE Log module will try to use the LBM with spin lock protection. So the more LBMs with atomic lock protection are created, the better the logging performance will be.

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_LBM_ATOMIC_LOCK_ISR_CNT

> Count of log buffer managers with atomic lock protection for ISR context

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

> BLE Log module will search for an LBM with atomic lock protection first; if all LBMs with atomic lock protection are unavailable, BLE Log module will try to use the LBM with spin lock protection. So the more LBMs with atomic lock protection are created, the more ISRs can nest.

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_IS_ESP_CONTROLLER

> Current BLE Controller is ESP BLE Controller

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

> Current BLE Controller is ESP BLE Controller

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && SOC_ESP_NIMBLE_CONTROLLER && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_IS_ESP_LEGACY_CONTROLLER

> Current BLE Controller is ESP BLE Legacy Controller

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

> Current BLE Controller is ESP BLE Legacy Controller

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_LL_ENABLED

> Enable BLE Log for Link Layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

> Enable BLE Log for Link Layer

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_IS_ESP_LEGACY_CONTROLLER && CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_LBM_LL_TRANS_BUF_SIZE

> Total buffer memory per Link Layer LBM (bytes)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_LL_ENABLED

> Total buffer memory allocated for each Link Layer dedicated log buffer manager (LBM). This memory is divided equally among internal transport buffers. Must be a multiple of BLE_LOG_TRANS_BUF_CNT (currently 4).

> There are 2 Link Layer LBMs without lock protection (each is accessed from a single context only): - LL task LBM (Link Layer task context logs) - LL HCI LBM (Link Layer HCI context logs)

> Total LL pool memory: 2 * BLE_LOG_LBM_LL_TRANS_BUF_SIZE

> Default value:

>   - 2048 if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_LL_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_LL_HCI_LOG_PAYLOAD_LEN_LIMIT_ENABLED

> Enable LL HCI Log Payload Length Limit

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_LL_ENABLED

> Enable length limit for LL HCI Log payload (addr_append). When enabled, if len_append exceeds the configured limit, it will be truncated to the maximum length.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_LL_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_LL_HCI_LOG_PAYLOAD_LEN_LIMIT

> LL HCI Log Payload Length Limit (bytes)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_LL_ENABLED > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_LL_HCI_LOG_PAYLOAD_LEN_LIMIT_ENABLED

> Maximum length for LL HCI Log payload (len_append). When the feature is enabled and len_append exceeds this value, it will be truncated.

> Default value:

>   - 32 if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_LL_HCI_LOG_PAYLOAD_LEN_LIMIT_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_LL_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_HOST_LOG

> Enable BLE Log for Host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

> Enable BLE Log for the Host stack (Bluedroid or NimBLE).

> When enabled, host-side log statements are routed through the BLE Log async output transport instead of (or in addition to) the standard UART logging path. Disable this option to keep BLE Log enabled for the controller/link layer only.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_HOST_SIDE_HCI_LOG_ENABLED

> Enable BLE Host side HCI Logging

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

> Enable HCI packet logging captured on the Host side (Bluedroid / NimBLE HCI HAL). Useful for correlating host events with controller-side HCI traces.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_IS_ESP_LEGACY_CONTROLLER && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_TS_ENABLED

> Enable BLE Log Timestamp Synchronization (TS)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

> Enable BLE Log TS with external logging module

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_SYNC_IO_NUM

> GPIO number for Timestamp Synchronization (TS) toggle output

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_TS_ENABLED

> GPIO number for TS toggle output

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_TS_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_TS_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_TS_TRIGGER_TIMEOUT_MS

> Timeout (ms) for Timestamp Synchronization toggle

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_TS_ENABLED

> Timeout (ms) for Timestamp Synchronization toggle

> Default value:

>   - 1000 if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_TS_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_TS_TRIGGER_CHOICE

> BLE Log Timestamp Synchronization trigger choice

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_TS_ENABLED

> Choose BLE Log Timestamp Synchronization trigger

> Available options:

> > - BLE Log Timestamp Synchronization trigger - ESP Timer (CONFIG_BLE_LOG_TS_TRIGGER_ESP_TIMER)

> >   ESP Timer based periodic TS trigger

> > - BLE Log Timestamp Synchronization trigger - Task Event (CONFIG_BLE_LOG_TS_TRIGGER_TASK_EVENT)

> >   Task Event based TS trigger (Light Sleep Test Compatibility)

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_TS_TRIGGER_ESP_TIMER_ISR_DISPATCH_METHOD

> Utilize ISR dispatch method for ESP Timer as Timestamp Synchronization trigger

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_TS_ENABLED

> Utilize ISR dispatch method for ESP Timer as Timestamp Synchronization trigger

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_TS_TRIGGER_ESP_TIMER && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_TS_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_PRPH_CHOICE

> BLE Log peripheral choice

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

> Choose BLE Log peripheral

> Available options:

> > - Dummy transport (CONFIG_BLE_LOG_PRPH_DUMMY)

> >   Dummy transport (dump only)

> > - Utilize SPI master DMA driver as transport (CONFIG_BLE_LOG_PRPH_SPI_MASTER_DMA)

> >   Utilize SPI master DMA driver as transport

> > - Utilize UART DMA driver as transport (CONFIG_BLE_LOG_PRPH_UART_DMA)

> >   Utilize UART DMA driver as transport

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_PRPH_SPI_MASTER_DMA_MOSI_IO_NUM

> GPIO number of MOSI port for SPI master DMA transport

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

> GPIO number of MOSI port for SPI master DMA transport

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_PRPH_SPI_MASTER_DMA && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_PRPH_SPI_MASTER_DMA_SCLK_IO_NUM

> GPIO number of SCLK port for SPI master DMA transport

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

> GPIO number of SCLK port for SPI master DMA transport

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_PRPH_SPI_MASTER_DMA && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_PRPH_SPI_MASTER_DMA_CS_IO_NUM

> GPIO number of CS port for SPI master DMA transport

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

> GPIO number of CS port for SPI master DMA transport

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_PRPH_SPI_MASTER_DMA && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_PRPH_UART_DMA_PORT

> UART port number for UART DMA transport

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

> UART port number for UART DMA

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_PRPH_UART_DMA && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_PRPH_UART_DMA_BAUD_RATE

> Baud rate of UART port for UART DMA transport

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

> Determine the baud rate of UART port

> Default value:

>   - 3000000 if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_PRPH_UART_DMA && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_LOG_PRPH_UART_DMA_TX_IO_NUM

> GPIO number for UART TX

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

> GPIO number for UART TX

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_PRPH_UART_DMA && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### Settings of BLE Log Compression

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE

##### CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE

> Enable BLE log compression(Preview, Please read help information)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression

> Compress BLE logs during application build to reduce flash usage and improve output speed. When enabled, log data from Bluetooth Low Energy components will be compressed before storage, optimizing both memory footprint and transmission efficiency.

> Note: This library depends on additional Python packages. It will function correctly only after these dependencies are installed; refer to: "components/bt/common/ble_log/log_compression/README.en.md" for installation instructions.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE

> Enable BLE Mesh log compression(Preview)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE

> Apply compression to ESP-BLE-MESH protocol stack logs. Requires base BLE compression to be enabled. Specifically optimizes log storage and transmission for ble mesh.

> Note: This library depends on additional Python packages. It will function correctly only after these dependencies are installed; refer to: "components/bt/common/ble_log/log_compression/README.en.md" for installation instructions.

> If the required packages are not installed, the log-compression mechanism will remain disabled even when this Config is enabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_MESH && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_BUFFER_LEN

- Select the net buf log tag to be compressed

- Select the stack log tag to be compressed

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_BUFFER_LEN

> BLE Mesh log buffer length

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE

> Maximum output length for a single log

> Default value:

>   - 400 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### Select the stack log tag to be compressed

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_ERR_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_INFO_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_WARN_LOG_COMPRESSION

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_ERR_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress ERROR log of ESP-BLE-MESH

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the stack log tag to be compressed

> The error log in the BLE-MESH component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_ERR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original error log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the stack log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_ERR_LOG_COMPRESSION

> When this option is enabled, the log data will be output through both the compressed log interface and the original UART interface at the same time, meaning that the log statements will appear on both paths. However, please note that this dual-output approach introduces additional code and string constants, which will increase the size of the firmware binary file. When this option is disabled, the logs will no longer be printed through the original UART output path; instead, they will only be output through the compressed log interface. As the code and strings related to the original UART output are omitted, the size of the firmware binary file can be effectively reduced.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_ERR_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_WARN_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress warn log of ESP-BLE-MESH

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the stack log tag to be compressed

> The warn log in the BLE-MESH component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_WARN_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original warn log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the stack log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_WARN_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_MESH_STACK_ERR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_WARN_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_INFO_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress info log of ESP-BLE-MESH

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the stack log tag to be compressed

> The info log in the BLE-MESH component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_INFO_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original info log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the stack log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_INFO_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_MESH_STACK_ERR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_INFO_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress debug log of ESP-BLE-MESH

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the stack log tag to be compressed

> The debug log in the BLE-MESH component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_DEBUG_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original debug log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the stack log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_MESH_STACK_ERR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### Select the net buf log tag to be compressed

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_ERR_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_INFO_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_WARN_LOG_COMPRESSION

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_ERR_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress ERROR log of ESP-BLE-MESH

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the net buf log tag to be compressed

> The error log in the BLE-MESH component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_ERR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original error log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the net buf log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_ERR_LOG_COMPRESSION

> When this option is enabled, the log data will be output through both the compressed log interface and the original UART interface at the same time, meaning that the log statements will appear on both paths. However, please note that this dual-output approach introduces additional code and string constants, which will increase the size of the firmware binary file. When this option is disabled, the logs will no longer be printed through the original UART output path; instead, they will only be output through the compressed log interface. As the code and strings related to the original UART output are omitted, the size of the firmware binary file can be effectively reduced.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_ERR_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_WARN_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress warn log of ESP-BLE-MESH

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the net buf log tag to be compressed

> The warn log in the BLE-MESH component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_WARN_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original warn log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the net buf log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_WARN_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_ERR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_WARN_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_INFO_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress info log of ESP-BLE-MESH

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the net buf log tag to be compressed

> The info log in the BLE-MESH component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_INFO_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original info log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the net buf log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_INFO_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_ERR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_INFO_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress debug log of ESP-BLE-MESH

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the net buf log tag to be compressed

> The debug log in the BLE-MESH component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_DEBUG_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original debug log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the net buf log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_ERR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE

> Enable BLE Host log compression(Preview)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE

> Apply compression to host logs. Requires base BLE compression to be enabled. Specifically optimizes log storage and transmission.

> Note: This library depends on additional Python packages. It will function correctly only after these dependencies are installed; refer to: "components/bt/common/ble_log/log_compression/README.en.md" for installation instructions.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && (CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED || CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED) && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_BUFFER_LEN

- Select the APPL layer log tag to be compressed

- Select the BTM layer log tag to be compressed

- Select the GAP layer log tag to be compressed

- Select the GATT layer log tag to be compressed

- Select the LA2CAP layer log tag to be compressed

- Select the SMP layer log tag to be compressed

##### CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_BUFFER_LEN

> Host log buffer length

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE

> Maximum output length for a single log

> Default value:

>   - 300 if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### Select the BTM layer log tag to be compressed

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_API_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress error log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the BTM layer log tag to be compressed

> The error log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original error log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the BTM layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION

> When this option is enabled, the log data will be output through both the compressed log interface and the original UART interface at the same time, meaning that the log statements will appear on both paths. However, please note that this dual-output approach introduces additional code and string constants, which will increase the size of the firmware binary file. When this option is disabled, the logs will no longer be printed through the original UART output path; instead, they will only be output through the compressed log interface. As the code and strings related to the original UART output are omitted, the size of the firmware binary file can be effectively reduced.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress warning log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the BTM layer log tag to be compressed

> The warning log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_WARNING_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original warning log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the BTM layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_API_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress api log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the BTM layer log tag to be compressed

> The api log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_API_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original api log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the BTM layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_API_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_API_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress event log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the BTM layer log tag to be compressed

> The event log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_EVENT_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original event log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the BTM layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress debug log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the BTM layer log tag to be compressed

> The debug log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_DEBUG_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original debug log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the BTM layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress verbose log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the BTM layer log tag to be compressed

> The verbose log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_VERBOSE_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original verbose log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the BTM layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_BTM_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### Select the LA2CAP layer log tag to be compressed

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_API_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress error log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the LA2CAP layer log tag to be compressed

> The error log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original error log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the LA2CAP layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION

> When this option is enabled, the log data will be output through both the compressed log interface and the original UART interface at the same time, meaning that the log statements will appear on both paths. However, please note that this dual-output approach introduces additional code and string constants, which will increase the size of the firmware binary file. When this option is disabled, the logs will no longer be printed through the original UART output path; instead, they will only be output through the compressed log interface. As the code and strings related to the original UART output are omitted, the size of the firmware binary file can be effectively reduced.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress warning log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the LA2CAP layer log tag to be compressed

> The warning log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_WARNING_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original warning log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the LA2CAP layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_API_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress api log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the LA2CAP layer log tag to be compressed

> The api log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_API_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original api log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the LA2CAP layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_API_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_API_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress event log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the LA2CAP layer log tag to be compressed

> The event log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_EVENT_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original event log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the LA2CAP layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress debug log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the LA2CAP layer log tag to be compressed

> The debug log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_DEBUG_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original debug log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the LA2CAP layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress verbose log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the LA2CAP layer log tag to be compressed

> The verbose log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_VERBOSE_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original verbose log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the LA2CAP layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_L2CAP_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### Select the GAP layer log tag to be compressed

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_API_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress error log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GAP layer log tag to be compressed

> The error log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original error log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GAP layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION

> When this option is enabled, the log data will be output through both the compressed log interface and the original UART interface at the same time, meaning that the log statements will appear on both paths. However, please note that this dual-output approach introduces additional code and string constants, which will increase the size of the firmware binary file. When this option is disabled, the logs will no longer be printed through the original UART output path; instead, they will only be output through the compressed log interface. As the code and strings related to the original UART output are omitted, the size of the firmware binary file can be effectively reduced.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress warning log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GAP layer log tag to be compressed

> The warning log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_WARNING_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original warning log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GAP layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_API_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress api log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GAP layer log tag to be compressed

> The api log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_API_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original api log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GAP layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_API_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_API_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress event log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GAP layer log tag to be compressed

> The event log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_EVENT_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original event log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GAP layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress debug log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GAP layer log tag to be compressed

> The debug log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_DEBUG_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original debug log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GAP layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress verbose log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GAP layer log tag to be compressed

> The verbose log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_VERBOSE_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original verbose log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GAP layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GAP_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### Select the GATT layer log tag to be compressed

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_API_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress error log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GATT layer log tag to be compressed

> The error log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original error log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GATT layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION

> When this option is enabled, the log data will be output through both the compressed log interface and the original UART interface at the same time, meaning that the log statements will appear on both paths. However, please note that this dual-output approach introduces additional code and string constants, which will increase the size of the firmware binary file. When this option is disabled, the logs will no longer be printed through the original UART output path; instead, they will only be output through the compressed log interface. As the code and strings related to the original UART output are omitted, the size of the firmware binary file can be effectively reduced.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress warning log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GATT layer log tag to be compressed

> The warning log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_WARNING_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original warning log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GATT layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_API_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress api log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GATT layer log tag to be compressed

> The api log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_API_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original api log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GATT layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_API_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_API_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress event log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GATT layer log tag to be compressed

> The event log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_EVENT_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original event log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GATT layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress debug log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GATT layer log tag to be compressed

> The debug log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_DEBUG_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original debug log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GATT layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress verbose log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GATT layer log tag to be compressed

> The verbose log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_VERBOSE_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original verbose log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the GATT layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_GATT_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### Select the SMP layer log tag to be compressed

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_API_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress error log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the SMP layer log tag to be compressed

> The error log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original error log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the SMP layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION

> When this option is enabled, the log data will be output through both the compressed log interface and the original UART interface at the same time, meaning that the log statements will appear on both paths. However, please note that this dual-output approach introduces additional code and string constants, which will increase the size of the firmware binary file. When this option is disabled, the logs will no longer be printed through the original UART output path; instead, they will only be output through the compressed log interface. As the code and strings related to the original UART output are omitted, the size of the firmware binary file can be effectively reduced.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress warning log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the SMP layer log tag to be compressed

> The warning log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_WARNING_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original warning log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the SMP layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_API_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress api log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the SMP layer log tag to be compressed

> The api log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_API_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original api log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the SMP layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_API_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_API_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress event log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the SMP layer log tag to be compressed

> The event log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_EVENT_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original event log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the SMP layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress debug log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the SMP layer log tag to be compressed

> The debug log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_DEBUG_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original debug log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the SMP layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress verbose log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the SMP layer log tag to be compressed

> The verbose log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_VERBOSE_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original verbose log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the SMP layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_SMP_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### Select the APPL layer log tag to be compressed

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_API_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress error log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the APPL layer log tag to be compressed

> The error log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original error log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the APPL layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION

> When this option is enabled, the log data will be output through both the compressed log interface and the original UART interface at the same time, meaning that the log statements will appear on both paths. However, please note that this dual-output approach introduces additional code and string constants, which will increase the size of the firmware binary file. When this option is disabled, the logs will no longer be printed through the original UART output path; instead, they will only be output through the compressed log interface. As the code and strings related to the original UART output are omitted, the size of the firmware binary file can be effectively reduced.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_ERROR_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress warning log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the APPL layer log tag to be compressed

> The warning log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_WARNING_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original warning log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the APPL layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_WARNING_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_API_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress api log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the APPL layer log tag to be compressed

> The api log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_API_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original api log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the APPL layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_API_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_API_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress event log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the APPL layer log tag to be compressed

> The event log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_EVENT_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original event log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the APPL layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_EVENT_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress debug log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the APPL layer log tag to be compressed

> The debug log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_DEBUG_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original debug log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the APPL layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress verbose log of Bluedroid host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the APPL layer log tag to be compressed

> The verbose log in the Bluedroid host component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_VERBOSE_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original verbose log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the APPL layer log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_ERROR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_BLUEDROID_APPL_VERBOSE_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_HOST_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE

> Enable BLE ISO log compression(Preview)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE

> Apply compression to ESP-BLE-ISO host shim logs (the esp_ble_iso component) AND every IDF-source consumer that shares the ISO LOG_* macro family — currently esp_ble_audio, and future modules such as HID-over-ISO. All such sources share one iso_log_index.h with one monotonic log-id counter. Requires base BLE compression to be enabled.

> Note: prebuilt libraries (e.g. libble_audio.a) emit logs via an independent runtime callback (BLE_AUDIO_LIB) and are not governed by this option.

> Note: This library depends on additional Python packages. It will function correctly only after these dependencies are installed; refer to: "components/bt/common/ble_log/log_compression/README.en.md" for installation instructions.

> If the required packages are not installed, the log-compression mechanism will remain disabled even when this Config is enabled.

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_BUFFER_LEN

- Select the stack log tag to be compressed

##### CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_BUFFER_LEN

> BLE ISO log buffer length

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE

> Maximum output length for a single log. Shared by every IDF source compiled into the BLE_ISO compression channel (esp_ble_iso, esp_ble_audio, and future ISO consumers).

> Default value:

>   - 512 if CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### Select the stack log tag to be compressed

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_ISO_STACK_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_ISO_STACK_ERR_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_ISO_STACK_INFO_LOG_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_BLE_ISO_STACK_WARN_LOG_COMPRESSION

##### CONFIG_BLE_ISO_STACK_ERR_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress ERROR log

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the stack log tag to be compressed

> The error log in the BLE-ISO component will be compressed

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_ISO_STACK_ERR_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original error log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the stack log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_ISO_STACK_ERR_LOG_COMPRESSION

> When this option is enabled, the log data will be output through both the compressed log interface and the original UART interface at the same time, meaning that the log statements will appear on both paths. However, please note that this dual-output approach introduces additional code and string constants, which will increase the size of the firmware binary file. When this option is disabled, the logs will no longer be printed through the original UART output path; instead, they will only be output through the compressed log interface. As the code and strings related to the original UART output are omitted, the size of the firmware binary file can be effectively reduced.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_ISO_STACK_ERR_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_ISO_STACK_WARN_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress warn log

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the stack log tag to be compressed

> The warn log in the BLE-ISO component will be compressed.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_ISO_STACK_WARN_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original warn log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the stack log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_ISO_STACK_WARN_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_ISO_STACK_ERR_LOG_PRESERVE.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_ISO_STACK_WARN_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_ISO_STACK_INFO_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress info log

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the stack log tag to be compressed

> The info log in the BLE-ISO component will be compressed.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_ISO_STACK_INFO_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original info log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the stack log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_ISO_STACK_INFO_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_ISO_STACK_ERR_LOG_PRESERVE.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_ISO_STACK_INFO_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_ISO_STACK_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Compress debug log

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the stack log tag to be compressed

> The debug log in the BLE-ISO component will be compressed.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BLE_ISO_STACK_DEBUG_LOG_PRESERVE

> Keep the original debug log statement

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED > Settings of BLE Log Compression > CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE > Select the stack log tag to be compressed > CONFIG_BLE_ISO_STACK_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION

> Please refer to the help information in BLE_ISO_STACK_ERR_LOG_PRESERVE.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_ISO_STACK_DEBUG_LOG_COMPRESSION && CONFIG_BLE_ISO_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_COMPRESSED_LOG_ENABLE && CONFIG_BLE_LOG_ENABLED

##### Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead)

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

> Output ble logs to SPI bus (Experimental)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead)

> Output ble logs to SPI bus

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_UL_TASK_BUF_SIZE

> SPI transaction buffer size for upper layer task logs

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

> SPI transaction buffer size for upper layer task logs. There will be 2 SPI DMA buffers with the same size.

> Default value:

>   - 512 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_HCI_ENABLED

> Enable HCI log output to SPI

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

> Enable logging of HCI packets to the SPI bus when BLE SPI log output is enabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_HCI_BUF_SIZE

> SPI transaction buffer size for HCI logs

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_HCI_ENABLED

> SPI transaction buffer size for HCI logs. There will be 2 SPI DMA buffers with the same size.

> Default value:

>   - 1024 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_HCI_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_HCI_TASK_CNT

> HCI task count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_HCI_ENABLED

> HCI task count

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_HCI_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_HOST_ENABLED

> Enable Host log output to SPI

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

> This configuration applies to the logs of both Bluedroid Host and NimBLE Host. When BLE SPI log output is enabled, this option allows host logs to be transmitted via SPI.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_HOST_BUF_SIZE

> SPI transaction buffer size for host logs

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_HOST_ENABLED

> SPI transaction buffer size for host logs. There will be 2 SPI DMA buffers with the same size.

> Default value:

>   - 1024 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_HOST_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_HOST_TASK_CNT

> Host task count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_HOST_ENABLED

> Host task count.

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_HOST_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_LL_ENABLED

> Enable Controller log output to SPI

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

> Enable controller log output to SPI bus.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_LE_CONTROLLER_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_LL_TASK_BUF_SIZE

> SPI transaction buffer size for lower layer task logs

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_LL_ENABLED

> SPI transaction buffer size for lower layer task logs. There will be 2 SPI DMA buffers with the same size.

> Default value:

>   - 1024 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_LL_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_LL_ISR_BUF_SIZE

> SPI transaction buffer size for lower layer ISR logs

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_LL_ENABLED

> SPI transaction buffer size for lower layer ISR logs. There will be 2 SPI DMA buffers with the same size.

> Default value:

>   - 512 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_LL_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_LL_HCI_BUF_SIZE

> SPI transaction buffer size for lower layer HCI logs

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_LL_ENABLED

> SPI transaction buffer size for upper layer HCI logs. There will be 2 SPI DMA buffers with the same size

> Default value:

>   - 512 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_LL_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_MOSI_IO_NUM

> GPIO number of SPI MOSI

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

> GPIO number of SPI MOSI

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_SCLK_IO_NUM

> GPIO number of SPI SCLK

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

> GPIO number of SPI SCLK

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_CS_IO_NUM

> GPIO number of SPI CS

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

> GPIO number of SPI CS

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_TS_SYNC_ENABLED

> Enable ble log & logic analyzer log time sync

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

> Enable ble log & logic analyzer log time sync

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_SYNC_IO_NUM

> GPIO number of SYNC IO

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_TS_SYNC_ENABLED

> GPIO number of SYNC IO

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_TS_SYNC_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_FLUSH_TIMER_ENABLED

> Enable periodic buffer flush out

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

> Enable periodic buffer flush out Not recommended when SPI receiver is unavailable

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_FLUSH_TIMEOUT

> Buffer flush out period in unit of ms

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_FLUSH_TIMER_ENABLED

> Buffer flush out period in unit of ms

> Default value:

>   - 1000 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_FLUSH_TIMER_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_LE_AUDIO_ENABLED

> Enable LE Audio log output to SPI

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

> Enable LE Audio log output to SPI

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_LE_AUDIO_BUF_SIZE

> SPI transaction buffer size for LE Audio logs

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_LE_AUDIO_ENABLED

> SPI transaction buffer size for LE Audio logs. There will be 2 SPI DMA buffers with the same size.

> Default value:

>   - 1024 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_LE_AUDIO_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_LE_AUDIO_TASK_CNT

> LE audio task count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_LE_AUDIO_ENABLED

> LE audio task count

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_LE_AUDIO_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_MESH_ENABLED

> Enable BLE mesh log output to SPI

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

> Enable BLE mesh log output to SPI

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_MESH_BUF_SIZE

> SPI transaction buffer size for BLE mesh logs

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_MESH_ENABLED

> SPI transaction buffer size for BLE mesh logs. There will be 2 SPI DMA buffers with the same size.

> Default value:

>   - 1024 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_MESH_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_MESH_TASK_CNT

> Mesh task count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options > BT Logs > Legacy SPI Log Output (Deprecated - use BT Log Async Output instead) > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_MESH_ENABLED

> Mesh task count

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_MESH_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLE_LOG_SPI_OUT_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_LE_USED_MEM_STATISTICS_ENABLED

> Enable used memory statistics

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Common Options

> Used in internal tests only. Enable used memory statistics.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### Bluedroid Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_ABORT_WHEN_ALLOCATION_FAILS

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_HOST_ALLOW_SUB_SPEC_MIN_CONN_INT

- Bluedroid debug option

- CONFIG_BT_BTU_TASK_STACK_SIZE

- CONFIG_BT_BTC_TASK_STACK_SIZE

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED

- BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_ACL_CONNECTIONS

- CONFIG_BT_SMP_MAX_BONDS

- CONFIG_BT_ALLOCATION_FROM_SPIRAM_FIRST

- CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED

- CONFIG_BT_STACK_NO_LOG

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ADV_CODING_SELECTION

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_42_FEATURES_SUPPORTED

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_EN

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ADV_MONITOR

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CHANNEL_SOUNDING

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CONN_SUBRATING

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CTE_EN

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_DBAF

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_FRAME_SPACE_UPDATE

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_HIGH_DUTY_ADV_INTERVAL

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_LL_EXT_FEAT

- CONFIG_BT_MULTI_CONNECTION_ENBALE

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_PERIODIC_ADV_SYNC_TRANSFER

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_POWER_CONTROL

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_SHORTER_CONN_INTERVALS

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_LE_UTP

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_VENDOR_HCI_EN

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CREATE_SYNC_ENH

- CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ESP_COEX_VSC

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_PERIODIC_ADV_ENH

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_PAWR_EN

- CONFIG_BT_MAX_DEVICE_NAME_LEN

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CREATE_SYNC_RETRY_MAX

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_ACT_SCAN_REP_ADV_SCAN

- CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_PINNED_TO_CORE_CHOICE

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_RPA_TIMEOUT

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_DYNAMIC_ENV_MEMORY

##### CONFIG_BT_BTC_TASK_STACK_SIZE

> Bluetooth event (callback to application) task stack size

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> This select btc task stack size

> Default value:

>   - 3072 if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_PINNED_TO_CORE_CHOICE

> The cpu core which Bluedroid run

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Which the cpu core to run Bluedroid. Can choose core0 and core1. Can not specify no-affinity.

> Available options:

> > - Core 0 (PRO CPU) (CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_PINNED_TO_CORE_0)

> > - Core 1 (APP CPU) (CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_PINNED_TO_CORE_1)

##### CONFIG_BT_BTU_TASK_STACK_SIZE

> Bluetooth Bluedroid Host Stack task stack size

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> This select btu task stack size

> Default value:

>   - 4352 if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ESP_COEX_VSC

> Enable Espressif Vendor-specific HCI commands for coexist status configuration

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Enable Espressif Vendor-specific HCI commands for coexist status configuration

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if (CONFIG_ESP_COEX_SW_COEXIST_ENABLE || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED

> Classic Bluetooth

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> For now this option needs "SMP_ENABLE" to be set to yes

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && ((CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && SOC_BT_CLASSIC_SUPPORTED) || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_MAX_RECONNECT_ON_COLLISION

> Maximum number of reconnection attempts in case of collision

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED

> The maximum number of reconnection attempts when encountering rejection of connection request with error code 0x0B(Connection Already Exists) from peer device

> Default value:

>   - 5 if CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLE_POWER_CTRL_VSC

> Enable Espressif Vendor-specific HCI commands for power control of Classic Bluetooth

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED

> Enable Espressif Vendor-specific HCI commands for power control of Classic Bluetooth

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_ENC_KEY_SIZE_CTRL_ENABLED

> configure encryption key size

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED

> This chooses the support status of configuring encryption key size

> Available options:

> > - Supported by standard HCI command (CONFIG_BT_ENC_KEY_SIZE_CTRL_STD)

> > - Supported by Vendor-specific HCI command (CONFIG_BT_ENC_KEY_SIZE_CTRL_VSC)

> > - Not supported (CONFIG_BT_ENC_KEY_SIZE_CTRL_NONE)

##### CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_BQB_ENABLED

> Host Qualitifcation support for Classic Bluetooth

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED

> This enables functionalities of Host qualification for Classic Bluetooth.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_A2DP_ENABLE

> A2DP

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED

> Advanced Audio Distribution Profile

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_A2DP_USE_EXTERNAL_CODEC

> Use External Codec for A2DP

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_A2DP_ENABLE

> If enable, user shall register audio codec capability to A2DP and encode/decode audio data in application layer. The internal codec in A2DP will be remove in the future, it is recommend to use external codec for new design.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_A2DP_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_A2DP_CODEC_AAC_ENABLED

> A2DP AAC codec

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_A2DP_ENABLE > CONFIG_BT_A2DP_USE_EXTERNAL_CODEC

> Enable support for A2DP AAC codec when using an external codec. Currently, only the A2DP sink supports AAC codec.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_A2DP_USE_EXTERNAL_CODEC && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_A2DP_SEP_NUM_MAX

> Maximum number of Stream End Points that can be registered for A2DP

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_A2DP_ENABLE > CONFIG_BT_A2DP_USE_EXTERNAL_CODEC

> The maximum number of Stream End Points (SEPs) that can be registered for A2DP. The default value is 2. If you need to register more SEPs, you can increase this value.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 3 if CONFIG_BT_A2DP_USE_EXTERNAL_CODEC && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BT_A2DP_CODEC_AAC_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_A2DP_USE_EXTERNAL_CODEC && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_A2DP_USE_EXTERNAL_CODEC && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### AVRCP Features

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_AVRCP_CT_COVER_ART_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_AVRCP_CT_COVER_ART_ENABLED

> AVRCP CT Cover Art

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_A2DP_ENABLE > AVRCP Features

> This enable Cover Art feature for AVRCP CT role, Cover Art requires AVRCP version 1.6 or higher. Therefore, if the Cover Art feature is enabled, AVRCP version will set to 1.6, otherwise, it will remain at 1.5

##### CONFIG_BT_SPP_ENABLED

> SPP

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED

> This enables the Serial Port Profile

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_L2CAP_ENABLED

> BT L2CAP

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED

> This enables the Logical Link Control and Adaptation Layer Protocol. Only supported classic bluetooth.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_SDP_COMMON_ENABLED

> BT SDP COMMON

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED

> This enables common SDP operation, such as SDP record creation and deletion.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_L2CAP_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_SDP_PAD_LEN

> One or more BT SDP attributes total allocated length (bytes)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED

> This is the total size of all SDP attributes allowed. Any attributes that exceed this size are truncated. The default value is 300.

> Range:

>   - from to 1024 if CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 300 if CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_SDP_ATTR_LEN

> Single BT SDP attribute allocated length (bytes)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED

> This is the maximum allowed size for a single SDP attribute. Any attributes that exceed this size are truncated. The default value is 300.

> Range:

>   - from 300 to 1024 if CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 300 if CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_HFP_ENABLE

> Hands Free/Handset Profile

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED

> Hands Free Unit and Audio Gateway can be included simultaneously but they cannot run simultaneously due to internal limitations.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_HFP_AG_ENABLE

- CONFIG_BT_HFP_AUDIO_DATA_PATH

- CONFIG_BT_HFP_CLIENT_ENABLE

- CONFIG_BT_HFP_USE_EXTERNAL_CODEC

- CONFIG_BT_HFP_WBS_ENABLE

##### CONFIG_BT_HFP_CLIENT_ENABLE

> Hands Free Unit

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_HFP_ENABLE

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_HFP_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_HFP_AG_ENABLE

> Audio Gateway

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_HFP_ENABLE

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_HFP_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_HFP_AUDIO_DATA_PATH

> audio(SCO) data path

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_HFP_ENABLE

> SCO data path, i.e. HCI or PCM. This option is set using API "esp_bredr_sco_datapath_set" in Bluetooth host. Default SCO data path can also be set in Bluetooth Controller.

> Available options:

> > - PCM (CONFIG_BT_HFP_AUDIO_DATA_PATH_PCM)

> > - HCI (CONFIG_BT_HFP_AUDIO_DATA_PATH_HCI)

##### CONFIG_BT_HFP_USE_EXTERNAL_CODEC

> Use External Codec for HFP

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_HFP_ENABLE

> If enable, user shall encode/decode audio data in application layer. The internal codec in HFP will be remove in the future, it is recommend to use external codec for new design.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_HFP_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_HFP_AUDIO_DATA_PATH_HCI && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_HFP_WBS_ENABLE

> Wide Band Speech

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_HFP_ENABLE

> This enables Wide Band Speech. Should disable it when SCO data path is PCM. Otherwise there will be no data transmitted via GPIOs.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_HFP_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_HFP_AUDIO_DATA_PATH_HCI && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_HID_ENABLED

> Classic BT HID

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED

> This enables the BT HID functionalities

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_HID_DEVICE_ENABLED

- CONFIG_BT_HID_HOST_ENABLED

- CONFIG_BT_HID_REMOVE_DEVICE_BONDING_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_HID_HOST_ENABLED

> Classic BT HID Host

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_HID_ENABLED

> This enables the BT HID Host

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_HID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_HID_DEVICE_ENABLED

> Classic BT HID Device

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_HID_ENABLED

> This enables the BT HID Device

##### CONFIG_BT_HID_REMOVE_DEVICE_BONDING_ENABLED

> Remove Device Bonding Information when HID Virtual Cable Unplugging

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_HID_ENABLED

> This enables the BT HID to remove device bonding information when virtual cable unplugging, removing device bonding information is optional in HID 1.0 but mandatory in HID 1.1

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_HID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_PBAC_ENABLED

> PBAP Client

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED

> This enables the Phone Book Access Profile Client

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_PBAC_PREFERRED_MTU

- CONFIG_BT_PBAC_SUPPORTED_FEAT

##### CONFIG_BT_PBAC_SUPPORTED_FEAT

> PBAP Client Supported Features

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_PBAC_ENABLED

> Set the supported features of PBAP Client, the default value is supported all features

> Default value:

>   - "0x000003FF" if CONFIG_BT_PBAC_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_PBAC_PREFERRED_MTU

> PBAP Client Preferred MTU

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_PBAC_ENABLED

> MTU is limited by the max MTU of transport layer, and should not be smaller than 255, but can be set to zero to use a default MTU of transport layer

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_PBAC_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED

> Bluetooth Low Energy

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> This enables Bluetooth Low Energy

##### CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE

> Include GATT server module(GATTS)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED

> This option can be disabled when the app work only on gatt client mode

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_GATTS_APPEARANCE_WRITABLE

- CONFIG_BT_GATTS_DEVICE_NAME_WRITABLE

- CONFIG_BT_GATTS_KEY_MATERIAL_CHAR

- CONFIG_BT_GATTS_SECURITY_LEVELS_CHAR

- CONFIG_BT_GATTS_PPCP_CHAR_GAP

- CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ROBUST_CACHING_ENABLED

- CONFIG_BT_GATTS_SEND_SERVICE_CHANGE_MODE

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_BLUFI_ENABLE

- CONFIG_BT_GATT_MAX_SR_PROFILES

- CONFIG_BT_GATT_MAX_SR_ATTRIBUTES

##### CONFIG_BT_GATTS_PPCP_CHAR_GAP

> Enable Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameters characteristic in GAP service

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE

> This enables "Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameters" characteristic (UUID: 0x2A04) in GAP service that has connection parameters like min/max connection interval, slave latency and supervision timeout multiplier

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_BLUFI_ENABLE

> Include blufi function

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE

> This option can be close when the app does not require blufi function.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLUFI_BLE_SMP_ENABLE

> Enable BLE SMP support for BluFi

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE > CONFIG_BT_BLE_BLUFI_ENABLE

> Enable BLE Security Manager Protocol (SMP) for BluFi. When enabled, BluFi will support BLE pairing and encryption before Wi-Fi provisioning, providing a more secure provisioning process. This feature is only supported with the Bluedroid host.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_BLUFI_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLE_SMP_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_GATT_MAX_SR_PROFILES

> Max GATT Server Profiles

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE

> Maximum GATT Server Profiles Count

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 32 if CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 8 if CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_GATT_MAX_SR_ATTRIBUTES

> Max GATT Service Attributes

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE

> Maximum GATT Service Attributes Count

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 500 if CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 100 if CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_GATTS_SEND_SERVICE_CHANGE_MODE

> GATTS Service Change Mode

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE

> Service change indication mode for GATT Server.

> Available options:

> > - GATTS manually send service change indication (CONFIG_BT_GATTS_SEND_SERVICE_CHANGE_MANUAL)

> >   Manually send service change indication through API esp_ble_gatts_send_service_change_indication()

> > - GATTS automatically send service change indication (CONFIG_BT_GATTS_SEND_SERVICE_CHANGE_AUTO)

> >   Let Bluedroid handle the service change indication internally

##### CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ROBUST_CACHING_ENABLED

> Enable Robust Caching on Server Side

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE

> This option enables the GATT robust caching feature on the server. if turned on, the Client Supported Features characteristic, Database Hash characteristic, and Server Supported Features characteristic will be included in the GAP SERVICE.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_GATTS_DEVICE_NAME_WRITABLE

> Allow to write device name by GATT clients

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE

> Enabling this option allows remote GATT clients to write device name

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_GATTS_APPEARANCE_WRITABLE

> Allow to write appearance by GATT clients

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE

> Enabling this option allows remote GATT clients to write appearance

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_GATTS_SECURITY_LEVELS_CHAR

> Enable LE GATT Security Levels Characteristic

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE

> Enable LE GATT Security Levels Characteristic

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_GATTS_KEY_MATERIAL_CHAR

> Enable Encrypted Data Key Material Characteristic

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE

> Enable the Encrypted Data Key Material characteristic in GAP service. This characteristic allows advertising data to be decrypted and authenticated using the key material (session key + IV) as defined in Bluetooth Core Specification Version 5.4. The characteristic requires encrypted link to read.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_GATTC_ENABLE

> Include GATT client module(GATTC)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED

> This option can be close when the app work only on gatt server mode

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_GATTC_MAX_CACHE_CHAR

- CONFIG_BT_GATTC_NOTIF_REG_MAX

- CONFIG_BT_GATTC_CACHE_NVS_FLASH

- CONFIG_BT_GATTC_CONNECT_RETRY_COUNT

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_ESTAB_LINK_CONN_TOUT

##### CONFIG_BT_GATTC_MAX_CACHE_CHAR

> Max gattc cache characteristic for discover

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_GATTC_ENABLE

> Maximum GATTC cache characteristic count

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 500 if CONFIG_BT_GATTC_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 40 if CONFIG_BT_GATTC_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_GATTC_NOTIF_REG_MAX

> Max gattc notify(indication) register number

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_GATTC_ENABLE

> Maximum GATTC notify(indication) register number

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_GATTC_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 5 if CONFIG_BT_GATTC_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_GATTC_CACHE_NVS_FLASH

> Save gattc cache data to nvs flash

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_GATTC_ENABLE

> This select can save gattc cache data to nvs flash

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_GATTC_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_GATTC_CONNECT_RETRY_COUNT

> The number of attempts to reconnect if the connection establishment failed

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_GATTC_ENABLE

> The number of attempts to reconnect if the connection establishment failed

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_GATTC_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BT_GATTC_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_ESTAB_LINK_CONN_TOUT

> Timeout of BLE connection establishment

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_GATTC_ENABLE

> Bluetooth Connection establishment maximum time, if connection time exceeds this value, the connection establishment fails, ESP_GATTC_OPEN_EVT or ESP_GATTS_OPEN_EVT is triggered.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 60 if CONFIG_BT_GATTC_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 30 if CONFIG_BT_GATTC_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_SMP_ENABLE

> Include BLE security module(SMP)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED

> This option can be close when the app not used the ble security connect.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_SMP_ID_RESET_ENABLE

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_SMP_BOND_NVS_FLASH

- CONFIG_BT_SMP_SLAVE_CON_PARAMS_UPD_ENABLE

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_RPA_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_SMP_SLAVE_CON_PARAMS_UPD_ENABLE

> Slave enable connection parameters update during pairing

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_BLE_SMP_ENABLE

> In order to reduce the pairing time, slave actively initiates connection parameters update during pairing.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_SMP_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_SMP_ID_RESET_ENABLE

> Reset device identity when all bonding records are deleted

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_BLE_SMP_ENABLE

> There are tracking risks associated with using a fixed or static IRK. If enabled this option, Bluedroid will assign a new randomly-generated IRK when all pairing and bonding records are deleted. This would decrease the ability of a previously paired peer to be used to determine whether a device with which it previously shared an IRK is within range.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_SMP_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_SMP_BOND_NVS_FLASH

> Save SMP bonding keys to nvs flash

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_BLE_SMP_ENABLE

> This select can save SMP bonding keys to nvs flash

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_SMP_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_RPA_SUPPORTED

> Update RPA to Controller

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED > CONFIG_BT_BLE_SMP_ENABLE

> This enables controller RPA list function. For ESP32, ESP32 only support network privacy mode. If this option is enabled, ESP32 will only accept advertising packets from peer devices that contain private address, HW will not receive the advertising packets contain identity address after IRK changed. If this option is disabled, address resolution will be performed in the host, so the functions that require controller to resolve address in the white list cannot be used. This option is disabled by default on ESP32, please enable or disable this option according to your own needs.

> For other BLE chips, devices support network privacy mode and device privacy mode, users can switch the two modes according to their own needs. So this option is enabled by default.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLE_SMP_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### Bluedroid debug option

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_MEM_DEBUG

- CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_MEM_STATS

- CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_THREAD_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_MEM_DEBUG

> Bluedroid memory debug

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > Bluedroid debug option

> Bluedroid memory debug

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_MEM_STATS

> Bluedroid memory statistics

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > Bluedroid debug option

> Enable Bluedroid memory usage statistics

##### CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_THREAD_DEBUG

> Bluedroid thread debug

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > Bluedroid debug option

> Enable Bluedroid thread debug mode. Used to debug whether the thread is blocked and dump information about the thread’s related work queue.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_THREAD_BLOCK_TIME

> OSI thread block time (in ms)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > Bluedroid debug option > CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_THREAD_DEBUG

> Indicates how long it takes for the thread to execute an item before it is considered blocked.

> Default value:

>   - 1000 if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_THREAD_DEBUG && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_THREAD_BLOCK_MSG

> OSI thread block message count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > Bluedroid debug option > CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_THREAD_DEBUG

> Indicates how many messages are added to the queue while the threadis executing an item before it is considered blocked.

> Default value:

>   - 50 if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_THREAD_DEBUG && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_STACK_NO_LOG

> Disable BT debug logs (minimize bin size)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> This select can save the rodata code size

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_A2D_TRACE_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_APPL_TRACE_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVCT_TRACE_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVDT_TRACE_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVRC_TRACE_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_BLUFI_TRACE_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_BNEP_TRACE_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTC_TRACE_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTIF_TRACE_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTM_TRACE_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_GAP_TRACE_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_GATT_TRACE_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_HCI_TRACE_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_HID_TRACE_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_L2CAP_TRACE_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_MCA_TRACE_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_OSI_TRACE_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_PAN_TRACE_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_RFCOMM_TRACE_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_SDP_TRACE_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_LOG_SMP_TRACE_LEVEL

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_HCI_TRACE_LEVEL

> HCI layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for HCI layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_HCI_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_HCI_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_HCI_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_HCI_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_HCI_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_HCI_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_HCI_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTM_TRACE_LEVEL

> BTM layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for BTM layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTM_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTM_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTM_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTM_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTM_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTM_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTM_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_L2CAP_TRACE_LEVEL

> L2CAP layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for L2CAP layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_L2CAP_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_L2CAP_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_L2CAP_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_L2CAP_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_L2CAP_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_L2CAP_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_L2CAP_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_RFCOMM_TRACE_LEVEL

> RFCOMM layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for RFCOMM layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_RFCOMM_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_RFCOMM_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_RFCOMM_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_RFCOMM_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_RFCOMM_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_RFCOMM_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_RFCOMM_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_SDP_TRACE_LEVEL

> SDP layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for SDP layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_SDP_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_SDP_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_SDP_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_SDP_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_SDP_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_SDP_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_SDP_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_GAP_TRACE_LEVEL

> GAP layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for GAP layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_GAP_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_GAP_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_GAP_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_GAP_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_GAP_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_GAP_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_GAP_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_BNEP_TRACE_LEVEL

> BNEP layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for BNEP layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BNEP_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BNEP_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BNEP_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BNEP_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BNEP_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BNEP_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BNEP_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_PAN_TRACE_LEVEL

> PAN layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for PAN layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_PAN_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_PAN_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_PAN_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_PAN_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_PAN_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_PAN_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_PAN_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_A2D_TRACE_LEVEL

> A2D layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for A2D layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_A2D_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_A2D_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_A2D_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_A2D_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_A2D_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_A2D_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_A2D_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVDT_TRACE_LEVEL

> AVDT layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for AVDT layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVDT_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVDT_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVDT_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVDT_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVDT_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVDT_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVDT_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVCT_TRACE_LEVEL

> AVCT layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for AVCT layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVCT_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVCT_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVCT_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVCT_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVCT_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVCT_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVCT_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVRC_TRACE_LEVEL

> AVRC layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for AVRC layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVRC_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVRC_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVRC_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVRC_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVRC_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVRC_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVRC_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_MCA_TRACE_LEVEL

> MCA layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for MCA layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_MCA_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_MCA_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_MCA_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_MCA_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_MCA_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_MCA_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_MCA_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_HID_TRACE_LEVEL

> HID layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for HID layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_HID_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_HID_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_HID_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_HID_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_HID_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_HID_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_HID_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_APPL_TRACE_LEVEL

> APPL layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for APPL layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_APPL_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_APPL_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_APPL_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_APPL_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_APPL_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_APPL_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_APPL_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_GATT_TRACE_LEVEL

> GATT layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for GATT layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_GATT_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_GATT_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_GATT_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_GATT_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_GATT_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_GATT_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_GATT_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_SMP_TRACE_LEVEL

> SMP layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for SMP layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_SMP_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_SMP_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_SMP_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_SMP_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_SMP_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_SMP_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_SMP_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTIF_TRACE_LEVEL

> BTIF layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for BTIF layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTIF_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTIF_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTIF_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTIF_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTIF_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTIF_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTIF_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTC_TRACE_LEVEL

> BTC layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for BTC layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTC_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTC_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTC_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTC_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTC_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTC_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTC_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_OSI_TRACE_LEVEL

> OSI layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for OSI layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_OSI_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_OSI_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_OSI_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_OSI_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_OSI_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_OSI_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_OSI_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_LOG_BLUFI_TRACE_LEVEL

> BLUFI layer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > BT DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BT trace level for BLUFI layer

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BLUFI_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BLUFI_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BLUFI_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - API (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BLUFI_TRACE_LEVEL_API)

> > - EVENT (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BLUFI_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BLUFI_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BLUFI_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_BT_ACL_CONNECTIONS

> BT/BLE MAX ACL CONNECTIONS

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Maximum BT/BLE connection count. The ESP32-C3/S3 chip supports a maximum of 10 instances, including ADV, SCAN and connections. The ESP32-C3/S3 chip can connect up to 9 devices if ADV or SCAN uses only one. If ADV and SCAN are both used, The ESP32-C3/S3 chip is connected to a maximum of 8 devices. Because Bluetooth cannot reclaim used instances once ADV or SCAN is used.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 50 if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 4 if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_MULTI_CONNECTION_ENBALE

> Enable BLE multi-connections

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Enable this option if there are multiple connections

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_ALLOCATION_FROM_SPIRAM_FIRST

> BT/BLE will first malloc the memory from the PSRAM

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> This select can save the internal RAM if there have the PSRAM

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_DYNAMIC_ENV_MEMORY

> Use dynamic memory allocation in BT/BLE stack

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> This select can make the allocation of memory will become more flexible

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_SMP_MAX_BONDS

> BT/BLE maximum bond device count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> The number of security records for peer devices.

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_ACT_SCAN_REP_ADV_SCAN

> Report adv data and scan response individually when BLE active scan

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Originally, when doing BLE active scan, Bluedroid will not report adv to application layer until receive scan response. This option is used to disable the behavior. When enable this option, Bluedroid will report adv data or scan response to application layer immediately.

> # Memory reserved at start of DRAM for Bluetooth stack

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_MAX_DEVICE_NAME_LEN

> length of bluetooth device name

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Bluetooth Device name length shall be no larger than 248 octets, If the broadcast data cannot contain the complete device name, then only the shortname will be displayed, the rest parts that can't fit in will be truncated.

> Range:

>   - from 32 to 248 if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 32 if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_RPA_TIMEOUT

> Timeout of resolvable private address

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> This set RPA timeout of Controller and Host. Default is 900 s (15 minutes). Range is 1 s to 1 hour (3600 s).

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 3600 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 900 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_HOST_ALLOW_SUB_SPEC_MIN_CONN_INT

> Allow BLE connection interval below Bluetooth Core Spec minimum (disable host check)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> When enabled, the Bluedroid host skips the minimum BLE connection interval validation (Bluetooth Core Spec minimum is 0x0006 / 7.5 ms) and accepts any non-zero interval value from the application. The BLE controller then enforces what is actually allowed; how small the connection interval may be depends on controller capability and its own configuration, not on this host option text.

> End users should NOT set this option directly. In typical IDF builds it follows the active Controller integration when that Controller supports this mode; use the Controller's own configuration (menu entries and symbol names differ by chip) instead of toggling this host symbol manually.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED

> Enable BLE 5.0 and above features(please disable BLE 4.2 if enable BLE 5.0)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Enabling this option activates BLE 5.0 features. This option is universally supported in chips that support BLE, except for ESP32. BLE 4.2 and BLE 5.0 cannot be used simultaneously.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED && ((CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_50_SUPPORTED) || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_DTM_TEST_EN

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_EXTEND_ADV_EN

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_EXTEND_SCAN_EN

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_EXTEND_ADV_EN

> Enable BLE extend advertising

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED

> This enables BLE extend advertising

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_PERIODIC_ADV_EN

> Enable BLE periodic advertising

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED > CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_EXTEND_ADV_EN

> This enables BLE periodic advertising

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_EXTEND_ADV_EN && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_EXTEND_SCAN_EN

> Enable BLE extend scan

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED

> This enables BLE extend scan

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_EXTEND_SYNC_EN

> Enable BLE periodic advertising sync

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED > CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_EXTEND_SCAN_EN

> This enables BLE periodic advertising sync

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_EXTEND_SCAN_EN && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_DTM_TEST_EN

> Enable BLE 5.0 DTM test

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED

> This enables BLE 5.0 direct test mode

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_PERIODIC_ADV_SYNC_TRANSFER

> Enable BLE periodic advertising sync transfer feature

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> This enables BLE periodic advertising sync transfer feature

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_PERIODIC_ADV_EN && ((CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && SOC_ESP_NIMBLE_CONTROLLER) || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_PERIODIC_ADV_ENH

> Enable periodic adv enhancements(adi support)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Enable the periodic advertising enhancements

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_PERIODIC_ADV_EN && ((CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && SOC_ESP_NIMBLE_CONTROLLER) || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CREATE_SYNC_ENH

> Enable create sync enhancements(reporting disable and duplicate filtering enable support)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Enable the create sync enhancements

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_EXTEND_SYNC_EN && ((CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && SOC_ESP_NIMBLE_CONTROLLER) || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CREATE_SYNC_RETRY_MAX

> Maximum retry count for periodic advertising create sync

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Set the maximum retry count when periodic advertising create sync fails with error code 0x3E (Connection Failed to be Established). Set to 0 to disable retry. Default is 3.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 16 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_EXTEND_SYNC_EN && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_EXTEND_SYNC_EN && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_EN

> Enable BLE 5.2 iso feature

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Enable BLE 5.2 iso

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED && ((CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_ISO_SUPPORTED) || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_BIG_BROCASTER

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_BIG_SYNCER

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_CIG_CENTRAL

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_CIG_PERIPHERAL

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_60_EN

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_ISO_BIS_MAX_COUNT

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_ISO_CIS_MAX_COUNT

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_ISO_FLOW_CONTROL

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_60_EN

> Enable ISO v6.0 feature

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_EN

> Enable iso 6.0 feature

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_EN && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_BIG_BROCASTER

> Enable BLE iso BIG broadcaster

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_EN

> Enable BLE 5.2 BIG broadcaster

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_EN && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_BIG_SYNCER

> Enable BLE iso BIG syncer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_EN

> Enable BLE 5.2 BIG syncer

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_EN && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_ISO_BIS_MAX_COUNT

> Maximum bis count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_EN

> Enable BLE 5.2 CIG peripheral

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 31 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_EN && (CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_BIG_BROCASTER || CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_BIG_SYNCER) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_EN && (CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_BIG_BROCASTER || CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_BIG_SYNCER) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_CIG_CENTRAL

> Enable BLE iso CIG central

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_EN

> Enable BLE 5.2 CIG central

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_EN && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_CIG_PERIPHERAL

> Enable BLE iso CIG peripheral

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_EN

> Enable BLE 5.2 CIG peripheral

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_EN && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_ISO_CIS_MAX_COUNT

> Maximum cis count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_EN

> Enable BLE 5.2 CIG peripheral

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 31 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_EN && (CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_CIG_CENTRAL || CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_CIG_PERIPHERAL) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_EN && (CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_CIG_CENTRAL || CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_CIG_PERIPHERAL) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_ISO_FLOW_CONTROL

> Select ISO flow control type

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ISO_EN

> Select ISO flow control type

> Available options:

> > - ISO standard flow control (CONFIG_BT_BLE_ISO_STD_FLOW_CTRL)

> >   Enable ISO standard flow control

> > - ISO non-standard flow control (CONFIG_BT_BLE_ISO_NON_STD_FLOW_CTRL)

> >   Enable ISO non-standard flow control

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CTE_EN

> Enable BLE CTE feature

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Enable BLE 5.1 CTE

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED && ((CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_CTE_SUPPORTED) || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CTE_CONNECTION_EN

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CTE_CONNECTIONLESS_EN

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CTE_CONNECTIONLESS_EN

> Enable BLE CTE connectionless feature

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CTE_EN

> Transmission of CTE in periodic advertising

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CTE_EN && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CTE_CONNECTION_EN

> Enable BLE CTE connection feature

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CTE_EN

> Transmission of CTE by ACL connection

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CTE_EN && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_POWER_CONTROL

> Enable BLE power control feature

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Enable BLE power control feature

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED && ((CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_POWER_CONTROL_SUPPORTED) || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CONN_SUBRATING

> Enable BLE connection subrating feature

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Enable BLE connection subrating feature

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED && ((CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_SUBRATE_SUPPORTED) || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_PAWR_EN

> Enable Periodic Advertisement with Response(PAwR)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Enable BLE Periodic Advertisement with Response(PAwR) feature

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED && ((CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_PERIODIC_ADV_WITH_RESPONSE) || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ADV_CODING_SELECTION

> Enable Advertising Coding Selection

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Enable Advertising Coding Selection

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED && ((CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_ADV_CODING_SELECT_SUPPORTED) || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CHANNEL_SOUNDING

> Enable BLE channel sounding

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Enable BLE channel sounding. CS Security Requirements (Core 6.3) is configured separately via BT_BLE_FEAT_CS_SECURITY_REQUIREMENTS.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED && ((CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_CHANNEL_SOUNDING_SUPPORTED) || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CS_SECURITY_REQUIREMENTS

> Enable BLE CS Security Requirements (Core 6.3)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CHANNEL_SOUNDING

> Enable Channel Sounding security requirements HCI commands (Bluetooth Core 6.3). Supports LE CS Set Security Requirements (0x00A7) and LE CS Set Default Security Requirements (0x00A8). Use esp_ble_cs_set_security_requirements() and esp_ble_cs_set_default_security_requirements().

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CHANNEL_SOUNDING && ((CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_CS_SECURITY_REQUIREMENTS_SUPPORTED) || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_ADV_MONITOR

> Enable BLE Advertising Monitor (LE Monitor Advertisement)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Enable LE Monitor Advertisement feature (Bluetooth Core 6.0). Allows the host to add devices to a monitor list and receive reports when the controller detects advertising from those devices (e.g. RSSI threshold).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED && ((CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_ADV_MONITOR_SUPPORTED) || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_DBAF

> Enable BLE Decision-Based Advertising Filtering (DBAF)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Enable Decision-Based Advertising Filtering (Bluetooth Core 6.0). Supports LE Set Decision Data and LE Set Decision Instructions HCI commands.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED && ((CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_DBAF_SUPPORTED) || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_FRAME_SPACE_UPDATE

> Enable BLE Frame Space Update

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Enable Frame Space Update feature (Bluetooth Core 6.0).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED && ((CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_FRAME_SPACE_SUPPORTED) || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_LL_EXT_FEAT

> Enable BLE LL Extended Feature Set

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Enable LL Extended Feature Set (Bluetooth Core 6.0). Supports LE Read All Local/Remote Supported Features HCI commands.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED && ((CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_LL_EXT_FEAT_SUPPORTED) || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_SHORTER_CONN_INTERVALS

> Enable BLE Shorter Connection Intervals (Core 6.2)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Enable Shorter Connection Intervals feature (Bluetooth Core 6.2). Requires Connection Subrating (Core 5.3) per [Vol 6] Part B, Section 4.6.50. Supports LE Connection Rate Request, LE Set Default Rate Parameters, LE Read Minimum Supported Connection Interval commands and LE Connection Rate Change event. Connection intervals use 125 us units (minimum 375 us). Use esp_ble_gap_connection_rate_request(), esp_ble_gap_set_default_rate_parameters(), esp_ble_gap_read_min_supported_connection_interval() and ESP_BLE_GAP_CONN_RATE_* conversion macros in esp_gap_ble_api.h.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_CONN_SUBRATING && CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED && ((CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_SHORTER_CONN_INTERVALS_SUPPORTED) || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_FEAT_LE_UTP

> Enable BLE Unified Test Protocol (UTP)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> Enable LE Unified Test Protocol (Bluetooth Core 6.2). Supports LE Enable UTP OTA Mode, LE UTP Send commands and LE UTP Receive event.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_50_FEATURES_SUPPORTED && ((CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_LE_UTP_SUPPORTED) || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_42_FEATURES_SUPPORTED

> Enable BLE 4.2 features(please disable BLE 5.0 if enable BLE 4.2)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> This enables BLE 4.2 features. This option is universally supported by all ESP chips with BLE capabilities. BLE 4.2 and BLE 5.0 cannot be used simultaneously.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_42_ADV_EN

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_42_DTM_TEST_EN

- CONFIG_BT_BLE_42_SCAN_EN

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_42_DTM_TEST_EN

> Enable BLE 4.2 DTM test

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_42_FEATURES_SUPPORTED

> This enables BLE 4.2 direct test mode

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_42_FEATURES_SUPPORTED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_42_ADV_EN

> Enable BLE 4.2 advertising

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_42_FEATURES_SUPPORTED

> This enables BLE v4.2 advertising

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_42_FEATURES_SUPPORTED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_42_SCAN_EN

> Enable BLE 4.2 scan

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options > CONFIG_BT_BLE_42_FEATURES_SUPPORTED

> This enables BLE v4.2 scan

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_42_FEATURES_SUPPORTED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_VENDOR_HCI_EN

> Enable BLE Vendor HCI command and event

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> This enables BLE vendor HCI command and event

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_BLE_HIGH_DUTY_ADV_INTERVAL

> Enable BLE high duty advertising interval feature

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> This enable BLE high duty advertising interval feature

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_ABORT_WHEN_ALLOCATION_FAILS

> Abort when memory allocation fails in BT/BLE stack

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > Bluedroid Options

> This enables abort when memory allocation fails

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED

#### NimBLE Options

Contains:

- BLE 5.x Features

- BLE 6.x Features

- Debugging/Testing

- Extra Features

- GAP

- GATT / ATT

- General

- Helper Utils

- Host-controller Transport

- L2CAP

- Memory Settings

- NimBLE Mesh

- Roles and Profiles

- Security (SMP)

- Services

- Vendor / Optimization

##### General

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MEM_ALLOC_MODE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HOST_TASK_STACK_SIZE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_PINNED_TO_CORE_CHOICE

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MEM_ALLOC_MODE

> Memory allocation strategy

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > General

> Allocation strategy for NimBLE host stack. Provides ability to allocate all required dynamic allocations from:

> - Internal DRAM memory only

> - External SPIRAM memory only

> - Either internal or external memory based on default malloc() behavior in ESP-IDF

> - Internal IRAM memory wherever applicable else internal DRAM

> Available options:

> > - Internal memory (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MEM_ALLOC_MODE_INTERNAL)

> > - External SPIRAM (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MEM_ALLOC_MODE_EXTERNAL)

> > - Default alloc mode (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MEM_ALLOC_MODE_DEFAULT)

> > - Internal IRAM (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MEM_ALLOC_MODE_IRAM_8BIT)

> >   Allows use of IRAM memory region as 8-bit accessible region.

> >   Every unaligned (8bit or 16bit) access will result in an exception and incur penalty of certain clock cycles per unaligned read/write.

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_PINNED_TO_CORE_CHOICE

> The CPU core on which NimBLE host will run

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > General

> The CPU core on which NimBLE host will run. You can choose Core 0 or Core 1. Cannot specify no-affinity

> Available options:

> > - Core 0 (PRO CPU) (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_PINNED_TO_CORE_0)

> > - Core 1 (APP CPU) (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_PINNED_TO_CORE_1)

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HOST_TASK_STACK_SIZE

> NimBLE Host task stack size

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > General

> This configures stack size of NimBLE host task

> Default value:

>   - 5120 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

>   - 4096 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### Roles and Profiles

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_BROADCASTER

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_CENTRAL

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CLIENT

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_OBSERVER

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_PERIPHERAL

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_CENTRAL

> Enable BLE Central role

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Roles and Profiles

> Enables BLE Central role

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_PERIPHERAL

> Enable BLE Peripheral role

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Roles and Profiles

> Enable BLE Peripheral role

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_BROADCASTER

> Enable BLE Broadcaster role

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Roles and Profiles

> Enables BLE broadcaster role

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_OBSERVER

> Enable BLE Observer role

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Roles and Profiles

> Enables BLE Observer role

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CLIENT

> Enable BLE GATT Client support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Roles and Profiles

> Enables support for GATT Client

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_CENTRAL && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER

> Enable BLE GATT Server support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Roles and Profiles

> Enables support for GATT Server

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_PERIPHERAL && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### Security (SMP)

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE

> Enable BLE SM feature

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Security (SMP)

> Enable BLE sm feature

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_LL_CFG_FEAT_LE_ENCRYPTION

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SM_SC_ONLY

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HANDLE_REPEAT_PAIRING_DELETION

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MAX_BONDS

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_NVS_PERSIST

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SMP_ID_RESET

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SM_LVL

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SM_LEGACY

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SM_SC

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SM_LEGACY

> Security manager legacy pairing

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Security (SMP) > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE

> Enable security manager legacy pairing

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SM_SC

> Security manager secure connections (4.2)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Security (SMP) > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE

> Enable security manager secure connections

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SM_SC_DEBUG_KEYS

> Use predefined public-private key pair

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Security (SMP) > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SM_SC

> If this option is enabled, SM uses predefined DH key pair as described in Core Specification, Vol. 3, Part H, 2.3.5.6.1. This allows to decrypt air traffic easily and thus should only be used for debugging.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SM_SC && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_LL_CFG_FEAT_LE_ENCRYPTION

> Enable LE encryption

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Security (SMP) > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE

> Enable encryption connection

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SM_LVL

> Security level

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Security (SMP) > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE

> LE Security Mode 1 Levels: 1(0). No Security 2(1). Unauthenticated pairing with encryption 3(2). Authenticated pairing with encryption 4(3). Authenticated LE Secure Connections pairing with encryption using a 128-bit strength encryption key.

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SM_SC_ONLY

> Enable Secure Connections Only Mode

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Security (SMP) > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE

> Enable Secure Connections Only Mode

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SMP_ID_RESET

> Reset device identity when all bonding records are deleted

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Security (SMP) > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE

> There are tracking risks associated with using a fixed or static IRK. If enabled this option, NimBLE will assign a new randomly-generated IRK when all pairing and bonding records are deleted. This would decrease the ability of a previously paired peer to be used to determine whether a device with which it previously shared an IRK is within range.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_NVS_PERSIST

> Persist the BLE Bonding keys in NVS

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Security (SMP) > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE

> Enable this flag to make bonding persistent across device reboots

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MAX_BONDS

> Maximum number of bonds to save across reboots

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Security (SMP) > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE

> Defines maximum number of bonds to save for peer security and our security

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HANDLE_REPEAT_PAIRING_DELETION

> Enable stack handling of repeat pairing

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Security (SMP) > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE

> Use this option to let stack internally handle the request for repeat pairing. Enabling this option will delete the pairing of the device and stack will NOT post any event to application. If this option is disabled, application will get BLE_GAP_EVENT_REPEAT_PAIRING event.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### GAP

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HOST_ALLOW_CONNECT_WITH_SCAN

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HS_STOP_TIMEOUT_MS

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HOST_QUEUE_CONG_CHECK

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_WHITELIST_SIZE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLE_CONN_REATTEMPT

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_USE_ESP_TIMER

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HS_FLOW_CTRL

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HS_PVCY

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MAX_CCCDS

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MAX_CONNECTIONS

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_CRYPTO_STACK_MBEDTLS

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_RPA_TIMEOUT

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_RPA_TIMEOUT

> RPA timeout in seconds

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GAP

> Time interval between RPA address change.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 41400 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 900 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_WHITELIST_SIZE

> BLE white list size

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GAP

> BLE Whitelist size

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 31 if SOC_ESP_NIMBLE_CONTROLLER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

>   - from 1 to 15 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 12 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLE_CONN_REATTEMPT

> Enable connection reattempts on connection establishment error

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GAP

> Enable to make the NimBLE host to reattempt GAP connection attempt in case of connection establishment failure due to reason 0x3E.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if SOC_ESP_NIMBLE_CONTROLLER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MAX_CONN_REATTEMPT

> Maximum number connection reattempts

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GAP > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLE_CONN_REATTEMPT

> Defines maximum number of connection reattempts.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLE_CONN_REATTEMPT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLE_CONN_REATTEMPT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HS_PVCY

> Enable privacy related APIs

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GAP

> Enable this option to include host-side APIs related to BLE privacy. Disable it if your application does not require privacy features (such as RPA generation, resolving, or privacy-based pairing). Disabling this option excludes privacy-related code from the host to reduce memory usage.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HOST_ALLOW_CONNECT_WITH_SCAN

> Allow Connections with scanning in progress

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GAP

> This enables support for user to initiate a new connection with scan in progress

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HOST_QUEUE_CONG_CHECK

> BLE queue congestion check

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GAP

> When scanning and scan duplicate is not enabled, if there are a lot of adv packets around or application layer handling adv packets is slow, it will cause the controller memory to run out. if enabled, adv packets will be lost when host queue is congested.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MAX_CONNECTIONS

> Maximum number of concurrent connections

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GAP

> Defines maximum number of concurrent BLE connections. For ESP32, user is expected to configure BTDM_CTRL_BLE_MAX_CONN from controller menu along with this option. Similarly for ESP32-C3 or ESP32-S3, user is expected to configure BT_CTRL_BLE_MAX_ACT from controller menu. For ESP32C2, ESP32C6 and ESP32H2, each connection will take about 1k DRAM.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 70 if SOC_ESP_NIMBLE_CONTROLLER && (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_CENTRAL || CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_PERIPHERAL) && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

>   - from 1 to 9 if (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_CENTRAL || CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_PERIPHERAL) && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 3 if (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_CENTRAL || CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_PERIPHERAL) && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MAX_CCCDS

> Maximum number of CCC descriptors to save across reboots

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GAP

> Defines maximum number of CCC descriptors to save

> Default value:

>   - 8 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_CRYPTO_STACK_MBEDTLS

> Override TinyCrypt with mbedTLS for crypto computations

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GAP

> Enable this option to choose mbedTLS instead of TinyCrypt for crypto computations.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_SMP_CRYPTO_STACK_TINYCRYPT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HS_STOP_TIMEOUT_MS

> BLE host stop timeout in msec

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GAP

> BLE Host stop procedure timeout in milliseconds.

> Default value:

>   - 2000 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_USE_ESP_TIMER

> Enable Esp Timer for Nimble

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GAP

> Set this option to use Esp Timer which has higher priority timer instead of FreeRTOS timer

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HS_FLOW_CTRL

> Enable Host Flow control

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GAP

> Enable Host Flow control

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HS_FLOW_CTRL_ITVL

> Host Flow control interval

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GAP > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HS_FLOW_CTRL

> Host flow control interval in msecs

> Default value:

>   - 1000 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HS_FLOW_CTRL && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HS_FLOW_CTRL_THRESH

> Host Flow control threshold

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GAP > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HS_FLOW_CTRL

> Host flow control threshold, if the number of free buffers are at or below this threshold, send an immediate number-of-completed-packets event

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HS_FLOW_CTRL && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HS_FLOW_CTRL_TX_ON_DISCONNECT

> Host Flow control on disconnect

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GAP > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HS_FLOW_CTRL

> Enable this option to send number-of-completed-packets event to controller after disconnection

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HS_FLOW_CTRL && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### GATT / ATT

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_BLE_GATT_BLOB_TRANSFER

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING_DISABLE_AUTO

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING_ASSOC_ENABLE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_INCL_SVC_DISCOVERY

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ATT_MAX_PREP_ENTRIES

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING_MAX_CONNS

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING_MAX_CHRS

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING_MAX_DSCS

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_MAX_PROCS

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING_MAX_INCL_SVCS

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING_MAX_SVCS

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ATT_PREFERRED_MTU

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ATT_PREFERRED_MTU

> Preferred MTU size in octets

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GATT / ATT

> This is the default value of ATT MTU indicated by the device during an ATT MTU exchange. This value can be changed using API ble_att_set_preferred_mtu()

> Default value:

>   - 256 if (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CLIENT || CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER) && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ATT_MAX_PREP_ENTRIES

> Max Prepare write entries

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GATT / ATT

> This is the default value of ATT Maximum prepare entries

> Default value:

>   - 64 if (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CLIENT || CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER) && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_MAX_PROCS

> Maximum number of GATT client procedures

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GATT / ATT

> Maximum number of GATT client procedures that can be executed.

> Default value:

>   - 4 if (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CLIENT || CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER) && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_BLE_GATT_BLOB_TRANSFER

> Blob transfer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GATT / ATT

> This option is used when data to be sent is more than 512 bytes. For peripheral role, BT_NIMBLE_MSYS_1_BLOCK_COUNT needs to be increased according to the need.

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING

> Enable GATT caching

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GATT / ATT

> Enable GATT caching

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING_INCLUDE_SERVICES

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING_INCLUDE_SERVICES

> Include services in GATT caching

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GATT / ATT > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING

> Enable this option to include *included services* (e.g., services referenced by other services) in the GATT database cache. Disabling this will skip caching of included service entries.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_INCL_SVC_DISCOVERY

> Enable Included service discovery

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GATT / ATT

> Enable this option to start discovery for included service.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING_INCLUDE_SERVICES && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING_MAX_CONNS

> Maximum connections to be cached

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GATT / ATT

> Set this option to set the upper limit on number of connections to be cached.

> Default value:

>   - if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING_MAX_SVCS

> Maximum number of services per connection

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GATT / ATT

> Set this option to set the upper limit on number of services per connection to be cached.

> Default value:

>   - 64 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING_MAX_INCL_SVCS

> Maximum number of included services per connection

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GATT / ATT

> Set this option to set the upper limit on number of included services per connection to be cached.

> Default value:

>   - 64 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING_MAX_CHRS

> Maximum number of characteristics per connection

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GATT / ATT

> Set this option to set the upper limit on number of characteristics per connection to be cached.

> Default value:

>   - 64 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING_MAX_DSCS

> Maximum number of descriptors per connection

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GATT / ATT

> Set this option to set the upper limit on number of descriptors per connection to be cached.

> Default value:

>   - 64 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING_DISABLE_AUTO

> Do not start discovery procedure automatically upon receiving Out of Sync

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GATT / ATT

> When client receives ATT out-of-sync error message, it will not automatically start the discovery procedure to correct the invalid cache.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING_ASSOC_ENABLE

> Enable association-based GATT caching

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > GATT / ATT

> Enable this option to use associated address caching instead of performing service discovery.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_CACHING && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### L2CAP

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_L2CAP_ENHANCED_COC

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_L2CAP_COC_MAX_NUM

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_L2CAP_COC_MAX_NUM

> Maximum number of connection oriented channels

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > L2CAP

> Defines maximum number of BLE Connection Oriented Channels. When set to (0), BLE COC is not compiled in

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 9 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_L2CAP_ENHANCED_COC

> L2CAP Enhanced Connection Oriented Channel

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > L2CAP

> Enable Enhanced Credit Based Flow Control Mode

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_L2CAP_COC_MAX_NUM >= 1 && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### Memory Settings

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_ACL_FROM_LL_COUNT

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_EVT_DISCARD_COUNT

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MSYS_BUF_FROM_HEAP

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_L2CAP_COC_SDU_BUFF_COUNT

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MSYS_1_BLOCK_COUNT

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MSYS_1_BLOCK_SIZE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MSYS_2_BLOCK_COUNT

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MSYS_2_BLOCK_SIZE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MEMPOOL_RUNTIME_ALLOC

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_ACL_SIZE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_EVT_COUNT

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_EVT_SIZE

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MSYS_1_BLOCK_COUNT

> MSYS_1 Block Count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Memory Settings

> MSYS is a system level mbuf registry. For prepare write & prepare responses MBUFs are allocated out of msys_1 pool. For NIMBLE_MESH enabled cases, this block count is increased by 8 than user defined count.

> Default value:

>   - 24 if SOC_ESP_NIMBLE_CONTROLLER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MSYS_1_BLOCK_SIZE

> MSYS_1 Block Size

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Memory Settings

> Dynamic memory size of block 1

> Default value:

>   - 128 if SOC_ESP_NIMBLE_CONTROLLER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MSYS_2_BLOCK_COUNT

> MSYS_2 Block Count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Memory Settings

> Dynamic memory count for block 2

> Default value:

>   - 24 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MSYS_2_BLOCK_SIZE

> MSYS_2 Block Size

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Memory Settings

> Dynamic memory size of block 2

> Default value:

>   - 320 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MSYS_BUF_FROM_HEAP

> Get Msys Mbuf from heap

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Memory Settings

> This option sets the source of the shared msys mbuf memory between the Host and the Controller. Allocate the memory from the heap if this option is sets, from the mempool otherwise.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if BT_LE_MSYS_INIT_IN_CONTROLLER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_ACL_FROM_LL_COUNT

> ACL Buffer count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Memory Settings

> The number of ACL data buffers allocated for host.

> Default value:

>   - 24 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_ACL_SIZE

> Transport ACL Buffer size

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Memory Settings

> This is the maximum size of the data portion of HCI ACL data packets. It does not include the HCI data header (of 4 bytes)

> Default value:

>   - 255 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_EVT_SIZE

> Transport Event Buffer size

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Memory Settings

> This is the size of each HCI event buffer in bytes. In case of extended advertising, packets can be fragmented. 257 bytes is the maximum size of a packet.

> Default value:

>   - 257 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

>   - 70 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_EVT_COUNT

> Transport Event Buffer count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Memory Settings

> This is the high priority HCI events' buffer size. High-priority event buffers are for everything except advertising reports. If there are no free high-priority event buffers then host will try to allocate a low-priority buffer instead

> Default value:

>   - 30 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_EVT_DISCARD_COUNT

> Discardable Transport Event Buffer count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Memory Settings

> This is the low priority HCI events' buffer size. Low-priority event buffers are only used for advertising reports. If there are no free low-priority event buffers, then an incoming advertising report will get dropped

> Default value:

>   - 8 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_L2CAP_COC_SDU_BUFF_COUNT

> L2cap coc Service Data Unit Buffer count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Memory Settings

> This is the service data unit buffer count for l2cap coc.

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MEMPOOL_RUNTIME_ALLOC

> Support on-demand runtime memory allocation for mempool

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Memory Settings

> When this option is enabled, mempool does not require pre-allocating memory. Instead, memory for each block will be dynamically allocated and released during mempool usage. This can significantly reduce memory consumption after mempool initialization, but may have some impact on performance.

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MEMPOOL_BLOCK_REUSED

> Support block reuse for mempool runtime memory allocation

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Memory Settings > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MEMPOOL_RUNTIME_ALLOC

> When this option is enabled, dynamically allocated blocks will not be freed but will be reused instead. This ensures virtually no impact on performance while reducing the memory consumption of the mempool.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MEMPOOL_RUNTIME_ALLOC && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### BLE 5.x Features

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT

> Enable BLE 5 feature

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features

> Enable BLE 5 feature

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_50_SUPPORTED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_AOA_AOD

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_LL_CFG_FEAT_LE_2M_PHY

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_LL_CFG_FEAT_LE_CODED_PHY

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_SCAN

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_BLE_POWER_CONTROL

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_LL_CFG_FEAT_LE_2M_PHY

> Enable 2M Phy

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT

> Enable 2M-PHY

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_LL_CFG_FEAT_LE_CODED_PHY

> Enable coded Phy

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT

> Enable coded-PHY

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV

> Enable extended advertising

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT

> Enable this option to do extended advertising. Extended advertising will be supported from BLE 5.0 onwards.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV_V2

> Enable support for extended adv v2

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV

> Enable this option to use Extended Adv V2 command instead of V1.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MAX_EXT_ADV_INSTANCES

> Maximum number of extended advertising instances.

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV

> Change this option to set maximum number of extended advertising instances. Minimum there is always one instance of advertising. Enter how many more advertising instances you want. For ESP32C2, ESP32C6 and ESP32H2, each extended advertising instance will take about 0.5k DRAM.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 4 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV_MAX_SIZE

> Maximum length of the advertising data.

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV

> Defines the length of the extended adv data. The value should not exceed 1650.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 1650 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 1650 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLE_PERIODIC_ADV

> Enable periodic advertisement.

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV

> Enable this option to start periodic advertisement.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_PERIODIC_ADV_ENH

> Periodic adv enhancements(adi support)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLE_PERIODIC_ADV

> Enable the periodic advertising enhancements

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_PERIODIC_ADV_SYNC_TRANSFER

> Enable Transfer Sync Events

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLE_PERIODIC_ADV

> This enables controller transfer periodic sync events to host

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLE_PERIODIC_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_PERIODIC_ADV_WITH_RESPONSES

> Enable Periodic Advertisement with Response (EXPERIMENTAL)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLE_PERIODIC_ADV

> This enables controller PAwR (Periodic Advertisement with Response).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLE_PERIODIC_ADV && SOC_BLE_PERIODIC_ADV_WITH_RESPONSE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_SCAN

> Enable extended scanning

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT

> Enable this option to do extended scanning.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLE_PERIODIC_SYNC

> Enable periodic sync

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_SCAN

> Enable this option to receive periodic advertisement.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_SCAN && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MAX_PERIODIC_SYNCS

> Maximum number of periodic advertising syncs

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_SCAN > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLE_PERIODIC_SYNC

> Set this option to set the upper limit for number of periodic sync connections. This should be less than maximum connections allowed by controller.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 8 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLE_PERIODIC_SYNC && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLE_PERIODIC_ADV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLE_PERIODIC_SYNC && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLE_PERIODIC_SYNC && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MAX_PERIODIC_ADVERTISER_LIST

> Maximum number of periodic advertiser list

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXT_SCAN > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLE_PERIODIC_SYNC

> Set this option to set the upper limit for number of periodic advertiser list.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 5 if SOC_ESP_NIMBLE_CONTROLLER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLE_PERIODIC_SYNC && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 5 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && SOC_ESP_NIMBLE_CONTROLLER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLE_PERIODIC_SYNC && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_BLE_POWER_CONTROL

> Enable support for BLE Power Control

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT

> Set this option to enable the Power Control feature

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && SOC_BLE_POWER_CONTROL_SUPPORTED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_AOA_AOD

> Direction Finding

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT

> Enable support for Connectionless and Connection Oriented Direction Finding

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && SOC_BLE_CTE_SUPPORTED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO

> Isochronous channels

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT

> Enable BLE Isochronous functionality.

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO_FLOW_CONTROL

> ISO flow control mode

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO

> ISO flow control mode

> Available options:

> > - Standard (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO_STD_FLOW_CTRL)

> >   ISO standard flow control

> > - Non-standard (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO_NON_STD_FLOW_CTRL)

> >   ISO non-standard flow control

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO_TEST

> ISO Test mode

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO

> Enable BLE Isochronous Test functionality.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO_BIG

> Maximum number of BIG

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO

> Maximum number of BIG.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 2 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO_BIS

> Maximum number of BIS

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO

> Maximum number of BIS.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 6 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO_BIS_PER_BIG

> Maximum number of BIS per BIG

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO

> Maximum number of BIS per BIG.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO_CIG

> Maximum number of CIG

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO

> Maximum number of CIG.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 2 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO_CIS

> Maximum number of CIS

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO

> Maximum number of CIS.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 6 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO_CIS_PER_CIG

> Maximum number of CIS per CIG

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO

> Maximum number of CIS per CIG.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO_CIS_ESTAB_V2

> LE CIS Established event [v2]

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 5.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_50_FEATURE_SUPPORT > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ISO

> Enable this to support LE CIS Established event [v2].

##### BLE 6.x Features

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_60_FEATURE_SUPPORT

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_60_FEATURE_SUPPORT

> Enable BLE 6 feature

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 6.x Features

> Enable BLE 6.x feature support

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && (SOC_BLE_60_SUPPORTED || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && (SOC_BLE_60_SUPPORTED || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_CHANNEL_SOUNDING

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MONITOR_ADV

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_CHANNEL_SOUNDING

> ble channel sounding feature

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 6.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_60_FEATURE_SUPPORT

> Used to enable/disable the channel sounding feature

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_60_FEATURE_SUPPORT && (SOC_BLE_60_SUPPORTED || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MONITOR_ADV

> Enable Monitor Advertising

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > BLE 6.x Features > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_60_FEATURE_SUPPORT

> Enable support for Monitor Advertisers

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_60_FEATURE_SUPPORT && (SOC_BLE_60_SUPPORTED || CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED) && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### Services

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ANS_SERVICE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_BAS_SERVICE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_CTS_SERVICE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DIS_SERVICE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HTP_SERVICE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HR_SERVICE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HID_SERVICE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_IAS_SERVICE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_IPSS_SERVICE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_LLS_SERVICE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_PROX_SERVICE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_RAS_SERVICE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SPS_SERVICE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TPS_SERVICE

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_PROX_SERVICE

> Proximity service

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services

> Enable Proximity Service support

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ANS_SERVICE

> Alert Notification service

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services

> Enable Alert Notification Service support

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_CTS_SERVICE

> Current Time Service

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services

> Enable Current Time Service support

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HTP_SERVICE

> Health Thermometer service

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services

> Enable Health Thermometer Service support

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_IPSS_SERVICE

> Internet Protocol Support service

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services

> Enable Internet Protocol Service support

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TPS_SERVICE

> Tx Power service

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services

> Enable Tx Power Service support

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_IAS_SERVICE

> Immediate Alert service

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services

> Enable Immediate Alert Service support

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_LLS_SERVICE

> Link Loss service

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services

> Enable Link Loss Service support

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SPS_SERVICE

> Serial Port service

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services

> Enable Serial Port Service support

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HR_SERVICE

> Heart Rate service

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services

> Enable HeartRate Service support

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_RAS_SERVICE

> Ranging service

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services

> Enable Ranging Service (RAS) support for BLE Channel Sounding

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_CHANNEL_SOUNDING && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HID_SERVICE

> Human Interface Device service

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services

> Enable HID service support

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_HID_MAX_RPTS

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_HID_MAX_INSTANCES

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_HID_MAX_INSTANCES

> Maximum HID service instances

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HID_SERVICE

> Defines maximum number of HID service instances

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HID_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_HID_MAX_RPTS

> Maximum HID Report characteristics per service instance

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HID_SERVICE

> Defines maximum number of report characteristics per service instance

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HID_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_BAS_SERVICE

> Battery service

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services

> Enable Battery service support

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_BAS_BATTERY_LEVEL_NOTIFY

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_BAS_BATTERY_LEVEL_NOTIFY

> BAS Battery Level NOTIFY permission

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_BAS_SERVICE

> Enable/Disable notifications on BAS Battery Level Characteristic

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DIS_SERVICE

> Device Information Service

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services

> Enable Device Information service support

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_DIS_INCLUDED

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_DIS_FIRMWARE_REVISION

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_DIS_HARDWARE_REVISION

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_DIS_MANUFACTURER_NAME

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_DIS_PNP_ID

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_DIS_SERIAL_NUMBER

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_DIS_SOFTWARE_REVISION

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_DIS_SYSTEM_ID

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_DIS_MANUFACTURER_NAME

> Manufacturer Name

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DIS_SERVICE

> Enable the DIS characteristic Manufacturer Name String characteristic

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DIS_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_DIS_SERIAL_NUMBER

> Serial Number

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DIS_SERVICE

> Enable the DIS Serial Number characteristic

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DIS_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_DIS_HARDWARE_REVISION

> Hardware Revision

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DIS_SERVICE

> Enable the DIS Hardware Revision characteristic

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DIS_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_DIS_FIRMWARE_REVISION

> Firmware Revision

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DIS_SERVICE

> Enable the DIS Firmware Revision characteristic

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DIS_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_DIS_SOFTWARE_REVISION

> Software Revision

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DIS_SERVICE

> Enable the DIS Software Revision characteristic

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DIS_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_DIS_SYSTEM_ID

> System ID

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DIS_SERVICE

> Enable the DIS System ID characteristic

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DIS_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_DIS_PNP_ID

> PnP ID

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DIS_SERVICE

> Enable the DIS PnP ID characteristic

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DIS_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_DIS_INCLUDED

> DIS as an Included Service

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DIS_SERVICE

> Use DIS as an included service

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DIS_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE

> GAP Service

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services

> Enable GAP Service support

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_DEVICE_NAME

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_APPEARANCE

- GAP Appearance write permissions

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_CENT_ADDR_RESOLUTION

- GAP device name write permissions

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_GATT_SECURITY_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_DEVICE_NAME_MAX_LEN

- Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameters (PPCP) settings

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_RPA_ONLY

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_DEVICE_NAME

> BLE GAP default device name

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE

> The Device Name characteristic shall contain the name of the device as an UTF-8 string. This name can be changed by using API ble_svc_gap_device_name_set()

> Default value:

>   - "nimble" if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_DEVICE_NAME_MAX_LEN

> Maximum length of BLE device name in octets

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE

> Device Name characteristic value shall be 0 to 248 octets in length

> Default value:

>   - 31 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_APPEARANCE

> External appearance of the device

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE

> Standard BLE GAP Appearance value in HEX format e.g. 0x02C0

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_GATT_SECURITY_LEVEL

> LE GATT Security Level Characteristic

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE

> Enable the LE GATT Security Level Characteristic

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_RPA_ONLY

> Resolvable Private Address Only characteristic

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE

> Enable the Resolvable Private Address Only characteristic

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_CENT_ADDR_RESOLUTION

> GAP Characteristic - Central Address Resolution

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE

> Weather or not Central Address Resolution characteristic is supported on the device, and if supported, weather or not Central Address Resolution is supported.

> - Central Address Resolution characteristic not supported

> - Central Address Resolution not supported

> - Central Address Resolution supported

> Available options:

> > - Characteristic not supported (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_CAR_CHAR_NOT_SUPP)

> > - Central Address Resolution not supported (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_CAR_NOT_SUPP)

> > - Central Address Resolution supported (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_CAR_SUPP)

##### GAP Appearance write permissions

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_APPEAR_WRITE

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_APPEAR_WRITE

> Write

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE > GAP Appearance write permissions

> Enable write permission (BLE_GATT_CHR_F_WRITE)

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_APPEAR_WRITE_ENC

> Write with encryption

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE > GAP Appearance write permissions > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_APPEAR_WRITE

> Enable write with encryption permission (BLE_GATT_CHR_F_WRITE_ENC)

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_APPEAR_WRITE_AUTHEN

> Write with authentication

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE > GAP Appearance write permissions > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_APPEAR_WRITE

> Enable write with authentication permission (BLE_GATT_CHR_F_WRITE_AUTHEN)

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_APPEAR_WRITE_AUTHOR

> Write with authorisation

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE > GAP Appearance write permissions > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_APPEAR_WRITE

> Enable write with authorisation permission (BLE_GATT_CHR_F_WRITE_AUTHOR)

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_APPEAR_WRITE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### GAP device name write permissions

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_NAME_WRITE

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_NAME_WRITE

> Write

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE > GAP device name write permissions

> Enable write permission (BLE_GATT_CHR_F_WRITE)

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_NAME_WRITE_ENC

> Write with encryption

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE > GAP device name write permissions > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_NAME_WRITE

> Enable write with encryption permission (BLE_GATT_CHR_F_WRITE_ENC)

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_NAME_WRITE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_NAME_WRITE_AUTHEN

> Write with authentication

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE > GAP device name write permissions > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_NAME_WRITE

> Enable write with authentication permission (BLE_GATT_CHR_F_WRITE_AUTHEN)

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_NAME_WRITE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_NAME_WRITE_AUTHOR

> Write with authorisation

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE > GAP device name write permissions > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_NAME_WRITE

> Enable write with authorisation permission (BLE_GATT_CHR_F_WRITE_AUTHOR)

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_NAME_WRITE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameters (PPCP) settings

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_PPCP_MAX_CONN_INTERVAL

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_PPCP_MIN_CONN_INTERVAL

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_PPCP_SLAVE_LATENCY

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_PPCP_SUPERVISION_TMO

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_PPCP_MAX_CONN_INTERVAL

> PPCP Connection Interval Max (Unit: 1.25 ms)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE > Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameters (PPCP) settings

> Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameter: Connection Interval maximum value Interval Max = value * 1.25 ms

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_PERIPHERAL && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_PPCP_MIN_CONN_INTERVAL

> PPCP Connection Interval Min (Unit: 1.25 ms)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE > Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameters (PPCP) settings

> Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameter: Connection Interval minimum value Interval Min = value * 1.25 ms

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_PERIPHERAL && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_PPCP_SLAVE_LATENCY

> PPCP Slave Latency

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE > Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameters (PPCP) settings

> Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameter: Slave Latency

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_PPCP_SUPERVISION_TMO

> PPCP Supervision Timeout (Uint: 10 ms)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Services > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE > Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameters (PPCP) settings

> Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameter: Supervision Timeout Timeout = Value * 10 ms

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_SERVICE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATT_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### Extra Features

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATTC_AUTO_PAIR

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ADV_UUID_CONCAT

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_BLUFI_ENABLE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_CPFD_CAFD

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DTM_MODE_TEST

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DYNAMIC_SERVICE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MEM_OPTIMIZATION

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SM_SIGN_CNT

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SUBRATE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_STATIC_PASSKEY

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENC_ADV_DATA

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATTC_PROC_PREEMPTION_PROTECT

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MAX_EADS

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EATT_CHAN_NUM

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_RECONFIG_MTU

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_LOW_SPEED_MODE

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_STATIC_TO_DYNAMIC

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DYNAMIC_SERVICE

> Enable dynamic services

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Extra Features

> This enables user to add/remove Gatt services at runtime

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_BLUFI_ENABLE

> Enable blufi functionality

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Extra Features

> Set this option to enable blufi functionality.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENC_ADV_DATA

> Encrypted Advertising Data

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Extra Features

> This option is used to enable encrypted advertising data.

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ADV_UUID_CONCAT

> concatenate uuids while parsing advertising data

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Extra Features

> Enables concatenation of multiple UUIDs of the same type while parsing advertising data on the central device. When disabled, only the last parsed UUID of a given type is retained.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MAX_EADS

> Maximum number of EAD devices to save across reboots

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Extra Features

> Defines maximum number of encrypted advertising data key material to save

> Default value:

>   - 10 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENC_ADV_DATA && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATTC_PROC_PREEMPTION_PROTECT

> Gatt-proc preemption protect check

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Extra Features

> When BLE and Wireless protocol/IEEE 802.15.4 operate in coexistence, BLE preemption can disrupt the GATT context,causing the service discovery callback to not be invoked. A temporary list is maintained to preserve the GATT context and use it in case of preemption.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GATTC_AUTO_PAIR

> Automatically pair upon receiving service request failure

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Extra Features

> If enabled, when a service request (e.g. read, write) to a server fails, and the ATT error suggests insufficient security, then the central will initiate pairing and retry the service request.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EATT_CHAN_NUM

> Maximum number of EATT channels

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Extra Features

> Defines the number of channels EATT bearers can use

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SUBRATE

> Enable Subrate Change

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Extra Features

> Enable connection subrate change feature

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_STATIC_PASSKEY

> Enable support for Static Passkey

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Extra Features

> Enable support for user defined static passkey for SMP

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SECURITY_ENABLE && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DTM_MODE_TEST

> Enable DTM related test procedure support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Extra Features

> Enable DTM related test procedure support

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MEM_OPTIMIZATION

> Enable memory optimization

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Extra Features

> This option enables memory optimizations in the NimBLE stack.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_STATIC_TO_DYNAMIC

> Use Dynamic Memory allocations instead of static

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Extra Features

> This option enables use of dynamic memory allocation instead of static allocation for variable global / local variable. This helps in improving memory footprint

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SM_SIGN_CNT

> Enable Sign counter operations

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Extra Features

> Enable Sign counter operations

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_CPFD_CAFD

> Enable CPFD/CAPD support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Extra Features

> Enable CPFD and CAPD gatt descriptors support

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_RECONFIG_MTU

> Reconfig L2CAP MTU support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Extra Features

> Enable Support to reconfigure L2CAP MTU / MPS

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_LOW_SPEED_MODE

> Reduce DRAM/IRAM usage by moving GATT/GAP/NPL functions to FLASH

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Extra Features

> Disabling IRAM-optimized paths will place functions in FLASH (.irom.text) instead of DRAM (.iram.text/.text in internal RAM). Suitable for low-speed GAP/GATT operations to reduce RAM usage.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### NimBLE Mesh

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH

> Enable BLE mesh functionality

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > NimBLE Mesh

> Enable BLE Mesh example present in upstream mynewt-nimble and not maintained by Espressif.

> IDF maintains ESP-BLE-MESH as the official Mesh solution. Please refer to ESP-BLE-MESH guide at: :doc:../esp32/api-guides/esp-ble-mesh/ble-mesh-index``

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_PROVISIONER

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_PROV

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_FRIEND

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_LOW_POWER

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_PROXY

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_RELAY

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_DEVICE_NAME

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_NODE_COUNT

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_PROXY

> Enable mesh proxy functionality

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > NimBLE Mesh > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH

> Enable proxy. This is automatically set whenever NIMBLE_MESH_PB_GATT or NIMBLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY is set

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_PROV

> Enable BLE mesh provisioning

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > NimBLE Mesh > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH

> Enable mesh provisioning

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_PB_ADV

> Enable mesh provisioning over advertising bearer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > NimBLE Mesh > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_PROV

> Enable this option to allow the device to be provisioned over the advertising bearer

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_PROV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_PB_GATT

> Enable mesh provisioning over GATT bearer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > NimBLE Mesh > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_PROV

> Enable this option to allow the device to be provisioned over the GATT bearer

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_PROV && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY

> Enable GATT Proxy functionality

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > NimBLE Mesh > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH

> This option enables support for the Mesh GATT Proxy Service, i.e. the ability to act as a proxy between a Mesh GATT Client and a Mesh network

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_RELAY

> Enable mesh relay functionality

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > NimBLE Mesh > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH

> Support for acting as a Mesh Relay Node

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_LOW_POWER

> Enable mesh low power mode

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > NimBLE Mesh > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH

> Enable this option to be able to act as a Low Power Node

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_FRIEND

> Enable mesh friend functionality

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > NimBLE Mesh > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH

> Enable this option to be able to act as a Friend Node

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_DEVICE_NAME

> Set mesh device name

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > NimBLE Mesh > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH

> This value defines Bluetooth Mesh device/node name

> Default value:

>   - "nimble-mesh-node" if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_NODE_COUNT

> Set mesh node count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > NimBLE Mesh > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH

> Defines mesh node count.

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_PROVISIONER

> Enable BLE mesh provisioner

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > NimBLE Mesh > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH

> Enable mesh provisioner.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### Host-controller Transport

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_UART

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HCI_UART_CTS_PIN

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_USE_HCI_UART_FLOW_CTRL

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HCI_UART_RTS_PIN

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_UART

> Enable Uart Transport

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Host-controller Transport

> Use UART transport

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_UART_PORT

> Uart port

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Host-controller Transport > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_UART

> Uart port

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_UART && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HCI_USE_UART_BAUDRATE

> Uart Hci Baud Rate

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Host-controller Transport > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_UART

> Uart Baud Rate

> Available options:

> > - 115200 (CONFIG_UART_BAUDRATE_115200)

> > - 230400 (CONFIG_UART_BAUDRATE_230400)

> > - 460800 (CONFIG_UART_BAUDRATE_460800)

> > - 921600 (CONFIG_UART_BAUDRATE_921600)

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_USE_HCI_UART_PARITY

> Uart PARITY

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Host-controller Transport > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_UART

> Uart Parity

> Available options:

> > - None (CONFIG_UART_PARITY_NONE)

> > - Odd (CONFIG_UART_PARITY_ODD)

> > - Even (CONFIG_UART_PARITY_EVEN)

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_UART_RX_PIN

> UART Rx pin

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Host-controller Transport > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_UART

> Rx pin for Nimble Transport

> Default value:

>   - 5 if CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_UART && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_UART_TX_PIN

> UART Tx pin

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Host-controller Transport > CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_UART

> Tx pin for Nimble Transport

> Default value:

>   - 4 if CONFIG_BT_CONTROLLER_DISABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_UART && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_USE_HCI_UART_FLOW_CTRL

> Uart Flow Control

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Host-controller Transport

> Uart Flow Control

> Available options:

> > - Disable (CONFIG_UART_HW_FLOWCTRL_DISABLE)

> > - Enable hardware flow control (CONFIG_UART_HW_FLOWCTRL_CTS_RTS)

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HCI_UART_RTS_PIN

> UART Rts Pin

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Host-controller Transport

> UART HCI RTS pin

> Default value:

>   - 19 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HCI_UART_CTS_PIN

> UART Cts Pin

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Host-controller Transport

> UART HCI CTS pin

> Default value:

>   - 23 if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### Debugging/Testing

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DEBUG

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_PRINT_ERR_NAME

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_LOG_LEVEL

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MEM_DEBUG

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TEST_THROUGHPUT_TEST

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MEM_DEBUG

> NimBLE memory debug

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Debugging/Testing

> Enable NimBLE memory debug to track memory allocations and deallocations. This feature records the function name, line number, and size of each allocation, and provides APIs to display memory usage statistics, find memory leaks, and monitor peak memory usage.

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_LOG_LEVEL

> NimBLE Host log verbosity

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Debugging/Testing

> Select NimBLE log level. Note that the selected NimBLE log verbosity can not exceed the level set in "Component config --> Log output --> Default log verbosity".

> Available options:

> > - No logs (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_LOG_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - Error logs (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - Warning logs (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - Info logs (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_LOG_LEVEL_INFO)

> > - Debug logs (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG)

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_PRINT_ERR_NAME

> Enable feature to print Error description

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Debugging/Testing

> Enable feature to give useful explanation for HCI errors

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DEBUG

> Enable extra runtime asserts and host debugging

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Debugging/Testing

> This enables extra runtime asserts and host debugging

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TEST_THROUGHPUT_TEST

> Throughput Test Mode enable

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Debugging/Testing

> Enable the throughput test mode

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### Vendor / Optimization

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ADV_SEND_CONSTANT_DID

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SCAN_ALLOW_ENH_ADI_FILTER

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HIGH_DUTY_ADV_ITVL

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_VS_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_OPTIMIZE_MULTI_CONN

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_VS_SUPPORT

> Enable support for VSC and VSE

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Vendor / Optimization

> This option is used to enable support for sending Vendor Specific HCI commands and handling Vendor Specific HCI Events.

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_OPTIMIZE_MULTI_CONN

> Enable the optimization of multi-connection

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Vendor / Optimization

> This option enables the use of vendor-specific APIs for multi-connections, which can greatly enhance the stability of coexistence between numerous central and peripheral devices. It will prohibit the usage of standard APIs.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_BLE_MULTI_CONN_OPTIMIZATION && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HIGH_DUTY_ADV_ITVL

> Enable BLE high duty advertising interval feature

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Vendor / Optimization

> This enable BLE high duty advertising interval feature

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ADV_SEND_CONSTANT_DID

> Enable BLE Ext Adv to Send with Specific DID

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Vendor / Optimization

> This enable vendor-specific APIs to send specific DID for different advertising data in extended advertising.

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SCAN_ALLOW_ENH_ADI_FILTER

> Enable BLE Ext Scan to Receive Packet with Specific ADI

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Vendor / Optimization

> This enables vendor-specific APIs to only receive specific groups of ADIs, and implements DIDs duplicate filtering for extended scanning. Enabling this can reduce the unnecessary reception of secondary channel PDUs carrying non-targeted ADIs.

##### Helper Utils

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXTRA_ADV_FIELDS

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_UTIL_API

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_CHK_HOST_STATUS

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_CHK_HOST_STATUS

> Enable host status query support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Helper Utils

> Enable support to query host status

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_UTIL_API

> Enable helper APIs

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Helper Utils

> Enable support for misc APIs like set data addr change, read local resolv addr and set host feature

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_EXTRA_ADV_FIELDS

> Enable extra Adv report fields parsing

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > NimBLE Options > Helper Utils

> Enable support for parsing of more adv fields as per spec

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED && CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

#### Controller Options

#### CONFIG_BT_RELEASE_IRAM

> Release Bluetooth text (READ DOCS FIRST)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth

> This option release Bluetooth text section and merge Bluetooth data, bss & text into a large free heap region when esp_bt_mem_release is called, total saving ~21kB or more of IRAM. ESP32-C2 only 3 configurable PMP entries available, rest of them are hard-coded. We cannot split the memory into 3 different regions (IRAM, BLE-IRAM, DRAM). So this option will disable the memory protection scheme (ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT)

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && BT_LE_RELEASE_IRAM_SUPPORTED

#### CONFIG_BT_HCI_LOG_DEBUG_EN

> Enable Bluetooth HCI debug mode

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth

> This option is used to enable bluetooth debug mode, which saves the hci layer data stream.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_ENABLED || CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_BT_HCI_LOG_DATA_BUFFER_SIZE

> Size of the cache used for HCI data in Bluetooth HCI debug mode (N*1024 bytes)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > CONFIG_BT_HCI_LOG_DEBUG_EN

> This option is to configure the buffer size of the hci data steam cache in hci debug mode. This is a ring buffer, the new data will overwrite the oldest data if the buffer is full.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 100 if CONFIG_BT_HCI_LOG_DEBUG_EN

> Default value:

>   - 5 if CONFIG_BT_HCI_LOG_DEBUG_EN

##### CONFIG_BT_HCI_LOG_ADV_BUFFER_SIZE

> Size of the cache used for adv report in Bluetooth HCI debug mode (N*1024 bytes)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > CONFIG_BT_HCI_LOG_DEBUG_EN

> This option is to configure the buffer size of the hci adv report cache in hci debug mode. This is a ring buffer, the new data will overwrite the oldest data if the buffer is full.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 100 if CONFIG_BT_HCI_LOG_DEBUG_EN

> Default value:

>   - 8 if CONFIG_BT_HCI_LOG_DEBUG_EN

#### BLE ISO Options

Contains:

- BLE ISO Debug Log Level

- CONFIG_BT_ISO_BROADCASTER

- CONFIG_BT_ISO_CENTRAL

- CONFIG_BT_ISO_PERIPHERAL

- CONFIG_BT_ISO_SYNC_RECEIVER

- CONFIG_BT_ISO_NO_LOG

- CONFIG_BT_ISO_TEST_PARAMS

- CONFIG_BT_ISO_MAX_BIG

- CONFIG_BT_ISO_MAX_CIG

- CONFIG_BT_ISO_MAX_CHAN

- CONFIG_BT_ISO_DISPATCH_MONITOR

##### CONFIG_BT_ISO_PERIPHERAL

> Bluetooth Isochronous Channel Unicast Peripheral Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE ISO Options

> This option enables support for Bluetooth Unicast Isochronous channels for the peripheral role.

##### CONFIG_BT_ISO_CENTRAL

> Bluetooth Isochronous Channel Unicast Central Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE ISO Options

> This option enables support for Bluetooth Broadcast Isochronous channels for the central role.

##### CONFIG_BT_ISO_BROADCASTER

> Bluetooth Isochronous Broadcaster Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE ISO Options

> This option enables support for the Bluetooth Isochronous Broadcaster.

##### CONFIG_BT_ISO_SYNC_RECEIVER

> Bluetooth Isochronous Synchronized Receiver Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE ISO Options

> This option enables support for the Bluetooth Isochronous Synchronized Receiver.

##### CONFIG_BT_ISO_MAX_CHAN

> Maximum number of simultaneous ISO channels

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE ISO Options

> Maximum number of simultaneous Bluetooth isochronous channels supported.

##### CONFIG_BT_ISO_TEST_PARAMS

> ISO test parameters support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE ISO Options

> Enabling advanced ISO parameters will allow the use of the ISO test parameters for creating a CIG or a BIG. These test parameters were intended for testing, but can be used to allow the host to set more settings that are otherwise usually controlled by the controller.

##### CONFIG_BT_ISO_MAX_CIG

> Maximum number of Connected Isochronous Groups (CIGs) to support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE ISO Options

> Maximum number of CIGs that are supported by the host. A CIG can be used for either transmitting or receiving.

##### CONFIG_BT_ISO_MAX_BIG

> Maximum number of Broadcast Isochronous Groups (BIGs) to support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE ISO Options

> Maximum number of BIGs that are supported by the host. A BIG can be used for either transmitting or receiving, but not at the same time.

##### CONFIG_BT_ISO_DISPATCH_MONITOR

> Monitor ISO task callback dispatch latency

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE ISO Options

> Time every callback dispatched by the ISO task and keep per-event- type stats (count / max / slow-count), logged periodically and at deinit. Used to find callbacks that run long enough to delay the latency-critical ISO data path.

> Off by default: it adds per-dispatch timing overhead, and the measurement is wall-clock, so callbacks that log over UART read as "slow". Enable only while profiling.

##### CONFIG_BT_ISO_DISPATCH_THRESHOLD_US

> ISO dispatch threshold (in microseconds)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE ISO Options > CONFIG_BT_ISO_DISPATCH_MONITOR

> A callback dispatched by the ISO task that runs longer than this many microseconds is counted as slow in the stats. Default 2000 is ~1/4 of a 7.5-10ms SDU interval, well above any healthy callback.

##### CONFIG_BT_ISO_DISPATCH_DUMP_PERIOD_S

> ISO dispatch stats dump period (in seconds)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE ISO Options > CONFIG_BT_ISO_DISPATCH_MONITOR

> The ISO task logs the per-type timing table (count / max / slow- count) every this many seconds while running, in addition to the dump at deinit.

##### CONFIG_BT_ISO_NO_LOG

> Disable BLE ISO Debug Log

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE ISO Options

> Select this to save rodata code size by disabling the debug log emitted by the BLE ISO IDF source files (printed with "ISO_*" tags).

> Note: this option also gates logs from the BLE Audio IDF source files (esp_ble_audio component, with "LEA_*" tags) because they share the same log header. Logs from the BLE Audio prebuilt library are gated separately by BT_AUDIO_NO_LOG.

##### BLE ISO Debug Log Level

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_ISO_LOG_LEVEL

##### CONFIG_BT_ISO_LOG_LEVEL

> BLE_ISO_LOG_LEVEL

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE ISO Options > BLE ISO Debug Log Level

> Define the trace level of the BLE ISO IDF source files (logs printed with "ISO_*" tags).

> Note: this level also applies to the BLE Audio IDF source files (esp_ble_audio component, "LEA_*" tags) because they share the same log header. The trace level of the BLE Audio prebuilt library is configured separately by BT_AUDIO_LOG_LEVEL.

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_ISO_LOG_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_ISO_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_ISO_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - INFO (CONFIG_BT_ISO_LOG_LEVEL_INFO)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_ISO_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_ISO_LOG_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

#### BLE Audio Options

Contains:

- AICS Options

- ASCS Options

- BAP Options

- BLE Audio Lib Debug Log Level

- CAP Options

- CCP Options

- CSIP Options

- CONFIG_BT_AUDIO_NO_LOG

- GMAP Options

- HAS Options

- MCS Options

- MCTL Options

- MICP Options

- MPL Options

- OTS Options

- PACS Options

- PBP Options

- TBS Options

- TMAP Options

- VCP Options

- VOCS Options

##### AICS Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_AICS_CLIENT_MAX_INSTANCE_COUNT

- CONFIG_BT_AICS_MAX_INPUT_DESCRIPTION_SIZE

- CONFIG_BT_AICS_MAX_INSTANCE_COUNT

##### CONFIG_BT_AICS_MAX_INSTANCE_COUNT

> Audio Input Control Service max instance count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > AICS Options

> This option sets the maximum number of instances of Audio Input Control Services.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 15 if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_AICS_MAX_INPUT_DESCRIPTION_SIZE

> Audio Input Control Service max input description size

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > AICS Options

> This option sets the maximum input description size in octets.

##### CONFIG_BT_AICS_CLIENT_MAX_INSTANCE_COUNT

> Audio Input Control Service client max instance count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > AICS Options

> This option sets the maximum number of instances of Audio Input Control Services.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 15 if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### ASCS Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_ASCS

##### CONFIG_BT_ASCS

> Audio Stream Control Service Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > ASCS Options

> This option enables support for Audio Stream Control Service.

##### CONFIG_BT_ASCS_MAX_ASE_SNK_COUNT

> Maximum number of Audio Stream Endpoint Sink Characteristics

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > ASCS Options > CONFIG_BT_ASCS

> An ASE Sink characteristic represents the state of an ASE, which is coupled to a single direction of a unicast Audio Stream.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_ASCS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BT_ASCS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_ASCS_MAX_ASE_SRC_COUNT

> Maximum number of Audio Stream Endpoint Source Characteristics

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > ASCS Options > CONFIG_BT_ASCS

> An ASE Source characteristic represents the state of an ASE, which is coupled to a single direction of a unicast Audio Stream.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_ASCS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BT_ASCS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_ASCS_MAX_ACTIVE_ASES

> Number of simultaneously supported ASE sessions

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > ASCS Options > CONFIG_BT_ASCS

> The number of simultaneously supported active ASEs, in particular meaning the number of ASEs that are allowed to be in a non-idle state at a single time.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 65535 if CONFIG_BT_ASCS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - if CONFIG_BT_ASCS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_ASCS_ISO_DISCONNECT_DELAY

> Milliseconds of delay before ASCS disconnects ISO after stream stop

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > ASCS Options > CONFIG_BT_ASCS

> The number of milliseconds ASCS will wait before disconnecting the ISO of a stopped stream. The delay is added as it is the Unicast Client's responsibility, but this is a failsafe to ensure that ISO channel is being properly disconnected.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 5000 if CONFIG_BT_ASCS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 500 if CONFIG_BT_ASCS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_ASCS_ASE_BUF_TIMEOUT

> Milliseconds of timeout when handle concurrent access to the long read ASE buffer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > ASCS Options > CONFIG_BT_ASCS

> The number of milliseconds that the ASCS implementation will maximum wait before rejecting an ASE read or dropping a notification if the ASE state is being accessed by another thread.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 1000 if CONFIG_BT_ASCS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 50 if CONFIG_BT_ASCS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### BAP Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT_ASE_SNK_COUNT

- CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT_ASE_SRC_COUNT

- CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_ASSISTANT

- CONFIG_BT_BAP_SCAN_DELEGATOR

- CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT_GROUP_STREAM_COUNT

- CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT_GROUP_COUNT

- CONFIG_BT_BAP_DEBUG_STREAM_DATA

- CONFIG_BT_BAP_DEBUG_STREAM_SEQ_NUM

- CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SINK

- CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SOURCE

- CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT

- CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_SERVER

- CONFIG_BT_AUDIO_CODEC_CAP_MAX_DATA_SIZE

- CONFIG_BT_AUDIO_CODEC_CAP_MAX_METADATA_SIZE

- CONFIG_BT_AUDIO_CODEC_CFG_MAX_DATA_SIZE

- CONFIG_BT_AUDIO_CODEC_CFG_MAX_METADATA_SIZE

- CONFIG_BT_BAP_BASS_MAX_SUBGROUPS

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_SERVER

> Bluetooth Unicast Audio Server Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options

> This option enables support for Bluetooth Unicast Audio Server using Isochronous channels.

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT

> Bluetooth Unicast Audio Client Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options

> This option enables support for Bluetooth Unicast Audio Client using Isochronous channels.

##### CONFIG_BT_AUDIO_CODEC_CFG_MAX_DATA_SIZE

> Codec Specific Configuration Data Size

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options

> Number of octets to support for Codec Specific Configuration data. The default value 19 matches the required fields for the LC3 codec.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 19 if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_AUDIO_CODEC_CFG_MAX_METADATA_SIZE

> Codec Specific Configuration Metadata Size

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options

> Number of octets to support for Codec Specific Configuration metadata.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 20 if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_BASS_MAX_SUBGROUPS

> Maximum number of subgroups supported for the BASS receive states

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options

> This option sets the maximum number of subgroups supported. Due to limitations in advertising data, the maximum size of all subgroups are 249. The minimum size of a subgroup is 10 octets. So effectively there can be a maximum of 24 subgroups in a BASE.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 24 if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_AUDIO_CODEC_CAP_MAX_DATA_SIZE

> Codec Capabilities Data Size

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options

> Number of octets to support for Codec Specific Capabilities data. The default value 19 matches the required fields for the LC3 codec.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 19 if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_AUDIO_CODEC_CAP_MAX_METADATA_SIZE

> Codec Capabilities Metadata Size

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options

> Number of octets to support for Codec Specific Capabilities metadata.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 4 if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT_GROUP_COUNT

> Basic Audio Unicast Group count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options

> This option sets the number of connected audio groups to support as the unicast client.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to if CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT_GROUP_STREAM_COUNT

> Basic Audio Profile Unicast Group Connected Isochronous Stream (CIS) count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options

> This option sets the maximum number of CIS per unicast group to support. Since BAP streams are unidirectional, two BAP streams may use a single CIS, the number of BAP audio streams per group may be up to twice of this value.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to if CONFIG_BT_ISO_MAX_CHAN < 31 && CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT_GROUP_COUNT > 0 && CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

>   - from 1 to 31 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT_GROUP_COUNT > 0 && CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT_GROUP_COUNT > 0 && CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT_ASE_SNK_COUNT

> Basic Audio Profile ASE Sink count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options

> This option enables caching a number of Audio Stream Endpoint Sink instances for Basic Audio Profile on a per connection basis.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT_ASE_SRC_COUNT

> Basic Audio Profile ASE Source count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options

> This option enables caching a number of Audio Stream Endpoint Source instances for Basic Audio Profile on a per connection basis.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_UNICAST_CLIENT && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SOURCE

> Bluetooth Broadcast Source Audio Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options

> This option enables support for Bluetooth Broadcast Source Audio using Isochronous channels.

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SRC_SUBGROUP_COUNT

> Basic Audio Broadcast Source subgroup count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options > CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SOURCE

> This option sets the maximum number of subgroups per broadcast source to support.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to if CONFIG_BT_ISO_MAX_CHAN < 31 && CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SOURCE && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

>   - from 1 to 31 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SOURCE && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SOURCE && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SRC_COUNT

> Basic Audio Broadcaster source count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options > CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SOURCE

> This option sets the number of broadcast sources to support. One broadcast source can send multiple streams (up to BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SRC_STREAM_COUNT per broadcast source).

> Range:

>   - from 1 to if CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SOURCE && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SOURCE && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SRC_STREAM_COUNT

> Basic Audio Broadcast Source Stream count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options > CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SOURCE

> This option sets the maximum number of streams per broadcast source to support.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to if CONFIG_BT_ISO_MAX_CHAN < 31 && CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SOURCE && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

>   - from 1 to 31 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SOURCE && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SOURCE && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SINK

> Bluetooth Broadcast Sink Audio Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options

> This option enables support for Bluetooth Broadcast Sink Audio using Isochronous channels.

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SNK_SUBGROUP_COUNT

> Basic Audio Profile Broadcast Sink subgroup count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options > CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SINK

> This option sets the maximum number of subgroups per broadcast sink to support.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to if CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SINK && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SINK && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SNK_COUNT

> Basic Audio Broadcaster Sink count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options > CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SINK

> This option sets the number of broadcast sinks to support. One broadcast sink can receive multiple streams (up to BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SNK_STREAM_COUNT per broadcast sink).

> Range:

>   - from 1 to if CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SINK && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SINK && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SNK_STREAM_COUNT

> Basic Audio Broadcast Sink Stream count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options > CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SINK

> This option sets the maximum number of streams per broadcast sink to support.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to if CONFIG_BT_ISO_MAX_CHAN < 31 && CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SNK_COUNT > 0 && CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SINK && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

>   - from 1 to 31 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SNK_COUNT > 0 && CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SINK && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SNK_COUNT > 0 && CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_SINK && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_SCAN_DELEGATOR

> Basic Audio Profile Scan Delegator role support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options

> This option enables support for the Scan Delegator role and the Broadcast Audio Scan Service (BASS).

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_SCAN_DELEGATOR_RECV_STATE_COUNT

> Scan Delegator Receive State Count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options > CONFIG_BT_BAP_SCAN_DELEGATOR

> Sets the number of receive state characteristics present on the server. Each characteristic may hold information to sync to a periodic advertise or a broadcast isochronous stream.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 3 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_SCAN_DELEGATOR && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_SCAN_DELEGATOR && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_SCAN_DELEGATOR_BUF_TIMEOUT

> Milliseconds of timeout when handle concurrent access to the long read ASE buffer

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options > CONFIG_BT_BAP_SCAN_DELEGATOR

> The maximum number of milliseconds that the scan delegator implementation will wait before rejecting a read or dropping a notification if the scan delegator state is being accessed by another thread.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 1000 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_SCAN_DELEGATOR && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 50 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_SCAN_DELEGATOR && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_ASSISTANT

> Basic Audio Profile Broadcast Assistant role support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options

> This option enables support for the Broadcast Assistant role.

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_ASSISTANT_RECV_STATE_COUNT

> Broadcast Assistant Max Receive State Count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options > CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_ASSISTANT

> Sets the number of maximum receive stat characteristics that will be discovered and ready to use. Each characteristic may hold information to sync to a periodic advertise or a broadcast isochronous stream.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_ASSISTANT && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_BAP_BROADCAST_ASSISTANT && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_DEBUG_STREAM_DATA

> Bluetooth Audio Stream data debug

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options

> Use this option to enable Bluetooth Audio Stream data debug logs for the Bluetooth Audio functionality. This will enable debug logs for all audio data received and sent.

##### CONFIG_BT_BAP_DEBUG_STREAM_SEQ_NUM

> Bluetooth Audio Stream sequence number debug

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BAP Options

> Use this option to enable Bluetooth Audio Stream sequence number debugging logs for the Bluetooth Audio functionality. This will provide a warning if the application provides unexpected sequence numbers.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CAP Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_CAP_ACCEPTOR

- CONFIG_BT_CAP_INITIATOR

- CONFIG_BT_CAP_COMMANDER

##### CONFIG_BT_CAP_ACCEPTOR

> Common Audio Profile Acceptor Role Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > CAP Options

> Enabling this will enable the CAP Acceptor role. This instantiates the common audio service (CAS).

##### CONFIG_BT_CAP_ACCEPTOR_SET_MEMBER

> Common Audio Profile Acceptor Role Set Member support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > CAP Options > CONFIG_BT_CAP_ACCEPTOR

> Enabling this will allow a CAP acceptor to be a set member. Enabling this will require a manual register of the CAS service. Enabling will take one of the allocated CSIS instances (BT_CSIP_SET_MEMBER_MAX_INSTANCE_COUNT).

##### CONFIG_BT_CAP_INITIATOR

> Common Audio Profile Initiator Role Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > CAP Options

> Enabling this will enable the CAP Initiator role.

##### CONFIG_BT_CAP_COMMANDER

> Common Audio Profile Initiator Role Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > CAP Options

> Enabling this will enable the CAP Initiator role.

##### CONFIG_BT_CAP_HANDOVER

> Common Audio Profile Handover Procedures

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > CAP Options > CONFIG_BT_CAP_COMMANDER

> Enable support for the CAP Handover procedures, allowing a device to switch between broadcast and unicast for a usecase.

##### TBS Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_GTBS

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_MAX_CALLS

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_MAX_TBS_INSTANCES

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_MINIMAL

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_ACCEPT_CALL

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_HOLD_CALL

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_JOIN_CALLS

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_ORIGINATE_CALL

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_BEARER_LIST_CURRENT_CALLS

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_BEARER_PROVIDER_NAME

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_BEARER_SIGNAL_STRENGTH

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_READ_BEARER_SIGNAL_INTERVAL

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_BEARER_TECHNOLOGY

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_BEARER_UCI

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_BEARER_URI_SCHEMES_SUPPORTED_LIST

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_CALL_FRIENDLY_NAME

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_CCID

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_INCOMING_CALL

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_INCOMING_URI

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_OPTIONAL_OPCODES

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_STATUS_FLAGS

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_RETRIEVE_CALL

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_SET_BEARER_SIGNAL_INTERVAL

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_TERMINATE_CALL

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_TBS

- CONFIG_BT_TBS

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_MAX_PROVIDER_NAME_LENGTH

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_MAX_URI_LENGTH

- CONFIG_BT_TBS_MAX_FRIENDLY_NAME_LENGTH

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS

> Telephone Bearer Service Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for Telephone Bearer Service. By default this only initializes the GTBS service. If specific TBS services are wanted, they need to be enabled by setting BT_TBS_BEARER_COUNT to a non-zero value.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_SUPPORTED_FEATURES

> Telephone Bearer Service Supported Features

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options > CONFIG_BT_TBS

> Bitfield to set supported features of the bearer. Bit 0: Local Hold and Retrieve Bit 1: Join calls within Telephone Bearer Service

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 3 if CONFIG_BT_TBS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_TBS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_MAX_CALLS

> Telephone Bearer Service Maximum Number Of Calls Supported

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options > CONFIG_BT_TBS

> Sets the maximum number of calls the service supports per bearer.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 16 if CONFIG_BT_TBS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BT_TBS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_BEARER_COUNT

> How many bearer instances the device instantiates

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options > CONFIG_BT_TBS

> Sets the number of TBS instances that are instantiated

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_TBS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_TBS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_MAX_SCHEME_LIST_LENGTH

> The maximum length of the URI scheme list

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options > CONFIG_BT_TBS

> Sets the maximum length of the URI scheme list.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 512 if CONFIG_BT_TBS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 30 if CONFIG_BT_TBS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_GTBS

> Generic Telephone Bearer Service client support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for the GTBS-oriented Call Control client.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_TBS

> Telephone Bearer Service client support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for the TBS-oriented Call Control client.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_MAX_CALLS

> Maximum Number Of Calls Supported

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> Sets the maximum number of calls the client supports per TBS instance.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_MAX_TBS_INSTANCES

> Maximum number of TBS instances to setup

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> Sets the maximum number of Telephone Bearer Service (TBS) instances to setup and use.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_MINIMAL

> Minimal TBS Client without optional procedures

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option disables all optional procedures in the TBS Client.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_BEARER_PROVIDER_NAME

> Support reading Bearer Provider Name

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for reading Bearer Provider Name.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_BEARER_UCI

> Support reading Bearer UCI

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for reading Bearer UCI.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_BEARER_TECHNOLOGY

> Support reading Bearer Technology

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for reading Bearer Technology.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_BEARER_URI_SCHEMES_SUPPORTED_LIST

> Support reading Bearer URI Schemes Supported List

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for reading Bearer URI Schemes Supported List.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_BEARER_SIGNAL_STRENGTH

> Support reading Bearer Signal Strength

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for reading Bearer Signal Strength.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_READ_BEARER_SIGNAL_INTERVAL

> Support reading Bearer Signal Strength Reporting Interval

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for reading Bearer Signal Strength Reporting Interval.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_SET_BEARER_SIGNAL_INTERVAL

> Support setting Bearer Signal Strength Reporting Interval

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for setting Bearer Signal Strength Reporting Interval.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_BEARER_LIST_CURRENT_CALLS

> Support reading Bearer List Current Calls

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for reading Bearer List Current Calls.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_CCID

> Support reading Content Control ID

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for reading Content Control ID.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_INCOMING_URI

> Support reading Incoming Call Target Bearer URI

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for reading Incoming Call Target Bearer URI.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_STATUS_FLAGS

> Support reading Status Flags

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for reading Status Flags.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_ACCEPT_CALL

> Support Accept Call

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for answering an incoming call.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_TERMINATE_CALL

> Support Terminate Call

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for terminating a call.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_HOLD_CALL

> Support Hold Call

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for putting a call on hold.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_RETRIEVE_CALL

> Support Retrieve Call

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for retrieving a call on hold.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_ORIGINATE_CALL

> Support Originate Call

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for originating a call.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_JOIN_CALLS

> Support Join Calls

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for joining calls.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_OPTIONAL_OPCODES

> Support reading Optional Opcodes

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for reading Optional Opcodes.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_INCOMING_CALL

> Support reading Incoming Call

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for reading Incoming Call.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_CALL_FRIENDLY_NAME

> Support reading Call Friendly Name

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> This option enables support for reading Call Friendly Name.

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_MAX_URI_LENGTH

> The maximum length of the call URI supported

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> Sets the maximum length of the call URI supported. Note that if this value is lower than a call URI, the call request will be rejected.

> Range:

>   - from 4 to 253 if CONFIG_BT_TBS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 30 if CONFIG_BT_TBS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_MAX_PROVIDER_NAME_LENGTH

> The maximum length of the bearer provider name

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> Sets the maximum length of the bearer provider name.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 512 if CONFIG_BT_TBS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 30 if CONFIG_BT_TBS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_TBS_MAX_FRIENDLY_NAME_LENGTH

> The maximum length of the friendly name supported

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TBS Options

> Sets the maximum length of the friendly name in octets (without NULL terminator).

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 512 if CONFIG_BT_TBS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 30 if CONFIG_BT_TBS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CCP Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_CCP_CALL_CONTROL_SERVER

- CONFIG_BT_CCP_CALL_CONTROL_CLIENT

##### CONFIG_BT_CCP_CALL_CONTROL_CLIENT

> Call Control Profile Client Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > CCP Options

> This option enables support for the Call Control Profile Client which uses the Telephone Bearer Service (TBS) client to control calls on a remote device.

##### CONFIG_BT_CCP_CALL_CONTROL_CLIENT_BEARER_COUNT

> Telephone bearer count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > CCP Options > CONFIG_BT_CCP_CALL_CONTROL_CLIENT

> The number of supported telephone bearers on the CCP Call Control Client

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_TBS_CLIENT_TBS && CONFIG_BT_CCP_CALL_CONTROL_CLIENT && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

>   - from 1 to 1 if CONFIG_BT_CCP_CALL_CONTROL_CLIENT && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_CCP_CALL_CONTROL_CLIENT && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_CCP_CALL_CONTROL_SERVER

> Call Control Profile Call Control Server Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > CCP Options

> This option enables support for the Call Control Profile Call Control Server which uses the Telephone Bearer Service (TBS) to hold and control calls on a device.

##### CONFIG_BT_CCP_CALL_CONTROL_SERVER_BEARER_COUNT

> Telephone bearer count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > CCP Options > CONFIG_BT_CCP_CALL_CONTROL_SERVER

> The number of supported telephone bearers on the CCP Call Control Server

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_CCP_CALL_CONTROL_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_CCP_CALL_CONTROL_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_CCP_CALL_CONTROL_SERVER_PROVIDER_NAME_MAX_LEN

> The maximum length of the bearer provider name excluding null terminator

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > CCP Options > CONFIG_BT_CCP_CALL_CONTROL_SERVER

> Sets the maximum length of the bearer provider name.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to if CONFIG_BT_CCP_CALL_CONTROL_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - if CONFIG_BT_CCP_CALL_CONTROL_SERVER && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CSIP Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_COORDINATOR

- CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_MEMBER

##### CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_MEMBER

> Coordinated Set Identification Profile Set Member support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > CSIP Options

> This option enables support for Coordinated Set Identification Profile Set Member role and the Coordinated Set Identification Service.

##### CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_MEMBER_TEST_SAMPLE_DATA

> Coordinated Set Identification Service Test Sample Data

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > CSIP Options > CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_MEMBER

> Enable the use of the sample data defined by the CSIS spec SIRK. This will use the sample SIRK, prand and LTK.

> WARNING: This option enables anyone to track and decrypt the SIRK (if encrypted) using public sample data. Should not be used for production builds.

##### CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_MEMBER_ENC_SIRK_SUPPORT

> Support for encrypted SIRK

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > CSIP Options > CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_MEMBER

> Enables support encrypting the SIRK.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_MEMBER && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_MEMBER_MAX_INSTANCE_COUNT

> Coordinated Set Identification Profile max service instance count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > CSIP Options > CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_MEMBER

> This option sets the maximum number of instances of Coordinated Set Identification Services. If the service is declared as primary service then only a single instance is possible.

> Enabling BT_CAP_ACCEPTOR_SET_MEMBER will take one of the allocated instances.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_MEMBER && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_MEMBER && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_MEMBER_SIRK_NOTIFIABLE

> SIRK notifiable Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > CSIP Options > CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_MEMBER

> This option enables support for clients to be notified on SIRK changes.

##### CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_MEMBER_SIZE_NOTIFIABLE

> Set Size notifiable support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > CSIP Options > CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_MEMBER

> This option enables support for clients to be notified on Set Size changes.

##### CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_COORDINATOR

> Coordinated Set Identification Profile Set Coordinator Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > CSIP Options

> This option enables support for Coordinated Set Identification Profile Set Coordinator.

##### CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_COORDINATOR_TEST_SAMPLE_DATA

> Coordinated Set Identification Service Test Sample Data

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > CSIP Options > CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_COORDINATOR

> Enable the use of the sample data defined by the CSIS spec. This will use the sample SIRK, prand and LTK.

> WARNING: This option enables the client to use the sample data to locate members and decrypt the SIRK, and thus won't work with set members that are not using the sample data. Should not be used for production builds.

##### CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_COORDINATOR_MAX_CSIS_INSTANCES

> Coordinated Set Identification Service Count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > CSIP Options > CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_COORDINATOR

> Sets the number of service instances, which corresponds to the number of different sets the peer device may be in.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 3 if CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_COORDINATOR && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_COORDINATOR && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_COORDINATOR_ENC_SIRK_SUPPORT

> Support for encrypted SIRK

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > CSIP Options > CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_COORDINATOR

> Enables support encrypting the SIRK.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_CSIP_SET_COORDINATOR && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### GMAP Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_GMAP

##### CONFIG_BT_GMAP

> Gaming Audio Profile

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > GMAP Options

> Enabling this will enable GMAP.

##### MCS Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_MCC

- CONFIG_BT_MCS

##### CONFIG_BT_MCS

> Media Control Service Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options

> This option enables support for the Media Control Service.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC

> Media Control Client Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options

> This option enables support for the Media Control Client.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_MEDIA_PLAYER_NAME_MAX

> Max length of media player name

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> Sets the maximum number of bytes (including the null termination) of the name of the media player. If the name is longer, the media control client will truncate the name when reading it.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_MCC && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 20 if CONFIG_BT_MCC && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_ICON_URL_MAX

> Max length of media player icon URL

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> Sets the maximum number of bytes (including the null termination) of the media player icon URL. If the URL is longer, the media control client will truncate the name when reading it.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_MCC && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 40 if CONFIG_BT_MCC && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_TRACK_TITLE_MAX

> Max length of the title of a track

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> Sets the maximum number of bytes (including the null termination) of the title of any track in the media player. If the title is longer, the media control client will truncate the title when reading it.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_MCC && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 40 if CONFIG_BT_MCC && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_SEGMENT_NAME_MAX

> Max length of the name of a track segment

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> Sets the maximum number of bytes (including the null termination) of the name of any track segment in the media player. If the name is longer, the media control client will truncate the name when reading it.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_MCC && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 25 if CONFIG_BT_MCC && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_OTS

> Media Control Client support for Object Transfer Service

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> Use this option to configure support in the Media Control Client for an included Object Transfer Service in the Media Control Service.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_OTC_OBJ_BUF_SIZE

> The size of the buffer used for OTC object in MCC

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC > CONFIG_BT_MCC_OTS

> Sets the size (in octets) of the buffer used for receiving the content of objects. Should be set large enough to fit any expected object.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 65536 if CONFIG_BT_MCC_OTS && CONFIG_BT_MCC && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 512 if CONFIG_BT_MCC_OTS && CONFIG_BT_MCC && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_TOTAL_OBJ_CONTENT_MEM

> Total memory size to use for storing the content of objects

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC > CONFIG_BT_MCC_OTS

> Sets the total memory size (in octets) to use for storing the content of objects. This is used for the total memory pool buffer size from which memory is allocated when reading object content.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 65536 if CONFIG_BT_MCC_OTS && CONFIG_BT_MCC && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_MCC_OTS && CONFIG_BT_MCC && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_TRACK_SEGS_MAX_CNT

> Maximum number of tracks segments in a track segment object

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC > CONFIG_BT_MCC_OTS

> Sets the maximum number of tracks segments in a track segment object. If the received object is bigger, the remaining data in the object will be ignored.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 500 if CONFIG_BT_MCC_OTS && CONFIG_BT_MCC && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 25 if CONFIG_BT_MCC_OTS && CONFIG_BT_MCC && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_GROUP_RECORDS_MAX

> Maximum number of records in a group object

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC > CONFIG_BT_MCC_OTS

> Sets the maximum number of records in a group object. If the received group object has more records than this, the remaining records in the object will be ignored.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 500 if CONFIG_BT_MCC_OTS && CONFIG_BT_MCC && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 25 if CONFIG_BT_MCC_OTS && CONFIG_BT_MCC && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_SHELL

> Media Control Client Shell Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> This option enables shell support for the Media Control Client.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_MINIMAL

> Minimal Media Control Client without optional procedures

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> This option disables all optional procedures in the Media Control Client.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_READ_MEDIA_PLAYER_ICON_URL

> Support reading Media Player Icon URL

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> This option enables support for Read Media Information procedure optionally read the Media Player Icon URL.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_READ_TRACK_TITLE

> Support reading Track Title

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> This option enables support for reading Track Title.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_READ_TRACK_TITLE_ENABLE_SUBSCRIPTION

> Support to enable or disable the subscription of Track Title

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> This option enables support for the subscription of Track Title.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_READ_TRACK_DURATION

> Support reading Track Duration

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> This option enables support for reading Track Duration.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_READ_TRACK_POSITION

> Support reading Track Position

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> This option enables support for reading Track Position.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_SET_TRACK_POSITION

> Support setting Track Position

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> This option enables support for setting Track Position.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_READ_PLAYBACK_SPEED

> Support reading Playback Speed

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> This option enables support for reading Playback Speed.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_SET_PLAYBACK_SPEED

> Support setting Playback Speed

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> This option enables support for setting Playback Speed.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_READ_SEEKING_SPEED

> Support reading Seeking Speed

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> This option enables support for reading Seeking Speed.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_READ_PLAYING_ORDER

> Support reading Playing Order

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> This option enables support for reading Playing Order.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_SET_PLAYING_ORDER

> Support setting Playing Order

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> This option enables support for setting Playing Order.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_READ_PLAYING_ORDER_SUPPORTED

> Support reading Playing Order Supported

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> This option enables support for reading Playing Order Supported.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_READ_MEDIA_STATE

> Support reading Media State

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> This option enables support for reading Media State.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_SET_MEDIA_CONTROL_POINT

> Support setting Media Control Point

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> This option enables support for setting Media Control Point.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_READ_MEDIA_CONTROL_POINT_OPCODES_SUPPORTED

> Support reading Media Control Point Opcodes Supported

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> This option enables support for reading Media Control Point Opcodes Supported.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCC_READ_CONTENT_CONTROL_ID

> Support reading Content Control ID

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCS Options > CONFIG_BT_MCC

> This option enables support for reading Content Control ID.

##### MCTL Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_MCTL

##### CONFIG_BT_MCTL

> Support for media player control

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCTL Options

> Enables support for control of local and remote media players To enable support for control of a local media player, support for local media player must be enabled

##### CONFIG_BT_MCTL_LOCAL_PLAYER_CONTROL

> Support for control of local media player

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCTL Options > CONFIG_BT_MCTL

> This option enables support for control of a local media player

##### CONFIG_BT_MCTL_LOCAL_PLAYER_LOCAL_CONTROL

> Support for local control of local media player

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCTL Options > CONFIG_BT_MCTL > CONFIG_BT_MCTL_LOCAL_PLAYER_CONTROL

> This option enables support for local application control of local media players

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_MCTL_LOCAL_PLAYER_CONTROL && CONFIG_BT_MCTL && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_MCTL_LOCAL_PLAYER_REMOTE_CONTROL

> Support for remote control of local media players

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCTL Options > CONFIG_BT_MCTL > CONFIG_BT_MCTL_LOCAL_PLAYER_CONTROL

> This option enables support for remote control of local media players.

##### CONFIG_BT_MCTL_REMOTE_PLAYER_CONTROL

> Support for control of remote media player

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCTL Options > CONFIG_BT_MCTL

> This options enables support for control of a remote media player.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_MCC && CONFIG_BT_MCTL && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_MCTL_REMOTE_PLAYER_CONTROL_OBJECTS

> Support for accessing objects on remote player

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MCTL Options > CONFIG_BT_MCTL > CONFIG_BT_MCTL_REMOTE_PLAYER_CONTROL

> This options enables support for accessing objects (tracks, groups, search results, ...) on a remote media player

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_MCTL_REMOTE_PLAYER_CONTROL && CONFIG_BT_MCC_OTS && CONFIG_BT_MCTL && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### MICP Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_MICP_MIC_CTLR

- CONFIG_BT_MICP_MIC_DEV

##### CONFIG_BT_MICP_MIC_DEV

> Microphone Control Profile Microphone Device Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MICP Options

> This option enables support for Microphone Control Profile Microphone Device.

##### CONFIG_BT_MICP_MIC_DEV_AICS_INSTANCE_COUNT

> Audio Input Control Service instance count for Microphone Control Service Microphone Device

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MICP Options > CONFIG_BT_MICP_MIC_DEV

> This option sets the number of instances of Audio Input Control Services for Microphone Control Profile Microphone Device.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to if CONFIG_BT_MICP_MIC_DEV && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_MICP_MIC_DEV && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_MICP_MIC_CTLR

> Microphone Control Profile Microphone Controller Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MICP Options

> This option enables support for the Microphone Control Profile Microphone Controller role

##### CONFIG_BT_MICP_MIC_CTLR_MAX_AICS_INST

> Maximum number of Audio Input Control Service instances to setup

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MICP Options > CONFIG_BT_MICP_MIC_CTLR

> Sets the maximum number of Audio Input Control Service (AICS) instances to setup and use.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to if CONFIG_BT_MICP_MIC_CTLR && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_MICP_MIC_CTLR && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### MPL Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_MPL

##### CONFIG_BT_MPL

> Support for media player

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MPL Options

> Enables support for media player Note that the provided media player is a sample that only provides a mock-up with no actual media being played. For real media playback, the sample must be extended, hooked up to a real media player or replaced with a real media player.

##### CONFIG_BT_MPL_MEDIA_PLAYER_NAME

> Media Player Name

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MPL Options > CONFIG_BT_MPL

> Use this option to set the name of the media player.

> Default value:

>   - "Player0" if CONFIG_BT_MPL && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_MPL_MEDIA_PLAYER_NAME_MAX

> Max length of media player name

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MPL Options > CONFIG_BT_MPL

> Sets the maximum number of bytes (including the null termination) of the name of the media player.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_MPL && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 20 if CONFIG_BT_MPL && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_MPL_ICON_URL

> Media player Icon URL

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MPL Options > CONFIG_BT_MPL

> Use this option to set the URL of the Media Player Icon.

> Default value:

>   - "http://server.some.where/path/icon.png" if CONFIG_BT_MPL && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_MPL_ICON_URL_MAX

> Max length of media player icon URL

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MPL Options > CONFIG_BT_MPL

> Sets the maximum number of bytes (including the null termination) of the media player icon URL.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_MPL && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 40 if CONFIG_BT_MPL && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_MPL_TRACK_TITLE_MAX

> Max length of the title of a track

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MPL Options > CONFIG_BT_MPL

> Sets the maximum number of bytes (including the null termination) of the title of any track in the media player.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_MPL && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 40 if CONFIG_BT_MPL && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_MPL_SEGMENT_NAME_MAX

> Max length of the name of a track segment

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MPL Options > CONFIG_BT_MPL

> Sets the maximum number of bytes (including the null termination) of the name of any track segment in the media player.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_MPL && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 25 if CONFIG_BT_MPL && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_MPL_GROUP_TITLE_MAX

> Max length of the title of a group of tracks

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MPL Options > CONFIG_BT_MPL

> Sets the maximum number of bytes (including the null termination) of the title of any group in the media player.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_MPL && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - if CONFIG_BT_MPL && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_MPL_OBJECTS

> Support for media player objects

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MPL Options > CONFIG_BT_MPL

> Enables support for objects in the media player Objects are used to give/get more information about e.g. media tracks. Requires the Object Transfer Service

##### CONFIG_BT_MPL_MAX_OBJ_SIZE

> Total memory size to use for storing the content of objects

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MPL Options > CONFIG_BT_MPL > CONFIG_BT_MPL_OBJECTS

> Sets the total memory size (in octets) to use for storing the content of objects. This is used for the total memory pool buffer size from which memory is allocated when sending object content.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 65536 if CONFIG_BT_MPL_OBJECTS && CONFIG_BT_MPL && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 127 if CONFIG_BT_MPL_OBJECTS && CONFIG_BT_MPL && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_MPL_ICON_BITMAP_SIZE

> Media player Icon bitmap object size

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MPL Options > CONFIG_BT_MPL > CONFIG_BT_MPL_OBJECTS

> This option sets the maximum size (in octets) of the icon object.

> Default value:

>   - 127 if CONFIG_BT_MPL_OBJECTS && CONFIG_BT_MPL && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_MPL_TRACK_MAX_SIZE

> Maximum size for a track object

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > MPL Options > CONFIG_BT_MPL > CONFIG_BT_MPL_OBJECTS

> This option sets the maximum size (in octets) of a track object.

> Default value:

>   - 127 if CONFIG_BT_MPL_OBJECTS && CONFIG_BT_MPL && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### PACS Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_PAC_SNK

- CONFIG_BT_PAC_SRC

- CONFIG_BT_PACS_SUPPORTED_CONTEXT_NOTIFIABLE

##### CONFIG_BT_PAC_SNK

> Sink PAC Characteristic Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > PACS Options

> This option enables support for Sink Published Audio Capabilities.

##### CONFIG_BT_PAC_SNK_NOTIFIABLE

> Sink PAC Notifiable Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > PACS Options > CONFIG_BT_PAC_SNK

> This option enables support for clients to be notified on the Sink PAC Characteristic changes.

##### CONFIG_BT_PAC_SNK_LOC

> Sink PAC Location Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > PACS Options > CONFIG_BT_PAC_SNK

> This option enables support for Sink PAC Location Characteristic.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_PAC_SNK && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_PAC_SNK_LOC_WRITEABLE

> Sink PAC Location Writable Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > PACS Options > CONFIG_BT_PAC_SNK > CONFIG_BT_PAC_SNK_LOC

> This option enables support for clients to write to the Sink PAC Location Characteristic.

##### CONFIG_BT_PAC_SNK_LOC_NOTIFIABLE

> Sink Audio Location Notifiable Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > PACS Options > CONFIG_BT_PAC_SNK > CONFIG_BT_PAC_SNK_LOC

> This option enables support for clients to be notified on the Sink Audio Location Characteristic changes.

##### CONFIG_BT_PAC_SRC

> Source PAC Characteristic Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > PACS Options

> This option enables support for Source Published Audio Capabilities.

##### CONFIG_BT_PAC_SRC_NOTIFIABLE

> Source PAC Notifiable Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > PACS Options > CONFIG_BT_PAC_SRC

> This option enables support for clients to be notified on the Source PAC Characteristic changes.

##### CONFIG_BT_PAC_SRC_LOC

> Source PAC Location Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > PACS Options > CONFIG_BT_PAC_SRC

> This option enables support for Source PAC Location Characteristic.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_PAC_SRC && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_PAC_SRC_LOC_WRITEABLE

> Source PAC Location Writable Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > PACS Options > CONFIG_BT_PAC_SRC > CONFIG_BT_PAC_SRC_LOC

> This option enables support for clients to write to the Source PAC Location Characteristic.

##### CONFIG_BT_PAC_SRC_LOC_NOTIFIABLE

> Source Audio Location Notifiable Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > PACS Options > CONFIG_BT_PAC_SRC > CONFIG_BT_PAC_SRC_LOC

> This option enables support for clients to be notified on the Source Audio Location Characteristic changes.

##### CONFIG_BT_PACS_SUPPORTED_CONTEXT_NOTIFIABLE

> Supported Audio Context Notifiable Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > PACS Options

> This option enables support for clients to be notified on the Supported Audio Contexts Characteristic changes.

##### VOCS Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_VOCS_CLIENT_MAX_INSTANCE_COUNT

- CONFIG_BT_VOCS_MAX_INSTANCE_COUNT

- CONFIG_BT_VOCS_MAX_OUTPUT_DESCRIPTION_SIZE

##### CONFIG_BT_VOCS_MAX_INSTANCE_COUNT

> Volume Offset Control Service max instance count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > VOCS Options

> This option sets the maximum number of instances of Volume Offset Control Services.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 15 if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_VOCS_MAX_OUTPUT_DESCRIPTION_SIZE

> Volume Offset Control Service max output description size

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > VOCS Options

> This option sets the maximum output description size in octets.

##### CONFIG_BT_VOCS_CLIENT_MAX_INSTANCE_COUNT

> Volume Offset Control Service client max instance count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > VOCS Options

> This option sets the maximum number of instances of Volume Offset Control Service clients.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 15 if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### VCP Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_CTLR

- CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_REND

##### CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_REND

> Volume Control Profile Volume Renderer Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > VCP Options

> This option enables support for Volume Control Profile Volume Renderer role and the Volume Control Service.

##### CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_REND_VOCS_INSTANCE_COUNT

> Volume Offset Control Service instance count

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > VCP Options > CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_REND

> This option sets the number of instances of Volume Offset Control Services.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to if CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_REND && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_REND && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_REND_AICS_INSTANCE_COUNT

> Audio Input Control Service instance count for VCS

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > VCP Options > CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_REND

> This option sets the number of instances of Audio Input Control Services for VCS.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to if CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_REND && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_REND && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_REND_VOL_FLAGS_NOTIFIABLE

> Volume Flags notifiable support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > VCP Options > CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_REND

> This option enables support for clients to subscribe for notifications on the Volume Flags characteristic.

##### CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_CTLR

> Volume Control Profile Volume Controller Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > VCP Options

> This option enables support for Volume Control Profile Volume Controller.

##### CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_CTLR_MAX_VOCS_INST

> Maximum number of VOCS instances to setup

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > VCP Options > CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_CTLR

> Sets the maximum number of Volume Offset Control Service (VOCS) instances to setup and use.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to if CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_CTLR && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_CTLR && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_CTLR_MAX_AICS_INST

> Maximum number of AICS instances to setup

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > VCP Options > CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_CTLR

> Sets the maximum number of Audio Input Control Service (AICS) instances to setup and use.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 3 if CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_CTLR && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BT_VCP_VOL_CTLR && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### TMAP Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_TMAP

##### CONFIG_BT_TMAP

> Telephony and Media Audio Profile

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > TMAP Options

> Enabling this will enable TMAP.

##### HAS Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_HAS_CLIENT

- CONFIG_BT_HAS

##### CONFIG_BT_HAS

> Hearing Access Service support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > HAS Options

> This option enables support for Hearing Access Service.

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_HAS_PRESET_NAME_DYNAMIC

- CONFIG_BT_HAS_FEATURES_NOTIFIABLE

- CONFIG_BT_HAS_PRESET_CONTROL_POINT_NOTIFIABLE

- CONFIG_BT_HAS_PRESET_COUNT

##### CONFIG_BT_HAS_FEATURES_NOTIFIABLE

> Hearing Aid Features Notifiable Support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > HAS Options > CONFIG_BT_HAS

> This option enables support for clients to subscribe for notifications on the Hearing Aid Features characteristic.

##### CONFIG_BT_HAS_PRESET_COUNT

> Preset record list size

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > HAS Options > CONFIG_BT_HAS

> This option sets the number of Hearing Access Service Presets that can be registered. Setting this value to 0 disables Presets support.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 255 if CONFIG_BT_HAS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BT_HAS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_HAS_PRESET_NAME_DYNAMIC

> Allow to set preset name on runtime

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > HAS Options > CONFIG_BT_HAS

> Enabling this option allows for runtime configuration of preset name.

##### CONFIG_BT_HAS_PRESET_CONTROL_POINT_NOTIFIABLE

> Preset Control Point Notifiable support (depends on EATT)

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > HAS Options > CONFIG_BT_HAS

> This option enables support for clients to subscribe for notifications on the Hearing Aid Preset Control Point characteristic.

##### CONFIG_BT_HAS_CLIENT

> Hearing Access Service Client support

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > HAS Options

> This option enables support for Hearing Access Service Client.

##### PBP Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_PBP

##### CONFIG_BT_PBP

> Public Broadcast Profile

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > PBP Options

> Enabling this will enable PBP.

##### OTS Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_OTS_MAX_OBJ_CNT

- CONFIG_BT_OTS

- CONFIG_BT_OTS_CLIENT

- CONFIG_BT_OTS_L2CAP_CHAN_RX_MTU

- CONFIG_BT_OTS_L2CAP_CHAN_TX_MTU

##### CONFIG_BT_OTS

> Object Transfer Service (OTS) [EXPERIMENTAL]

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > OTS Options

> Enable Object Transfer Service.

##### CONFIG_BT_OTS_DIR_LIST_OBJ

> The Directory Listing Object

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > OTS Options > CONFIG_BT_OTS

> Enables the Directory Listing Object, which is an object that contains all the metadata from all other objects, for easy exposure to a client. Enabling this will use one of the objects given by BT_OTS_MAX_OBJ_CNT.

##### CONFIG_BT_OTS_DIR_LIST_OBJ_NAME

> The object name of the Directory Listing Object

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > OTS Options > CONFIG_BT_OTS > CONFIG_BT_OTS_DIR_LIST_OBJ

> The name of the Directory Listing Object when it is read by a client.

> Default value:

>   - "Directory" if CONFIG_BT_OTS_DIR_LIST_OBJ && CONFIG_BT_OTS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_OTS_MAX_INST_CNT

> Maximum number of available OTS instances

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > OTS Options > CONFIG_BT_OTS

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BT_OTS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_OTS_SECONDARY_SVC

> Register OTS as Secondary Service

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > OTS Options > CONFIG_BT_OTS

##### CONFIG_BT_OTS_OACP_CREATE_SUPPORT

> Support OACP Create Operation

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > OTS Options > CONFIG_BT_OTS

##### CONFIG_BT_OTS_OACP_CHECKSUM_SUPPORT

> Support OACP Calculate Checksum operation

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > OTS Options > CONFIG_BT_OTS

##### CONFIG_BT_OTS_OACP_DELETE_SUPPORT

> Support OACP Delete Operation

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > OTS Options > CONFIG_BT_OTS

##### CONFIG_BT_OTS_OACP_READ_SUPPORT

> Support OACP Read Operation

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > OTS Options > CONFIG_BT_OTS

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_OTS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_OTS_OACP_WRITE_SUPPORT

> Support OACP Write Operation

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > OTS Options > CONFIG_BT_OTS

##### CONFIG_BT_OTS_OACP_PATCH_SUPPORT

> Support patching of objects

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > OTS Options > CONFIG_BT_OTS > CONFIG_BT_OTS_OACP_WRITE_SUPPORT

##### CONFIG_BT_OTS_OLCP_GO_TO_SUPPORT

> Support OLCP Go To Operation

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > OTS Options > CONFIG_BT_OTS

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BT_OTS && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_OTS_OBJ_NAME_WRITE_SUPPORT

> Support object name write

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > OTS Options > CONFIG_BT_OTS

##### CONFIG_BT_OTS_CLIENT

> Object Transfer Service Client [Experimental]

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > OTS Options

> This option enables support for the Object Transfer Service Client.

##### CONFIG_BT_OTS_MAX_OBJ_CNT

> Maximum number of objects that each service instance can store

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > OTS Options

> Range:

>   - from 0x02 to 0x17D if CONFIG_BT_OTS_DIR_LIST_OBJ && (CONFIG_BT_OTS || CONFIG_BT_OTS_CLIENT) && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

>   - from 0x01 to 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFEFF if (CONFIG_BT_OTS || CONFIG_BT_OTS_CLIENT) && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - "0x05" if (CONFIG_BT_OTS || CONFIG_BT_OTS_CLIENT) && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_OTS_L2CAP_CHAN_TX_MTU

> Size of TX MTU for Object Transfer Channel

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > OTS Options

> Range:

>   - from 21 to 65533 if (CONFIG_BT_OTS || CONFIG_BT_OTS_CLIENT) && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 256 if (CONFIG_BT_OTS || CONFIG_BT_OTS_CLIENT) && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_OTS_L2CAP_CHAN_RX_MTU

> Size of RX MTU for Object Transfer Channel

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > OTS Options

> Range:

>   - from 21 to 65533 if (CONFIG_BT_OTS || CONFIG_BT_OTS_CLIENT) && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

> Default value:

>   - 256 if (CONFIG_BT_OTS || CONFIG_BT_OTS_CLIENT) && CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_BT_AUDIO_NO_LOG

> Disable BLE Audio Lib Debug Log

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options

> Select this to save rodata code size by disabling the debug log emitted by the BLE Audio prebuilt library (printed with the "LEA_LIB" tag).

> Note: this option does NOT affect logs from the BLE Audio IDF source files (esp_ble_audio component, "LEA_*" tags) - those are controlled by BT_ISO_NO_LOG / BT_ISO_LOG_LEVEL under the "BLE ISO Options" menu.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && SOC_BLE_AUDIO_SUPPORTED

##### BLE Audio Lib Debug Log Level

Contains:

- CONFIG_BT_AUDIO_LOG_LEVEL

##### CONFIG_BT_AUDIO_LOG_LEVEL

> BLE_AUDIO_LIB_LOG_LEVEL

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth > BLE Audio Options > BLE Audio Lib Debug Log Level

> Define the trace level of the BLE Audio prebuilt library (logs printed with the "LEA_LIB" tag).

> Note: logs from the BLE Audio IDF source files (esp_ble_audio component, "LEA_*" tags) are controlled separately by BT_ISO_LOG_LEVEL under the "BLE ISO Options" menu.

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BT_AUDIO_LOG_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BT_AUDIO_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BT_AUDIO_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - INFO (CONFIG_BT_AUDIO_LOG_LEVEL_INFO)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_AUDIO_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BT_AUDIO_LOG_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

#### CONFIG_BT_HCI_LOG_INSIGHTS_ENABLE

> Enable Insights for HCI LOGS BT Stack

> Found in: Component config > Bluetooth

> Enable this to allow the BT stack to send diagnostic events.

### CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> ESP BLE Mesh Support

> Found in: Component config

> This option enables ESP BLE Mesh support. The specific features that are available may depend on other features that have been enabled in the stack, such as Bluetooth Support, Bluedroid Support & GATT support.

Contains:

- BLE Mesh and BLE coexistence support

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY_CLIENT

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY_SERVER

- BLE Mesh NET BUF DEBUG LOG LEVEL

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROV

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY

- BLE Mesh specific test option

- BLE Mesh STACK DEBUG LOG LEVEL

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NO_LOG

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_IVU_DIVIDER

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FAST_PROV

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FREERTOS_STATIC_ALLOC

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXPERIMENTAL

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_CRPL

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RX_SDU_MAX

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MODEL_KEY_COUNT

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_APP_KEY_COUNT

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MODEL_GROUP_COUNT

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LABEL_COUNT

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUBNET_COUNT

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TX_SEG_MAX

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RX_SEG_MSG_COUNT

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TX_SEG_MSG_COUNT

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MEM_ALLOC_MODE

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MSG_CACHE_SIZE

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NOT_RELAY_REPLAY_MSG

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_ADV_BUF_COUNT

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PB_GATT

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PB_ADV

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_IVU_RECOVERY_IVI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RELAY

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SAR_ENHANCEMENT

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_ACTIVE_SCAN

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEINIT

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_DUPLICATE_SCAN

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT

- Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

- Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NODE

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY_CLI_SRV_COEXIST

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_HCI_5_0

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RANDOM_ADV_INTERVAL

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_IV_UPDATE_TEST

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_CLIENT_MSG_TIMEOUT

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_UNIFIED_CRYPTO

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_HCI_5_0

> Support sending 20ms non-connectable adv packets

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> It is a temporary solution and needs further modifications.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT

> Support ESP BLE Mesh v1.1 features (Preview)

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Support BLE Mesh v1.1 features

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RANDOM_ADV_INTERVAL

> Support using random adv interval for mesh packets

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Enable this option to allow using random advertising interval for mesh packets. And this could help avoid collision of advertising packets.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_UNIFIED_CRYPTO

> Use the unified BLE tinycrypt implementation(Deprecated)

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> This configuration path is deprecated and will be removed in a future version. Please use the corresponding Kconfig options under $IDF_PATH/components/bt/common/Kconfig.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50

> Support using BLE 5.0 APIs for BLE Mesh

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> This option to enable BLE Mesh using some BLE 5.0 APIs.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXPERIMENTAL && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXT_ADV

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_ADV_INST_ID

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUPPORT_MULTI_ADV

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXT_ADV

> Enable extended advertising for BLE Mesh

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50

> Enable broadcasting of BLE Mesh messages using BLE 5.0 extended advertising. This allows control of extended advertising parameters (e.g., PHY selection) while maintaining standard BLE Mesh packet length.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50 && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXT_ADV_BUF_COUNT

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXT_RELAY_ADV_BUF_COUNT

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXT_ADV_BUF_COUNT

> Number of extended advertising buffers

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50 > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXT_ADV

> Number of buffer slots allocated for extended advertising packets.

> Range:

>   - from 6 to 256 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 60 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXT_RELAY_ADV_BUF_COUNT

> Number of extended relay advertising buffers

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50 > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXT_ADV

> Number of buffer slots allocated for extended advertising packets used in message relay.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 256 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RELAY && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 60 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RELAY && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET

> Enable non-standard long packet mode for BLE Mesh

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50 > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXT_ADV

> Enable extended-length advertising packets for BLE Mesh using BLE 5.0 extended advertising. This overrides the standard BLE Mesh packet length limitations.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXT_ADV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET_ADV_BUF_COUNT

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET_RELAY_ADV_BUF_COUNT

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET_ADV_LEN

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET_RX_SEG_CNT

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET_TX_SEG_CNT

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET_ADV_LEN

> Maximum advertising payload length

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50 > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXT_ADV > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET

> Maximum payload length for extended advertising packets (bytes). Range: 30-249 bytes. Default: 105. Note: Maximum access payload = (LENGTH - 17) × SEGMENT_COUNT - Transmission: Uses BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET_TX_SEG_CNT - Reception: Uses BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET_RX_SEG_CNT

> Range:

>   - from 30 to 249 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 105 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET_ADV_BUF_COUNT

> Long packet advertising buffer count

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50 > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXT_ADV > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET

> Number of advertising buffers allocated for long packet transmissions.

> Default value:

>   - 20 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET_RELAY_ADV_BUF_COUNT

> Long packet relay buffer count

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50 > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXT_ADV > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET

> Number of advertising buffers allocated for relay long packets.

> Default value:

>   - 20 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RELAY && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET_TX_SEG_CNT

> Maximum transmission segments per message

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50 > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXT_ADV > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET

> Maximum number of segments for outgoing long packet messages. Upper bound: min(BLE_MESH_TX_SEG_MAX, BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET_ADV_BUF_COUNT)

> Range:

>   - from 1 to if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TX_SEG_MAX < CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET_ADV_BUF_COUNT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

>   - from 1 to if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TX_SEG_MAX >= CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET_ADV_BUF_COUNT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 20 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET_RX_SEG_CNT

> Maximum reception segments per message

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50 > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXT_ADV > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET

> Maximum number of segments supported for receiving long packet messages.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 20 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LONG_PACKET && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_ADV_INST_ID

> Extended adv instance for Mesh normal packets

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50

> Extended ADV instance used by Mesh normal advertising packets.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 3 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50 && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50 && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUPPORT_MULTI_ADV

> Support using multiple adv instance for BLE Mesh

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50

> Enable this option to support using multiple adv instance while running BLE Mesh.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50 && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY_ADV_INST_ID

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SEPARATE_BLE_ADV_INSTANCE

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SEPARATE_RELAY_ADV_INSTANCE

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY_ADV_INST_ID

> Extended adv instance for Mesh proxy packets

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50 > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUPPORT_MULTI_ADV

> Extended ADV instance used by Mesh proxy advertising packets.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 3 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY && (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PB_GATT || CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY_SERVER) && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUPPORT_MULTI_ADV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY && (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PB_GATT || CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY_SERVER) && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUPPORT_MULTI_ADV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SEPARATE_RELAY_ADV_INSTANCE

> Use separate extended adv instance for Mesh relay packets

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50 > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUPPORT_MULTI_ADV

> Enable this option to support using a separate extended ADV instance for Mesh relay packets.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUPPORT_MULTI_ADV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RELAY_ADV_BUF && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RELAY_ADV_INST_ID

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RELAY_ADV_INST_ID

> Extended adv instance for Mesh relay packets

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50 > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUPPORT_MULTI_ADV > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SEPARATE_RELAY_ADV_INSTANCE

> Extended ADV instance used by Mesh relay advertising packets.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 3 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SEPARATE_RELAY_ADV_INSTANCE && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SEPARATE_RELAY_ADV_INSTANCE && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SEPARATE_BLE_ADV_INSTANCE

> Use separate extended adv instance for BLE normal packets

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50 > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUPPORT_MULTI_ADV

> Enable this option to support using a separate extended ADV instance for normal BLE advertising packets.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUPPORT_MULTI_ADV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUPPORT_BLE_ADV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLE_ADV_INST_ID

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLE_ADV_INST_ID

> Extended adv instance for normal BLE packets

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50 > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUPPORT_MULTI_ADV > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SEPARATE_BLE_ADV_INSTANCE

> Extended ADV instance used by normal BLE advertising packets.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 3 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SEPARATE_BLE_ADV_INSTANCE && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SEPARATE_BLE_ADV_INSTANCE && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_DUPLICATE_SCAN

> Support Duplicate Scan in BLE Mesh

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Enable this option to allow using specific duplicate scan filter in BLE Mesh, and Scan Duplicate Type must be set by choosing the option in the Bluetooth Controller section in menuconfig, which is "Scan Duplicate By Device Address and Advertising Data".

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_ACTIVE_SCAN

> Support Active Scan in BLE Mesh

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Enable this option to allow using BLE Active Scan for BLE Mesh.

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MEM_ALLOC_MODE

> Memory allocation strategy

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Allocation strategy for BLE Mesh stack, essentially provides ability to allocate all required dynamic allocations from,

> - Internal DRAM memory only

> - External SPIRAM memory only

> - Either internal or external memory based on default malloc() behavior in ESP-IDF

> - Internal IRAM memory wherever applicable else internal DRAM

> Recommended mode here is always internal (*), since that is most preferred from security perspective. But if application requirement does not allow sufficient free internal memory then alternate mode can be selected.

> (*) In case of ESP32-S2/ESP32-S3, hardware allows encryption of external SPIRAM contents provided hardware flash encryption feature is enabled. In that case, using external SPIRAM allocation strategy is also safe choice from security perspective.

> Available options:

> > - Internal DRAM (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MEM_ALLOC_MODE_INTERNAL)

> > - External SPIRAM (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MEM_ALLOC_MODE_EXTERNAL)

> > - Default alloc mode (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MEM_ALLOC_MODE_DEFAULT)

> >   Enable this option to use the default memory allocation strategy when external SPIRAM is enabled. See the SPIRAM options for more details.

> > - Internal IRAM (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MEM_ALLOC_MODE_IRAM_8BIT)

> >   Allows to use IRAM memory region as 8bit accessible region. Every unaligned (8bit or 16bit) access will result in an exception and incur penalty of certain clock cycles per unaligned read/write.

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FREERTOS_STATIC_ALLOC

> Enable FreeRTOS static allocation

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Enable this option to use FreeRTOS static allocation APIs for BLE Mesh, which provides the ability to use different dynamic memory (i.e. SPIRAM or IRAM) for FreeRTOS objects. If this option is disabled, the FreeRTOS static allocation APIs will not be used, and internal DRAM will be allocated for FreeRTOS objects.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if ESP32_IRAM_AS_8BIT_ACCESSIBLE_MEMORY && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FREERTOS_STATIC_ALLOC_MODE

> Memory allocation for FreeRTOS objects

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FREERTOS_STATIC_ALLOC

> Choose the memory to be used for FreeRTOS objects.

> Available options:

> > - External SPIRAM (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FREERTOS_STATIC_ALLOC_EXTERNAL)

> >   If enabled, BLE Mesh allocates dynamic memory from external SPIRAM for FreeRTOS objects, i.e. mutex, queue, and task stack. External SPIRAM can only be used for task stack when SPIRAM_ALLOW_STACK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY is enabled. See the SPIRAM options for more details.

> > - Internal IRAM (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FREERTOS_STATIC_ALLOC_IRAM_8BIT)

> >   If enabled, BLE Mesh allocates dynamic memory from internal IRAM for FreeRTOS objects, i.e. mutex, queue. Note: IRAM region cannot be used as task stack.

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEINIT

> Support de-initialize BLE Mesh stack

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> If enabled, users can use the function esp_ble_mesh_deinit() to de-initialize the whole BLE Mesh stack.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### BLE Mesh and BLE coexistence support

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUPPORT_BLE_SCAN

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUPPORT_BLE_ADV

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUPPORT_BLE_ADV

> Support sending normal BLE advertising packets

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh and BLE coexistence support

> When selected, users can send normal BLE advertising packets with specific API.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLE_ADV_BUF_COUNT

> Number of advertising buffers for BLE advertising packets

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh and BLE coexistence support > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUPPORT_BLE_ADV

> Number of advertising buffers for BLE packets available.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUPPORT_BLE_ADV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUPPORT_BLE_ADV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUPPORT_BLE_SCAN

> Support scanning normal BLE advertising packets

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh and BLE coexistence support

> When selected, users can register a callback and receive normal BLE advertising packets in the application layer.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FAST_PROV

> Enable BLE Mesh Fast Provisioning

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Enable this option to allow BLE Mesh fast provisioning solution to be used. When there are multiple unprovisioned devices around, fast provisioning can greatly reduce the time consumption of the whole provisioning process. When this option is enabled, and after an unprovisioned device is provisioned into a node successfully, it can be changed to a temporary Provisioner.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NODE

> Support for BLE Mesh Node

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Enable the device to be provisioned into a node. This option should be enabled when an unprovisioned device is going to be provisioned into a node and communicate with other nodes in the BLE Mesh network.

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER

> Support for BLE Mesh Provisioner

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Enable the device to be a Provisioner. The option should be enabled when a device is going to act as a Provisioner and provision unprovisioned devices into the BLE Mesh network.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_WAIT_FOR_PROV_MAX_DEV_NUM

> Maximum number of unprovisioned devices that can be added to device queue

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER

> This option specifies how many unprovisioned devices can be added to device queue for provisioning. Users can use this option to define the size of the queue in the bottom layer which is used to store unprovisioned device information (e.g. Device UUID, address).

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 100 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 10 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MAX_PROV_NODES

> Maximum number of devices that can be provisioned by Provisioner

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER

> This option specifies how many devices can be provisioned by a Provisioner. This value indicates the maximum number of unprovisioned devices which can be provisioned by a Provisioner. For instance, if the value is 6, it means the Provisioner can provision up to 6 unprovisioned devices. Theoretically a Provisioner without the limitation of its memory can provision up to 32766 unprovisioned devices, here we limit the maximum number to 100 just to limit the memory used by a Provisioner. The bigger the value is, the more memory it will cost by a Provisioner to store the information of nodes.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 1000 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 10 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PBA_SAME_TIME

> Maximum number of PB-ADV running at the same time by Provisioner

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER

> This option specifies how many devices can be provisioned at the same time using PB-ADV. For examples, if the value is 2, it means a Provisioner can provision two unprovisioned devices with PB-ADV at the same time.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 10 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PB_ADV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PB_ADV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PBG_SAME_TIME

> Maximum number of PB-GATT running at the same time by Provisioner

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER

> This option specifies how many devices can be provisioned at the same time using PB-GATT. For example, if the value is 2, it means a Provisioner can provision two unprovisioned devices with PB-GATT at the same time.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 5 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PB_GATT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PB_GATT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER_SUBNET_COUNT

> Maximum number of mesh subnets that can be created by Provisioner

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER

> This option specifies how many subnets per network a Provisioner can create. Indeed, this value decides the number of network keys which can be added by a Provisioner.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 4096 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER_APP_KEY_COUNT

> Maximum number of application keys that can be owned by Provisioner

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER

> This option specifies how many application keys the Provisioner can have. Indeed, this value decides the number of the application keys which can be added by a Provisioner.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 4096 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER_RECV_HB

> Support receiving Heartbeat messages

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER

> When this option is enabled, Provisioner can call specific functions to enable or disable receiving Heartbeat messages and notify them to the application layer.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER_RECV_HB_FILTER_SIZE

> Maximum number of filter entries for receiving Heartbeat messages

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER_RECV_HB

> This option specifies how many heartbeat filter entries Provisioner supports. The heartbeat filter (acceptlist or rejectlist) entries are used to store a list of SRC and DST which can be used to decide if a heartbeat message will be processed and notified to the application layer by Provisioner. Note: The filter is an empty rejectlist by default.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 1000 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER_RECV_HB && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER_RECV_HB && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROV

> BLE Mesh Provisioning support

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Enable this option to support BLE Mesh Provisioning functionality. For BLE Mesh, this option should be always enabled.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROV_EPA

> BLE Mesh enhanced provisioning authentication

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROV

> Enable this option to support BLE Mesh enhanced provisioning authentication functionality. This option can increase the security level of provisioning. It is recommended to enable this option.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_CERT_BASED_PROV

> Support Certificate-based provisioning

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROV

> Enable this option to support BLE Mesh Certificate-Based Provisioning.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RECORD_FRAG_MAX_SIZE

> Maximum size of the provisioning record fragment that Provisioner can receive

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROV > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_CERT_BASED_PROV

> This option sets the maximum size of the provisioning record fragment that the Provisioner can receive. The range depends on provisioning bearer.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 57 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_CERT_BASED_PROV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 56 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_CERT_BASED_PROV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PB_ADV

> Provisioning support using the advertising bearer (PB-ADV)

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Enable this option to allow the device to be provisioned over the advertising bearer. This option should be enabled if PB-ADV is going to be used during provisioning procedure.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_UNPROVISIONED_BEACON_INTERVAL

> Interval between two consecutive Unprovisioned Device Beacon

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PB_ADV

> This option specifies the interval of sending two consecutive unprovisioned device beacon, users can use this option to change the frequency of sending unprovisioned device beacon. For example, if the value is 5, it means the unprovisioned device beacon will send every 5 seconds. When the option of BLE_MESH_FAST_PROV is selected, the value is better to be 3 seconds, or less.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 100 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NODE && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PB_ADV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 5 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NODE && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PB_ADV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FAST_PROV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NODE && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PB_ADV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PB_GATT

> Provisioning support using GATT (PB-GATT)

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Enable this option to allow the device to be provisioned over GATT. This option should be enabled if PB-GATT is going to be used during provisioning procedure.

> # Virtual option enabled whenever any Proxy protocol is needed

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY

> BLE Mesh Proxy protocol support

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Enable this option to support BLE Mesh Proxy protocol used by PB-GATT and other proxy pdu transmission.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY_SERVER

> BLE Mesh GATT Proxy Server

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> This option enables support for Mesh GATT Proxy Service, i.e. the ability to act as a proxy between a Mesh GATT Client and a Mesh network. This option should be enabled if a node is going to be a Proxy Server.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NODE && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NODE_ID_TIMEOUT

> Node Identity advertising timeout

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY_SERVER

> This option determines for how long the local node advertises using Node Identity. The given value is in seconds. The specification limits this to 60 seconds and lists it as the recommended value as well. So leaving the default value is the safest option. When an unprovisioned device is provisioned successfully and becomes a node, it will start to advertise using Node Identity during the time set by this option. And after that, Network ID will be advertised.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 60 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY_SERVER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 60 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY_SERVER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY_FILTER_SIZE

> Maximum number of filter entries per Proxy Client

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY_SERVER

> This option specifies how many Proxy Filter entries the local node supports. The entries of Proxy filter (whitelist or blacklist) are used to store a list of addresses which can be used to decide which messages will be forwarded to the Proxy Client by the Proxy Server.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 32767 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY_SERVER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 4 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY_SERVER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY_PRIVACY

> Support Proxy Privacy

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY_SERVER

> The Proxy Privacy parameter controls the privacy of the Proxy Server over the connection. The value of the Proxy Privacy parameter is controlled by the type of proxy connection, which is dependent on the bearer used by the proxy connection.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PRB_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY_SERVER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY_SOLIC_PDU_RX

> Support receiving Proxy Solicitation PDU

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY_SERVER

> Enable this option to support receiving Proxy Solicitation PDU.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY_SOLIC_RX_CRPL

> Maximum capacity of solicitation replay protection list

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY_SERVER > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY_SOLIC_PDU_RX

> This option specifies the maximum capacity of the solicitation replay protection list. The solicitation replay protection list is used to reject Solicitation PDUs that were already processed by a node, which will store the solicitation src and solicitation sequence number of the received Solicitation PDU message.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 65536 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY_SOLIC_PDU_RX && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY_SOLIC_PDU_RX && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY_CLI_SRV_COEXIST

> Support Proxy Client and Proxy Server coexistence

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Enable this option to support the coexistence of proxy client and proxy server.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXPERIMENTAL && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY_CLIENT

> BLE Mesh GATT Proxy Client

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> This option enables support for Mesh GATT Proxy Client. The Proxy Client can use the GATT bearer to send mesh messages to a node that supports the advertising bearer.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY_SOLIC_PDU_TX

> Support sending Proxy Solicitation PDU

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY_CLIENT

> Enable this option to support sending Proxy Solicitation PDU.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY_SOLIC_TX_SRC_COUNT

> Maximum number of SSRC that can be used by Proxy Client

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY_CLIENT > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY_SOLIC_PDU_TX

> This option specifies the maximum number of Solicitation Source (SSRC) that can be used by Proxy Client for sending a Solicitation PDU. A Proxy Client may use the primary address or any of the secondary addresses as the SSRC for a Solicitation PDU. So for a Proxy Client, it's better to choose the value based on its own element count.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 16 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY_SOLIC_PDU_TX && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY_SOLIC_PDU_TX && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS

> Store BLE Mesh configuration persistently

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> When selected, the BLE Mesh stack will take care of storing/restoring the BLE Mesh configuration persistently in flash. If the device is a BLE Mesh node, when this option is enabled, the configuration of the device will be stored persistently, including unicast address, NetKey, AppKey, etc. And if the device is a BLE Mesh Provisioner, the information of the device will be stored persistently, including the information of provisioned nodes, NetKey, AppKey, etc.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STORE_TIMEOUT

> Delay (in seconds) before storing anything persistently

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS

> This value defines in seconds how soon any pending changes are actually written into persistent storage (flash) after a change occurs. The option allows nodes to delay a certain period of time to save proper information to flash. The default value is 0, which means information will be stored immediately once there are updates.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 1000000 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SEQ_STORE_RATE

> How often the sequence number gets updated in storage

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS

> This value defines how often the local sequence number gets updated in persistent storage (i.e. flash). e.g. a value of 100 means that the sequence number will be stored to flash on every 100th increment. If the node sends messages very frequently a higher value makes more sense, whereas if the node sends infrequently a value as low as 0 (update storage for every increment) can make sense. When the stack gets initialized it will add sequence number to the last stored one, so that it starts off with a value that's guaranteed to be larger than the last one used before power off.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 1000000 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RPL_STORE_TIMEOUT

> Minimum frequency that the RPL gets updated in storage

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS

> This value defines in seconds how soon the RPL (Replay Protection List) gets written to persistent storage after a change occurs. If the node receives messages frequently, then a large value is recommended. If the node receives messages rarely, then the value can be as low as 0 (which means the RPL is written into the storage immediately). Note that if the node operates in a security-sensitive case, and there is a risk of sudden power-off, then a value of 0 is strongly recommended. Otherwise, a power loss before RPL being written into the storage may introduce message replay attacks and system security will be in a vulnerable state.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 1000000 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY

> A specific option for settings backward compatibility

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS

> This option is created to solve the issue of failure in recovering node information after mesh stack updates. In the old version mesh stack, there is no key of "mesh/role" in nvs. In the new version mesh stack, key of "mesh/role" is added in nvs, recovering node information needs to check "mesh/role" key in nvs and implements selective recovery of mesh node information. Therefore, there may be failure in recovering node information during node restarting after OTA.

> The new version mesh stack adds the option of "mesh/role" because we have added the support of storing Provisioner information, while the old version only supports storing node information.

> If users are updating their nodes from old version to new version, we recommend enabling this option, so that system could set the flag in advance before recovering node information and make sure the node information recovering could work as expected.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NODE && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SPECIFIC_PARTITION

> Use a specific NVS partition for BLE Mesh

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS

> When selected, the mesh stack will use a specified NVS partition instead of default NVS partition. Note that the specified partition must be registered with NVS using nvs_flash_init_partition() API, and the partition must exists in the csv file. When Provisioner needs to store a large amount of nodes' information in the flash (e.g. more than 20), this option is recommended to be enabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PARTITION_NAME

> Name of the NVS partition for BLE Mesh

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SPECIFIC_PARTITION

> This value defines the name of the specified NVS partition used by the mesh stack.

> Default value:

>   - "ble_mesh" if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SPECIFIC_PARTITION && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_MULTIPLE_NAMESPACE

> Support using multiple NVS namespaces by Provisioner

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS

> When selected, Provisioner can use different NVS namespaces to store different instances of mesh information. For example, if in the first room, Provisioner uses NetKey A, AppKey A and provisions three devices, these information will be treated as mesh information instance A. When the Provisioner moves to the second room, it uses NetKey B, AppKey B and provisions two devices, then the information will be treated as mesh information instance B. Here instance A and instance B will be stored in different namespaces. With this option enabled, Provisioner needs to use specific functions to open the corresponding NVS namespace, restore the mesh information, release the mesh information or erase the mesh information.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROVISIONER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MAX_NVS_NAMESPACE

> Maximum number of NVS namespaces

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_MULTIPLE_NAMESPACE

> This option specifies the maximum NVS namespaces supported by Provisioner.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_MULTIPLE_NAMESPACE && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_MULTIPLE_NAMESPACE && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SETTINGS && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUBNET_COUNT

> Maximum number of mesh subnets per network

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> This option specifies how many subnets a Mesh network can have at the same time. Indeed, this value decides the number of the network keys which can be owned by a node.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 4096 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_APP_KEY_COUNT

> Maximum number of application keys per network

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> This option specifies how many application keys the device can store per network. Indeed, this value decides the number of the application keys which can be owned by a node.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 4096 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MODEL_KEY_COUNT

> Maximum number of application keys per model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> This option specifies the maximum number of application keys to which each model can be bound.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 4096 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MODEL_GROUP_COUNT

> Maximum number of group address subscriptions per model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> This option specifies the maximum number of addresses to which each model can be subscribed.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 4096 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LABEL_COUNT

> Maximum number of Label UUIDs used for Virtual Addresses

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> This option specifies how many Label UUIDs can be stored. Indeed, this value decides the number of the Virtual Addresses can be supported by a node.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 4096 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_CRPL

> Maximum capacity of the replay protection list

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> This option specifies the maximum capacity of the replay protection list. It is similar to Network message cache size, but has a different purpose. The replay protection list is used to prevent a node from replay attack, which will store the source address and sequence number of the received mesh messages. For Provisioner, the replay protection list size should not be smaller than the maximum number of nodes whose information can be stored. And the element number of each node should also be taken into consideration. For example, if Provisioner can provision up to 20 nodes and each node contains two elements, then the replay protection list size of Provisioner should be at least 40.

> Range:

>   - from 2 to 65535 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 10 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NOT_RELAY_REPLAY_MSG

> Not relay replayed messages in a mesh network

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> There may be many expired messages in a complex mesh network that would be considered replayed messages. Enable this option will refuse to relay such messages, which could help to reduce invalid packets in the mesh network. However, it should be noted that enabling this option may result in packet loss in certain environments. Therefore, users need to decide whether to enable this option according to the actual usage situation.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXPERIMENTAL && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MSG_CACHE_SIZE

> Network message cache size

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Number of messages that are cached for the network. This helps prevent unnecessary decryption operations and unnecessary relays. This option is similar to Replay protection list, but has a different purpose. A node is not required to cache the entire Network PDU and may cache only part of it for tracking, such as values for SRC/SEQ or others.

> Range:

>   - from 2 to 65535 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 10 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_ADV_BUF_COUNT

> Number of advertising buffers

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Number of advertising buffers available. The transport layer reserves ADV_BUF_COUNT - 3 buffers for outgoing segments. The maximum outgoing SDU size is 12 times this value (out of which 4 or 8 bytes are used for the Transport Layer MIC). For example, 5 segments means the maximum SDU size is 60 bytes, which leaves 56 bytes for application layer data using a 4-byte MIC, or 52 bytes using an 8-byte MIC.

> Range:

>   - from 6 to 256 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 60 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_IVU_DIVIDER

> Divider for IV Update state refresh timer

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> When the IV Update state enters Normal operation or IV Update in Progress, we need to keep track of how many hours has passed in the state, since the specification requires us to remain in the state at least for 96 hours (Update in Progress has an additional upper limit of 144 hours).

> In order to fulfill the above requirement, even if the node might be powered off once in a while, we need to store persistently how many hours the node has been in the state. This doesn't necessarily need to happen every hour (thanks to the flexible duration range). The exact cadence will depend a lot on the ways that the node will be used and what kind of power source it has.

> Since there is no single optimal answer, this configuration option allows specifying a divider, i.e. how many intervals the 96 hour minimum gets split into. After each interval the duration that the node has been in the current state gets stored to flash. E.g. the default value of 4 means that the state is saved every 24 hours (96 / 4).

> Range:

>   - from 2 to 96 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 4 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_IVU_RECOVERY_IVI

> Recovery the IV index when the latest whole IV update procedure is missed

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> According to Section 3.10.5 of Mesh Specification v1.0.1. If a node in Normal Operation receives a Secure Network beacon with an IV index equal to the last known IV index+1 and the IV Update Flag set to 0, the node may update its IV without going to the IV Update in Progress state, or it may initiate an IV Index Recovery procedure (Section 3.10.6), or it may ignore the Secure Network beacon. The node makes the choice depending on the time since last IV update and the likelihood that the node has missed the Secure Network beacons with the IV update Flag. When the above situation is encountered, this option can be used to decide whether to perform the IV index recovery procedure.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SAR_ENHANCEMENT

> Segmentation and reassembly enhancement

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Enable this option to use the enhanced segmentation and reassembly mechanism introduced in Bluetooth Mesh Protocol 1.1.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TX_SEG_MSG_COUNT

> Maximum number of simultaneous outgoing segmented messages

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Maximum number of simultaneous outgoing multi-segment and/or reliable messages. The default value is 1, which means the device can only send one segmented message at a time. And if another segmented message is going to be sent, it should wait for the completion of the previous one. If users are going to send multiple segmented messages at the same time, this value should be configured properly.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RX_SEG_MSG_COUNT

> Maximum number of simultaneous incoming segmented messages

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Maximum number of simultaneous incoming multi-segment and/or reliable messages. The default value is 1, which means the device can only receive one segmented message at a time. And if another segmented message is going to be received, it should wait for the completion of the previous one. If users are going to receive multiple segmented messages at the same time, this value should be configured properly.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RX_SDU_MAX

> Maximum incoming Upper Transport Access PDU length

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Maximum incoming Upper Transport Access PDU length. Leave this to the default value, unless you really need to optimize memory usage.

> Range:

>   - from 36 to 384 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 384 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TX_SEG_MAX

> Maximum number of segments in outgoing messages

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Maximum number of segments supported for outgoing messages. This value should typically be fine-tuned based on what models the local node supports, i.e. what's the largest message payload that the node needs to be able to send. This value affects memory and call stack consumption, which is why the default is lower than the maximum that the specification would allow (32 segments).

> The maximum outgoing SDU size is 12 times this number (out of which 4 or 8 bytes is used for the Transport Layer MIC). For example, 5 segments means the maximum SDU size is 60 bytes, which leaves 56 bytes for application layer data using a 4-byte MIC and 52 bytes using an 8-byte MIC.

> Be sure to specify a sufficient number of advertising buffers when setting this option to a higher value. There must be at least three more advertising buffers (BLE_MESH_ADV_BUF_COUNT) as there are outgoing segments.

> Range:

>   - from 2 to 32 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 32 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RELAY

> Relay support

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Support for acting as a Mesh Relay Node. Enabling this option will allow a node to support the Relay feature, and the Relay feature can still be enabled or disabled by proper configuration messages. Disabling this option will let a node not support the Relay feature.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NODE && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RELAY_ADV_BUF

> Use separate advertising buffers for relay packets

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RELAY

> When selected, self-send packets will be put in a high-priority queue and relay packets will be put in a low-priority queue.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RELAY && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RELAY_ADV_BUF_COUNT

> Number of advertising buffers for relay packets

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RELAY > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RELAY_ADV_BUF

> Number of advertising buffers for relay packets available.

> Range:

>   - from 6 to 256 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RELAY_ADV_BUF && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RELAY && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 60 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RELAY_ADV_BUF && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RELAY && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER

> Support for Low Power features

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Enable this option to operate as a Low Power Node. If low power consumption is required by a node, this option should be enabled. And once the node enters the mesh network, it will try to find a Friend node and establish a friendship.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LPN_ESTABLISHMENT

> Perform Friendship establishment using low power

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER

> Perform the Friendship establishment using low power with the help of a reduced scan duty cycle. The downside of this is that the node may miss out on messages intended for it until it has successfully set up Friendship with a Friend node. When this option is enabled, the node will stop scanning for a period of time after a Friend Request or Friend Poll is sent, so as to reduce more power consumption.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LPN_AUTO

> Automatically start looking for Friend nodes once provisioned

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER

> Once provisioned, automatically enable LPN functionality and start looking for Friend nodes. If this option is disabled LPN mode needs to be manually enabled by calling bt_mesh_lpn_set(true). When an unprovisioned device is provisioned successfully and becomes a node, enabling this option will trigger the node starts to send Friend Request at a certain period until it finds a proper Friend node.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LPN_AUTO_TIMEOUT

> Time from last received message before going to LPN mode

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LPN_AUTO

> Time in seconds from the last received message, that the node waits out before starting to look for Friend nodes.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 3600 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LPN_AUTO && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 15 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LPN_AUTO && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LPN_RETRY_TIMEOUT

> Retry timeout for Friend requests

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER

> Time in seconds between Friend Requests, if a previous Friend Request did not yield any acceptable Friend Offers.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 3600 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 6 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LPN_RSSI_FACTOR

> RSSIFactor, used in Friend Offer Delay calculation

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER

> The contribution of the RSSI, measured by the Friend node, used in Friend Offer Delay calculations. 0 = 1, 1 = 1.5, 2 = 2, 3 = 2.5. RSSIFactor, one of the parameters carried by Friend Request sent by Low Power node, which is used to calculate the Friend Offer Delay.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 3 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LPN_RECV_WIN_FACTOR

> ReceiveWindowFactor, used in Friend Offer Delay calculation

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER

> The contribution of the supported Receive Window used in Friend Offer Delay calculations. 0 = 1, 1 = 1.5, 2 = 2, 3 = 2.5. ReceiveWindowFactor, one of the parameters carried by Friend Request sent by Low Power node, which is used to calculate the Friend Offer Delay.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 3 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LPN_MIN_QUEUE_SIZE

> Minimum size of the acceptable friend queue (MinQueueSizeLog)

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER

> The MinQueueSizeLog field is defined as log_2(N), where N is the minimum number of maximum size Lower Transport PDUs that the Friend node can store in its Friend Queue. As an example, MinQueueSizeLog value 1 gives N = 2, and value 7 gives N = 128.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 7 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LPN_RECV_DELAY

> Receive delay requested by the local node

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER

> The ReceiveDelay is the time between the Low Power node sending a request and listening for a response. This delay allows the Friend node time to prepare the response. The value is in units of milliseconds.

> Range:

>   - from 10 to 255 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 100 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LPN_POLL_TIMEOUT

> The value of the PollTimeout timer

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER

> PollTimeout timer is used to measure time between two consecutive requests sent by a Low Power node. If no requests are received the Friend node before the PollTimeout timer expires, then the friendship is considered terminated. The value is in units of 100 milliseconds, so e.g. a value of 300 means 30 seconds. The smaller the value, the faster the Low Power node tries to get messages from corresponding Friend node and vice versa.

> Range:

>   - from 10 to 244735 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 300 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LPN_INIT_POLL_TIMEOUT

> The starting value of the PollTimeout timer

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER

> The initial value of the PollTimeout timer when Friendship is to be established for the first time. After this, the timeout gradually grows toward the actual PollTimeout, doubling in value for each iteration. The value is in units of 100 milliseconds, so e.g. a value of 300 means 30 seconds.

> Range:

>   - from 10 to if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LPN_SCAN_LATENCY

> Latency for enabling scanning

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER

> Latency (in milliseconds) is the time it takes to enable scanning. In practice, it means how much time in advance of the Receive Window, the request to enable scanning is made.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 50 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 10 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LPN_GROUPS

> Number of groups the LPN can subscribe to

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER

> Maximum number of groups to which the LPN can subscribe.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 16384 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 8 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LPN_SUB_ALL_NODES_ADDR

> Automatically subscribe all nodes address

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER

> Automatically subscribe all nodes address when friendship established.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LOW_POWER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND

> Support for Friend feature

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Enable this option to be able to act as a Friend Node.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND_RECV_WIN

> Friend Receive Window

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND

> Receive Window in milliseconds supported by the Friend node.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 255 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND_QUEUE_SIZE

> Minimum number of buffers supported per Friend Queue

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND

> Minimum number of buffers available to be stored for each local Friend Queue. This option decides the size of each buffer which can be used by a Friend node to store messages for each Low Power node.

> Range:

>   - from 2 to 65536 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 16 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND_SUB_LIST_SIZE

> Friend Subscription List Size

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND

> Size of the Subscription List that can be supported by a Friend node for a Low Power node. And Low Power node can send Friend Subscription List Add or Friend Subscription List Remove messages to the Friend node to add or remove subscription addresses.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 1023 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND_LPN_COUNT

> Number of supported LPN nodes

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND

> Number of Low Power Nodes with which a Friend can have Friendship simultaneously. A Friend node can have friendship with multiple Low Power nodes at the same time, while a Low Power node can only establish friendship with only one Friend node at the same time.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 1000 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND_SEG_RX

> Number of incomplete segment lists per LPN

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND

> Number of incomplete segment lists tracked for each Friends' LPN. In other words, this determines from how many elements can segmented messages destined for the Friend queue be received simultaneously.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 1000 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_FRIEND && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NO_LOG

> Disable BLE Mesh debug logs (minimize bin size)

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Select this to save the BLE Mesh related rodata code size. Enabling this option will disable the output of BLE Mesh debug log.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### BLE Mesh STACK DEBUG LOG LEVEL

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_TRACE_LEVEL

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_STACK_TRACE_LEVEL

> BLE_MESH_STACK

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh STACK DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BLE Mesh trace level for BLE Mesh stack.

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - INFO (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TRACE_LEVEL_INFO)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

#### BLE Mesh NET BUF DEBUG LOG LEVEL

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_TRACE_LEVEL

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_TRACE_LEVEL

> BLE_MESH_NET_BUF

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh NET BUF DEBUG LOG LEVEL

> Define BLE Mesh trace level for BLE Mesh net buffer.

> Available options:

> > - NONE (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - ERROR (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - WARNING (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING)

> > - INFO (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_TRACE_LEVEL_INFO)

> > - DEBUG (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - VERBOSE (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NET_BUF_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_CLIENT_MSG_TIMEOUT

> Timeout(ms) for client message response

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Timeout value used by the node to get response of the acknowledged message which is sent by the client model. This value indicates the maximum time that a client model waits for the response of the sent acknowledged messages. If a client model uses 0 as the timeout value when sending acknowledged messages, then the default value will be used which is four seconds.

> Range:

>   - from 100 to 1200000 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 4000 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BRC_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BRC_SRV

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_CFG_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DF_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DF_SRV

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_HEALTH_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_HEALTH_SRV

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LCD_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LCD_SRV

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PRB_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PRB_SRV

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_ODP_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_ODP_SRV

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_AGG_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_AGG_SRV

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RPR_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RPR_SRV

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SAR_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SAR_SRV

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SRPL_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SRPL_SRV

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMP_DATA_1

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMP_DATA_128

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MODELS_METADATA_0

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_CFG_CLI

> Configuration Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for Configuration Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_HEALTH_CLI

> Health Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for Health Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_HEALTH_SRV

> Health Server model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for Health Server model.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BRC_CLI

> Bridge Configuration Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for Bridge Configuration Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BRC_SRV

> Bridge Configuration Server model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for Bridge Configuration Server model.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MAX_BRIDGING_TABLE_ENTRY_COUNT

> Maximum number of Bridging Table entries

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BRC_SRV

> Maximum number of Bridging Table entries that the Bridge Configuration Server can support.

> Range:

>   - from 16 to 65535 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BRC_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 16 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BRC_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BRIDGE_CRPL

> Maximum capacity of bridge replay protection list

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BRC_SRV

> This option specifies the maximum capacity of the bridge replay protection list. The bridge replay protection list is used to prevent a bridged subnet from replay attack, which will store the source address and sequence number of the received bridge messages.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BRC_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 5 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BRC_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PRB_CLI

> Mesh Private Beacon Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for Mesh Private Beacon Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PRB_SRV

> Mesh Private Beacon Server model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for Mesh Private Beacon Server model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_ODP_CLI

> On-Demand Private Proxy Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for On-Demand Private Proxy Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_ODP_SRV

> On-Demand Private Proxy Server model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for On-Demand Private Proxy Server model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SRPL_CLI

> Solicitation PDU RPL Configuration Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for Solicitation PDU RPL Configuration Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SRPL_SRV

> Solicitation PDU RPL Configuration Server model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for Solicitation PDU RPL Configuration Server model. Note: This option depends on the functionality of receiving Solicitation PDU. If the device doesn't support receiving Solicitation PDU, then there is no need to enable this server model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_AGG_CLI

> Opcodes Aggregator Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for Opcodes Aggregator Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_AGG_SRV

> Opcodes Aggregator Server model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for Opcodes Aggregator Server model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SAR_CLI

> SAR Configuration Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for SAR Configuration Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SAR_SRV

> SAR Configuration Server model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for SAR Configuration Server model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMP_DATA_1

> Support Composition Data Page 1

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Composition Data Page 1 contains information about the relationships among models. Each model either can be a root model or can extend other models.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_COMP_DATA_128

> Support Composition Data Page 128

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Composition Data Page 128 is used to indicate the structure of elements, features, and models of a node after the successful execution of the Node Address Refresh procedure or the Node Composition Refresh procedure, or after the execution of the Node Removal procedure followed by the provisioning process. Composition Data Page 128 shall be present if the node supports the Remote Provisioning Server model; otherwise it is optional.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MODELS_METADATA_0

> Support Models Metadata Page 0

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> The Models Metadata state contains metadata of a node’s models. The Models Metadata state is composed of a number of pages of information. Models Metadata Page 0 shall be present if the node supports the Large Composition Data Server model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MODELS_METADATA_128

> Support Models Metadata Page 128

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MODELS_METADATA_0

> The Models Metadata state contains metadata of a node’s models. The Models Metadata state is composed of a number of pages of information. Models Metadata Page 128 contains metadata for the node’s models after the successful execution of the Node Address Refresh procedure or the Node Composition Refresh procedure, or after the execution of the Node Removal procedure followed by the provisioning process. Models Metadata Page 128 shall be present if the node supports the Remote Provisioning Server model and the node supports the Large Composition Data Server model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LCD_CLI

> Large Composition Data Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for Large Composition Data Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LCD_SRV

> Large Composition Data Server model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for Large Composition Data Server model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RPR_CLI

> Remote Provisioning Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for Remote Provisioning Client model

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RPR_CLI_PROV_SAME_TIME

> Maximum number of PB-Remote running at the same time by Provisioner

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RPR_CLI

> This option specifies how many devices can be provisioned at the same time using PB-REMOTE. For example, if the value is 2, it means a Provisioner can provision two unprovisioned devices with PB-REMOTE at the same time.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 5 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RPR_CLI && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RPR_CLI && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RPR_SRV

> Remote Provisioning Server model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for Remote Provisioning Server model

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RPR_SRV_MAX_SCANNED_ITEMS

> Maximum number of device information can be scanned

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RPR_SRV

> This option specifies how many device information can a Remote Provisioning Server store each time while scanning.

> Range:

>   - from 4 to 255 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RPR_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 10 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RPR_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RPR_SRV_ACTIVE_SCAN

> Support Active Scan for remote provisioning

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RPR_SRV

> Enable this option to support Active Scan for remote provisioning.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RPR_SRV_MAX_EXT_SCAN

> Maximum number of extended scan procedures

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RPR_SRV

> This option specifies how many extended scan procedures can be started by the Remote Provisioning Server.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 10 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RPR_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RPR_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DF_CLI

> Directed Forwarding Configuration Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for Directed Forwarding Configuration Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DF_SRV

> Directed Forwarding Configuration Server model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models

> Enable support for Directed Forwarding Configuration Server model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MAX_DISC_TABLE_ENTRY_COUNT

> Maximum number of discovery table entries in a given subnet

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DF_SRV

> Maximum number of Discovery Table entries supported by the node in a given subnet.

> Range:

>   - from 2 to 255 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DF_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DF_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MAX_FORWARD_TABLE_ENTRY_COUNT

> Maximum number of forward table entries in a given subnet

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DF_SRV

> Maximum number of Forward Table entries supported by the node in a given subnet.

> Range:

>   - from 2 to 64 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DF_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DF_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MAX_DEPS_NODES_PER_PATH

> Maximum number of dependent nodes per path

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DF_SRV

> Maximum size of dependent nodes list supported by each forward table entry.

> Range:

>   - from 2 to 64 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DF_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DF_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PATH_MONITOR_TEST

> Enable Path Monitoring test mode

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DF_SRV

> The option only removes the Path Use timer; all other behavior of the device is not changed. If Path Monitoring test mode is going to be used, this option should be enabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DF_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SUPPORT_DIRECTED_PROXY

> Enable Directed Proxy functionality

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Foundation models > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DF_SRV

> Support Directed Proxy functionality.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY_SERVER && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DF_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

Contains:

- Binary Larger Object Transfer model

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MBT_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MBT_SRV

- Device Firmware Update model

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GENERIC_BATTERY_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GENERIC_DEF_TRANS_TIME_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GENERIC_LEVEL_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GENERIC_LOCATION_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GENERIC_ONOFF_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GENERIC_POWER_LEVEL_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GENERIC_POWER_ONOFF_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GENERIC_PROPERTY_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GENERIC_SERVER

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LIGHT_CTL_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LIGHT_HSL_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LIGHT_LC_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LIGHT_LIGHTNESS_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LIGHT_XYL_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LIGHTING_SERVER

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SCENE_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SCHEDULER_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SENSOR_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SENSOR_SERVER

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TIME_SCENE_SERVER

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TIME_CLI

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GENERIC_ONOFF_CLI

> Generic OnOff Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Generic OnOff Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GENERIC_LEVEL_CLI

> Generic Level Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Generic Level Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GENERIC_DEF_TRANS_TIME_CLI

> Generic Default Transition Time Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Generic Default Transition Time Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GENERIC_POWER_ONOFF_CLI

> Generic Power OnOff Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Generic Power OnOff Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GENERIC_POWER_LEVEL_CLI

> Generic Power Level Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Generic Power Level Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GENERIC_BATTERY_CLI

> Generic Battery Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Generic Battery Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GENERIC_LOCATION_CLI

> Generic Location Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Generic Location Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GENERIC_PROPERTY_CLI

> Generic Property Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Generic Property Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SENSOR_CLI

> Sensor Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Sensor Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TIME_CLI

> Time Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Time Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SCENE_CLI

> Scene Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Scene Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SCHEDULER_CLI

> Scheduler Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Scheduler Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LIGHT_LIGHTNESS_CLI

> Light Lightness Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Light Lightness Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LIGHT_CTL_CLI

> Light CTL Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Light CTL Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LIGHT_HSL_CLI

> Light HSL Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Light HSL Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LIGHT_XYL_CLI

> Light XYL Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Light XYL Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LIGHT_LC_CLI

> Light LC Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Light LC Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GENERIC_SERVER

> Generic server models

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Generic server models.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SENSOR_SERVER

> Sensor server models

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Sensor server models.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TIME_SCENE_SERVER

> Time and Scenes server models

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Time and Scenes server models.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_LIGHTING_SERVER

> Lighting server models

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for Lighting server models.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MBT_CLI

> BLOB Transfer Client model(Deprecated)

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for BLOB Transfer Client model. Warn: This version of the Mesh Binary Large Object Transfer Model will be deprecated, and a new version will be released in the future.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MAX_BLOB_RECEIVERS

> Maximum number of simultaneous blob receivers

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MBT_CLI

> Maximum number of BLOB Transfer Server models that can participating in the BLOB transfer with a BLOB Transfer Client model.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MBT_CLI && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MBT_CLI && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_MBT_SRV

> BLOB Transfer Server model(Deprecated)

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models

> Enable support for BLOB Transfer Server model. Warn: This version of the Mesh Binary Large Object Transfer Model will be deprecated, and a new version will be released in the future.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_V11_SUPPORT && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### Binary Larger Object Transfer model

Contains:

- BLOB models common configuration

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_SRV

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_SRV

> Support for BLOB Transfer Server model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Binary Larger Object Transfer model

> Enable the Binary Large Object (BLOB) Transfer Server model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_SRV_PULL_REQ_COUNT

> Number of chunks to request for each pull

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Binary Larger Object Transfer model > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_SRV

> In Pull mode (Pull BLOB Transfer Mode), the BLOB Transfer Server requests a fixed number of chunks from the Client. Use this option to control the chunk count in the request. If the BLOB Transfer Server is instantiated on a Low Power node, the pull request count will be trimmed to not overflow the Friend queue.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 16 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 4 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_SIZE_MAX

> Largest BLOB size in bytes

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Binary Larger Object Transfer model > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_SRV

> The maximum object size a BLOB Transfer Server can receive.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 3257617792 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 524288 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_BLOCK_SIZE_MIN

> Minimum block size

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Binary Larger Object Transfer model > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_SRV

> Minimum acceptable block size in a BLOB transfer. The transfer block size will be some number that is a power of two, and is between block size min and block size max. If no such number exists, a compile time warning will be issued.

> Range:

>   - from 64 to 1048576 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 4096 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_BLOCK_SIZE_MAX

> Maximum block size

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Binary Larger Object Transfer model > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_SRV

> Maximum acceptable block size in a BLOB transfer. The transfer block size will be some number that is a power of two, and is between block size min and block size max. If no such number exists, a compile time warning will be issued.

> Range:

>   - from to 1048576 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 4096 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_REPORT_TIMEOUT

> Partial Block Report interval in Pull mode

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Binary Larger Object Transfer model > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_SRV

> The timer value that Pull BLOB Transfer Server uses to report missed chunks.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 31 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 10 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_RX_BLOB_CHUNK_SIZE

> BLOB Server chunk size

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Binary Larger Object Transfer model > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_SRV

> Set the chunk size for the BLOB Server. The actual maximum chunk size depends on how many segments are possible and will be clamped to the max possible if set above. see also: BLE_MESH_RX_SEG_MAX, and the maximum SDU a node can receive.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_CLI

> Support for BLOB Transfer Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Binary Larger Object Transfer model

> Enable the Binary Large Object (BLOB) Transfer Client model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_CLI_BLOCK_RETRIES

> Number of retries per block

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Binary Larger Object Transfer model > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_CLI

> Controls the number of times the client will attempt to resend missing chunks to the BLOB receivers for every block.

> Default value:

>   - 5 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_CLI && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TX_BLOB_CHUNK_SIZE

> BLOB Client chunk size

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Binary Larger Object Transfer model > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_CLI

> Set the chunk size for the BLOB Client. The actual maximum chunk size depends on how many segments are possible and will be clamped to the max possible if set above. see also: BLE_MESH_TX_SEG_MAX, and the maximum SDU a node can receive.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TX_BLOB_CHUNK_SEND_INTERVAL

> BLOB Client chunk send interval

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Binary Larger Object Transfer model > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_CLI

> Set the interval in milliseconds in which chunks are sent during the BLOB transfer. Note: Without a delay between each sent chunk, the network might become too busy with the BLOB transfer for other communications to succeed. Note: Timing restrictions, like the timeout base, should be considered or changed accordingly when setting this interval. Otherwise, the interval might be too big for the timeout settings and cause timeouts.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 2147483647 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_CLI && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_CLI && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### BLOB models common configuration

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_ALIGN_CHUNK_SIZE_TO_MAX_SEGMENT

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_CHUNK_COUNT_MAX

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BLOB_CHUNK_COUNT_MAX

> Maximum chunk count per block

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Binary Larger Object Transfer model > BLOB models common configuration

> A BLOB transfer contains several blocks. Each block is made up of several chunks. This option controls the maximum chunk count per block.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 2992 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 256 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_ALIGN_CHUNK_SIZE_TO_MAX_SEGMENT

> Align chunk size to max segmented message size

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Binary Larger Object Transfer model > BLOB models common configuration

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### Device Firmware Update model

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFU_SLOTS

- Firmware Update model configuration

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_SRV

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFU_CLI

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFU_SRV

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFU_SRV

> Support for Firmware Update Server model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Device Firmware Update model

> Enable the Firmware Update Server model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFU_CLI

> Support for Firmware Update Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Device Firmware Update model

> Enable the Firmware Update Client model.

##### Firmware Update model configuration

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFU_FWID_MAXLEN

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFU_METADATA_MAXLEN

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFU_URI_MAXLEN

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFU_METADATA

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFU_FWID_MAXLEN

> DFU FWID max length

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Device Firmware Update model > Firmware Update model configuration

> This value defines the maximum length of an image's firmware ID.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 106 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 16 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFU_METADATA_MAXLEN

> DFU metadata max length

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Device Firmware Update model > Firmware Update model configuration

> This value defines the maximum length of an image's metadata.

> Range:

>   - from 18 to 255 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFU_METADATA && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

>   - from 0 to 255 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 32 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFU_METADATA

> Support for the default metadata format

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Device Firmware Update model > Firmware Update model configuration

> This option adds a set of functions that can be used to encode and decode a firmware metadata using the format defined in the Bluetooth mesh DFU subsystem.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFU_URI_MAXLEN

> DFU URI max length

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Device Firmware Update model > Firmware Update model configuration

> This value defines the maximum length of an image's URI, not including a string terminator.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 255 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 32 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFU_SLOTS

> Firmware image slot manager

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Device Firmware Update model

> Enable the DFU image slot manager, for managing firmware distribution slots for the Firmware Update Client model.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFU_CLI && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFU_SLOT_CNT

> Number of firmware image slots

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Device Firmware Update model > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFU_SLOTS

> This value defines the number of firmware slots the DFU image slot manager can keep simultaneously.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 32767 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFU_SLOTS && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFU_SLOTS && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_CLI

> Support for Device Distribution Client model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Device Firmware Update model

> Enable the Device Distribution Client model

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_CLI_SRV_TARGETS_MAX

> Number of DFD SRVs can be accepted

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Device Firmware Update model > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_CLI

> The maximum number of DFD SRVs that can be accepted.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 100 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_CLI && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_CLI && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_SRV

> Support for Firmware Distribution Server model

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Device Firmware Update model

> Enable the Firmware Distribution Server model.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_SRV_SLOT_MAX_SIZE

> Largest DFU image that can be stored

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Device Firmware Update model > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_SRV

> This value defines the largest DFU image a single slot can store.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_SRV_SLOT_SPACE

> Total DFU image storage space

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Device Firmware Update model > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_SRV

> This value defines the total storage space dedicated to storing DFU images on the Firmware Distribution Server.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 4294967295 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_SRV_TARGETS_MAX

> Maximum Target node count

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Device Firmware Update model > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_SRV

> This value defines the maximum number of Target nodes the Firmware Distribution Server can target simultaneously.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 65535 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Default value:

>   - 8 if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_SRV && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_SRV_OOB_UPLOAD

> Support for DFU image OOB upload

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > Support for BLE Mesh Client/Server models > Device Firmware Update model > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DFD_SRV

> This enables support for OOB upload of firmware images for distribution. This makes several callbacks and use of the init macro BLE_MESH_DFD_SRV_INIT_OOB mandatory. See the API documentation for bt_mesh_dfd_srv_cb for details about the mandatory callbacks.

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_IV_UPDATE_TEST

> Test the IV Update Procedure

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> This option removes the 96 hour limit of the IV Update Procedure and lets the state to be changed at any time. If IV Update test mode is going to be used, this option should be enabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

#### BLE Mesh specific test option

Contains:

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SHELL

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BQB_TEST

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SELF_TEST

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TEST_AUTO_ENTER_NETWORK

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TEST_USE_WHITE_LIST

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SELF_TEST

> Perform BLE Mesh self-tests

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh specific test option

> This option adds extra self-tests which are run every time BLE Mesh networking is initialized.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_BQB_TEST

> Enable BLE Mesh specific internal test

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh specific test option

> This option is used to enable some internal functions for auto-pts test.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TEST_AUTO_ENTER_NETWORK

> Unprovisioned device enters mesh network automatically

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh specific test option

> With this option enabled, an unprovisioned device can automatically enters mesh network using a specific test function without the pro- visioning procedure. And on the Provisioner side, a test function needs to be invoked to add the node information into the mesh stack.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SELF_TEST && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_TEST_USE_WHITE_LIST

> Use white list to filter mesh advertising packets

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh specific test option

> With this option enabled, users can use white list to filter mesh advertising packets while scanning.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SELF_TEST && CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_SHELL

> Enable BLE Mesh shell

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh specific test option

> Activate shell module that provides BLE Mesh commands to the console.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG

> Enable BLE Mesh debug logs

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh specific test option

> Enable debug logs for the BLE Mesh functionality.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG_NET

> Network layer debug

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh specific test option > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG

> Enable Network layer debug logs for the BLE Mesh functionality.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG_TRANS

> Transport layer debug

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh specific test option > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG

> Enable Transport layer debug logs for the BLE Mesh functionality.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG_BEACON

> Beacon debug

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh specific test option > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG

> Enable Beacon-related debug logs for the BLE Mesh functionality.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG_CRYPTO

> Crypto debug

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh specific test option > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG

> Enable cryptographic debug logs for the BLE Mesh functionality.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG_PROV

> Provisioning debug

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh specific test option > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG

> Enable Provisioning debug logs for the BLE Mesh functionality.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG_ACCESS

> Access layer debug

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh specific test option > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG

> Enable Access layer debug logs for the BLE Mesh functionality.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG_MODEL

> Foundation model debug

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh specific test option > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG

> Enable Foundation Models debug logs for the BLE Mesh functionality.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG_ADV

> Advertising debug

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh specific test option > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG

> Enable advertising debug logs for the BLE Mesh functionality.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG_LOW_POWER

> Low Power debug

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh specific test option > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG

> Enable Low Power debug logs for the BLE Mesh functionality.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG_FRIEND

> Friend debug

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh specific test option > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG

> Enable Friend debug logs for the BLE Mesh functionality.

##### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG_PROXY

> Proxy debug

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH > BLE Mesh specific test option > CONFIG_BLE_MESH_DEBUG

> Enable Proxy protocol debug logs for the BLE Mesh functionality.

#### CONFIG_BLE_MESH_EXPERIMENTAL

> Make BLE Mesh experimental features visible

> Found in: Component config > CONFIG_BLE_MESH

> Make BLE Mesh Experimental features visible. Experimental features list: - CONFIG_BLE_MESH_NOT_RELAY_REPLAY_MSG - CONFIG_BLE_MESH_USE_BLE_50 - CONFIG_BLE_MESH_PROXY_CLI_SRV_COEXIST

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BLE_MESH

### Console Library

Contains:

- CONFIG_CONSOLE_SORTED_HELP

#### CONFIG_CONSOLE_SORTED_HELP

> Enable sorted help

> Found in: Component config > Console Library

> Instead of listing the commands in the order of registration, the help command lists the available commands in sorted order, if this option is enabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### Legacy Driver Configurations

Contains:

- Legacy I2C Driver Configurations

- Legacy Touch Sensor Driver Configurations

- Legacy TWAI Driver Configurations

#### Legacy TWAI Driver Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_TWAI_ISR_IN_IRAM_LEGACY

- CONFIG_TWAI_SKIP_LEGACY_CONFLICT_CHECK

- CONFIG_TWAI_SUPPRESS_DEPRECATE_WARN

##### CONFIG_TWAI_ISR_IN_IRAM_LEGACY

> Place TWAI ISR function in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > Legacy Driver Configurations > Legacy TWAI Driver Configurations

> Place the TWAI ISR in to IRAM to reduce latency and increase performance

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_TWAI_SUPPRESS_DEPRECATE_WARN

> Suppress legacy driver deprecated warning

> Found in: Component config > Legacy Driver Configurations > Legacy TWAI Driver Configurations

> whether to suppress the deprecation warnings when using legacy twai driver (driver/twai.h). If you want to continue using the legacy driver, and don't want to see related deprecation warnings, you can enable this option.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_TWAI_SKIP_LEGACY_CONFLICT_CHECK

> Skip legacy driver conflict check

> Found in: Component config > Legacy Driver Configurations > Legacy TWAI Driver Configurations

> This configuration option used to bypass the conflict check mechanism with legacy code.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### Legacy I2C Driver Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_I2C_SKIP_LEGACY_CONFLICT_CHECK

- CONFIG_I2C_SUPPRESS_DEPRECATE_WARN

##### CONFIG_I2C_SUPPRESS_DEPRECATE_WARN

> Suppress legacy driver deprecated warning

> Found in: Component config > Legacy Driver Configurations > Legacy I2C Driver Configurations

> whether to suppress the deprecation warnings when using legacy i2c driver (driver/i2c.h). If you want to continue using the legacy driver, and don't want to see related deprecation warnings, you can enable this option.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_I2C_SKIP_LEGACY_CONFLICT_CHECK

> Skip legacy conflict check

> Found in: Component config > Legacy Driver Configurations > Legacy I2C Driver Configurations

> This configuration option allows the user to bypass the conflict check mechanism with legacy code.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### Legacy Touch Sensor Driver Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_TOUCH_SKIP_LEGACY_CONFLICT_CHECK

- CONFIG_TOUCH_SUPPRESS_DEPRECATE_WARN

##### CONFIG_TOUCH_SUPPRESS_DEPRECATE_WARN

> Suppress legacy driver deprecated warning

> Found in: Component config > Legacy Driver Configurations > Legacy Touch Sensor Driver Configurations

> whether to suppress the deprecation warnings when using legacy touch sensor driver (driver/touch_sensor.h). If you want to continue using the legacy driver, and don't want to see related deprecation warnings, you can enable this option.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_TOUCH_SKIP_LEGACY_CONFLICT_CHECK

> Skip legacy conflict check

> Found in: Component config > Legacy Driver Configurations > Legacy Touch Sensor Driver Configurations

> This configuration option allows the user to bypass the conflict check mechanism with legacy code.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### eFuse Bit Manager

Contains:

- CONFIG_EFUSE_VIRTUAL

- CONFIG_EFUSE_CUSTOM_TABLE

#### CONFIG_EFUSE_CUSTOM_TABLE

> Use custom eFuse table

> Found in: Component config > eFuse Bit Manager

> Allows to generate a structure for eFuse from the CSV file.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_EFUSE_CUSTOM_TABLE_FILENAME

> Custom eFuse CSV file

> Found in: Component config > eFuse Bit Manager > CONFIG_EFUSE_CUSTOM_TABLE

> Name of the custom eFuse CSV filename. This path is evaluated relative to the project root directory.

> Default value:

>   - "main/esp_efuse_custom_table.csv" if CONFIG_EFUSE_CUSTOM_TABLE

#### CONFIG_EFUSE_VIRTUAL

> Simulate eFuse operations in RAM

> Found in: Component config > eFuse Bit Manager

> If "n" - No virtual mode. All eFuse operations are real and use eFuse registers. If "y" - The virtual mode is enabled and all eFuse operations (read and write) are redirected to RAM instead of eFuse registers, all permanent changes (via eFuse) are disabled. Log output will state changes that would be applied, but they will not be.

> If it is "y", then SECURE_FLASH_ENCRYPTION_MODE_RELEASE cannot be used. Because the EFUSE VIRT mode is for testing only.

> During startup, the eFuses are copied into RAM. This mode is useful for fast tests.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_EFUSE_VIRTUAL_KEEP_IN_FLASH

> Keep eFuses in flash

> Found in: Component config > eFuse Bit Manager > CONFIG_EFUSE_VIRTUAL

> In addition to the "Simulate eFuse operations in RAM" option, this option just adds a feature to keep eFuses after reboots in flash memory. To use this mode the partition_table should have the efuse partition. partition.csv: "efuse_em, data, efuse, , 0x2000,"

> During startup, the eFuses are copied from flash or, in case if flash is empty, from real eFuse to RAM and then update flash. This mode is useful when need to keep changes after reboot (testing secure_boot and flash_encryption).

##### CONFIG_EFUSE_VIRTUAL_LOG_ALL_WRITES

> Log all virtual writes

> Found in: Component config > eFuse Bit Manager > CONFIG_EFUSE_VIRTUAL

> If enabled, log efuse burns. This shows changes that would be made.

### ESP-TLS

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_TLS_INSECURE

- CONFIG_ESP_TLS_SERVER_CERT_SELECT_HOOK

- CONFIG_ESP_TLS_LIBRARY_CHOOSE

- CONFIG_ESP_TLS_CLIENT_SESSION_TICKETS

- CONFIG_ESP_TLS_PSK_VERIFICATION

- CONFIG_ESP_TLS_SERVER_SESSION_TICKETS

- CONFIG_ESP_TLS_SERVER_MIN_AUTH_MODE_OPTIONAL

- CONFIG_ESP_TLS_USE_DS_PERIPHERAL

#### CONFIG_ESP_TLS_LIBRARY_CHOOSE

> Choose SSL/TLS library for ESP-TLS (See help for more Info)

> Found in: Component config > ESP-TLS

> The ESP-TLS APIs support multiple backend TLS libraries. mbedTLS is supported by default. Custom TLS stacks can be registered via esp_tls_register_stack() API when CONFIG_ESP_TLS_CUSTOM_STACK is selected. Different TLS libraries may support different features and have different resource usage. Consult the ESP-TLS documentation in ESP-IDF Programming guide for more details.

> Available options:

> > - mbedTLS (CONFIG_ESP_TLS_USING_MBEDTLS)

> > - Custom TLS stack (register via esp_tls_register_stack()) (CONFIG_ESP_TLS_CUSTOM_STACK)

> >   When selected, allows external components to register their own TLS stack implementation via esp_tls_register_stack() API. The custom stack must be registered before creating any TLS connections, otherwise TLS operations will fail.

> >   External components can provide any TLS stack implementation by implementing the esp_tls_stack_ops_t interface.

#### CONFIG_ESP_TLS_USE_DS_PERIPHERAL

> Use Digital Signature (DS) Peripheral with ESP-TLS

> Found in: Component config > ESP-TLS

> Enable use of the Digital Signature Peripheral for ESP-TLS.The DS peripheral can only be used when it is appropriately configured for TLS. Consult the ESP-TLS documentation in ESP-IDF Programming Guide for more details.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_TLS_CLIENT_SESSION_TICKETS

> Enable client session tickets

> Found in: Component config > ESP-TLS

> Enable session ticket support as specified in RFC5077.

#### CONFIG_ESP_TLS_SERVER_SESSION_TICKETS

> Enable server session tickets

> Found in: Component config > ESP-TLS

> Enable session ticket support as specified in RFC5077

##### CONFIG_ESP_TLS_SERVER_SESSION_TICKET_TIMEOUT

> Server session ticket timeout in seconds

> Found in: Component config > ESP-TLS > CONFIG_ESP_TLS_SERVER_SESSION_TICKETS

> Sets the session ticket timeout used in the tls server.

> Default value:

>   - 86400 if CONFIG_ESP_TLS_SERVER_SESSION_TICKETS

#### CONFIG_ESP_TLS_SERVER_CERT_SELECT_HOOK

> Certificate selection hook

> Found in: Component config > ESP-TLS

> Ability to configure and use a certificate selection callback during server handshake, to select a certificate to present to the client based on the TLS extensions supplied in the client hello (alpn, sni, etc).

#### CONFIG_ESP_TLS_SERVER_MIN_AUTH_MODE_OPTIONAL

> ESP-TLS Server: Set minimum Certificate Verification mode to Optional

> Found in: Component config > ESP-TLS

> When this option is enabled, the ESP-TLS server can be configured to request client certificates optionally. This is done by setting the client_cert_authmode_optional field in the esp_https_server_config_t structure.

> mbedtls_ssl_get_verify_result() can be called after the handshake is complete to retrieve status of verification of the client certificate, if presented.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_TLS_PSK_VERIFICATION

> Enable PSK verification

> Found in: Component config > ESP-TLS

> Enable support for pre shared key ciphers, supported for both mbedTLS as well as custom TLS stacks.

#### CONFIG_ESP_TLS_INSECURE

> Allow potentially insecure options

> Found in: Component config > ESP-TLS

> You can enable some potentially insecure options. These options should only be used for testing purposes. Only enable these options if you are very sure.

##### CONFIG_ESP_TLS_SKIP_SERVER_CERT_VERIFY

> Skip server certificate verification by default (WARNING: ONLY FOR TESTING PURPOSE, READ HELP)

> Found in: Component config > ESP-TLS > CONFIG_ESP_TLS_INSECURE

> After enabling this option the esp-tls client will skip the server certificate verification by default. Note that this option will only modify the default behaviour of esp-tls client regarding server cert verification. The default behaviour should only be applicable when no other option regarding the server cert verification is opted in the esp-tls config (e.g. crt_bundle_attach, use_global_ca_store etc.). WARNING : Enabling this option comes with a potential risk of establishing a TLS connection with a server which has a fake identity, provided that the server certificate is not provided either through API or other mechanism like ca_store etc.

### ADC and ADC Calibration

Contains:

- ADC Calibration Configurations

- CONFIG_ADC_CONTINUOUS_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

- CONFIG_ADC_DISABLE_DAC_OUTPUT

- CONFIG_ADC_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

- CONFIG_ADC_ONESHOT_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_ADC_ONESHOT_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place ISR version ADC oneshot mode read function into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ADC and ADC Calibration

> Place ISR version ADC oneshot mode read function into IRAM.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ADC_CONTINUOUS_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

> ADC continuous mode driver ISR IRAM-Safe

> Found in: Component config > ADC and ADC Calibration

> Ensure the ADC continuous mode ISR is IRAM-Safe. When enabled, the ISR handler will be available when the cache is disabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### ADC Calibration Configurations

#### CONFIG_ADC_DISABLE_DAC_OUTPUT

> Disable DAC when ADC2 is in use

> Found in: Component config > ADC and ADC Calibration

> By default, this is set. The ADC oneshot driver will disable the output of the corresponding DAC channels: ESP32: IO25 and IO26 ESP32S2: IO17 and IO18

> Disable this option so as to measure the output of DAC by internal ADC, for test usage.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if SOC_DAC_SUPPORTED

#### CONFIG_ADC_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Enable ADC debug log

> Found in: Component config > ADC and ADC Calibration

> whether to enable the debug log message for ADC driver. Note that this option only controls the ADC driver log, will not affect other drivers.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### Wireless Coexistence

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_COEX_EXTERNAL_COEXIST_ENABLE

- CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

- CONFIG_ESP_COEX_SW_COEXIST_ENABLE

- CONFIG_ESP_COEX_POWER_MANAGEMENT

#### CONFIG_ESP_COEX_SW_COEXIST_ENABLE

> Software controls WiFi/Bluetooth coexistence

> Found in: Component config > Wireless Coexistence

> If enabled, WiFi & Bluetooth coexistence is controlled by software rather than hardware. Recommended for heavy traffic scenarios. Both coexistence configuration options are automatically managed, no user intervention is required. If only Bluetooth is used, it is recommended to disable this option to reduce binary file size.

#### CONFIG_ESP_COEX_EXTERNAL_COEXIST_ENABLE

> External Coexistence

> Found in: Component config > Wireless Coexistence

> If enabled, HW External coexistence arbitration is managed by GPIO pins. It can support three types of wired combinations so far which are 1-wired/2-wired/3-wired. User can select GPIO pins in application code with configure interfaces.

#### CONFIG_ESP_COEX_POWER_MANAGEMENT

> Support power management under coexistence

> Found in: Component config > Wireless Coexistence

> If enabled, coexist power management will be enabled.

#### CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> GPIO debugging for coexistence

> Found in: Component config > Wireless Coexistence

> Support coexistence GPIO debugging

##### CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_DIAG

> Debugging Diagram

> Found in: Component config > Wireless Coexistence > CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Select type of debugging diagram

> Available options:

> > - General (CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_DIAG_GENERAL)

> > - Wi-Fi (CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_DIAG_WIFI)

##### CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT

> Max number of debugging GPIOs

> Found in: Component config > Wireless Coexistence > CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 12 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - 12 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_IDX0

> Actual IO num for Debug IO ID0

> Found in: Component config > Wireless Coexistence > CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 54 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 0 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 0 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_IDX1

> Actual IO num for Debug IO ID1

> Found in: Component config > Wireless Coexistence > CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 54 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 1 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 1 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_IDX2

> Actual IO num for Debug IO ID2

> Found in: Component config > Wireless Coexistence > CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 54 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 2 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 2 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_IDX3

> Actual IO num for Debug IO ID3

> Found in: Component config > Wireless Coexistence > CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 54 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 3 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - 4 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 3 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_IDX4

> Actual IO num for Debug IO ID4

> Found in: Component config > Wireless Coexistence > CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 54 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 4 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - 5 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 4 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_IDX5

> Actual IO num for Debug IO ID5

> Found in: Component config > Wireless Coexistence > CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 54 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 5 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - 6 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 5 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_IDX6

> Actual IO num for Debug IO ID6

> Found in: Component config > Wireless Coexistence > CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 54 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 6 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - 7 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 6 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_IDX7

> Actual IO num for Debug IO ID7

> Found in: Component config > Wireless Coexistence > CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 54 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 7 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - 8 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 7 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_IDX8

> Actual IO num for Debug IO ID8

> Found in: Component config > Wireless Coexistence > CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 54 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 8 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - 9 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 8 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_IDX9

> Actual IO num for Debug IO ID9

> Found in: Component config > Wireless Coexistence > CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 54 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 9 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - 10 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 9 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_IDX10

> Actual IO num for Debug IO ID10

> Found in: Component config > Wireless Coexistence > CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 54 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 10 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - 11 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 10 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_IDX11

> Actual IO num for Debug IO ID11

> Found in: Component config > Wireless Coexistence > CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 54 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 11 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - 12 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG_IO_COUNT > 11 && CONFIG_ESP_COEX_GPIO_DEBUG

### Common ESP-related

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_ERR_TO_NAME_LOOKUP

#### CONFIG_ESP_ERR_TO_NAME_LOOKUP

> Enable lookup of error code strings

> Found in: Component config > Common ESP-related

> Functions esp_err_to_name() and esp_err_to_name_r() return string representations of error codes from a pre-generated lookup table. This option can be used to turn off the use of the look-up table in order to save memory but this comes at the price of sacrificing distinguishable (meaningful) output string representations.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

### ESP-Driver:Analog Comparator Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_ANA_CMPR_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

- CONFIG_ANA_CMPR_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

- CONFIG_ANA_CMPR_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_ANA_CMPR_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_ANA_CMPR_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

> Place Analog Comparator ISR handler in IRAM to reduce latency

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Analog Comparator Configurations

> Place Analog Comparator ISR handler in IRAM to reduce latency caused by cache miss.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ANA_CMPR_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place Analog Comparator control functions into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Analog Comparator Configurations

> Place Analog Comparator control functions (like ana_cmpr_set_internal_reference) into IRAM, so that these functions can be IRAM-safe and able to be called in an IRAM interrupt context. Enabling this option can improve driver performance as well.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ANA_CMPR_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

> Allow Analog Comparator ISR to execute when cache is disabled

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Analog Comparator Configurations

> Enable this option to allow the Analog Comparator Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) to execute even when the cache is disabled. This can be useful in scenarios where the cache might be turned off, but the comparator functionality is still required to operate correctly.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ANA_CMPR_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Force enable debug log

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Analog Comparator Configurations

> If enabled, the driver component will: 1. ignore the global logging settings 2. compile all log messages into the binary 3. set the runtime log level to VERBOSE Please enable this option by caution, as it will increase the binary size.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:BitScrambler Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_BITSCRAMBLER_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_BITSCRAMBLER_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place BitScrambler control functions in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:BitScrambler Configurations

> Place BitScrambler control functions into IRAM for better performance and fewer cache misses.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:Camera Controller Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_CAM_CTLR_MIPI_CSI_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

- CONFIG_CAM_CTLR_DVP_CAM_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

- CONFIG_CAM_CTLR_ISP_DVP_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

#### CONFIG_CAM_CTLR_MIPI_CSI_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

> CSI ISR Cache-Safe

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Camera Controller Configurations

> Ensure the CSI driver ISR is Cache-Safe. When enabled, the ISR handler will be available when the cache is disabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_CAM_CTLR_ISP_DVP_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

> ISP_DVP ISR Cache-Safe

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Camera Controller Configurations

> Ensure the ISP_DVP driver ISR is Cache-Safe. When enabled, the ISR handler will be available when the cache is disabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_CAM_CTLR_DVP_CAM_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

> DVP ISR Cache-Safe

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Camera Controller Configurations

> Ensure the DVP driver ISR is Cache-Safe. When enabled, the ISR handler will be available when the cache is disabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:Cordic Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_CORDIC_ONESHOT_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_CORDIC_ONESHOT_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place cordic oneshot calculation function into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Cordic Configurations

> Place cordic oneshot function into IRAM so that cordic oneshot function can be safely used in ISR even when cache is disabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_CORDIC_SUPPORTED

### ESP-Driver:DAC Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_DAC_DMA_AUTO_16BIT_ALIGN

- CONFIG_DAC_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

- CONFIG_DAC_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

- CONFIG_DAC_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_DAC_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place DAC control functions into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:DAC Configurations

> Place DAC control functions (e.g. 'dac_oneshot_output_voltage') into IRAM, so that this function can be IRAM-safe and able to be called in the other IRAM interrupt context. Enabling this option can improve driver performance as well.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_DAC_SUPPORTED

#### CONFIG_DAC_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

> DAC ISR IRAM-Safe

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:DAC Configurations

> Ensure the DAC interrupt is IRAM-Safe by allowing the interrupt handler to be executable when the cache is disabled (e.g. SPI Flash write).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_DAC_SUPPORTED

#### CONFIG_DAC_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Enable debug log

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:DAC Configurations

> whether to enable the debug log message for DAC driver. Note that, this option only controls the DAC driver log, won't affect other drivers.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_DAC_SUPPORTED

#### CONFIG_DAC_DMA_AUTO_16BIT_ALIGN

> Align the continuous data to 16 bit automatically

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:DAC Configurations

> Whether to left shift the continuous data to align every bytes to 16 bits in the driver. On ESP32, although the DAC resolution is only 8 bits, the hardware requires 16 bits data in continuous mode. By enabling this option, the driver will left shift 8 bits for the input data automatically. Only disable this option when you decide to do this step by yourself. Note that the driver will allocate a new piece of memory to save the converted data.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if SOC_DAC_DMA_16BIT_ALIGN && SOC_DAC_SUPPORTED

### GDMA Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_GDMA_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

- CONFIG_GDMA_ENABLE_WEIGHTED_ARBITRATION

- CONFIG_GDMA_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_GDMA_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_GDMA_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place GDMA control functions in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > GDMA Configurations

> Place GDMA control functions (like start/stop/append/reset) into IRAM, so that these functions can be IRAM-safe and able to be called in the other IRAM interrupt context.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_GDMA_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

> Place GDMA ISR handler in IRAM to reduce latency

> Found in: Component config > GDMA Configurations

> Place GDMA ISR handler functions in IRAM to reduce latency caused by cache miss.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_GDMA_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Force enable debug log

> Found in: Component config > GDMA Configurations

> If enabled, GDMA driver component will: 1. ignore the global logging settings 2. compile all log messages into the binary 3. set the runtime log level to VERBOSE Please enable this option by caution, as it will increase the binary size.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_GDMA_ENABLE_WEIGHTED_ARBITRATION

> GDMA enable weighted arbitration (Experimental)

> Found in: Component config > GDMA Configurations

> Whether to enable weighted arbitration for GDMA driver. The default weight of each channel is 1. You need to set weight for each channel before transmissions. If this option is enabled, buffer should be aligned to the burst size.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_GDMA_SUPPORT_WEIGHTED_ARBITRATION && CONFIG_IDF_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES

### DW_GDMA Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_DW_GDMA_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

#### CONFIG_DW_GDMA_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Enable debug log

> Found in: Component config > DW_GDMA Configurations

> Whether to enable the debug log message for DW_GDMA driver. Note that, this option only controls the DW_GDMA driver log, won't affect other drivers.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### 2D-DMA Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_DMA2D_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

- CONFIG_DMA2D_OPERATION_FUNC_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_DMA2D_OPERATION_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place 2D-DMA operation functions into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > 2D-DMA Configurations

> Place 2D-DMA all operation functions, including control functions (e.g. start/stop/append/reset) and setter functions (e.g. connect/strategy/callback registration) into IRAM, so that these functions can be IRAM-safe and able to be called in the other IRAM interrupt context. It also helps optimizing the performance.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_DMA2D_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

> 2D-DMA ISR IRAM-Safe

> Found in: Component config > 2D-DMA Configurations

> This will ensure the 2D-DMA interrupt handler is IRAM-Safe, allow to avoid flash cache misses, and also be able to run whilst the cache is disabled. (e.g. SPI Flash write).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:GPIO Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_GPIO_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_GPIO_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place GPIO control functions into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:GPIO Configurations

> Place GPIO control functions (like intr_disable/set_level) into IRAM, so that these functions can be IRAM-safe and able to be called in the other IRAM interrupt context.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:GPTimer Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_GPTIMER_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

- CONFIG_GPTIMER_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

- CONFIG_GPTIMER_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_GPTIMER_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_GPTIMER_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

> Place GPTimer ISR handler in IRAM to reduce latency

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:GPTimer Configurations

> Place GPTimer ISR handler in IRAM to reduce latency caused by cache miss.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_GPTIMER_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place GPTimer control functions in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:GPTimer Configurations

> Place GPTimer control functions (like start/stop) in IRAM, to reduce latency caused by cache miss. If enabled, these functions can also be called when cache is disabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_GPTIMER_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

> Allow GPTimer ISR to execute when cache is disabled

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:GPTimer Configurations

> Enable this option to allow the GPTimer Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) to execute even when the cache is disabled. This can be useful in scenarios where the cache might be turned off, but the GPTimer functionality is still required to operate correctly.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_GPTIMER_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Force enable debug log

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:GPTimer Configurations

> If enabled, GPTimer component will: 1. ignore the global logging settings 2. compile all log messages into the binary 3. set the runtime log level to VERBOSE Please enable this option by caution, as it will increase the binary size.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:I2C Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_I2C_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

- CONFIG_I2C_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

- CONFIG_I2C_MASTER_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_I2C_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

> I2C ISR IRAM-Safe

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:I2C Configurations

> Ensure the I2C interrupt is IRAM-Safe by allowing the interrupt handler to be executable when the cache is disabled (e.g. SPI Flash write). note: This cannot be used in the I2C legacy driver.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_I2C_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Enable I2C debug log

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:I2C Configurations

> whether to enable the debug log message for I2C driver. Note that this option only controls the I2C driver log, will not affect other drivers.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_I2C_MASTER_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

> Place I2C master ISR handler into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:I2C Configurations

> Place I2C master ISR handler into IRAM for better performance and fewer cache misses.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

### ESP-Driver:I2S Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_I2S_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

- CONFIG_I2S_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

- CONFIG_I2S_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_I2S_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

> I2S ISR IRAM-Safe

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:I2S Configurations

> Ensure the I2S interrupt is IRAM-Safe by allowing the interrupt handler to be executable when the cache is disabled (e.g. SPI Flash write).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_I2S_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place I2S control functions into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:I2S Configurations

> Place I2S control functions into IRAM, so that these functions can be IRAM-safe and able to be called in the other IRAM interrupt context.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_I2S_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Enable I2S debug log

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:I2S Configurations

> whether to enable the debug log message for I2S driver. Note that, this option only controls the I2S driver log, will not affect other drivers.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:I3C Master Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_I3C_MASTER_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

- CONFIG_I3C_MASTER_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

- CONFIG_I3C_MASTER_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_I3C_MASTER_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

> I3C ISR Cache-Safe

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:I3C Master Configurations

> Ensure the I3C interrupt is Cache-Safe by allowing the interrupt handler to be executable when the cache is disabled (e.g. SPI Flash write).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_I3C_MASTER_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Enable I3C debug log

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:I3C Master Configurations

> whether to enable the debug log message for I3C driver. Note that this option only controls the I3C driver log, will not affect other drivers.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_I3C_MASTER_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

> Place I3C master ISR handler into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:I3C Master Configurations

> Place I3C master ISR handler into IRAM for better performance and fewer cache misses.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:ISP Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_ISP_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

- CONFIG_ISP_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_ISP_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

> ISP driver ISR IRAM-Safe

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:ISP Configurations

> Ensure the ISP driver ISR is IRAM-Safe. When enabled, the ISR handler will be available when the cache is disabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ISP_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place ISP control functions into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:ISP Configurations

> Place ISP control functions into IRAM, so that these functions can be IRAM-safe and able to be called in the other IRAM interrupt context. Enabling this option can improve driver performance as well.

> Function list: - esp_isp_sharpen_configure

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:JPEG-Codec Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_JPEG_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

#### CONFIG_JPEG_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Enable debug log

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:JPEG-Codec Configurations

> whether to enable the debug log message for JPEG driver. Note that, this option only controls the JPEG driver log, won't affect other drivers. Please also note, enable this option will make jpeg codec process speed much slower.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:LEDC Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_LEDC_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_LEDC_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place LEDC control functions into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:LEDC Configurations

> Place LEDC control functions (ledc_update_duty and ledc_stop) into IRAM, so that these functions can be IRAM-safe and able to be called in an IRAM context. Enabling this option can improve driver performance as well.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:MCPWM Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_MCPWM_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

- CONFIG_MCPWM_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

- CONFIG_MCPWM_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_MCPWM_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_MCPWM_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

> Place MCPWM ISR handler into IRAM to reduce latency

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:MCPWM Configurations

> Place MCPWM ISR handler(s) in IRAM to reduce latency caused by cache miss.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_MCPWM_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

> Allow MCPWM ISR to execute when cache is disabled

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:MCPWM Configurations

> Enable this option to allow the MCPWM Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) to execute even when the cache is disabled. This can be useful in scenarios where the cache might be turned off, but the MCPWM functionality is still required to operate correctly.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_MCPWM_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place MCPWM control functions in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:MCPWM Configurations

> Place MCPWM control functions in IRAM, to reduce latency caused by cache miss. If enabled, these functions can also be called when cache is disabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_MCPWM_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Force enable debug log

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:MCPWM Configurations

> If enabled, MCPWM component will: 1. ignore the global logging settings 2. compile all log messages into the binary 3. set the runtime log level to VERBOSE Please enable this option with caution, as it will increase the binary size.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:Parallel IO Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_PARLIO_RX_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

- CONFIG_PARLIO_TX_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

- CONFIG_PARLIO_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

- CONFIG_PARLIO_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

- CONFIG_PARLIO_RX_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_PARLIO_TX_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_PARLIO_TX_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

> Place Parallel IO TX ISR handler in IRAM to reduce latency

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Parallel IO Configurations

> Place Parallel IO TX ISR handler in IRAM to reduce latency caused by cache miss.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_PARLIO_RX_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

> Place Parallel IO RX ISR handler in IRAM to reduce latency

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Parallel IO Configurations

> Place Parallel IO RX ISR handler in IRAM to reduce latency caused by cache miss.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_PARLIO_TX_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

> Allow Parallel IO TX ISR to execute when cache is disabled

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Parallel IO Configurations

> Enable this option to allow the Parallel IO TX Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) to execute even when the cache is disabled. This can be useful in scenarios where the cache might be turned off, but the Parallel IO TX functionality is still required to operate correctly.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_PARLIO_RX_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

> Allow Parallel IO RX ISR to execute when cache is disabled

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Parallel IO Configurations

> Enable this option to allow the Parallel IO RX Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) to execute even when the cache is disabled. This can be useful in scenarios where the cache might be turned off, but the Parallel IO RX functionality is still required to operate correctly.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_PARLIO_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Force enable debug log

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Parallel IO Configurations

> If enabled, Parallel IO driver component will: 1. ignore the global logging settings 2. compile all log messages into the binary 3. set the runtime log level to VERBOSE Please enable this option by caution, as it will increase the binary size.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_PARLIO_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

> Parallel IO ISR IRAM-Safe (Deprecated)

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Parallel IO Configurations

> Ensure the Parallel IO interrupt is IRAM-Safe by allowing the interrupt handler to be executable when the cache is disabled (e.g. SPI Flash write).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:PCNT Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_PCNT_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

- CONFIG_PCNT_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

- CONFIG_PCNT_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_PCNT_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place PCNT control functions into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:PCNT Configurations

> Place PCNT control functions (like start/stop) into IRAM, so that these functions can be IRAM-safe and able to be called in the other IRAM interrupt context. Enabling this option can improve driver performance as well.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_PCNT_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

> PCNT ISR IRAM-Safe

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:PCNT Configurations

> Ensure the PCNT interrupt is IRAM-Safe by allowing the interrupt handler to be executable when the cache is disabled (e.g. SPI Flash write).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_PCNT_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Enable debug log

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:PCNT Configurations

> whether to enable the debug log message for PCNT driver. Note that, this option only controls the PCNT driver log, won't affect other drivers.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:RMT Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_RMT_RX_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

- CONFIG_RMT_TX_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

- CONFIG_RMT_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

- CONFIG_RMT_ENCODER_FUNC_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_RMT_RECV_FUNC_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_RMT_RX_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_RMT_TX_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_RMT_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

#### CONFIG_RMT_ENCODER_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place RMT encoder function in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:RMT Configurations

> Place RMT encoder function into IRAM for better performance and fewer cache misses.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_RMT_TX_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

> Place RMT TX ISR handler in IRAM to reduce latency

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:RMT Configurations

> Place RMT TX ISR handler in IRAM to reduce latency caused by cache miss.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_RMT_RX_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

> Place RMT RX ISR handler in IRAM to reduce latency

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:RMT Configurations

> Place RMT RX ISR handler in IRAM to reduce latency caused by cache miss.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_RMT_RECV_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place RMT receive function in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:RMT Configurations

> Place RMT receive function into IRAM for better performance and fewer cache misses.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_RMT_TX_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

> Allow RMT TX ISR to execute when cache is disabled

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:RMT Configurations

> Enable this option to allow the RMT TX Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) to execute even when the cache is disabled. This can be useful in scenarios where the cache might be turned off, but the RMT TX functionality is still required to operate correctly.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_RMT_RX_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

> Allow RMT RX ISR to execute when cache is disabled

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:RMT Configurations

> Enable this option to allow the RMT RX Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) to execute even when the cache is disabled. This can be useful in scenarios where the cache might be turned off, but the RMT RX functionality is still required to operate correctly.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_RMT_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Force enable debug log

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:RMT Configurations

> If enabled, RMT driver component will: 1. ignore the global logging settings 2. compile all log messages into the binary 3. set the runtime log level to VERBOSE Please enable this option by caution, as it will increase the binary size.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_RMT_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

> RMT ISR IRAM-Safe (Deprecated)

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:RMT Configurations

> Ensure the RMT interrupt is IRAM-Safe by allowing the interrupt handler to be executable when the cache is disabled (e.g. SPI Flash write).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:Sigma Delta Modulator Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_SDM_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

- CONFIG_SDM_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_SDM_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place SDM control functions into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Sigma Delta Modulator Configurations

> Place SDM control functions (like set_pulse_density) into IRAM, so that these functions can be IRAM-safe and able to be called in the other IRAM interrupt context. Enabling this option can improve driver performance as well.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_SDM_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Force enable debug log

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Sigma Delta Modulator Configurations

> If enabled, SDM driver will: 1. ignore the global logging settings 2. compile all log messages into the binary 3. set the runtime log level to VERBOSE Please enable this option by caution, as it will increase the binary size.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:SD Host SDMMC Controller Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_SD_HOST_SDMMC_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

#### CONFIG_SD_HOST_SDMMC_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

> SD Host ISR Cache-Safe

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:SD Host SDMMC Controller Configurations

> Ensure the SD Host SDMMC driver ISR is Cache-Safe. When enabled, the ISR handler will be available when the cache is disabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:SPI Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_SPI_MASTER_ISR_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_SPI_SLAVE_ISR_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_SPI_MASTER_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_SPI_SLAVE_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_SPI_MASTER_IN_IRAM

> Place transmitting functions of SPI master into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:SPI Configurations

> Normally only the ISR of SPI master is placed in the IRAM, so that it can work without the flash when interrupt is triggered. For other functions, there's some possibility that the flash cache miss when running inside and out of SPI functions, which may increase the interval of SPI transactions. Enable this to put `queue\_trans`, `get\_trans\_result` and `transmit` functions into the IRAM to avoid possible cache miss.

> This configuration won't be available if CONFIG_FREERTOS_IN_IRAM is disabled.

> During unit test, this is enabled to measure the ideal case of api.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_FREERTOS_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_SPI_MASTER_ISR_IN_IRAM

> Place SPI master ISR function into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:SPI Configurations

> Place the SPI master ISR in to IRAM to avoid possible cache miss.

> Enabling this configuration is possible only when HEAP_PLACE_FUNCTION_INTO_FLASH is disabled since the spi master uses can allocate transactions buffers into DMA memory section using the heap component API that ipso facto has to be placed in IRAM.

> Also you can forbid the ISR being disabled during flash writing access, by add ESP_INTR_FLAG_IRAM when initializing the driver.

#### CONFIG_SPI_SLAVE_IN_IRAM

> Place transmitting functions of SPI slave into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:SPI Configurations

> Normally only the ISR of SPI slave is placed in the IRAM, so that it can work without the flash when interrupt is triggered. For other functions, there is some possibility that the flash cache miss when running inside and out of SPI functions, which may increase the interval of SPI transactions. Enable this to put `queue\_trans`, `get\_trans\_result` and `transmit` functions into the IRAM to avoid possible cache miss.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_SPI_SLAVE_ISR_IN_IRAM

> Place SPI slave ISR function into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:SPI Configurations

> Place the SPI slave ISR in to IRAM to avoid possible cache miss.

> Also you can forbid the ISR being disabled during flash writing access, by add ESP_INTR_FLAG_IRAM when initializing the driver.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

### ESP-Driver:Touch Sensor Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_TOUCH_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

- CONFIG_TOUCH_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_TOUCH_SKIP_FSM_CHECK

- CONFIG_TOUCH_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

#### CONFIG_TOUCH_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place touch sensor control functions into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Touch Sensor Configurations

> Place touch sensor oneshot scanning and continuous scanning functions into IRAM, so that these function can be IRAM-safe and able to be called when the flash cache is disabled. Enabling this option can improve driver performance as well.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_TOUCH_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

> Touch sensor ISR IRAM-Safe

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Touch Sensor Configurations

> Ensure the touch sensor interrupt is IRAM-Safe by allowing the interrupt handler to be executable when the cache is disabled (e.g. SPI Flash write).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_TOUCH_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Enable debug log

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Touch Sensor Configurations

> Whether to enable the debug log message for touch driver. Note that, this option only controls the touch driver log, won't affect other drivers.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_TOUCH_SKIP_FSM_CHECK

> Skip the FSM check

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Touch Sensor Configurations

> If skipped the FSM check, the driver will allow to re-configure the touch sensor during the runtime. It is mainly used to tune the parameters in the runtime to find a proper set of touch parameters. CAUTION: Not suggest to enable this option in the final product, it might cause false triggering which is not safe in the actual environment.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:Temperature Sensor Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_TEMP_SENSOR_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

- CONFIG_TEMP_SENSOR_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

#### CONFIG_TEMP_SENSOR_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Enable debug log

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Temperature Sensor Configurations

> whether to enable the debug log message for temperature sensor driver. Note that, this option only controls the temperature sensor driver log, won't affect other drivers.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_TEMP_SENSOR_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

> Temperature sensor ISR IRAM-Safe

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:Temperature Sensor Configurations

> Ensure the Temperature Sensor interrupt is IRAM-Safe by allowing the interrupt handler to be executable when the cache is disabled (e.g. SPI Flash write).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:TWAI Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_TWAI_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

- CONFIG_TWAI_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

- CONFIG_TWAI_IO_FUNC_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_TWAI_ISR_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_TWAI_ISR_IN_IRAM

> Place TWAI ISR function in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:TWAI Configurations

> Place the TWAI ISR in to IRAM to reduce latency and increase performance

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_TWAI_IO_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place TWAI I/O functions in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:TWAI Configurations

> Place certain TWAI I/O functions (like twai_transmit) in IRAM to reduce latency

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_TWAI_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

> Allow TWAI ISR execute when cache disabled

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:TWAI Configurations

> Allow TWAI works under Cache disabled (such as when writing to SPI Flash), to enabled this config, all callbacks and user_ctx should also place in IRAM

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_TWAI_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Force enable debug log

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:TWAI Configurations

> If enabled, TWAI driver component will: 1. ignore the global logging settings 2. compile all log messages into the binary 3. set the runtime log level to VERBOSE Please enable this option by caution, as it will increase the binary size.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:UART Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_UART_ISR_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_UART_ISR_IN_IRAM

> Place UART ISR function into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:UART Configurations

> If this option is not selected, UART interrupt will be disabled for a long time and may cause data lost when doing spi flash operation.

### ESP-Driver:UHCI Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_UHCI_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

- CONFIG_UHCI_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

- CONFIG_UHCI_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_UHCI_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

> Place UHCI ISR function into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:UHCI Configurations

> If this option is not selected, UHCI interrupt will be disabled for a long time and may cause data lost when doing spi flash operation.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_UHCI_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

> Allow UHCI ISR to execute when cache is disabled

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:UHCI Configurations

> Enable this option to allow the ISR for UHCI to execute even when the cache is disabled. This can be useful in scenarios where the cache might be turned off, but the UHCI functionality is still required to operate correctly.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_UHCI_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Enable debug log

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:UHCI Configurations

> whether to enable the debug log message for UHCI driver. Note that, this option only controls the UHCI driver log, won't affect other drivers.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP-Driver:USB Serial/JTAG Configuration

Contains:

- CONFIG_USJ_ENABLE_USB_SERIAL_JTAG

#### CONFIG_USJ_ENABLE_USB_SERIAL_JTAG

> Enable USB-Serial-JTAG Module

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:USB Serial/JTAG Configuration

> The USB-Serial-JTAG module on ESP chips is turned on by default after power-on. If your application does not need it and not rely on it to be used as system console or use the built-in JTAG for debugging, you can disable this option, then the clock of this module will be disabled at startup, which will save some power consumption. Note: This will disable USB-Serial-JTAG only in the application; it will still be enabled during the bootloader stage, so you can continue to use it to flash the chip in download mode. To disable it completely, you must burn the EFUSE_DIS_USB_SERIAL_JTAG eFuse.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_USJ_NO_AUTO_LS_ON_CONNECTION

> Don't enter the automatic light sleep when USB Serial/JTAG port is connected

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:USB Serial/JTAG Configuration > CONFIG_USJ_ENABLE_USB_SERIAL_JTAG

> If enabled, the chip will constantly monitor the connection status of the USB Serial/JTAG port. As long as the USB Serial/JTAG is connected, a ESP_PM_NO_LIGHT_SLEEP power management lock will be acquired to prevent the system from entering light sleep. This option can be useful if serial monitoring is needed via USB Serial/JTAG while power management is enabled, as the USB Serial/JTAG cannot work under light sleep and after waking up from light sleep. Note. This option can only control the automatic Light-Sleep behavior. If esp_light_sleep_start() is called manually from the program, enabling this option will not prevent light sleep entry even if the USB Serial/JTAG is in use.

### Ethernet

Contains:

- CONFIG_ETH_TRANSMIT_MUTEX

- CONFIG_ETH_USE_ESP32_EMAC

- CONFIG_ETH_USE_OPENETH

- CONFIG_ETH_USE_SPI_ETHERNET

#### CONFIG_ETH_USE_ESP32_EMAC

> Support ESP32 internal EMAC controller

> Found in: Component config > Ethernet

> ESP32 integrates a 10/100M Ethernet MAC controller.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

Contains:

- CONFIG_ETH_DMA_RX_BUFFER_NUM

- CONFIG_ETH_DMA_TX_BUFFER_NUM

- CONFIG_ETH_IRAM_OPTIMIZATION

- CONFIG_ETH_SOFT_FLOW_CONTROL

- Ethernet Clock

- CONFIG_ETH_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE

- Ethernet Time

##### CONFIG_ETH_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE

> Ethernet DMA buffer size (Byte)

> Found in: Component config > Ethernet > CONFIG_ETH_USE_ESP32_EMAC

> Set the size of each buffer used by Ethernet MAC DMA. !! Important !! Make sure it is 64B aligned for ESP32P4/S31!

> Range:

>   - from 256 to 1600

> Default value:

>   - 512

##### CONFIG_ETH_DMA_RX_BUFFER_NUM

> Amount of Ethernet DMA Rx buffers

> Found in: Component config > Ethernet > CONFIG_ETH_USE_ESP32_EMAC

> Number of DMA receive buffers. Each buffer's size is ETH_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE. Larger number of buffers could increase throughput somehow.

> Range:

>   - from 3 to 30

> Default value:

>   - 20

##### CONFIG_ETH_DMA_TX_BUFFER_NUM

> Amount of Ethernet DMA Tx buffers

> Found in: Component config > Ethernet > CONFIG_ETH_USE_ESP32_EMAC

> Number of DMA transmit buffers. Each buffer's size is ETH_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE. Larger number of buffers could increase throughput somehow.

> Range:

>   - from 3 to 30

> Default value:

>   - 10

##### CONFIG_ETH_SOFT_FLOW_CONTROL

> Enable software flow control

> Found in: Component config > Ethernet > CONFIG_ETH_USE_ESP32_EMAC

> Ethernet MAC engine on ESP32 doesn't feature a flow control logic. The MAC driver can perform a software flow control if you enable this option. Note that, if the RX buffer number is small, enabling software flow control will cause obvious performance loss.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_ETH_IRAM_OPTIMIZATION

> Enable IRAM optimization

> Found in: Component config > Ethernet > CONFIG_ETH_USE_ESP32_EMAC

> If enabled, functions related to RX/TX are placed into IRAM. It can improve Ethernet throughput. If disabled, all functions are placed into FLASH.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### Ethernet Time

Contains:

- CONFIG_ETH_CLOCK_ADJTIME_SLEWLIMIT_PPB

- CONFIG_ETH_CLOCK_ADJTIME_PERIOD_MS

##### CONFIG_ETH_CLOCK_ADJTIME_PERIOD_MS

> Period over which adjtime() applies corrections (ms)

> Found in: Component config > Ethernet > CONFIG_ETH_USE_ESP32_EMAC > Ethernet Time

> The time period over which a clock_adjtime() correction is applied by adjusting the hardware clock rate. The PTP clock's tick rate (ppb) is computed as: ppb = delta_ns * 1000 / ETH_CLOCK_ADJTIME_PERIOD_MS.

> Range:

>   - from 100 to 10000

> Default value:

>   - 1000

##### CONFIG_ETH_CLOCK_ADJTIME_SLEWLIMIT_PPB

> Maximum clock slew rate (ppb)

> Found in: Component config > Ethernet > CONFIG_ETH_USE_ESP32_EMAC > Ethernet Time

> Drift estimates exceeding this limit (in ppb) are rejected as out of range. Typical crystal oscillators drift less than 50 ppm (50000 ppb).

> Range:

>   - from 1000 to 5000000

> Default value:

>   - 500000

##### Ethernet Clock

Contains:

- CONFIG_ETH_EMAC_PHY_REF_CLK_SRC

- CONFIG_ETH_EMAC_RGMII_TX_CLK_SRC

##### CONFIG_ETH_EMAC_PHY_REF_CLK_SRC

> PHY reference clock source

> Found in: Component config > Ethernet > CONFIG_ETH_USE_ESP32_EMAC > Ethernet Clock

> Select the PLL clock source used to drive the PHY reference clock output (PLL_F50M). This applies to two scenarios: RMII mode with EMAC_CLK_OUT when the output clock is looped back externally, and RGMII mode when an optional 50 MHz PHY_REF_CLK output is enabled (clock_phy_ref_gpio != -1).

> Available options:

> > - Auto (CONFIG_ETH_EMAC_PHY_REF_CLK_SRC_AUTO)

> >   Let the driver select the clock source automatically based on the hardware abstraction layer defaults.

> > - MPLL (CONFIG_ETH_EMAC_PHY_REF_CLK_SRC_MPLL)

> >   Use MPLL as the PHY reference clock source.

> > - CPLL (CONFIG_ETH_EMAC_PHY_REF_CLK_SRC_CPLL)

> >   Use CPLL as the PHY reference clock source.

##### CONFIG_ETH_EMAC_RGMII_TX_CLK_SRC

> RGMII Tx clock source

> Found in: Component config > Ethernet > CONFIG_ETH_USE_ESP32_EMAC > Ethernet Clock

> Select the PLL clock source used to generate the EMAC RGMII Tx clock output.

> Available options:

> > - Auto (CONFIG_ETH_EMAC_RGMII_TX_CLK_SRC_AUTO)

> >   Let the driver select the clock source automatically based on the hardware abstraction layer defaults.

> > - MPLL (CONFIG_ETH_EMAC_RGMII_TX_CLK_SRC_MPLL)

> >   Use MPLL as the RGMII Tx clock source.

> > - CPLL (CONFIG_ETH_EMAC_RGMII_TX_CLK_SRC_CPLL)

> >   Use CPLL as the RGMII Tx clock source.

> > - APLL (CONFIG_ETH_EMAC_RGMII_TX_CLK_SRC_APLL)

> >   Use Audio PLL (APLL) as the RGMII Tx clock source.

#### CONFIG_ETH_USE_SPI_ETHERNET

> Support SPI to Ethernet Module

> Found in: Component config > Ethernet

> ESP-IDF can also support SPI-Ethernet. Actual chip drivers are available as components in Component Registry.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ETH_USE_OPENETH

> Support OpenCores Ethernet MAC (for use with QEMU)

> Found in: Component config > Ethernet

> OpenCores Ethernet MAC driver can be used when an ESP-IDF application is executed in QEMU. This driver is not supported when running on a real chip.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

Contains:

- CONFIG_ETH_OPENETH_DMA_RX_BUFFER_NUM

- CONFIG_ETH_OPENETH_DMA_TX_BUFFER_NUM

##### CONFIG_ETH_OPENETH_DMA_RX_BUFFER_NUM

> Number of Ethernet DMA Rx buffers

> Found in: Component config > Ethernet > CONFIG_ETH_USE_OPENETH

> Number of DMA receive buffers, each buffer is 1600 bytes.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 64 if CONFIG_ETH_USE_OPENETH

> Default value:

>   - 4 if CONFIG_ETH_USE_OPENETH

##### CONFIG_ETH_OPENETH_DMA_TX_BUFFER_NUM

> Number of Ethernet DMA Tx buffers

> Found in: Component config > Ethernet > CONFIG_ETH_USE_OPENETH

> Number of DMA transmit buffers, each buffer is 1600 bytes.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 64 if CONFIG_ETH_USE_OPENETH

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_ETH_USE_OPENETH

#### CONFIG_ETH_TRANSMIT_MUTEX

> Enable Transmit Mutex

> Found in: Component config > Ethernet

> Prevents multiple accesses when Ethernet interface is used as shared resource and multiple functionalities might try to access it at a time.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### Event Loop Library

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_EVENT_LOOP_PROFILING

- CONFIG_ESP_EVENT_LOOP_IN_EXT_RAM

- CONFIG_ESP_EVENT_POST_FROM_ISR

#### CONFIG_ESP_EVENT_LOOP_PROFILING

> Enable event loop profiling

> Found in: Component config > Event Loop Library

> Enables collections of statistics in the event loop library such as the number of events posted to/received by an event loop, number of callbacks involved, number of events dropped to to a full event loop queue, run time of event handlers, and number of times/run time of each event handler.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_EVENT_POST_FROM_ISR

> Support posting events from ISRs

> Found in: Component config > Event Loop Library

> Enable posting events from interrupt handlers.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_EVENT_POST_FROM_ISR_SIZE

> Max size of data from events (bytes)

> Found in: Component config > Event Loop Library > CONFIG_ESP_EVENT_POST_FROM_ISR

> Maximum size (in bytes) of event data that will be kept in the inline event storage.

> When ESP_EVENT_POST_FROM_ISR is enabled, event data with size less than or equal to this value is copied into the fixed-size inline storage. If event's data is larger than this limit, a heap allocation is performed and the data is copied into the allocated buffer before posting.

> When ESP_EVENT_POST_FROM_ISR is disabled, event data is always copied to a heap-allocated buffer to ensure the data remains valid until the event is processed.

> Choose this value to trade static RAM footprint of the inline storage against the frequency of heap allocations: smaller values reduce static memory usage; larger values reduce heap allocations and fragmentation.

> Range:

>   - from 4 to 256

> Default value:

>   - 4

##### CONFIG_ESP_EVENT_POST_FROM_IRAM_ISR

> Support posting events from ISRs placed in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > Event Loop Library > CONFIG_ESP_EVENT_POST_FROM_ISR

> Enable posting events from interrupt handlers placed in IRAM. Enabling this option places API functions esp_event_post and esp_event_post_to in IRAM.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_EVENT_LOOP_IN_EXT_RAM

> Place event loop related allocations in external RAM

> Found in: Component config > Event Loop Library

> When this configuration is enabled, the event loop will place all of its event loop related allocations in external RAM.

> Note that when CONFIG_ESP_EVENT_POST_FROM_IRAM_ISR is enabled, queue related allocations will still be placed in internal RAM to ensure that posting events from IRAM ISR works correctly.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_SPIRAM && CONFIG_FREERTOS_TASK_CREATE_ALLOW_EXT_MEM

### GDB Stub

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_GDBSTUB_SUPPORT_TASKS

- CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_GDBSTUB_RUNTIME

#### CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_GDBSTUB_RUNTIME

> GDBStub at runtime

> Found in: Component config > GDB Stub

> Enable builtin GDBStub. This allows to debug the target device using serial port: - Run 'idf.py monitor'. - Wait for the device to initialize. - Press Ctrl+C to interrupt the execution and enter GDB attached to your device for debugging. NOTE: all UART input will be handled by GDBStub.

#### CONFIG_ESP_GDBSTUB_SUPPORT_TASKS

> Enable listing FreeRTOS tasks through GDB Stub

> Found in: Component config > GDB Stub

> If enabled, GDBStub can supply the list of FreeRTOS tasks to GDB. Thread list can be queried from GDB using 'info threads' command. Note that if GDB task lists were corrupted, this feature may not work. If GDBStub fails, try disabling this feature.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_GDBSTUB_MAX_TASKS

> Maximum number of tasks supported by GDB Stub

> Found in: Component config > GDB Stub > CONFIG_ESP_GDBSTUB_SUPPORT_TASKS

> Set the number of tasks which GDB Stub will support.

> Default value:

>   - 32

### ESP HID

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESPHID_TASK_SIZE_BLE

- CONFIG_ESPHID_TASK_SIZE_BT

#### CONFIG_ESPHID_TASK_SIZE_BT

> Task stack size for ESP HID BR/EDR

> Found in: Component config > ESP HID

> This is the stack size for the BT HID task. Default is 2048 bytes.

> Range:

>   - from 2048 to 10240

> Default value:

>   - 2048

#### CONFIG_ESPHID_TASK_SIZE_BLE

> Task stack size for ESP HID BLE

> Found in: Component config > ESP HID

> This is the stack size for the BLE HID task. Default is 4096 bytes.

> Range:

>   - from 2048 to 10240

> Default value:

>   - 4096

### ESP HTTP client

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_ENABLE_GET_CONTENT_RANGE

- CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_ENABLE_CUSTOM_TRANSPORT

- CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_ENABLE_BASIC_AUTH

- CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_ENABLE_DIGEST_AUTH

- CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_ENABLE_HTTPS

- CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_STRICT_HEADER_BUFFER

- CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_SAVE_RESPONSE_HEADERS

- CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_EVENT_POST_TIMEOUT

#### CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_ENABLE_HTTPS

> Enable https

> Found in: Component config > ESP HTTP client

> This option will enable https protocol by linking esp-tls library and initializing SSL transport

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_ENABLE_BASIC_AUTH

> Enable HTTP Basic Authentication

> Found in: Component config > ESP HTTP client

> This option will enable HTTP Basic Authentication. It is disabled by default as Basic auth uses unencrypted encoding, so it introduces a vulnerability when not using TLS

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_ENABLE_DIGEST_AUTH

> Enable HTTP Digest Authentication

> Found in: Component config > ESP HTTP client

> This option will enable HTTP Digest Authentication. It is enabled by default, but use of this configuration is not recommended as the password can be derived from the exchange, so it introduces a vulnerability when not using TLS

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_ENABLE_CUSTOM_TRANSPORT

> Enable custom transport

> Found in: Component config > ESP HTTP client

> This option will enable injection of a custom tcp_transport handle, so the http operation will be performed on top of the user defined transport abstraction (if configured)

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_ENABLE_GET_CONTENT_RANGE

> Enable content range functionality

> Found in: Component config > ESP HTTP client

> This enables use of content range header in esp_http_client component.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_EVENT_POST_TIMEOUT

> Time in millisecond to wait for posting event

> Found in: Component config > ESP HTTP client

> This config option helps in setting the time in millisecond to wait for event to be posted to the system default event loop. Set it to -1 if you need to set timeout to portMAX_DELAY.

> Default value:

>   - 2000

#### CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_SAVE_RESPONSE_HEADERS

> Save response headers

> Found in: Component config > ESP HTTP client

> This option will enable saving of response headers in esp_http_client component. When enabled, upto ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_MAX_SAVED_RESPONSE_HEADERS headers are saved. Enabling this option will increase the memory footprint of the component.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_MAX_SAVED_RESPONSE_HEADERS

> Maximum number of response headers

> Found in: Component config > ESP HTTP client > CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_SAVE_RESPONSE_HEADERS

> This config option helps in setting the maximum number of response headers that can be saved in esp_http_client component.

> Default value:

>   - 10 if CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_SAVE_RESPONSE_HEADERS

##### CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_MAX_RESPONSE_HEADER_SIZE

> Maximum size of response header

> Found in: Component config > ESP HTTP client > CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_SAVE_RESPONSE_HEADERS

> This config option helps in setting the maximum size of response header that can be saved in esp_http_client component. Note that the same size is used for key and value in the response headers.

> Default value:

>   - 128 if CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_SAVE_RESPONSE_HEADERS

#### CONFIG_ESP_HTTP_CLIENT_STRICT_HEADER_BUFFER

> Fail the request when a header does not fit in the tx buffer

> Found in: Component config > ESP HTTP client

> When enabled, esp_http_client_request_send() returns ESP_ERR_HTTP_HEADER_TOO_LONG if any individual header is larger than buffer_size_tx. With this option disabled, the legacy behavior is preserved: oversized headers are silently dropped and the request is emitted without its 'rnrn' terminator, which typically results in the server timing out the connection. The strict check adds two small comparisons in the header send loop.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

### HTTP Server

Contains:

- CONFIG_HTTPD_ENABLE_EVENTS

- CONFIG_HTTPD_MAX_REQ_HDR_LEN

- CONFIG_HTTPD_QUEUE_WORK_BLOCKING

- CONFIG_HTTPD_PURGE_BUF_LEN

- CONFIG_HTTPD_LOG_PURGE_DATA

- CONFIG_HTTPD_MAX_URI_LEN

- CONFIG_HTTPD_ERR_RESP_NO_DELAY

- CONFIG_HTTPD_WS_POST_HANDSHAKE_CB_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_HTTPD_WS_PRE_HANDSHAKE_CB_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_HTTPD_WS_SUPPORT

#### CONFIG_HTTPD_MAX_REQ_HDR_LEN

> HTTP Request Header Length limit

> Found in: Component config > HTTP Server

> This sets the default limit for the HTTP request header length. The limit can be configured at run time by setting max_req_hdr_len member of httpd_config_t structure. The memory allocated will depend on the actual header length. Hence keeping a sufficiently large max header length is recommended.

> Range:

>   - from 128 to 65536

> Default value:

>   - 1024

#### CONFIG_HTTPD_MAX_URI_LEN

> Max HTTP URI Length

> Found in: Component config > HTTP Server

> This sets the maximum supported size of HTTP request URI to be processed by the server

> Default value:

>   - 512

#### CONFIG_HTTPD_ERR_RESP_NO_DELAY

> Use TCP_NODELAY socket option when sending HTTP error responses

> Found in: Component config > HTTP Server

> Using TCP_NODEALY socket option ensures that HTTP error response reaches the client before the underlying socket is closed. Please note that turning this off may cause multiple test failures

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_HTTPD_PURGE_BUF_LEN

> Length of temporary buffer for purging data

> Found in: Component config > HTTP Server

> This sets the size of the temporary buffer used to receive and discard any remaining data that is received from the HTTP client in the request, but not processed as part of the server HTTP request handler.

> If the remaining data is larger than the available buffer size, the buffer will be filled in multiple iterations. The buffer should be small enough to fit on the stack, but large enough to avoid excessive iterations.

> Default value:

>   - 32

#### CONFIG_HTTPD_LOG_PURGE_DATA

> Log purged content data at Debug level

> Found in: Component config > HTTP Server

> Enabling this will log discarded binary HTTP request data at Debug level. For large content data this may not be desirable as it will clutter the log.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_HTTPD_WS_SUPPORT

> WebSocket server support

> Found in: Component config > HTTP Server

> This sets the WebSocket server support.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_HTTPD_QUEUE_WORK_BLOCKING

> httpd_queue_work as blocking API

> Found in: Component config > HTTP Server

> Selects the wait policy for httpd_queue_work() when the UDP control-socket mbox is at capacity. The HTTP server always uses a counting semaphore (sized to LWIP_UDP_RECVMBOX_SIZE) to prevent silent mbox overflow drops that would leak the caller's async-send callback context.

> When disabled (default): httpd_queue_work() returns ESP_FAIL immediately if the mbox is full, so the caller can free its callback context. This preserves the non-blocking semantics of httpd_ws_send_data_async().

> When enabled: httpd_queue_work() blocks until a slot is available. Use this only if your application can tolerate the call blocking and wants guaranteed delivery instead of a fast-fail.

#### CONFIG_HTTPD_ENABLE_EVENTS

> Enable ESP_HTTP_SERVER_EVENT

> Found in: Component config > HTTP Server

> This enables the ESP_HTTP_SERVER_EVENT event type. Generating these eventes adds some overhead. If you are not using this event type, you can disable it to save some memory and add performance.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_HTTPD_SERVER_EVENT_POST_TIMEOUT

> Time in millisecond to wait for posting event

> Found in: Component config > HTTP Server > CONFIG_HTTPD_ENABLE_EVENTS

> This config option helps in setting the time in millisecond to wait for event to be posted to the system default event loop. Set it to -1 if you need to set timeout to portMAX_DELAY.

> Default value:

>   - 2000

#### CONFIG_HTTPD_WS_PRE_HANDSHAKE_CB_SUPPORT

> WebSocket pre-handshake callback support

> Found in: Component config > HTTP Server

> Enable this option to use WebSocket pre-handshake callback. This will allow the server to register a callback function that will be called before the WebSocket handshake is processed i.e. before switching to the WebSocket protocol.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_HTTPD_WS_SUPPORT

#### CONFIG_HTTPD_WS_POST_HANDSHAKE_CB_SUPPORT

> WebSocket post-handshake callback support

> Found in: Component config > HTTP Server

> Enable this option to use WebSocket post-handshake callback. This will allow the server to register a callback function that will be called after the WebSocket handshake is processed i.e. after switching to the WebSocket protocol.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_HTTPD_WS_SUPPORT

### ESP HTTPS OTA

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_OTA_ALLOW_HTTP

- CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_OTA_ENABLE_PARTIAL_DOWNLOAD

- CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_OTA_DECRYPT_CB

- CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_OTA_EVENT_POST_TIMEOUT

- CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_OTA_VERIFY_SPI_MODE

#### CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_OTA_DECRYPT_CB

> Provide decryption callback

> Found in: Component config > ESP HTTPS OTA

> Exposes an additional callback whereby firmware data could be decrypted before being processed by OTA update component. This can help to integrate external encryption related format and removal of such encapsulation layer from firmware image.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_OTA_ALLOW_HTTP

> Allow HTTP for OTA (WARNING: ONLY FOR TESTING PURPOSE, READ HELP)

> Found in: Component config > ESP HTTPS OTA

> It is highly recommended to keep HTTPS (along with server certificate validation) enabled. Enabling this option comes with potential risk of: - Non-encrypted communication channel with server - Accepting firmware upgrade image from server with fake identity

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_OTA_EVENT_POST_TIMEOUT

> Time in millisecond to wait for posting event

> Found in: Component config > ESP HTTPS OTA

> This config option helps in setting the time in millisecond to wait for event to be posted to the system default event loop. Set it to -1 if you need to set timeout to portMAX_DELAY.

> Default value:

>   - 2000

#### CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_OTA_ENABLE_PARTIAL_DOWNLOAD

> Enable partial HTTP download for OTA

> Found in: Component config > ESP HTTPS OTA

> This enables use of range header in esp_https_ota component. The firmware image will be downloaded over multiple HTTP requests.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_OTA_VERIFY_SPI_MODE

> Verify SPI flash mode compatibility for application during OTA

> Found in: Component config > ESP HTTPS OTA

> When enabled, the OTA process will verify that the SPI flash mode of the new application image is compatible with the currently running firmware. This helps prevent flashing firmware with incompatible SPI mode settings which could cause flash write failures.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

### ESP HTTPS server

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_SERVER_CERT_SELECT_HOOK

- CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_SERVER_ENABLE

#### CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_SERVER_ENABLE

> Enable ESP_HTTPS_SERVER component

> Found in: Component config > ESP HTTPS server

> Enable ESP HTTPS server component

##### CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_SERVER_EVENTS

> Enable ESP_HTTPS_SERVER_EVENT event type

> Found in: Component config > ESP HTTPS server > CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_SERVER_ENABLE

> This enables the ESP_HTTPS_SERVER_EVENT event type. Generating these eventes adds some overhead. If you are not using this event type, you can disable it to save some memory.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_SERVER_ENABLE

##### CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_SERVER_EVENT_POST_TIMEOUT

> Time in millisecond to wait for posting event

> Found in: Component config > ESP HTTPS server > CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_SERVER_ENABLE > CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_SERVER_EVENTS

> This config option helps in setting the time in millisecond to wait for event to be posted to the system default event loop. Set it to -1 if you need to set timeout to portMAX_DELAY.

> Default value:

>   - 2000 if CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_SERVER_ENABLE && CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_SERVER_EVENTS

#### CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_SERVER_CERT_SELECT_HOOK

> Enable certificate selection hook

> Found in: Component config > ESP HTTPS server

> Enable certificate selection hook for ESP HTTPS Server. When enabled, this allows the server to dynamically select the appropriate certificate based on the client's Server Name Indication (SNI). This is useful for hosting multiple domains on a single server with different SSL certificates.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### Hardware Settings

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_ENABLE_PVT

- Chip revision

- DCDC Regulator Configurations

- Event Task Matrix (ETM) Configurations

- LDO Regulator Configurations

- MAC Config

- Main XTAL Config

- Peripheral Control

- CONFIG_ESP_INTR_IN_IRAM

- Power Supplier

- RTC Clock Config

- Sleep Config

#### Chip revision

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_REV_NEW_CHIP_TEST

- CONFIG_ESP_EFUSE_BLOCK_REV_MIN_FULL

- CONFIG_ESP32P4_REV_MIN

- CONFIG_ESP32P4_SELECTS_REV_LESS_V3

##### CONFIG_ESP32P4_SELECTS_REV_LESS_V3

> Select ESP32-P4 revisions <3.0 (No >=3.x Support)

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Chip revision

> Select this option to support ESP32-P4 revisions 0.x and 1.x. Revisions higher than 3.0 (included) and revisions less than 3.0 have huge hardware difference. Revisions higher than 3.0 (included) is not compatible with 0.x and 1.x.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP32P4_REV_MIN

> Minimum Supported ESP32-P4 Revision

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Chip revision

> Required minimum chip revision. ESP-IDF will check for it and reject to boot if the chip revision fails the check. This ensures the chip used will have some modifications (features, or bugfixes).

> The complied binary will only support chips above this revision, this will also help to reduce binary size.

> Available options:

> > - Rev v0.0 (CONFIG_ESP32P4_REV_MIN_0)

> > - Rev v0.1 (CONFIG_ESP32P4_REV_MIN_1)

> > - Rev v1.0 (CONFIG_ESP32P4_REV_MIN_100)

> > - Rev v3.0 (CONFIG_ESP32P4_REV_MIN_300)

> > - Rev v3.1 (CONFIG_ESP32P4_REV_MIN_301)

##### CONFIG_ESP_EFUSE_BLOCK_REV_MIN_FULL

> Minimum Supported ESP32-P4 eFuse Block Revision

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Chip revision

> Required minimum eFuse Block revision. ESP-IDF will check it at the 2nd bootloader stage whether the current image can work correctly for this eFuse Block revision. So that to avoid running an incompatible image on a SoC that contains breaking change in the eFuse Block. If you want to update this value to run the image that not compatible with the current eFuse Block revision, please contact to Espressif's business team for details: https://www.espressif.com.cn/en/contact-us/sales-questions

> Default value:

>   - 0

##### CONFIG_ESP_REV_NEW_CHIP_TEST

> Internal test mode

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Chip revision

> For internal chip testing, a small number of new versions chips didn't update the version field in eFuse, you can enable this option to force the software recognize the chip version based on the rev selected in menuconfig.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### MAC Config

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_MAC_USE_CUSTOM_MAC_AS_BASE_MAC

- CONFIG_ESP32P4_UNIVERSAL_MAC_ADDRESSES

##### CONFIG_ESP32P4_UNIVERSAL_MAC_ADDRESSES

> Number of universally administered (by IEEE) MAC address

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > MAC Config

> Configure the number of universally administered (by IEEE) MAC addresses.

> During initialization, MAC addresses for each network interface are generated or derived from a single base MAC address.

> If the number of universal MAC addresses is one, only Ethernet interface receives a universally administered MAC address. It's generated by adding 0 to the base MAC address.

> On ESP32-P4 this value is fixed to one, because only Ethernet receives a universally administered MAC address.

> Available options:

> > - One (CONFIG_ESP32P4_UNIVERSAL_MAC_ADDRESSES_ONE)

##### CONFIG_ESP_MAC_USE_CUSTOM_MAC_AS_BASE_MAC

> Enable using custom mac as base mac

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > MAC Config

> When this configuration is enabled, the user can invoke esp_read_mac to obtain the desired type of MAC using a custom MAC as the base MAC.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### Sleep Config

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_GPIO_ENABLE_INTERNAL_RESISTORS

- CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_CACHE_SAFE_ASSERTION

- CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_EVENT_CALLBACKS

- CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_ENABLE_RTC_WDT_IN_DEEP_SLEEP

- CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_ENABLE_RTC_WDT_IN_SLEEP

- CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_DEBUG

- CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_WAIT_FLASH_READY_EXTRA_DELAY

- CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_GPIO_RESET_WORKAROUND

- CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_POWER_DOWN_FLASH

- CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_MSPI_NEED_ALL_IO_PU

- CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_FLASH_LEAKAGE_WORKAROUND

- CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_PSRAM_LEAKAGE_WORKAROUND

- CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_SET_FLASH_DPD

##### CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_POWER_DOWN_FLASH

> Power down flash in light sleep when there is no SPIRAM or SPIRAM has independent power supply

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Sleep Config

> If enabled, chip will try to power down flash as part of esp_light_sleep_start(), which costs more time when chip wakes up. Can only be enabled if there is no SPIRAM configured.

> This option will power down flash under a strict but relatively safe condition. Also, it is possible to power down flash under a relaxed condition by using esp_sleep_pd_config() to set ESP_PD_DOMAIN_VDDSDIO to ESP_PD_OPTION_OFF. It should be noted that there is a risk in powering down flash, you can refer ESP-IDF Programming Guide/API Reference/System API/Sleep Modes/Power-down of Flash for more details.

##### CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_FLASH_LEAKAGE_WORKAROUND

> Pull-up Flash CS pin in light sleep

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Sleep Config

> All IOs will be set to isolate(floating) state by default during sleep. Since the power supply of SPI Flash is not lost during lightsleep, if its CS pin is recognized as low level(selected state) in the floating state, there will be a large current leakage, and the data in Flash may be corrupted by random signals on other SPI pins. Select this option will set the CS pin of Flash to PULL-UP state during sleep, but this will increase the sleep current about 10 uA. If you are developing with esp32xx modules, you must select this option, but if you are developing with chips, you can also pull up the CS pin of SPI Flash in the external circuit to save power consumption caused by internal pull-up during sleep. (!!! Don't deselect this option if you don't have external SPI Flash CS pin pullups.)

##### CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_PSRAM_LEAKAGE_WORKAROUND

> Pull-up PSRAM CS pin in light sleep

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Sleep Config

> All IOs will be set to isolate(floating) state by default during sleep. Since the power supply of PSRAM is not lost during lightsleep, if its CS pin is recognized as low level(selected state) in the floating state, there will be a large current leakage, and the data in PSRAM may be corrupted by random signals on other SPI pins. Select this option will set the CS pin of PSRAM to PULL-UP state during sleep, but this will increase the sleep current about 10 uA. If you are developing with esp32xx modules, you must select this option, but if you are developing with chips, you can also pull up the CS pin of PSRAM in the external circuit to save power consumption caused by internal pull-up during sleep. (!!! Don't deselect this option if you don't have external PSRAM CS pin pullups.)

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_SPIRAM

##### CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_MSPI_NEED_ALL_IO_PU

> Pull-up all SPI pins in light sleep

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Sleep Config

> To reduce leakage current, some types of SPI Flash/RAM only need to pull up the CS pin during light sleep. But there are also some kinds of SPI Flash/RAM that need to pull up all pins. It depends on the SPI Flash/RAM chip used.

##### CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_GPIO_RESET_WORKAROUND

> light sleep GPIO reset workaround

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Sleep Config

> All existing chips except esp32 and esp32s2 will reset on wake-up if a GPIO receives a small electrostatic pulse during light sleep, with specific conditions.

> - GPIO needs to be configured as input-mode only

> - The pin receives a small electrostatic pulse, and reset occurs when the pulse voltage is higher than 6 V

> For GPIO set to input mode only, it is not a good practice to leave it open/floating, The hardware design needs to controlled it with determined supply or ground voltage is necessary.

> This option provides a software workaround for this issue. Configure to isolate all GPIO pins in sleep state.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_WAIT_FLASH_READY_EXTRA_DELAY

> Extra delay (in us) after flash powerdown sleep wakeup to wait flash ready

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Sleep Config

> When the chip exits sleep, the CPU and the flash chip are powered on at the same time. CPU will run rom code (deepsleep) or ram code (lightsleep) first, and then load or execute code from flash.

> Some flash chips need sufficient time to pass between power on and first read operation. By default, without any extra delay, this time is approximately 900us, although some flash chip types need more than that.

> (!!! Please adjust this value according to the Data Sheet of SPI Flash used in your project.) In Flash Data Sheet, the parameters that define the Flash ready timing after power-up (minimum time from Vcc(min) to CS active) are usually named tVSL in ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS chapter, and the configuration value here should be: ESP_SLEEP_WAIT_FLASH_READY_EXTRA_DELAY = tVSL - 900

> For esp32 and esp32s3, the default extra delay is set to 2000us. When optimizing startup time for applications which require it, this value may be reduced.

> If you are seeing "flash read err, 1000" message printed to the console after deep sleep reset on esp32, or triggered RTC_WDT/LP_WDT after lightsleep wakeup, try increasing this value. (For esp32, the delay will be executed in both deep sleep and light sleep wake up flow. For chips after esp32, the delay will be executed only in light sleep flow, the delay controlled by the EFUSE_FLASH_TPUW in ROM will be executed in deepsleep wake up flow.)

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 5000

> Default value:

>   - 0

##### CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_CACHE_SAFE_ASSERTION

> Check the cache safety of the sleep wakeup code in sleep process

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Sleep Config

> Enabling it will check the cache safety of the code before the flash power is ready after light sleep wakeup, and check PM_SLP_IRAM_OPT related code cache safety. This option is only for code quality inspection. Enabling it will increase the time overhead of entering and exiting sleep. It is not recommended to enable it in the release version.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_DEBUG

> esp sleep debug

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Sleep Config

> Enable esp sleep debug.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_GPIO_ENABLE_INTERNAL_RESISTORS

> Allow to enable internal pull-up/downs for the Deep-Sleep wakeup IOs

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Sleep Config

> When using rtc gpio wakeup source during deepsleep without external pull-up/downs, you may want to make use of the internal ones.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_EVENT_CALLBACKS

> Enable registration of sleep event callbacks

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Sleep Config

> If enabled, it allows user to register sleep event callbacks. It is primarily designed for internal developers and customers can use PM_LIGHT_SLEEP_CALLBACKS as an alternative.

> NOTE: These callbacks are executed from the IDLE task context hence you cannot have any blocking calls in your callbacks.

> NOTE: Enabling these callbacks may change sleep duration calculations based on time spent in callback and hence it is highly recommended to keep them as short as possible.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TICKLESS_IDLE

##### CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_SET_FLASH_DPD

> Set SPI flash to deep power-down mode in light sleep

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Sleep Config

> Deep Power-Down mode is a power mode supported by most SPI Flash, SPI Flash has better power consumption performance in this mode comparing to standby mode (hold CS). Enabling this option will set the SPI Flash to deep power down mode during lightsleep to save power, which will reduce the sleep current by about 10uA. And you can also use this option to reduce power consumption when using PSRAM

> NOTE: We have conducted sufficient testing on ESP32-C5, ESP32-C61, ESP32-H21, ESP32-H4 and ESP32-P4 (less v3). If you plan to use a customized flash chip, or if you are working with other ESP32-series chips, please make sure to check the corresponding flash datasheet or consult us directly. This is to ensure that using the B9h command to enter Deep Power-Down mode and ABh to exit.

##### CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_SPI_FLASH_ENTER_DPD_MODE_DELAY

> SPI Flash enter deep power-down time delay (in us)

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Sleep Config > CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_SET_FLASH_DPD

> When used to set the SPI Flash to enter the Deep Power-Down mode, the command is issued by driving CS pin low, shifting the instruction code "B9H" and driving CS high, enter Deep Power-Down mode will take the time duration of tDP before the supply current is reduced and Deep Power-down mode is entered. The CS pin must keep high during the tDP time duration, adjust the value of this option to configure the value of tDP, different types of flash require different tDP values, usually no more than 20us, please refer to the datasheet of the used Flash to configure this option.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 100 if CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_SET_FLASH_DPD

> Default value:

>   - 25 if CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_SET_FLASH_DPD

##### CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_SPI_FLASH_EXIT_DPD_MODE_DELAY

> SPI Flash exit from deep power-down time delay (in us)

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Sleep Config > CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_SET_FLASH_DPD

> When used to exit the SPI Flash from the Deep Power-Down mode, the command is issued by driving the CS pin low, shifting the instruction code "ABH" and driving CS high, release from Deep Power-Down will take the time duration of tRES1 before the SPI FLASH will resume normal operation and other command are accepted. The CS pin must keep high during the tRES1 time duration, adjust the value of this option to configure the value of tRES1, different types of flash require different tRES1 values, usually no more than 35us, please refer to the datasheet of the used Flash to configure this option.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 100 if CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_SET_FLASH_DPD

> Default value:

>   - 40 if CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_SET_FLASH_DPD

##### CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_ENABLE_RTC_WDT_IN_SLEEP

> Enable rtc wdt during sleep (EXPERIMENTAL)

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Sleep Config

> If enabled, rtc watchdog will remain active during sleep to prevent program runaway. Specifically, its timeout will be set as the sum of the sleep duration, hardware overhead time, and RTC slow clock compensation time.

> NOTE: This feature only works when a timer wakeup is used. In the current phase, the RTC slow clock compensation time remains zero (pending implementation). When using the RC_SLOW_CLK clock without calibration, the maximum continuous sleep duration is typically around 5 minutes, and may vary between chips. Therefore, avoid configuring sleep periods longer than this when enabling this option.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_IDF_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES

##### CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_ENABLE_RTC_WDT_IN_DEEP_SLEEP

> Enable rtc wdt during deep sleep (EXPERIMENTAL)

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Sleep Config

> If enabled, rtc watchdog will remain active during deep sleep to prevent program runaway.

> NOTE: This feature only works when a timer wakeup is used. In the current phase, the RTC watchdog will not be disabled or reset after waking from deep sleep. Even though it will be reconfigured during the bootloader phase, there remains a concern that a timeout could occur before this reconfiguration is completed.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_IDF_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES

#### RTC Clock Config

Contains:

- CONFIG_RTC_CLK_CAL_CYCLES

- CONFIG_RTC_CLK_FUNC_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_RTC_TIME_FUNC_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_RTC_CLK_SRC

- CONFIG_RTC_FAST_CLK_SRC

##### CONFIG_RTC_CLK_SRC

> RTC clock source

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > RTC Clock Config

> Choose which clock is used as RTC clock source.

> Available options:

> > - Internal 136 kHz RC oscillator (CONFIG_RTC_CLK_SRC_INT_RC)

> > - External 32 kHz crystal (CONFIG_RTC_CLK_SRC_EXT_CRYS)

##### CONFIG_RTC_CLK_CAL_CYCLES

> Number of cycles for RTC_SLOW_CLK calibration

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > RTC Clock Config

> When the startup code initializes RTC_SLOW_CLK, it can perform calibration by comparing the RTC_SLOW_CLK frequency with main XTAL frequency. This option sets the number of RTC_SLOW_CLK cycles measured by the calibration routine. Higher numbers increase calibration precision, which may be important for applications which spend a lot of time in deep sleep. Lower numbers reduce startup time.

> When this option is set to 0, clock calibration will not be performed at startup, and approximate clock frequencies will be assumed:

> - 150000 Hz if internal RC oscillator is used as clock source. For this use value 1024.

> - 32768 Hz if the 32k crystal oscillator is used. For this use value 3000 or more.

>     In case more value will help improve the definition of the launch of the crystal. If the crystal could not start, it will be switched to internal RC.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 8190 if CONFIG_RTC_CLK_SRC_EXT_CRYS

>   - from 0 to 32766

> Default value:

>   - 3000 if CONFIG_RTC_CLK_SRC_EXT_CRYS

>   - 1024

##### CONFIG_RTC_FAST_CLK_SRC

> RTC fast clock source

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > RTC Clock Config

> Choose which clock is used as RTC fast clock source.

> Choosing the faster 40 MHz XTAL can allow modules which depend on RTC_FAST to work at a higher clock frequency. With this the ULP LP-Core will run with a CPU frequency of 40 Mhz instead of the default 20 Mhz.

> The drawback is that the XTAL is usually powered down during sleep, as it draw a lot of power. Choosing this option will cause the XTAL to stay powered on, increasing sleep power consumption.

> Available options:

> > - 20 Mhz RC Fast Clock (CONFIG_RTC_FAST_CLK_SRC_RC_FAST)

> > - 40 Mhz crystal (increased power consumption during sleep) (CONFIG_RTC_FAST_CLK_SRC_XTAL)

##### CONFIG_RTC_CLK_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place RTC clock module functions into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > RTC Clock Config

> Place RTC clock module (all rtc clock functions and const data) into IRAM.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_RTC_TIME_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place RTC time module functions into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > RTC Clock Config

> Place RTC time module (all rtc clock functions) into IRAM.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### Peripheral Control

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_MODEM_CLOCK_ENABLE_CHECKING

- CONFIG_ESP_PERIPH_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_ESP_REGI2C_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

##### CONFIG_ESP_PERIPH_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place peripheral control functions into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Peripheral Control

> Place peripheral control functions (e.g. periph_module_reset) into IRAM, so that these functions can be IRAM-safe and able to be called in the other IRAM interrupt context.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_REGI2C_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place regi2c control functions into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Peripheral Control

> Place analog i2c master control functions (e.g. regi2c_ctrl_read_reg, regi2c_ctrl_write_reg) into IRAM, so that these functions can be IRAM-safe and able to be called in the other IRAM interrupt context.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_MODEM_CLOCK_ENABLE_CHECKING

> Enable modem clock configuration checking

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Peripheral Control

> If enabled, this option will perform additional checks on modem clock configuration to ensure proper operation and detect potential configuration issues.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_MODEM_CLOCK_SUPPORTED

#### Event Task Matrix (ETM) Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_ETM_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

##### CONFIG_ETM_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Force enable debug log

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Event Task Matrix (ETM) Configurations

> If enabled, ETM driver will: 1. ignore the global logging settings 2. compile all log messages into the binary 3. set the runtime log level to VERBOSE Please enable this option by caution, as it will increase the binary size.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### Main XTAL Config

Contains:

- CONFIG_XTAL_FREQ

##### CONFIG_XTAL_FREQ

> Main XTAL frequency

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Main XTAL Config

> This option selects the operating frequency of the XTAL (crystal) clock used to drive the ESP target. The selected value MUST reflect the frequency of the given hardware.

> Available options:

> > - 40 MHz (CONFIG_XTAL_FREQ_40)

#### DCDC Regulator Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_DCM_VSET_VAL_IN_SLEEP

##### CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_DCM_VSET_VAL_IN_SLEEP

> DCDC voltage parameter during sleep

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > DCDC Regulator Configurations

> This value determines the voltage of the DCDC chip during sleep. The same parameter value may correspond to different voltage values on different models of DCDC chips. Please update this value according to the model of external DCDC selected in your hardware solution.

> For the DCDC chip model recommended by ESP, the recommended configuration values are listed below:

> - TI-TLV62569/TLV62569P: 14

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 31

> Default value:

>   - 14

#### LDO Regulator Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_LDO_RESERVE_PSRAM

- CONFIG_ESP_LDO_RESERVE_SPI_NOR_FLASH

##### CONFIG_ESP_LDO_RESERVE_SPI_NOR_FLASH

> Reserve one LDO regulator channel for SPI NOR Flash (READ HELP)

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > LDO Regulator Configurations

> The LDO channel 1 can be used to power the SPI Flash chip, because the channel 1 is enabled by default after power on reset. If your SPI flash chip is not powered by ESP internal LDO, you can disable this option. Then you will free up one LDO channel for other general purpose.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_LDO_CHAN_SPI_NOR_FLASH_DOMAIN

> LDO regulator channel that used to power SPI NOR Flash (READ HELP)

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > LDO Regulator Configurations > CONFIG_ESP_LDO_RESERVE_SPI_NOR_FLASH

> Select which LDO channel to connect to the SPI Flash chip.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 1

> Default value:

>   - 1

##### CONFIG_ESP_LDO_VOLTAGE_SPI_NOR_FLASH_DOMAIN

> SPI NOR Flash power domain voltage

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > LDO Regulator Configurations > CONFIG_ESP_LDO_RESERVE_SPI_NOR_FLASH

> Select the voltage used by the Flash power domain.

> Available options:

> > - 3.3V (CONFIG_ESP_LDO_VOLTAGE_SPI_NOR_FLASH_3300_MV)

##### CONFIG_ESP_LDO_RESERVE_PSRAM

> Reserve one LDO regulator channel for PSRAM (READ HELP)

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > LDO Regulator Configurations

> The LDO channel 2 can be used to power the PSRAM chip. If the PSRAM chip is not powered by ESP internal LDO, you can disable this option. Then you will free up one LDO channel for other general purpose.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_LDO_CHAN_PSRAM_DOMAIN

> LDO regulator channel that used to power PSRAM and MPLL (READ HELP)

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > LDO Regulator Configurations > CONFIG_ESP_LDO_RESERVE_PSRAM

> Select which LDO channel to connect to the PSRAM chip.

> Range:

>   - from 2 to 2

> Default value:

>   - 2

##### CONFIG_ESP_LDO_VOLTAGE_PSRAM_DOMAIN

> PSRAM power domain voltage

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > LDO Regulator Configurations > CONFIG_ESP_LDO_RESERVE_PSRAM

> Select the voltage used by the PSRAM power domain.

> Available options:

> > - 1.8V (CONFIG_ESP_LDO_VOLTAGE_PSRAM_1800_MV)

#### Power Supplier

Contains:

- Brownout Detector

- RTC Backup Battery

##### Brownout Detector

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_BROWNOUT_DET

##### CONFIG_ESP_BROWNOUT_DET

> Hardware brownout detect & reset

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Power Supplier > Brownout Detector

> The ESP32-P4 has a built-in brownout detector which can detect if the voltage is lower than a specific value. If this happens, it will reset the chip in order to prevent unintended behaviour.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_BROWNOUT_DET_LVL_SEL

> Brownout voltage level

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Power Supplier > Brownout Detector > CONFIG_ESP_BROWNOUT_DET

> The brownout detector will reset the chip when the supply voltage is approximately below this level. Note that there may be some variation of brownout voltage level between each chip.

> Please note that this config is only valid when P4 SOC version is above v1.0. When you are using a earlier P4 SOC version (v0.x), the brownout value should be fixed around 2.52V and not configurable.

> #The voltage levels here are estimates, more work needs to be done to figure out the exact voltages #of the brownout threshold levels.

> Available options:

> > - 2.6V (CONFIG_ESP_BROWNOUT_DET_LVL_SEL_7)

> > - 2.52V (CONFIG_ESP_BROWNOUT_DET_LVL_SEL_6)

> > - 2.42V (CONFIG_ESP_BROWNOUT_DET_LVL_SEL_5)

##### RTC Backup Battery

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_CONTROL_MAIN_POWER_IN_DSLP

- CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_INIT_AUTO

- CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_CHARGER_CIRCUIT_RESISTOR_VAL

- CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_WAKEUP_CHIP_ON_VBAT_BROWNOUT

##### CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_INIT_AUTO

> Enable VBAT power supply for RTC battery

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Power Supplier > RTC Backup Battery

> Enable this option to allow the use of a button cell battery to power the RTC (Real-Time Clock) domain. When this option is enabled, the hardware will configure VBAT as the power supply source for the RTC.

> - Ensure a compatible battery (2.5V ~ 3.6V) is connected to the VBAT pin.

> - The VBAT battery provides power to retain RTC state and keep low-power peripherals active

>     during deep sleep.

> - When this option is disabled, the RTC battery input (VBAT) must not be left floating.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

> VBAT ISR IRAM-Safe

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Power Supplier > RTC Backup Battery > CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_INIT_AUTO

> Ensure the VBAT interrupt is IRAM-Safe by allowing the interrupt handler to be executable when the cache is disabled (e.g. SPI Flash write).

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_INIT_AUTO

##### CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_USE_RECHARGEABLE_BATTERY

> The battery for RTC battery is a rechargeable battery

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Power Supplier > RTC Backup Battery > CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_INIT_AUTO

> Select this option if the RTC backup battery used in your design is a rechargeable battery.

> When enabled, the system will configure the RTC battery management circuitry to operate in a mode suitable for charging a rechargeable battery. This includes enabling charging current regulation via resistor and voltage monitoring to ensure safe and efficient charging.

> Use this option carefully to avoid damage to non-rechargeable batteries.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_INIT_AUTO

##### CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_DET_LVL_LOW_SEL

> VBAT start charging voltage level (P4 revision < v3.0)

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Power Supplier > RTC Backup Battery > CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_INIT_AUTO > CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_USE_RECHARGEABLE_BATTERY

> The brownout detector will start charging when the supply voltage drops below the selected threshold. This ensures that the power supply is maintained at a stable level.

> Available options:

> > - 2.6V (CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_DET_LVL_LOW_SEL_7)

> > - 2.52V (CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_DET_LVL_LOW_SEL_6)

> > - 2.42V (CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_DET_LVL_LOW_SEL_5)

##### CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_DET_LVL_LOW_SEL_V3

> VBAT start charging voltage level (P4 revision >= v3.0)

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Power Supplier > RTC Backup Battery > CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_INIT_AUTO > CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_USE_RECHARGEABLE_BATTERY

> The brownout detector will start charging when the supply voltage drops below the selected threshold. This ensures that the power supply is maintained at a stable level.

> Available options:

> > - 2.84V (CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_DET_LVL_LOW_SEL_7_V3)

> > - 2.74V (CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_DET_LVL_LOW_SEL_6_V3)

> > - 2.64V (CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_DET_LVL_LOW_SEL_5_V3)

##### CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_DET_LVL_HIGH_SEL

> VBAT stop charging voltage level (P4 revision < v3.0)

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Power Supplier > RTC Backup Battery > CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_INIT_AUTO > CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_USE_RECHARGEABLE_BATTERY

> The brownout detector will stop charging when the supply voltage arrives the selected threshold.

> Available options:

> > - 2.6V (CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_DET_LVL_HIGH_SEL_7)

> > - 2.52V (CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_DET_LVL_HIGH_SEL_6)

> > - 2.42V (CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_DET_LVL_HIGH_SEL_5)

##### CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_DET_LVL_HIGH_SEL_V3

> VBAT stop charging voltage level (P4 revision >= v3.0)

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Power Supplier > RTC Backup Battery > CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_INIT_AUTO > CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_USE_RECHARGEABLE_BATTERY

> The brownout detector will stop charging when the supply voltage arrives the selected threshold.

> Available options:

> > - 2.84V (CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_DET_LVL_HIGH_SEL_7_V3)

> > - 2.74V (CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_DET_LVL_HIGH_SEL_6_V3)

> > - 2.64V (CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_DET_LVL_HIGH_SEL_5_V3)

##### CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_BROWNOUT_DET_LVL_SEL

> VBAT brownout voltage level

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Power Supplier > RTC Backup Battery > CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_INIT_AUTO

> The brownout detector will git a brownout signal when vbat brownout detected.

> Available options:

> > - 2.6V (CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_BROWNOUT_DET_LVL_SEL_7)

> > - 2.52V (CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_BROWNOUT_DET_LVL_SEL_6)

> > - 2.42V (CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_BROWNOUT_DET_LVL_SEL_5)

##### CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_WAKEUP_CHIP_ON_VBAT_BROWNOUT

> Wake up chip in deepsleep if VBAT brownout

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Power Supplier > RTC Backup Battery

> Wake up the chip if the vbat voltage drops below the brownout voltage during deepsleep.

##### CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_CHARGER_CIRCUIT_RESISTOR_VAL

> vbat charger circuit resistor value (ohms), should be multiple of 500

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Power Supplier > RTC Backup Battery

> The resistor value of charger circuit.

> Range:

>   - from 1000 to 8500 if CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_USE_RECHARGEABLE_BATTERY

> Default value:

>   - 1000 if CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_USE_RECHARGEABLE_BATTERY

##### CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_CONTROL_MAIN_POWER_IN_DSLP

> Control main power (ESP_3V3) enable via GPIO when VBAT powers deep sleep

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Power Supplier > RTC Backup Battery

> When enabled, after the chip enters deep sleep and switches to VDD_BAT (VBAT) power, ESP_VBAT_MAIN_POWER_CTRL_PIN is used to disable the main power (ESP_3V3) enable. The main power is re-enabled in advance before wakeup.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_INIT_AUTO

##### CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_MAIN_POWER_CTRL_PIN

> GPIO for main power (ESP_3V3) enable

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Power Supplier > RTC Backup Battery > CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_CONTROL_MAIN_POWER_IN_DSLP

> RTC GPIO used to enable/disable the main power rail (ESP_3V3) when VBAT is active.

> Range:

>   - from 2 to 3 if CONFIG_RTC_CLK_SRC_EXT_CRYS && CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_CONTROL_MAIN_POWER_IN_DSLP

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_CONTROL_MAIN_POWER_IN_DSLP

##### CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_MAIN_POWER_CTRL_PIN_INV

> Invert main power control pin output (Output high to enable power by default)

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Power Supplier > RTC Backup Battery > CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_CONTROL_MAIN_POWER_IN_DSLP

> When enabled, the ESP_VBAT_MAIN_POWER_CTRL_PIN logic for the main power control pin is inverted. (n: output high to enable power; y = output low to enable power).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_CONTROL_MAIN_POWER_IN_DSLP

##### CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_MAIN_POWER_WAKEUP_ADVANCE_US

> Main power enable advance time before wakeup (us)

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings > Power Supplier > RTC Backup Battery > CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_CONTROL_MAIN_POWER_IN_DSLP

> Advance time in microseconds to assert main power (ESP_3V3) enable before the chip starts the wakeup sequence and switches to main voltage supply. The delay allows the external main power rail to reach target voltage before chip exits deep sleep. Set this value to be greater than or equal to your main power supply's startup/settling time (from enable assertion to stable output voltage). If too small, the main rail may not be ready when the chip wakes, which can cause brownout or unstable boot.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 7500 if CONFIG_RTC_CLK_SRC_EXT_CRYS && CONFIG_ESP32P4_SELECTS_REV_LESS_V3 && CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_CONTROL_MAIN_POWER_IN_DSLP

> Default value:

>   - 1000 if CONFIG_ESP_VBAT_CONTROL_MAIN_POWER_IN_DSLP

#### CONFIG_ESP_ENABLE_PVT

> Auto adjust hp & lp voltage using pvt function (MUST ENABLE FOR MP)

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings

> If enabled, hp & lp voltage can be auto adjust by PVT characteristic. Otherwise, internal voltage will be set to fix dbias. This is a must for stable mass production. Disable for debugging only.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_INTR_IN_IRAM

> Place esp_intr_alloc functions in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Settings

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

### ESP-Driver:LCD Controller Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_LCD_DSI_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

- CONFIG_LCD_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

- CONFIG_LCD_DSI_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_LCD_RGB_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

#### CONFIG_LCD_RGB_ISR_IRAM_SAFE

> RGB LCD ISR IRAM-Safe

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:LCD Controller Configurations

> Ensure the LCD interrupt is IRAM-Safe by allowing the interrupt handler to be executable when the cache is disabled (e.g. SPI Flash write). If you want the LCD driver to keep flushing the screen even when cache ops disabled, you can enable this option. Note, this will also increase the IRAM usage.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_LCD_DSI_ISR_HANDLER_IN_IRAM

> Place DSI ISR handler in IRAM to reduce latency

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:LCD Controller Configurations

> Place DSI ISR handler in IRAM to reduce latency caused by cache miss.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_LCD_DSI_ISR_CACHE_SAFE

> Allow DSI ISR to execute when cache is disabled

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:LCD Controller Configurations

> Enable this option to allow the DSI Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) to execute even when the cache is disabled. This can be useful in scenarios where the cache might be turned off, but the DSI functionality is still required to operate correctly.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_LCD_ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG

> Force enable debug log

> Found in: Component config > ESP-Driver:LCD Controller Configurations

> If enabled, LCD driver component will: 1. ignore the global logging settings 2. compile all log messages into the binary 3. set the runtime log level to VERBOSE Please enable this option by caution, as it will increase the binary size.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### LibC

Contains:

- CONFIG_LIBC_ASSERT_BUFFER_SIZE

- CONFIG_LIBC_NEWLIB_NANO_FORMAT

- CONFIG_LIBC

- CONFIG_LIBC_STDIN_LINE_ENDING

- CONFIG_LIBC_STDOUT_LINE_ENDING

- CONFIG_LIBC_LOCKS_PLACE_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_LIBC_MISC_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_LIBC_PICOLIBC_NEWLIB_COMPATIBILITY

- CONFIG_LIBC_TIME_SYSCALL

- CONFIG_LIBC_OPTIMIZED_MISALIGNED_ACCESS

#### CONFIG_LIBC

> LibC to build application with

> Found in: Component config > LibC

> Available options:

> > - NewLib (CONFIG_LIBC_NEWLIB)

> > - Picolibc (CONFIG_LIBC_PICOLIBC)

#### CONFIG_LIBC_PICOLIBC_NEWLIB_COMPATIBILITY

> Provides limited interoperability with libraries built using Newlib headers

> Found in: Component config > LibC

> This option provides limited compatibility with libraries built using Newlib headers by:

> Enabling hidden system-header inclusions that exist in Newlib. Adding tls_stdio, tls_stdout, and tls_stderr variables to Thread Local Storage to allow prebuilt libraries to access them via getreent(). Providing an implementation of getreent() that returns the value of the thread-pointer register.

> Limitations:

> 1. If your application or an external prebuilt library accesses Newlib "struct _reent" implicitly, this may cause memory corruption on the task stack. You have two options:

> - Use libc API calls instead of directly accessing "struct _reent" fields.

> - Switch ESP-IDF to use the Newlib implementation by setting CONFIG_LIBC_NEWLIB=y in sdkconfig.

> 2. If your application uses a prebuilt library built with Newlib headers, you may encounter unexpected behavior when overriding stdin, stdout, and stderr. External prebuilt libraries can only read these streams, so overriding them will not affect as it was for Newlib. You have two options to fix this:

> - Rebuild the library with Picolibc headers that follow POSIX-standardized stdin, stdout, and stderr declarations.

> - Switch ESP-IDF to use the Newlib implementation by setting CONFIG_LIBC_NEWLIB=y in sdkconfig.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_LIBC_MISC_IN_IRAM

> Place misc libc functions (abort/assert/stdatomics) in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > LibC

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_LIBC_LOCKS_PLACE_IN_IRAM

> Place lock API in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > LibC

> Enable this option to include be able to call the lock API from code that runs while cache is disabled, e.g. IRAM interrupts.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_LIBC_STDOUT_LINE_ENDING

> Line ending for console output

> Found in: Component config > LibC

> This option allows configuring the desired line endings sent to console when a newline ('n', LF) appears on stdout. Three options are possible:

> CRLF: whenever LF is encountered, prepend it with CR

> LF: no modification is applied, stdout is sent as is

> CR: each occurrence of LF is replaced with CR

> This option doesn't affect behavior of the UART driver (drivers/uart.h).

> Available options:

> > - CRLF (CONFIG_LIBC_STDOUT_LINE_ENDING_CRLF)

> > - LF (CONFIG_LIBC_STDOUT_LINE_ENDING_LF)

> > - CR (CONFIG_LIBC_STDOUT_LINE_ENDING_CR)

#### CONFIG_LIBC_STDIN_LINE_ENDING

> Line ending for console input

> Found in: Component config > LibC

> This option allows configuring which input sequence on console produces a newline ('n', LF) on stdin. Three options are possible:

> CRLF: CRLF is converted to LF

> LF: no modification is applied, input is sent to stdin as is

> CR: each occurrence of CR is replaced with LF

> This option doesn't affect behavior of the UART driver (drivers/uart.h).

> Available options:

> > - CRLF (CONFIG_LIBC_STDIN_LINE_ENDING_CRLF)

> > - LF (CONFIG_LIBC_STDIN_LINE_ENDING_LF)

> > - CR (CONFIG_LIBC_STDIN_LINE_ENDING_CR)

#### CONFIG_LIBC_NEWLIB_NANO_FORMAT

> Enable 'nano' formatting options for printf/scanf family

> Found in: Component config > LibC

> In most chips the ROM contains parts of newlib C library, including printf/scanf family of functions. These functions have been compiled with so-called "nano" formatting option. This option doesn't support 64-bit integer formats and C99 features, such as positional arguments.

> For more details about "nano" formatting option, please see newlib readme file, search for '--enable-newlib-nano-formatted-io': https://sourceware.org/git/?p=newlib-cygwin.git;a=blob_plain;f=newlib/README;hb=HEAD

> If this option is enabled and the ROM contains functions from newlib-nano, the build system will use functions available in ROM, reducing the application binary size. Functions available in ROM run faster than functions which run from flash. Functions available in ROM can also run when flash instruction cache is disabled.

> Some chips (e.g. ESP32-C6) has the full formatting versions of printf/scanf in ROM instead of the nano versions and in this building with newlib nano might actually increase the size of the binary. Which functions are present in ROM can be seen from ROM caps: ESP_ROM_HAS_NEWLIB_NANO_FORMAT and ESP_ROM_HAS_NEWLIB_NORMAL_FORMAT.

> If you need 64-bit integer formatting support or C99 features, keep this option disabled.

#### CONFIG_LIBC_TIME_SYSCALL

> Timers used for gettimeofday function

> Found in: Component config > LibC

> This setting defines which hardware timers are used to implement 'gettimeofday' and 'time' functions in C library.

> - If both high-resolution (systimer for all targets except ESP32)

>     and RTC timers are used, timekeeping will continue in deep sleep. Time will be reported at 1 microsecond resolution. This is the default, and the recommended option.

> - If only high-resolution timer (systimer) is used, gettimeofday will

>     provide time at microsecond resolution. Time will not be preserved when going into deep sleep mode.

> - If only RTC timer is used, timekeeping will continue in

>     deep sleep, but time will be measured at 6.(6) microsecond resolution. Also the gettimeofday function itself may take longer to run.

> - If no timers are used, gettimeofday and time functions

>     return -1 and set errno to ENOSYS; they are defined as weak, so they could be overridden. If you want to customize gettimeofday() and other time functions, please choose this option and refer to the 'time.c' source file for the exact prototypes of these functions.

> - When RTC is used for timekeeping, two RTC_STORE registers are

>     used to keep time in deep sleep mode.

> Available options:

> > - RTC and high-resolution timer (CONFIG_LIBC_TIME_SYSCALL_USE_RTC_HRT)

> > - RTC (CONFIG_LIBC_TIME_SYSCALL_USE_RTC)

> > - High-resolution timer (CONFIG_LIBC_TIME_SYSCALL_USE_HRT)

> > - None (CONFIG_LIBC_TIME_SYSCALL_USE_NONE)

#### CONFIG_LIBC_OPTIMIZED_MISALIGNED_ACCESS

> Use performance-optimized memXXX/strXXX functions on misaligned memory access

> Found in: Component config > LibC

> Enables performance-optimized implementations of memory and string functions when handling misaligned memory.

> Require approximately 800–1000 bytes of IRAM.

> Optimized functions include:

>   - memcpy

>   - memset

>   - memmove

>   - str[n]cpy

>   - str[n]cmp

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_LIBC_ASSERT_BUFFER_SIZE

> Assert message buffer size

> Found in: Component config > LibC

> Size of the buffer used to format assert failure messages.

> When assertions fail, the system formats a message containing the function name, file name, line number, and the failed expression. This option controls the maximum length of this message.

> If you encounter truncated assert messages (especially with C++ templates or long function names), increase this value. The default value of 200 bytes should be sufficient for most cases, but complex template expressions may require larger buffers.

> Range:

>   - from 100 to 2048

> Default value:

>   - 200

### ESP-MM: Memory Management Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_MM_CACHE_MSYNC_C2M_CHUNKED_OPS

#### CONFIG_ESP_MM_CACHE_MSYNC_C2M_CHUNKED_OPS

> Enable esp_cache_msync C2M chunked operation

> Found in: Component config > ESP-MM: Memory Management Configurations

> esp_cache_msync C2M direction takes critical sections, which means during the operation, the interrupts are disabled. Whereas Cache writebacks for large buffers could be especially time intensive, and might cause interrupts to be disabled for a significant amount of time.

> Sometimes you want other ISRs to be responded during this C2M process. This option is to slice one C2M operation into multiple chunks, with CONFIG_ESP_MM_CACHE_MSYNC_C2M_CHUNKED_OPS_MAX_LEN max len. This will give you a breath during the C2M process as sometimes the C2M process is quite long.

> Note if the buffer processed by the esp_cache_msync (C2M sliced) is interrupted by an ISR, and this ISR also accesses this buffer, this may lead to data coherence issue.

##### CONFIG_ESP_MM_CACHE_MSYNC_C2M_CHUNKED_OPS_MAX_LEN

> Max len in bytes per C2M chunk

> Found in: Component config > ESP-MM: Memory Management Configurations > CONFIG_ESP_MM_CACHE_MSYNC_C2M_CHUNKED_OPS

> Max len in bytes per C2M chunk, operations with size over the max len will be sliced into multiple chunks.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 0x80000 if CONFIG_ESP_MM_CACHE_MSYNC_C2M_CHUNKED_OPS

> Default value:

>   - "0x20000" if CONFIG_ESP_MM_CACHE_MSYNC_C2M_CHUNKED_OPS

### ESP NETIF Adapter

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_SET_DNS_PER_DEFAULT_NETIF

- CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_LOST_IP_TIMER_ENABLE

- CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_BRIDGE_EN

- CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_L2_TAP

- CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_IP_LOST_TIMER_INTERVAL

- CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_REPORT_DATA_TRAFFIC

- CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_USE_TCPIP_STACK_LIB

- CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_PROVIDE_CUSTOM_IMPLEMENTATION

#### CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_LOST_IP_TIMER_ENABLE

> Enable IPv4 lost IP event timer

> Found in: Component config > ESP NETIF Adapter

> Enable raising LOST_IP events using a timer when the IPv4 address becomes invalid. When disabled, the timer is not started and LOST_IP events are not posted. The delay is configured by ESP_NETIF_IP_LOST_TIMER_INTERVAL.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_IP_LOST_TIMER_INTERVAL

> IP Address lost timer interval (seconds)

> Found in: Component config > ESP NETIF Adapter

> The IP address may be lost because of some reasons, e.g. when the station disconnects from soft-AP, or when DHCP IP renew fails etc. If the IP lost timer is enabled, it will be started every time the IP is lost. Event SYSTEM_EVENT_STA_LOST_IP will be raised if the timer expires. The IP lost timer is stopped if the station gets the IP again before the timer expires. For backward compatibility, setting the interval to 0 disables the timer as well.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 65535

> Default value:

>   - 120

#### CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_PROVIDE_CUSTOM_IMPLEMENTATION

> Use only ESP-NETIF headers

> Found in: Component config > ESP NETIF Adapter

> No implementation of ESP-NETIF functions is provided. This option is used for adding a custom TCP/IP stack and defining related esp_netif functionality

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_USE_TCPIP_STACK_LIB

> TCP/IP Stack Library

> Found in: Component config > ESP NETIF Adapter

> Choose the TCP/IP Stack to work, for example, LwIP, uIP, etc.

> Available options:

> > - LwIP (CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_TCPIP_LWIP)

> >   lwIP is a small independent implementation of the TCP/IP protocol suite.

> > - Loopback (CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_LOOPBACK)

> >   Dummy implementation of esp-netif functionality which connects driver transmit to receive function. This option is for testing purpose only

#### CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_REPORT_DATA_TRAFFIC

> Report data traffic via events

> Found in: Component config > ESP NETIF Adapter

> Enable if esp_netif_transmit() and esp_netif_receive() should generate events. This can be useful to blink data traffic indication lights.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_L2_TAP

> Enable netif L2 TAP support

> Found in: Component config > ESP NETIF Adapter

> A user program can read/write link layer (L2) frames from/to ESP TAP device. The ESP TAP device can be currently associated only with Ethernet physical interfaces.

##### CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_L2_TAP_MAX_FDS

> Maximum number of opened L2 TAP File descriptors

> Found in: Component config > ESP NETIF Adapter > CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_L2_TAP

> Maximum number of opened File descriptors (FD's) associated with ESP TAP device. ESP TAP FD's take up a certain amount of memory, and allowing fewer FD's to be opened at the same time conserves memory.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 10 if CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_L2_TAP

> Default value:

>   - 5 if CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_L2_TAP

##### CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_L2_TAP_RX_QUEUE_SIZE

> Size of L2 TAP Rx queue

> Found in: Component config > ESP NETIF Adapter > CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_L2_TAP

> Maximum number of frames queued in opened File descriptor. Once the queue is full, the newly arriving frames are dropped until the queue has enough room to accept incoming traffic (Tail Drop queue management).

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 100 if CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_L2_TAP

> Default value:

>   - 20 if CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_L2_TAP

#### CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_BRIDGE_EN

> Enable LwIP IEEE 802.1D bridge

> Found in: Component config > ESP NETIF Adapter

> Enable LwIP IEEE 802.1D bridge support in ESP-NETIF. Note that "Number of clients store data in netif" (LWIP_NUM_NETIF_CLIENT_DATA) option needs to be properly configured to be LwIP bridge available!

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_SET_DNS_PER_DEFAULT_NETIF

> Enable DNS server per interface

> Found in: Component config > ESP NETIF Adapter

> Enable this option to use the DNS server which belongs to the selected default network interface. This feature collects DNS server and netif information from LWIP core modules. Whenever a new default netif is selected, global DNS servers in LWIP are updated with the netif related servers.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### Partition API Configuration

### PHY

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_PHY_CALIBRATION_MODE

- CONFIG_ESP_PHY_DEBUG

- CONFIG_ESP_PHY_PLL_TRACK_DEBUG

- CONFIG_ESP_PHY_ENABLE_CERT_TEST

- CONFIG_ESP_PHY_IMPROVE_RX_11B

- CONFIG_ESP_PHY_ENABLE_USB

- CONFIG_ESP_PHY_MAX_WIFI_TX_POWER

- CONFIG_ESP_PHY_IRAM_OPT

- CONFIG_ESP_PHY_INIT_IRAM

- CONFIG_ESP_PHY_MAC_BB_PD

- CONFIG_ESP_PHY_ENABLE_VERSION_PRINT

- CONFIG_ESP_PHY_RECORD_USED_TIME

- CONFIG_ESP_PHY_REDUCE_TX_POWER

- CONFIG_ESP_PHY_PLL_TRACK_PERIOD_MS

- CONFIG_ESP_PHY_CALIBRATION_AND_DATA_STORAGE

- CONFIG_ESP_PHY_INIT_DATA_IN_PARTITION

#### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_CALIBRATION_AND_DATA_STORAGE

> Store phy calibration data in NVS

> Found in: Component config > PHY

> If this option is enabled, NVS will be initialized and calibration data will be loaded from there. PHY calibration will be skipped on deep sleep wakeup. If calibration data is not found, full calibration will be performed and stored in NVS. Normally, only partial calibration will be performed. If this option is disabled, full calibration will be performed.

> If it's easy that your board calibrate bad data, choose 'n'. Two cases for example, you should choose 'n': 1.If your board is easy to be booted up with antenna disconnected. 2.Because of your board design, each time when you do calibration, the result are too unstable. If unsure, choose 'y'.

#### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_INIT_DATA_IN_PARTITION

> Use a partition to store PHY init data

> Found in: Component config > PHY

> If enabled, PHY init data will be loaded from a partition. When using a custom partition table, make sure that PHY data partition is included (type: 'data', subtype: 'phy'). With default partition tables, this is done automatically. If PHY init data is stored in a partition, it has to be flashed there, otherwise runtime error will occur.

> If this option is not enabled, PHY init data will be embedded into the application binary.

> If unsure, choose 'n'.

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_PHY_DEFAULT_INIT_IF_INVALID

- CONFIG_ESP_PHY_MULTIPLE_INIT_DATA_BIN

##### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_DEFAULT_INIT_IF_INVALID

> Reset default PHY init data if invalid

> Found in: Component config > PHY > CONFIG_ESP_PHY_INIT_DATA_IN_PARTITION

> If enabled, PHY init data will be restored to default if it cannot be verified successfully to avoid endless bootloops.

> If unsure, choose 'n'.

##### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_MULTIPLE_INIT_DATA_BIN

> Support multiple PHY init data bin

> Found in: Component config > PHY > CONFIG_ESP_PHY_INIT_DATA_IN_PARTITION

> If enabled, the corresponding PHY init data type can be automatically switched according to the country code. China's PHY init data bin is used by default. Can be modified by country information in API esp_wifi_set_country(). The priority of switching the PHY init data type is: 1. Country configured by API esp_wifi_set_country() and the parameter policy is WIFI_COUNTRY_POLICY_MANUAL. 2. Country notified by the connected AP. 3. Country configured by API esp_wifi_set_country() and the parameter policy is WIFI_COUNTRY_POLICY_AUTO.

##### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_MULTIPLE_INIT_DATA_BIN_CUSTOM_PATH

> Custom path to phy_multiple_init_data.bin

> Found in: Component config > PHY > CONFIG_ESP_PHY_INIT_DATA_IN_PARTITION > CONFIG_ESP_PHY_MULTIPLE_INIT_DATA_BIN

> Absolute path, or path relative to the project directory, to the file phy_multiple_init_data.bin, or to a directory containing that file.

> If this field is left empty, or the file cannot be found at the resolved path, the default binary located at components/esp_phy/<chip>/phy_multiple_init_data.bin will be used.

##### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_MULTIPLE_INIT_DATA_BIN_EMBED

> Support embedded multiple phy init data bin to app bin

> Found in: Component config > PHY > CONFIG_ESP_PHY_INIT_DATA_IN_PARTITION > CONFIG_ESP_PHY_MULTIPLE_INIT_DATA_BIN

> If enabled, multiple phy init data bin will embedded into app bin If not enabled, multiple phy init data bin will still leave alone, and need to be flashed by users.

##### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_INIT_DATA_ERROR

> Terminate operation when PHY init data error

> Found in: Component config > PHY > CONFIG_ESP_PHY_INIT_DATA_IN_PARTITION > CONFIG_ESP_PHY_MULTIPLE_INIT_DATA_BIN

> If enabled, when an error occurs while the PHY init data is updated, the program will terminate and restart. If not enabled, the PHY init data will not be updated when an error occurs.

#### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_MAX_WIFI_TX_POWER

> Max WiFi TX power (dBm)

> Found in: Component config > PHY

> Set maximum transmit power for WiFi radio. Actual transmit power for high data rates may be lower than this setting.

#### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_MAC_BB_PD

> Power down MAC and baseband of Wi-Fi and Bluetooth when PHY is disabled

> Found in: Component config > PHY

> If enabled, the MAC and baseband of Wi-Fi and Bluetooth will be powered down when PHY is disabled. Enabling this setting reduces power consumption by a small amount but increases RAM use by approximately 4 KB(Wi-Fi only), 2 KB(Bluetooth only) or 5.3 KB(Wi-Fi + Bluetooth).

#### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_REDUCE_TX_POWER

> Reduce PHY TX power when brownout reset

> Found in: Component config > PHY

> When brownout reset occurs, reduce PHY TX power to keep the code running.

#### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_ENABLE_USB

> Keep the USB PHY enabled when initializing WiFi

> Found in: Component config > PHY

> On some ESP targets, the USB PHY can interfere with WiFi thus lowering WiFi performance. As a result, on those affected ESP targets, the ESP PHY library's initialization will automatically disable the USB PHY to get best WiFi performance. This option controls whether or not the ESP PHY library will keep the USB PHY enabled on initialization.

> Note: This option can be disabled to increase WiFi performance. However, disabling this option will also mean that the USB PHY cannot be used while WiFi is enabled.

#### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_ENABLE_CERT_TEST

> Enable RF certification test functions

> Found in: Component config > PHY

> If enabled, you can use RF certification test APIs.

#### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_CALIBRATION_MODE

> Calibration mode

> Found in: Component config > PHY

> Select PHY calibration mode. During RF initialization, the partial calibration method is used by default for RF calibration. Full calibration takes about 100ms more than partial calibration. If boot duration is not critical, it is suggested to use the full calibration method. No calibration method is only used when the device wakes up from deep sleep.

> Available options:

> > - Calibration partial (CONFIG_ESP_PHY_RF_CAL_PARTIAL)

> > - Calibration none (CONFIG_ESP_PHY_RF_CAL_NONE)

> > - Calibration full (CONFIG_ESP_PHY_RF_CAL_FULL)

#### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_IMPROVE_RX_11B

> Improve Wi-Fi receive 11b pkts

> Found in: Component config > PHY

> This is a workaround to improve Wi-Fi receive 11b pkts for some modules using AC-DC power supply with high interference, enable this option will sacrifice Wi-Fi OFDM receive performance. But to guarantee 11b receive performance serves as a bottom line in this case.

#### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_PLL_TRACK_PERIOD_MS

> Set the period of the pll track

> Found in: Component config > PHY

> Set the period of the pll track.

#### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_PLL_TRACK_DEBUG

> Enable pll track logging

> Found in: Component config > PHY

> If enabled, there will be some logs while pll tracking

#### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_RECORD_USED_TIME

> Record PHY used time

> Found in: Component config > PHY

> Select to support record and query phy used time.

#### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_IRAM_OPT

> PHY IRAM speed optimization

> Found in: Component config > PHY

> Select this option to place frequently called PHY library functions in IRAM. When this option is disabled, more than 1.1Kbytes of IRAM memory will be saved, but PHY performance will be reduced. This config only affect esp32c2 now.

#### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_DEBUG

> Enable PHY Debug

> Found in: Component config > PHY

> Enabling this option allows different kinds of phy debugging features.

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_PHY_DISABLE_PLL_TRACK

- CONFIG_ESP_PHY_PLL_TRACK_TEMP_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_DISABLE_PLL_TRACK

> Disable phy pll track(only for experimental)

> Found in: Component config > PHY > CONFIG_ESP_PHY_DEBUG

> Disable pll track. This configuration option is used for experimental. PLL track helps the PHY module adapt to temperature changes, ensuring stable performance. When pll enabled, the ESP PHY module will periodically track and adjust PLL parameters.

##### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_PLL_TRACK_TEMP_DEBUG

> PHY temperature tracking debug mode

> Found in: Component config > PHY > CONFIG_ESP_PHY_DEBUG

> If enabled, allows customization of temperature delta for PHY track pll.

##### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_PLL_TRACK_TEMP_DEBUG_FLAG

> Debug flag for PHY temperature tracking

> Found in: Component config > PHY > CONFIG_ESP_PHY_DEBUG > CONFIG_ESP_PHY_PLL_TRACK_TEMP_DEBUG

> Bitmask debug flag passed to the PHY temperature tracking routine. Each bit enables a specific tracking mode.

> - bit0: PLL tracking

> - bit1: Calibration parameter tracking

##### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_PLL_TRACK_TEMP_DELTA

> Temperature delta for PHY track pll

> Found in: Component config > PHY > CONFIG_ESP_PHY_DEBUG > CONFIG_ESP_PHY_PLL_TRACK_TEMP_DEBUG

> Set the temperature delta for PHY track pll.

#### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_INIT_IRAM

> Place PHY (de)init in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > PHY

> Select this option to place esp_phy and PHY library functions related to phy_init in IRAM. This config applies to ESP32-H2, ESP32-H21, and ESP32-H4.

#### CONFIG_ESP_PHY_ENABLE_VERSION_PRINT

> Print PHY version

> Found in: Component config > PHY

> Select to print PHY version in esp_phy_enable. This config only applies to esp32hxx for now.

### Power Management

Contains:

- CONFIG_PM_LIGHTSLEEP_RTC_OSC_CAL_INTERVAL

- CONFIG_PM_SLP_DISABLE_GPIO

- CONFIG_PM_SLEEP_CLK_ICG_ENABLE

- CONFIG_PM_SLP_SPIRAM_HALFSLEEP_ENABLED

- CONFIG_PM_LIGHTSLEEP_TICK_OVERFLOW_PROTECTION

- CONFIG_PM_LIGHT_SLEEP_CALLBACKS

- CONFIG_PM_SLEEP_FUNC_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_PM_POWER_DOWN_CPU_IN_LIGHT_SLEEP

- CONFIG_PM_POWER_DOWN_PERIPHERAL_IN_LIGHT_SLEEP

- CONFIG_PM_SLP_IRAM_OPT

- CONFIG_PM_RTOS_IDLE_OPT

- Retentive memory alloaction strategy for light sleep

- CONFIG_PM_ENABLE

- CONFIG_PM_SLP_SPIRAM_HALFSLEEP_EXIT_WAIT_DELAY

#### CONFIG_PM_SLEEP_FUNC_IN_IRAM

> Place Power Management module functions in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > Power Management

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_PM_ENABLE

> Support for power management

> Found in: Component config > Power Management

> If enabled, application is compiled with support for power management. This option has run-time overhead (increased interrupt latency, longer time to enter idle state), and it also reduces accuracy of RTOS ticks and timers used for timekeeping. Enable this option if application uses power management APIs.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_PM_DFS_INIT_AUTO

> Enable dynamic frequency scaling (DFS) at startup

> Found in: Component config > Power Management > CONFIG_PM_ENABLE

> If enabled, startup code configures dynamic frequency scaling. Max CPU frequency is set to DEFAULT_CPU_FREQ_MHZ setting, min frequency is set to XTAL frequency. If disabled, DFS will not be active until the application configures it using esp_pm_configure function.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_PM_ENABLE

##### CONFIG_PM_PROFILING

> Enable profiling counters for PM locks

> Found in: Component config > Power Management > CONFIG_PM_ENABLE

> If enabled, esp_pm_* functions will keep track of the amount of time each of the power management locks has been held, and esp_pm_dump_locks function will print this information. This feature can be used to analyze which locks are preventing the chip from going into a lower power state, and see what time the chip spends in each power saving mode. This feature does incur some run-time overhead, so should typically be disabled in production builds.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_PM_ENABLE

##### CONFIG_PM_TRACE

> Enable debug tracing of PM using GPIOs

> Found in: Component config > Power Management > CONFIG_PM_ENABLE

> If enabled, some GPIOs will be used to signal events such as RTOS ticks, frequency switching, entry/exit from idle state. Refer to pm_trace.c file for the list of GPIOs. This feature is intended to be used when analyzing/debugging behavior of power management implementation, and should be kept disabled in applications.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_PM_ENABLE

#### CONFIG_PM_SLP_IRAM_OPT

> Put lightsleep related codes in internal RAM

> Found in: Component config > Power Management

> If enabled, about 2.1KB of lightsleep related source code would be in IRAM and chip would sleep longer for 310us at 160MHz CPU frequency most each time. This feature is intended to be used when lower power consumption is needed while there is enough place in IRAM to place source code.

#### CONFIG_PM_RTOS_IDLE_OPT

> Put RTOS IDLE related codes in internal RAM

> Found in: Component config > Power Management

> If enabled, about 180Bytes of RTOS_IDLE related source code would be in IRAM and chip would sleep longer for 20us at 160MHz CPU frequency most each time. This feature is intended to be used when lower power consumption is needed while there is enough place in IRAM to place source code.

#### CONFIG_PM_SLP_DISABLE_GPIO

> Disable all GPIO when chip at sleep

> Found in: Component config > Power Management

> This feature is intended to disable all GPIO pins at automantic sleep to get a lower power mode. If enabled, chips will disable all GPIO pins at automantic sleep to reduce about 200~300 uA current. If you want to specifically use some pins normally as chip wakes when chip sleeps, you can call 'gpio_sleep_sel_dis' to disable this feature on those pins. You can also keep this feature on and call 'gpio_sleep_set_direction' and 'gpio_sleep_set_pull_mode' to have a different GPIO configuration at sleep.

#### CONFIG_PM_LIGHTSLEEP_RTC_OSC_CAL_INTERVAL

> Calibrate the RTC_FAST/SLOW clock every N times of light sleep

> Found in: Component config > Power Management

> The value of this option determines the calibration interval of the RTC_FAST/SLOW clock during sleep when power management is enabled. When it is configured as N, the RTC_FAST/SLOW clock will be calibrated every N times of lightsleep. Decreasing this value will increase the time the chip is in the active state, thereby increasing the average power consumption of the chip. Increasing this value can reduce the average power consumption, but when the external environment changes drastically and the chip RTC_FAST/SLOW oscillator frequency drifts, it may cause system instability.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 128 if CONFIG_PM_ENABLE

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_PM_ENABLE

#### CONFIG_PM_POWER_DOWN_CPU_IN_LIGHT_SLEEP

> Power down CPU in light sleep

> Found in: Component config > Power Management

> If enabled, the CPU will be powered down in light sleep, ESP chips supports saving and restoring CPU's running context before and after light sleep, the feature provides applications with seamless CPU powerdowned lightsleep without user awareness. But this will takes up some internal memory. On esp32c3 soc, enabling this option will consume 1.68 KB of internal RAM and will reduce sleep current consumption by about 100 uA. On esp32s3 soc, enabling this option will consume 8.58 KB of internal RAM and will reduce sleep current consumption by about 650 uA.

#### Retentive memory alloaction strategy for light sleep

> In light sleep mode, certain CPU states and data need to be preserved in memory while cpu domain is powered down. This configuration determines how the required memory resources are allocated. The PM_CPU_RETENTION_DYNAMIC option allows more flexible runtime memory management by supporting access to larger memory. However, it carries the risk of insufficient memory when the chip enters the light-sleep mode, even resulting in retention failure. In contrast, the PM_CPU_RETENTION_STATIC option ensures reliable sleep CPU retention during the system initialization, but reduces the memory available during runtime.

> Available options:

> > - Dynamically allocate memory (CONFIG_PM_CPU_RETENTION_DYNAMIC)

> >   Allocate memory for retention data only when preparing to enter light sleep.

> > - Statically allocate memory (CONFIG_PM_CPU_RETENTION_STATIC)

> >   Pre-allocate all required retention memory during system initialization.

#### CONFIG_PM_POWER_DOWN_PERIPHERAL_IN_LIGHT_SLEEP

> Power down Digital Peripheral in light sleep (EXPERIMENTAL)

> Found in: Component config > Power Management

> If enabled, digital peripherals will try to powered down in light sleep, then all related peripherals will not be available during sleep, including wake-up sources from the peripherals (For detailed availability information, see the note of the corresponding wakeup source enable function). The chip will automatically save/restore register context during sleep/wakeup to make the upper layer user unaware of the peripheral powerdown during sleep. Enabling this option will increase static RAM and heap usage but will also significantly reduce power. consumption during lightsleep, the actual memory cost depends on the peripherals you have initialized, for specific power consumption data in this mode, please refer to Electrical Characteristics section in the chip datasheet. (In order to save/restore the context of the necessary hardware for FreeRTOS to run, it will need at least 4.55 KB free heap at sleep time. Otherwise sleep will not power down the peripherals.)

> Note1: Please use this option with caution, the current IDF does not support the retention of all peripherals. When the digital peripherals are powered off and a sleep and wake-up is completed, the peripherals that have not saved the running context are equivalent to performing a reset. !!! Please confirm the peripherals used in your application and their sleep retention support status before enabling this option, peripherals sleep retention driver support status is tracked in power_management.rst

> Note2: When this option is enabled simultaneously with FREERTOS_USE_TICKLESS_IDLE, since the UART will be powered down, the uart FIFO will be flushed before sleep to avoid data loss, however, this has the potential to block the sleep process and cause the wakeup time to be skipped, which will cause the tick of freertos to not be compensated correctly when returning from sleep and cause the system to crash. To avoid this, you can increase FREERTOS_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP threshold in menuconfig.

> Note3: Enabling this option does not necessarily mean that the peripheral power domain will be turned down during sleep. The control priority of esp_sleep_pd_config is higher than this option, user code can still prevent the peripheral power domain from powering down during sleep by esp_sleep_pd_config(ESP_PD_DOMAIN_TOP, ESP_PD_OPTION_ON). In addition, whether the peripheral power domain is powered down during sleep also depends on the sleep working strategy selected by the driver. If any module belonging to the peripheral power domain chooses not to be powered down during sleep, then the peripheral power domain will not be powered off either.

#### CONFIG_PM_LIGHT_SLEEP_CALLBACKS

> Enable registration of pm light sleep callbacks

> Found in: Component config > Power Management

> If enabled, it allows user to register entry and exit callbacks which are called before and after entering auto light sleep.

> NOTE: These callbacks are executed from the IDLE task context hence you cannot have any blocking calls in your callbacks.

> NOTE: Enabling these callbacks may change sleep duration calculations based on time spent in callback and hence it is highly recommended to keep them as short as possible

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TICKLESS_IDLE

#### CONFIG_PM_LIGHTSLEEP_TICK_OVERFLOW_PROTECTION

> Enable light sleep tick overflow protection

> Found in: Component config > Power Management

> Limits tick compensation after light sleep wakeup to prevent vTaskStepTick() assertion failure when actual wakeup overhead exceeds estimation (due to cache misses, CPU frequency changes, or flash latency variations).

> When enabled:

>   - Silently limits slept_ticks to xExpectedIdleTime when oversleep is within tolerance (configured by PM_LIGHTSLEEP_TICK_OVERFLOW_TOLERANCE), preventing assertion failure

>   - Does not limit when oversleep exceeds tolerance (may indicate a bug), assertion failure may occur

>   - May lose ticks in rare cases, causing xTickCount to lag behind esp_timer

> When disabled (default):

>   - Accurate tick compensation, better precision

>   - May trigger assertion failure and system crash if overslept

> Keep disabled by default to maintain RTOS tick accuracy. Enable only when you experience assertion failures related to vTaskStepTick() and can accept slight inaccuracy of RTOS tick time compared to real time.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TICKLESS_IDLE

##### CONFIG_PM_LIGHTSLEEP_TICK_OVERFLOW_TOLERANCE

> Light sleep tick overflow tolerance

> Found in: Component config > Power Management > CONFIG_PM_LIGHTSLEEP_TICK_OVERFLOW_PROTECTION

> Maximum number of ticks that can be overslept before triggering. When oversleep is within this tolerance, the system silently limits slept_ticks to prevent assertion failure. When oversleep exceeds this tolerance, assertion failure may occur and system may crash.

> Higher values provide more tolerance for estimation variance but may hide real issues and cause more tick loss, leading to greater RTOS tick time inaccuracy compared to real time. Lower values provide better RTOS tick accuracy but may cause false positives.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 10 if CONFIG_PM_LIGHTSLEEP_TICK_OVERFLOW_PROTECTION

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_PM_LIGHTSLEEP_TICK_OVERFLOW_PROTECTION

#### CONFIG_PM_SLP_SPIRAM_HALFSLEEP_ENABLED

> Enable halfsleep mode for PSRAM in light sleep

> Found in: Component config > Power Management

> Enable PSRAM halfsleep mode feature to reduce power consumption during light sleep, if the PSRAM used support halfsleep mode.

> When enabled, the PSRAM chip will be configured to enter halfsleep mode (if applicable) before entering light sleep. This reduces power consumption by: 1. Setting refresh rate to 0.5x 2. Setting PSRAM to halfsleep mode

> The PSRAM will automatically exit halfsleep mode after waking up from light sleep.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_SPIRAM

#### CONFIG_PM_SLP_SPIRAM_HALFSLEEP_EXIT_WAIT_DELAY

> The time to wait for PSRAM to be able to access after exiting halfsleep mode (in us)

> Found in: Component config > Power Management

> Configure the delay time between waking up PSRAM halfsleep mode and the first access to PSRAM. Refer to the tXHS parameter in datasheet of the used PSRAM to configure this option.

> Range:

>   - from 50 to 250 if CONFIG_SPIRAM

> Default value:

>   - 150 if CONFIG_SPIRAM

#### CONFIG_PM_SLEEP_CLK_ICG_ENABLE

> Enable clock gating control during light sleep

> Found in: Component config > Power Management

> Enable clock gating for digital peripherals in Light Sleep mode. Some digital peripherals require their functional clocks to remain enabled during sleep. The Sleep Clock ICG selectively ungates the clock tree for these peripherals, allowing their hardware logic to continue running during Light Sleep, while keeping all other peripheral clocks gated to minimize sleep power consumption.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

### ESP PSRAM

Contains:

- CONFIG_SPIRAM

#### CONFIG_SPIRAM

> Support for external PSRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP PSRAM

> This enables support for an external PSRAM chip, connected in parallel with the main SPI flash chip.

##### PSRAM config

Contains:

- CONFIG_SPIRAM_ALLOW_BSS_SEG_EXTERNAL_MEMORY

- CONFIG_SPIRAM_ALLOW_NOINIT_SEG_EXTERNAL_MEMORY

- CONFIG_SPIRAM_XIP_FROM_PSRAM

- CONFIG_SPIRAM_ECC_ENABLE

- CONFIG_SPIRAM_IGNORE_NOTFOUND

- CONFIG_SPIRAM_BOOT_HW_INIT

- CONFIG_SPIRAM_MODE

- CONFIG_SPIRAM_MALLOC_ALWAYSINTERNAL

- CONFIG_SPIRAM_PRE_CONFIGURE_MEMORY_PROTECTION

- CONFIG_SPIRAM_ENC_EXEMPT

- CONFIG_SPIRAM_MALLOC_RESERVE_INTERNAL

- CONFIG_SPIRAM_MEMTEST

- CONFIG_SPIRAM_SPEED

- CONFIG_SPIRAM_USE

- CONFIG_SPIRAM_TRY_ALLOCATE_WIFI_LWIP

##### CONFIG_SPIRAM_MODE

> Line Mode of PSRAM chip in use

> Found in: Component config > ESP PSRAM > CONFIG_SPIRAM > PSRAM config

> Available options:

> > - 16-Line-Mode PSRAM (CONFIG_SPIRAM_MODE_HEX)

##### CONFIG_SPIRAM_SPEED

> Set PSRAM clock speed

> Found in: Component config > ESP PSRAM > CONFIG_SPIRAM > PSRAM config

> Select the speed for the PSRAM chip.

> Available options:

> > - 250MHz clock speed (CONFIG_SPIRAM_SPEED_250M)

> > - 200MHz clock speed (CONFIG_SPIRAM_SPEED_200M)

> > - 80MHz clock speed (CONFIG_SPIRAM_SPEED_80M)

> > - 20MHz clock speed (CONFIG_SPIRAM_SPEED_20M)

##### CONFIG_SPIRAM_XIP_FROM_PSRAM

> Enable Executable in place from (XiP) from PSRAM feature (READ HELP)

> Found in: Component config > ESP PSRAM > CONFIG_SPIRAM > PSRAM config

> If enabled, firmware in flash including instructions and data will be moved into PSRAM on startup, firmware code will execute directly from PSRAM.

> With this option enabled, code that requires execution during an MSPI1 Flash operation does not have to be placed in IRAM. Therefore codes that need to be executing during Flash operations can continue working normally.

> Because P4 flash and PSRAM are using two separate SPI buses, moving flash content to PSRAM will actually increase the load of the PSRAM MSPI bus, so the exact impact on performance will be dependent on your app usage of PSRAM. For example, as the PSRAM bus speed could be much faster than flash bus speed, if the instructions and data that are used to be in flash are not accessed very frequently, you might get better performance with this option enabled. We suggest doing performance profiling to determine if enabling this option.

##### CONFIG_SPIRAM_ECC_ENABLE

> Enable PSRAM ECC

> Found in: Component config > ESP PSRAM > CONFIG_SPIRAM > PSRAM config

> Enable Error-Correcting Code function when accessing PSRAM.

> If enabled, 1/8 of the PSRAM total size will be reserved for error-correcting code.

##### CONFIG_SPIRAM_BOOT_HW_INIT

> Initialise the PSRAM related hardware

> Found in: Component config > ESP PSRAM > CONFIG_SPIRAM > PSRAM config

> If this is enabled, the PSRAM hardware will be initialized during startup. Enabling this config does not ensure make sure the availability of the PSRAM for usage, but just initialises the PSRAM hardware. This is necessary to configure PSRAM memory protection during the boot up.

##### CONFIG_SPIRAM_BOOT_INIT

> Initialize PSRAM during startup, including the hardware and memory related configurations

> Found in: Component config > ESP PSRAM > CONFIG_SPIRAM > PSRAM config > CONFIG_SPIRAM_BOOT_HW_INIT

> If this is enabled, the PSRAM will be enabled during initial boot. Unless you have specific requirements, you'll want to leave this enabled so memory allocated during boot-up can also be placed in PSRAM.

##### CONFIG_SPIRAM_PRE_CONFIGURE_MEMORY_PROTECTION

> Pre-configure memory protection for PSRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP PSRAM > CONFIG_SPIRAM > PSRAM config

> If this is enabled, the PSRAM will be pre-configured for memory protection during initial boot. This configuration takes into consideration the PSRAM memory configurations that are performed by ESP-IDF's default PSRAM initialization function, esp_psram_init(). Thus, the config is enabled by default when SPIRAM_BOOT_INIT is enabled, because the function esp_psram_init() would be called in the startup code.

> In case you wish to disable SPIRAM_BOOT_INIT just for delaying the PSRAM initialization and plan to use the ESP-IDF's default PSRAM initialization function, esp_psram_init() in the application code, you should still enable this config to enable memory protection for the PSRAM.

> Note that enabling this config also considers that the rest of the PSRAM memory that is left after the memory configurations are performed by esp_psram_init(), can be allocated to the heap using the function esp_psram_extram_add_to_heap_allocator(), thus configures this region with heap memory protection (RW).

> As an advanced usage, if you plan to initialize the PSRAM memory regions manually by yourself without using the function esp_psram_init(), you should disable this config to avoid any memory protection and usage conflicts.

##### CONFIG_SPIRAM_IGNORE_NOTFOUND

> Ignore PSRAM when not found

> Found in: Component config > ESP PSRAM > CONFIG_SPIRAM > PSRAM config

> Normally, if psram initialization is enabled during compile time but not found at runtime, it is seen as an error making the CPU panic. If this is enabled, booting will complete but no PSRAM will be available. In particular, it is important to note that when SPIRAM_IGNORE_NOTFOUND is enabled, some WIFI related configs will be set to the default value used when SPIRAM is disabled. It can be assumed that by enabling this config, WIFI and LWIP will assume that the current chip does not have SPIRAM. SPIRAM_TRY_ALLOCATE_WIFI_LWIP will not work, buffers in WIFI and LWIP will be set to smaller ranges and default values. WIFI_CACHE_TX_BUFFER_NUM and ESP_WIFI_AMSDU_TX_ENABLED will be disabled, ESP_WIFI_TX_BUFFER will be set to ESP_WIFI_DYNAMIC_TX_BUFFER.

##### CONFIG_SPIRAM_USE

> SPI RAM access method

> Found in: Component config > ESP PSRAM > CONFIG_SPIRAM > PSRAM config

> The SPI RAM can be accessed in multiple methods: by just having it available as an unmanaged memory region in the CPU's memory map, by integrating it in the heap as 'special' memory needing heap_caps_malloc to allocate, or by fully integrating it making malloc() also able to return SPI RAM pointers.

> Available options:

> > - Integrate RAM into memory map (CONFIG_SPIRAM_USE_MEMMAP)

> > - Add RAM to heap_caps allocator (malloc() stays internal by default) (CONFIG_SPIRAM_USE_CAPS_ALLOC)

> >   Add SPI RAM to the capability allocator.

> >   Use heap_caps_malloc(..., MALLOC_CAP_SPIRAM) to explicitly allocate from SPI RAM. SPI RAM may also be returned by heap_caps_malloc(..., MALLOC_CAP_DEFAULT), since this heap is also registered with MALLOC_CAP_DEFAULT.

> >   Standard malloc() does not allocate from SPI RAM by default in this mode.

> > - Make RAM allocatable using malloc() as well (CONFIG_SPIRAM_USE_MALLOC)

##### CONFIG_SPIRAM_MEMTEST

> Run memory test on SPI RAM initialization

> Found in: Component config > ESP PSRAM > CONFIG_SPIRAM > PSRAM config

> Runs a rudimentary memory test on initialization. Aborts when memory test fails. Disable this for slightly faster startup.

##### CONFIG_SPIRAM_MALLOC_ALWAYSINTERNAL

> Maximum malloc() size, in bytes, to always put in internal memory

> Found in: Component config > ESP PSRAM > CONFIG_SPIRAM > PSRAM config

> If malloc() is capable of also allocating SPI-connected ram, its allocation strategy will prefer to allocate chunks less than this size in internal memory, while allocations larger than this will be done from external RAM. If allocation from the preferred region fails, an attempt is made to allocate from the non-preferred region instead, so malloc() will not suddenly fail when either internal or external memory is full.

##### CONFIG_SPIRAM_TRY_ALLOCATE_WIFI_LWIP

> Try to allocate memories of WiFi and LWIP in SPIRAM firstly. If failed, allocate internal memory

> Found in: Component config > ESP PSRAM > CONFIG_SPIRAM > PSRAM config

> Try to allocate memories of WiFi and LWIP in SPIRAM firstly. If failed, try to allocate internal memory then.

##### CONFIG_SPIRAM_MALLOC_RESERVE_INTERNAL

> Reserve this amount of bytes for data that specifically needs to be in DMA or internal memory

> Found in: Component config > ESP PSRAM > CONFIG_SPIRAM > PSRAM config

> Because the external/internal RAM allocation strategy is not always perfect, it sometimes may happen that the internal memory is entirely filled up. This causes allocations that are specifically done in internal memory, for example the stack for new tasks or memory to service DMA or have memory that's also available when SPI cache is down, to fail. This option reserves a pool specifically for requests like that; a normal malloc() can fall back to the pool only after all other internal are exhausted.

> Set this to 0 to disable this feature.

> Note that because FreeRTOS stacks are forced to internal memory, they will also use this memory pool; be sure to keep this in mind when adjusting this value.

> Note also that the DMA reserved pool may not be one single contiguous memory region, depending on the configured size and the static memory usage of the app.

##### CONFIG_SPIRAM_ALLOW_BSS_SEG_EXTERNAL_MEMORY

> Allow .bss segment placed in external memory

> Found in: Component config > ESP PSRAM > CONFIG_SPIRAM > PSRAM config

> If enabled, variables with EXT_RAM_BSS_ATTR attribute will be placed in SPIRAM instead of internal DRAM. BSS section of lwip, net80211, pp, bt libraries will be automatically placed in SPIRAM. BSS sections from other object files and libraries can also be placed in SPIRAM through linker fragment scheme extram_bss.

> Note that the variables placed in SPIRAM using EXT_RAM_BSS_ATTR will be zero initialized.

##### CONFIG_SPIRAM_ALLOW_NOINIT_SEG_EXTERNAL_MEMORY

> Allow .noinit segment placed in external memory

> Found in: Component config > ESP PSRAM > CONFIG_SPIRAM > PSRAM config

> If enabled, noinit variables can be placed in PSRAM using EXT_RAM_NOINIT_ATTR.

> Note the values placed into this section will not be initialized at startup and should keep its value after software restart.

##### CONFIG_SPIRAM_ENC_EXEMPT

> Reserve a PSRAM region exempt from encryption

> Found in: Component config > ESP PSRAM > CONFIG_SPIRAM > PSRAM config

> !!! SECURITY WARNING !!!

> Enabling this option carves out a region at the upper end of PSRAM (highest physical addresses) that is mapped WITHOUT encryption, even when flash encryption is enabled. Memory allocated from this region (via MALLOC_CAP_SPIRAM_NO_ENC) is stored in plaintext in PSRAM and can be observed by an attacker with physical access to the PSRAM interface.

> DO NOT enable this unless you have weighed the trade-off:

>   - You accept that any data placed in this region is unprotected at rest.

>   - You will only allocate workloads that are not security-sensitive (e.g. video frame buffers, intermediate codec scratch buffers) into this region.

>   - You understand that PSRAM-resident TLS state, keys, or other secrets MUST NOT be allocated with MALLOC_CAP_SPIRAM_NO_ENC.

> Use case: PSRAM encryption imposes alignment constraints on buffers that cross PSRAM. Some DMA engines (e.g. 2D-DMA) cannot satisfy these alignment requirements, so DMA into encrypted PSRAM fails. This option lets such workloads place their buffers in an unencrypted PSRAM region while keeping the rest of PSRAM (and flash) encrypted.

##### CONFIG_SPIRAM_ENC_EXEMPT_SIZE

> Size of the unencrypted PSRAM region (KB)

> Found in: Component config > ESP PSRAM > CONFIG_SPIRAM > PSRAM config > CONFIG_SPIRAM_ENC_EXEMPT

> Size of the PSRAM region carved out at the upper end of PSRAM (highest physical addresses) and mapped without encryption. Rounded up to a multiple of the MMU page size (typically 64 KB). The region is registered as a separate heap pool, accessible only via MALLOC_CAP_SPIRAM_NO_ENC.

### ESP Ringbuf

Contains:

- CONFIG_RINGBUF_PLACE_ISR_FUNCTIONS_INTO_FLASH

- CONFIG_RINGBUF_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_RINGBUF_IN_IRAM

> Place ring buffer functions in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP Ringbuf

> Place ring buffer functions in IRAM for better performance. By default, ring buffer functions are placed in Flash to save IRAM. Enable this option if you need maximum performance for ring buffer operations.

> Note: This option increases IRAM usage.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_RINGBUF_PLACE_ISR_FUNCTIONS_INTO_FLASH

> Place ISR ringbuf functions into flash

> Found in: Component config > ESP Ringbuf

> Place ISR ringbuf functions (like xRingbufferSendFromISR/xRingbufferReceiveFromISR) into flash. This frees up IRAM, but the functions can no longer be called when the cache is disabled or from an IRAM interrupt context.

> This option is not compatible with ESP-IDF drivers which are configured to run the ISR from an IRAM context, e.g. CONFIG_UART_ISR_IN_IRAM.

### ESP-ROM

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_ROM_PRINT_IN_IRAM

#### CONFIG_ESP_ROM_PRINT_IN_IRAM

> Place print functions in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP-ROM

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

### ESP Security Specific

Contains:

- Crypto DPA Protection

- CONFIG_ESP_ECDSA_ENABLE_P192_CURVE

- CONFIG_ESP_CRYPTO_FORCE_ECC_CONSTANT_TIME_POINT_MUL

#### Crypto DPA Protection

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_CRYPTO_DPA_PROTECTION_AT_STARTUP

##### CONFIG_ESP_CRYPTO_DPA_PROTECTION_AT_STARTUP

> Enable crypto DPA protection at startup

> Found in: Component config > ESP Security Specific > Crypto DPA Protection

> This config controls the DPA (Differential Power Analysis) protection knob for the crypto peripherals. DPA protection dynamically adjusts clock frequency of the crypto peripheral. DPA protection helps to make it difficult to perform SCA attacks on the crypto peripherals. However, there is also associated performance impact based on the security level set. Please refer to the TRM for more details.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if SOC_CRYPTO_DPA_PROTECTION_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_ESP_CRYPTO_DPA_PROTECTION_LEVEL

> DPA protection level

> Found in: Component config > ESP Security Specific > Crypto DPA Protection > CONFIG_ESP_CRYPTO_DPA_PROTECTION_AT_STARTUP

> Configure the DPA protection security level

> Available options:

> > - Security level low (CONFIG_ESP_CRYPTO_DPA_PROTECTION_LEVEL_LOW)

> > - Security level medium (CONFIG_ESP_CRYPTO_DPA_PROTECTION_LEVEL_MEDIUM)

> > - Security level high (CONFIG_ESP_CRYPTO_DPA_PROTECTION_LEVEL_HIGH)

#### CONFIG_ESP_CRYPTO_FORCE_ECC_CONSTANT_TIME_POINT_MUL

> Forcefully enable ECC constant time point multiplication operations

> Found in: Component config > ESP Security Specific

> If enabled, the app startup code will burn the ECC_FORCE_CONST_TIME efuse bit to force the ECC peripheral to always perform constant time point multiplication operations, irrespective of the ECC_MULT_SECURITY_MODE status bit that is present in the ECC_MULT_CONF_REG register. By default, ESP-IDF configures the ECC peripheral to perform constant time point multiplication operations, so enabling this config would provide security enhancement only in the cases when trusted boot is not enabled and the attacker tries carrying out non-constant time point multiplication operations by changing the default ESP-IDF configurations. Performing constant time operations protect the ECC multiplication operations from timing attacks.

> For targets that support Secure Boot using ECDSA-P384, the write-protection bit of the efuse bit could be shared by multiple other efuse bits and can be programmed by the application when Secure Boot is enabled. Thus, you could select CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT_SKIP_WRITE_PROTECTION_SCA, in case you would like to skip the write-protection of the efuse bit.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_ECDSA_ENABLE_P192_CURVE

> Enable ECDSA 192-curve operations

> Found in: Component config > ESP Security Specific

> By default, only the 256-bit curve operations are allowed. If this configuration is enabled, it will set the eFuse to allow ECDSA operations using both the 192-bit and 256-bit curves.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_ECDSA_P192_CURVE_DEFAULT_DISABLED

### ESP-STDIO

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART

- CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_SECONDARY

- CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_USB_CDC_SUPPORT_ETS_PRINTF

- CONFIG_ESP_STDIO_MAX_VFS_ENTRIES

- CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_USB_CDC_RX_BUF_SIZE

- CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_BAUDRATE

- CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_NUM

- CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_RX_GPIO

- CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_TX_GPIO

#### CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART

> Channel for console output

> Found in: Component config > ESP-STDIO

> Select where to send console output (through stdout and stderr).

> - Default is to use UART0 on pre-defined GPIOs.

> - If "Custom" is selected, UART0 or UART1 can be chosen, and any pins can be selected.

> - If "None" is selected, there will be no console output on any UART, except for initial output from ROM bootloader. This ROM output can be suppressed by GPIO strapping or EFUSE, refer to chip datasheet for details.

> - On chips with USB OTG peripheral, "USB CDC" option redirects output to the CDC port. This option uses the CDC driver in the chip ROM. This option is incompatible with TinyUSB stack.

> - On chips with an USB serial/JTAG debug controller, selecting the option for that redirects output to the CDC/ACM (serial port emulation) component of that device.

> Available options:

> > - Default: UART0 (CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_DEFAULT)

> > - USB CDC (CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_USB_CDC)

> > - USB Serial/JTAG Controller (CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_USB_SERIAL_JTAG)

> > - Custom UART (CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_CUSTOM)

> > - None (CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_NONE)

#### CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_SECONDARY

> Channel for console secondary output

> Found in: Component config > ESP-STDIO

> This secondary option supports output through other specific port like USB_SERIAL_JTAG when UART0 port as a primary is selected but not connected. This secondary output currently only supports non-blocking mode without using REPL. If you want to output in blocking mode with REPL or input through this secondary port, please change the primary config to this port in Channel for console output menu.

> Available options:

> > - No secondary console (CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_SECONDARY_NONE)

> > - USB_SERIAL_JTAG PORT (CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_SECONDARY_USB_SERIAL_JTAG)

> >   This option supports output through USB_SERIAL_JTAG port when the UART0 port is not connected. The output currently only supports non-blocking mode without using the console. If you want to output in blocking mode with REPL or input through USB_SERIAL_JTAG port, please change the primary config to ESP_CONSOLE_USB_SERIAL_JTAG above.

#### CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_NUM

> UART peripheral to use for console output (0-1)

> Found in: Component config > ESP-STDIO

> This UART peripheral is used for console output from the ESP-IDF Bootloader and the app.

> If the configuration is different in the Bootloader binary compared to the app binary, UART is reconfigured after the bootloader exits and the app starts.

> Due to an ESP32 ROM bug, UART2 is not supported for console output via esp_rom_printf.

> Available options:

> > - UART0 (CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_CUSTOM_NUM_0)

> > - UART1 (CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_CUSTOM_NUM_1)

#### CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_TX_GPIO

> UART TX on GPIO<num>

> Found in: Component config > ESP-STDIO

> This GPIO is used for console UART TX output in the ESP-IDF Bootloader and the app (including boot log output and default standard output and standard error of the app). Value -1 means to continue using the default console UART TX pin.

> If the configuration is different in the Bootloader binary compared to the app binary, UART is reconfigured after the bootloader exits and the app starts.

> Range:

>   - from -1 to 54 if CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_CUSTOM

> Default value:

>   - 37 if CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_CUSTOM

>   - "-1" if CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_CUSTOM

#### CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_RX_GPIO

> UART RX on GPIO<num>

> Found in: Component config > ESP-STDIO

> This GPIO is used for console UART RX input in the ESP-IDF Bootloader and the app (including default standard input of the app). Value -1 means to continue using the default console UART RX pin.

> Note: The default ESP-IDF Bootloader configures this pin but doesn't read anything from the UART.

> If the configuration is different in the Bootloader binary compared to the app binary, UART is reconfigured after the bootloader exits and the app starts.

> Range:

>   - from -1 to 54 if CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_CUSTOM

> Default value:

>   - 38 if CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_CUSTOM

>   - "-1" if CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_CUSTOM

#### CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_BAUDRATE

> UART console baud rate

> Found in: Component config > ESP-STDIO

> This baud rate is used by both the ESP-IDF Bootloader and the app (including boot log output and default standard input/output/error of the app).

> The app's maximum baud rate depends on the UART clock source. If Power Management is disabled, the UART clock source is the APB clock and all baud rates in the available range will be sufficiently accurate. If Power Management is enabled, REF_TICK clock source is used so the baud rate is divided from 1MHz. Baud rates above 1Mbps are not possible and values between 500Kbps and 1Mbps may not be accurate.

> If the configuration is different in the Bootloader binary compared to the app binary, UART is reconfigured after the bootloader exits and the app starts.

> Range:

>   - from 1200 to 1000000 if CONFIG_PM_ENABLE

> Default value:

>   - 115200

#### CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_USB_CDC_RX_BUF_SIZE

> Size of USB CDC RX buffer

> Found in: Component config > ESP-STDIO

> Set the size of USB CDC RX buffer. Increase the buffer size if your application is often receiving data over USB CDC.

> Range:

>   - from 4 to 16384 if CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_USB_CDC

> Default value:

>   - 64 if CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_USB_CDC

#### CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_USB_CDC_SUPPORT_ETS_PRINTF

> Enable esp_rom_printf / ESP_EARLY_LOG via USB CDC

> Found in: Component config > ESP-STDIO

> If enabled, esp_rom_printf and ESP_EARLY_LOG output will also be sent over USB CDC. Disabling this option saves about 1kB or RAM.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_USB_CDC

#### CONFIG_ESP_STDIO_MAX_VFS_ENTRIES

> Maximum number of registerable VFS sinks

> Found in: Component config > ESP-STDIO

> Maximum number of filesystems that can be registered as sinks for console output.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 10

> Default value:

>   - 2

### ESP System Settings

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_BACKTRACING_METHOD

- CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_RTC_EXT_XTAL_BOOTSTRAP_CYCLES

- Cache config

- CONFIG_ESP_DEFAULT_CPU_FREQ_MHZ

- CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT

- CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_ALLOW_RTC_FAST_MEM_AS_HEAP

- CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_EN

- CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_EVENT_TASK_STACK_SIZE

- CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_HW_PC_RECORD

- CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_HW_STACK_GUARD

- CONFIG_ESP_XT_WDT

- CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_CHECK_INT_LEVEL

- CONFIG_ESP_INT_WDT

- CONFIG_ESP_MAIN_TASK_AFFINITY

- CONFIG_ESP_MAIN_TASK_STACK_SIZE

- CONFIG_ESP_DEBUG_OCDAWARE

- CONFIG_ESP_MINIMAL_SHARED_STACK_SIZE

- CONFIG_ESP_DEBUG_STUBS_ENABLE

- CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_PANIC

- CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_PANIC_REBOOT_DELAY_SECONDS

- CONFIG_ESP_PANIC_HANDLER_IRAM

- CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_ESP_DEBUG_INCLUDE_OCD_STUB_BINS

- CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_EVENT_QUEUE_SIZE

#### CONFIG_ESP_DEFAULT_CPU_FREQ_MHZ

> CPU frequency

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> CPU frequency to be set on application startup.

> Available options:

> > - 40 MHz (CONFIG_ESP_DEFAULT_CPU_FREQ_MHZ_40)

> > - 360 MHz (CONFIG_ESP_DEFAULT_CPU_FREQ_MHZ_360)

> > - 400 MHz (CONFIG_ESP_DEFAULT_CPU_FREQ_MHZ_400)

#### Cache config

Contains:

- CONFIG_CACHE_L2_CACHE_LINE_SIZE

- CONFIG_CACHE_L2_CACHE_SIZE

##### CONFIG_CACHE_L2_CACHE_SIZE

> L2 cache size

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings > Cache config

> L2 cache size to be set on application startup.

> Available options:

> > - 128KB (CONFIG_CACHE_L2_CACHE_128KB)

> > - 256KB (CONFIG_CACHE_L2_CACHE_256KB)

> > - 512KB (CONFIG_CACHE_L2_CACHE_512KB)

##### CONFIG_CACHE_L2_CACHE_LINE_SIZE

> L2 cache line size

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings > Cache config

> L2 cache line size to be set on application startup.

> Available options:

> > - 64 Bytes (CONFIG_CACHE_L2_CACHE_LINE_64B)

> > - 128 Bytes (CONFIG_CACHE_L2_CACHE_LINE_128B)

#### CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_IN_IRAM

> Place system functions in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> The following system functions will be placed in IRAM if this option is enabled: - system startup - system time - system error - system restart - system crosscore - system debug - system APB backup DMA lock - system application tick hook - Unified Behavior Sanitizer (UBSAN) hook - Interrupt watchdog handler - XTAL32K watchdog timer - IPC and IPC ISR

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_PANIC

> Panic handler behaviour

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> If FreeRTOS detects unexpected behaviour or an unhandled exception, the panic handler is invoked. Configure the panic handler's action here.

> Available options:

> > - Print registers and halt (CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_PANIC_PRINT_HALT)

> >   Outputs the relevant registers over the serial port and halt the processor. Needs a manual reset to restart.

> > - Print registers and reboot (CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_PANIC_PRINT_REBOOT)

> >   Outputs the relevant registers over the serial port and immediately reset the processor.

> > - Silent reboot (CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_PANIC_SILENT_REBOOT)

> >   Just resets the processor without outputting anything

> > - GDBStub on panic (CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_PANIC_GDBSTUB)

> >   Invoke gdbstub on the serial port, allowing for gdb to attach to it to do a postmortem of the crash.

#### CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_PANIC_REBOOT_DELAY_SECONDS

> Panic reboot delay (Seconds)

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> After the panic handler executes, you can specify a number of seconds to wait before the device reboots.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 99

> Default value:

>   - 0

#### CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_RTC_EXT_XTAL_BOOTSTRAP_CYCLES

> Bootstrap cycles for external 32kHz crystal

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> To reduce the startup time of an external RTC crystal, we bootstrap it with a 32kHz square wave for a fixed number of cycles. Setting 0 will disable bootstrapping (if disabled, the crystal may take longer to start up or fail to oscillate under some conditions).

> If this value is too high, a faulty crystal may initially start and then fail. If this value is too low, an otherwise good crystal may not start.

> To accurately determine if the crystal has started, set a larger "Number of cycles for RTC_SLOW_CLK calibration" (about 3000).

#### CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_ALLOW_RTC_FAST_MEM_AS_HEAP

> Enable RTC fast memory for dynamic allocations

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> This config option allows to add RTC fast memory region to system heap with capability similar to that of DRAM region but without DMA. Speed wise RTC fast memory operates on APB clock and hence does not have much performance impact.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_BACKTRACING_METHOD

> Backtracing method

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> Configure how backtracing will be performed at runtime when a panic occurs.

> Available options:

> > - No backtracing (CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_NO_BACKTRACE)

> >   When selected, no backtracing will be performed at runtime. By using idf.py monitor, it is still possible to get a backtrace when a panic occurs.

> > - Generate and use eh_frame for backtracing (CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_USE_EH_FRAME)

> >   Generate DWARF information for each function of the project. These information will parsed and used to perform backtracing when panics occur. Activating this option will activate asynchronous frame unwinding and generation of both .eh_frame and .eh_frame_hdr sections, resulting in a bigger binary size (20% to 100% larger). The main purpose of this option is to be able to have a backtrace parsed and printed by the program itself, regardless of the serial monitor used. This option is not recommended to be used for production.

> > - Use CPU Frame Pointer register (CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_USE_FRAME_POINTER)

> >   This configuration allows the compiler to allocate CPU register s0 as the frame pointer. The main usage of the frame pointer is to be able to generate a backtrace from the panic handler on exception. Enabling this option results in bigger and slightly slower code since all functions will have to populate this register and won't be able to use it as a general-purpose register anymore.

#### CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT

> Enable memory protection

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> This option enables memory protection for the valid memory regions. This feature also automatically splits the ROM, RAM and flash memory into data and instruction segments and sets Read/Execute permissions for the instruction part (below given splitting address) and Read/Write permissions for the data part (above the splitting address). The memory protection is effective on all access through the IRAM0 and DRAM0 buses.

> Note: allocating memory with MALLOC_CAP_EXEC capability is not possible when this config is enabled.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT_MODE

> Memory Protection configurations

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings > CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT

> Available options:

> > - Enable Permission Control Module (PMS) configurations (CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT_PMS)

> >   This option enables memory protection using the Permission Control Module (PMS).

> > - Enable CPU's Physical Memory Protection (PMP) configurations (CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT_PMP)

> >   This option enables memory protection using CPU PMP.

> > - Enable Trusted Execution Environment (TEE) configurations (CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT_TEE)

> >   This option enables the default memory protection provided by TEE.

##### CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT_PMS_LOCK

> Lock memory protection settings

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings > CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT

> Once locked, memory protection settings cannot be changed anymore. The lock is reset only on the chip startup.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT && CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT_PMS

##### CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT_PMP_LP_CORE_RESERVE_MEM_EXEC

> Make LP core reserved memory executable from HP core

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings > CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT

> If enabled, user can run code available in LP Core image.

> Warning: on ESP32-P4 this will also mark the memory area used for BOOTLOADER_RESERVE_RTC_MEM as executable. If you consider this a security risk then do not activate this option.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_EVENT_QUEUE_SIZE

> System event queue size

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> Config system event queue size in different application.

> Default value:

>   - 32

#### CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_EVENT_TASK_STACK_SIZE

> Event loop task stack size

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> Config system event task stack size in different application.

> Default value:

>   - 2304

#### CONFIG_ESP_MAIN_TASK_STACK_SIZE

> Main task stack size

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> Configure the "main task" stack size. This is the stack of the task which calls app_main(). If app_main() returns then this task is deleted and its stack memory is freed.

> Default value:

>   - 3584

#### CONFIG_ESP_MAIN_TASK_AFFINITY

> Main task core affinity

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> Configure the "main task" core affinity. This is the used core of the task which calls app_main(). If app_main() returns then this task is deleted.

> Available options:

> > - CPU0 (CONFIG_ESP_MAIN_TASK_AFFINITY_CPU0)

> > - CPU1 (CONFIG_ESP_MAIN_TASK_AFFINITY_CPU1)

> > - No affinity (CONFIG_ESP_MAIN_TASK_AFFINITY_NO_AFFINITY)

#### CONFIG_ESP_MINIMAL_SHARED_STACK_SIZE

> Minimal allowed size for shared stack

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> Minimal value of size, in bytes, accepted to execute a expression with shared stack.

> Default value:

>   - 2048

#### CONFIG_ESP_INT_WDT

> Interrupt watchdog

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> This watchdog timer can detect if the FreeRTOS tick interrupt has not been called for a certain time, either because a task turned off interrupts and did not turn them on for a long time, or because an interrupt handler did not return. It will try to invoke the panic handler first and failing that reset the SoC.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_INT_WDT_TIMEOUT_MS

> Interrupt watchdog timeout (ms)

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings > CONFIG_ESP_INT_WDT

> The timeout of the watchdog, in milliseconds. Make this higher than the FreeRTOS tick rate.

> Range:

>   - from 10 to 10000

> Default value:

>   - 800 if CONFIG_SPIRAM && CONFIG_ESP_INT_WDT

##### CONFIG_ESP_INT_WDT_CHECK_CPU1

> Also watch CPU1 tick interrupt

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings > CONFIG_ESP_INT_WDT

> Also detect if interrupts on CPU 1 are disabled for too long.

#### CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_EN

> Enable Task Watchdog Timer

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> The Task Watchdog Timer can be used to make sure individual tasks are still running. Enabling this option will enable the Task Watchdog Timer. It can be either initialized automatically at startup or initialized after startup (see Task Watchdog Timer API Reference)

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_INIT

> Initialize Task Watchdog Timer on startup

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings > CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_EN

> Enabling this option will cause the Task Watchdog Timer to be initialized automatically at startup.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_PANIC

> Invoke panic handler on Task Watchdog timeout

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings > CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_EN > CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_INIT

> If this option is enabled, the Task Watchdog Timer will be configured to trigger the panic handler when it times out. This can also be configured at run time (see Task Watchdog Timer API Reference)

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_TIMEOUT_S

> Task Watchdog timeout period (seconds)

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings > CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_EN > CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_INIT

> Timeout period configuration for the Task Watchdog Timer in seconds. This is also configurable at run time (see Task Watchdog Timer API Reference)

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 60

> Default value:

>   - 5

##### CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_CHECK_IDLE_TASK_CPU0

> Watch CPU0 Idle Task

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings > CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_EN > CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_INIT

> If this option is enabled, the Task Watchdog Timer will watch the CPU0 Idle Task. Having the Task Watchdog watch the Idle Task allows for detection of CPU starvation as the Idle Task not being called is usually a symptom of CPU starvation. Starvation of the Idle Task is detrimental as FreeRTOS household tasks depend on the Idle Task getting some runtime every now and then.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_CHECK_IDLE_TASK_CPU1

> Watch CPU1 Idle Task

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings > CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_EN > CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_INIT

> If this option is enabled, the Task Watchdog Timer will wach the CPU1 Idle Task.

#### CONFIG_ESP_XT_WDT

> Initialize XTAL32K watchdog timer on startup

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> This watchdog timer can detect oscillation failure of the XTAL32K_CLK. When such a failure is detected the hardware can be set up to automatically switch to BACKUP32K_CLK and generate an interrupt.

##### CONFIG_ESP_XT_WDT_TIMEOUT

> XTAL32K watchdog timeout period

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings > CONFIG_ESP_XT_WDT

> Timeout period configuration for the XTAL32K watchdog timer based on RTC_CLK.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_ESP_XT_WDT

> Default value:

>   - 200 if CONFIG_ESP_XT_WDT

##### CONFIG_ESP_XT_WDT_BACKUP_CLK_ENABLE

> Automatically switch to BACKUP32K_CLK when timer expires

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings > CONFIG_ESP_XT_WDT

> Enable this to automatically switch to BACKUP32K_CLK as the source of RTC_SLOW_CLK when the watchdog timer expires.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_XT_WDT

#### CONFIG_ESP_PANIC_HANDLER_IRAM

> Place panic handler code in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> If this option is disabled (default), the panic handler code is placed in flash not IRAM. This means that if ESP-IDF crashes while flash cache is disabled, the panic handler will automatically re-enable flash cache before running GDB Stub or Core Dump. This adds some minor risk, if the flash cache status is also corrupted during the crash.

> If this option is enabled, the panic handler code (including required UART functions) is placed in IRAM. This may be necessary to debug some complex issues with crashes while flash cache is disabled (for example, when writing to SPI flash) or when flash cache is corrupted when an exception is triggered.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_DEBUG_STUBS_ENABLE

> OpenOCD debug stubs

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> Debug stubs are used by OpenOCD to execute pre-compiled onboard code which does some useful debugging stuff, e.g. GCOV data dump.

#### CONFIG_ESP_DEBUG_INCLUDE_OCD_STUB_BINS

> Preload OpenOCD stub binaries to speed up debugging. 8K memory will be reserved

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> OpenOCD uses stub code to access flash during programming or when inserting and removing SW flash breakpoints. To execute stub code, OpenOCD allocates memory on the target device, backs up the existing memory, loads the stub binary, runs the binary, and then restores the original memory. This process can be time-consuming, especially when using USB serial JTAG. By enabling this option, 8K of memory in RAM will be preallocated with the stub code, eliminating the need to back up and restore the memory region.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_DEBUG_HAVE_OCD_STUB_BINS

#### CONFIG_ESP_DEBUG_OCDAWARE

> Make exception and panic handlers JTAG/OCD aware

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> The FreeRTOS panic and unhandled exception handlers can detect a JTAG OCD debugger and instead of panicking, have the debugger stop on the offending instruction.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_CHECK_INT_LEVEL

> Interrupt level to use for Interrupt Watchdog and other system checks

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> Interrupt level to use for Interrupt Watchdog, IPC_ISR and other system checks.

> Available options:

> > - Level 5 interrupt (CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_CHECK_INT_LEVEL_5)

> >   Using level 5 interrupt for Interrupt Watchdog, IPC_ISR and other system checks.

> > - Level 4 interrupt (CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_CHECK_INT_LEVEL_4)

> >   Using level 4 interrupt for Interrupt Watchdog, IPC_ISR and other system checks.

#### CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_HW_STACK_GUARD

> Hardware stack guard

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> This config allows to trigger a panic interrupt when Stack Pointer register goes out of allocated stack memory bounds.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_HW_PC_RECORD

> Hardware PC recording

> Found in: Component config > ESP System Settings

> This option will enable the PC recording function of assist_debug module. The PC value of the CPU will be recorded to PC record register in assist_debug module in real time. When an exception occurs and the CPU is reset, this register will be kept, then we can use the recorded PC to debug the causes of the reset.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

### IPC (Inter-Processor Call)

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_IPC_TASK_STACK_SIZE

- CONFIG_ESP_IPC_USES_CALLERS_PRIORITY

#### CONFIG_ESP_IPC_TASK_STACK_SIZE

> Inter-Processor Call (IPC) task stack size

> Found in: Component config > IPC (Inter-Processor Call)

> Configure the IPC tasks stack size. An IPC task runs on each core (in dual core mode), and allows for cross-core function calls. See IPC documentation for more details. The default IPC stack size should be enough for most common simple use cases. However, users can increase/decrease the stack size to their needs.

> Range:

>   - from 2048 to 65536 if APPTRACE_ENABLE

> Default value:

>   - 2048 if APPTRACE_ENABLE

>   - 1024

#### CONFIG_ESP_IPC_USES_CALLERS_PRIORITY

> IPC runs at caller's priority

> Found in: Component config > IPC (Inter-Processor Call)

> If this option is not enabled then the IPC task will keep behavior same as prior to that of ESP-IDF v4.0, hence IPC task will run at (configMAX_PRIORITIES - 1) priority.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

### ESP Timer (High Resolution Timer)

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_PROFILING

- CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_TASK_AFFINITY

- CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_TASK_STACK_SIZE

- CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_INTERRUPT_LEVEL

- CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_SHOW_EXPERIMENTAL

- CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_SUPPORTS_ISR_DISPATCH_METHOD

- CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_ISR_AFFINITY

#### CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_IN_IRAM

> Place esp_timer functions in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > ESP Timer (High Resolution Timer)

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_PROFILING

> Enable esp_timer profiling features

> Found in: Component config > ESP Timer (High Resolution Timer)

> If enabled, esp_timer_dump will dump information such as number of times the timer was started, number of times the timer has triggered, and the total time it took for the callback to run. This option has some effect on timer performance and the amount of memory used for timer storage, and should only be used for debugging/testing purposes.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_TASK_STACK_SIZE

> High-resolution timer task stack size

> Found in: Component config > ESP Timer (High Resolution Timer)

> Configure the stack size of "timer_task" task. This task is used to dispatch callbacks of timers created using ets_timer and esp_timer APIs. If you are seeing stack overflow errors in timer task, increase this value.

> Note that this is not the same as FreeRTOS timer task. To configure FreeRTOS timer task size, see "FreeRTOS timer task stack size" option in "FreeRTOS".

> Range:

>   - from 2048 to 65536

> Default value:

>   - 3584

#### CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_INTERRUPT_LEVEL

> Interrupt level

> Found in: Component config > ESP Timer (High Resolution Timer)

> This sets the interrupt priority level for esp_timer ISR. A higher value reduces interrupt latency by minimizing the timer processing delay.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 1

> Default value:

>   - 1

#### CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_SHOW_EXPERIMENTAL

> show esp_timer's experimental features

> Found in: Component config > ESP Timer (High Resolution Timer)

> This shows some hidden features of esp_timer. Note that they may break other features, use them with care.

#### CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_TASK_AFFINITY

> esp_timer task core affinity

> Found in: Component config > ESP Timer (High Resolution Timer)

> The default settings: timer TASK on CPU0 and timer ISR on CPU0. Other settings may help in certain cases, but note that they may break other features, use them with care. - "CPU0": (default) esp_timer task is processed by CPU0. - "CPU1": esp_timer task is processed by CPU1. - "No affinity": esp_timer task can be processed by any CPU.

> Available options:

> > - CPU0 (CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_TASK_AFFINITY_CPU0)

> > - CPU1 (CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_TASK_AFFINITY_CPU1)

> > - No affinity (CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_TASK_AFFINITY_NO_AFFINITY)

#### CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_ISR_AFFINITY

> timer interrupt core affinity

> Found in: Component config > ESP Timer (High Resolution Timer)

> The default settings: timer TASK on CPU0 and timer ISR on CPU0. Other settings may help in certain cases, but note that they may break other features, use them with care. - "CPU0": (default) timer interrupt is processed by CPU0. - "CPU1": timer interrupt is processed by CPU1. - "No affinity": timer interrupt can be processed by any CPU. It helps to reduce latency but there is a disadvantage it leads to the timer ISR running on every core. It increases the CPU time usage for timer ISRs by N on an N-core system.

> Available options:

> > - CPU0 (CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_ISR_AFFINITY_CPU0)

> > - CPU1 (CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_ISR_AFFINITY_CPU1)

> > - No affinity (CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_ISR_AFFINITY_NO_AFFINITY)

#### CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_SUPPORTS_ISR_DISPATCH_METHOD

> Support ISR dispatch method

> Found in: Component config > ESP Timer (High Resolution Timer)

> Allows using ESP_TIMER_ISR dispatch method (ESP_TIMER_TASK dispatch method is also available). - ESP_TIMER_TASK - Timer callbacks are dispatched from a high-priority esp_timer task. - ESP_TIMER_ISR - Timer callbacks are dispatched directly from the timer interrupt handler. The ISR dispatch can be used, in some cases, when a callback is very simple or need a lower-latency.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### ESP Trace Configuration

Contains:

- Application Level Tracing

- CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_LIBRARY

- CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TIMESTAMP_SOURCE

- CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT

- USB Serial JTAG Trace Configuration

#### CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_LIBRARY

> Trace library

> Found in: Component config > ESP Trace Configuration

> Select the trace library to use.

> Available options:

> > - External library from component registry (CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_LIB_EXTERNAL)

> >   Use a custom encoder provided by an external component. The trace core system will be enabled but no built-in encoder is included.

> >   The external component MUST provide a header file named "esp_trace_freertos_impl.h" in its include directories that defines all required FreeRTOS trace macros.

> > - Disabled (CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_LIB_NONE)

#### CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT

> Trace transport

> Found in: Component config > ESP Trace Configuration

> Select the trace backend to use.

> Available options:

> > - ESP-IDF apptrace (CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_APPTRACE)

> > - USB Serial JTAG (CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_USB_SERIAL_JTAG)

> >   Use USB Serial JTAG peripheral as trace transport.

> >   Note: This option is not available when USB Serial JTAG is used as primary or secondary console (ESP_CONSOLE_USB_SERIAL_JTAG or ESP_CONSOLE_SECONDARY_USB_SERIAL_JTAG).

> > - External transport from component registry (CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_EXTERNAL)

> >   Use a transport registered by an external component. The trace core system will be enabled but no built-in transport is included.

> > - None (CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_NONE)

#### Application Level Tracing

Contains:

- CONFIG_APPTRACE_DESTINATION

- CONFIG_APPTRACE_LOCK_ENABLE

- CONFIG_APPTRACE_BUF_SIZE

- CONFIG_APPTRACE_POSTMORTEM_FLUSH_THRESH

- CONFIG_APPTRACE_ONPANIC_HOST_FLUSH_TMO

- CONFIG_APPTRACE_UART_BAUDRATE

- CONFIG_APPTRACE_DEST_UART_NUM

- CONFIG_APPTRACE_UART_RX_GPIO

- CONFIG_APPTRACE_UART_TX_MSG_SIZE

- CONFIG_APPTRACE_UART_TX_GPIO

- CONFIG_APPTRACE_UART_TX_BUFF_SIZE

##### CONFIG_APPTRACE_DESTINATION

> Data Destination

> Found in: Component config > ESP Trace Configuration > Application Level Tracing

> Select destination for application trace: JTAG, UART, or both.

> Available options:

> > - JTAG (CONFIG_APPTRACE_DEST_JTAG)

> > - UART (CONFIG_APPTRACE_DEST_UART)

> > - All (runtime selection) (CONFIG_APPTRACE_DEST_ALL)

> >   Compile both JTAG and UART interfaces in advance (higher IRAM usage). Allows runtime switching between JTAG and UART via esp_apptrace_get_user_params().

> >   If esp_apptrace_get_user_params() is not provided by the application, JTAG is used by default with the default configuration defined in components/app_trace/include/esp_app_trace_config.h.

##### CONFIG_APPTRACE_BUF_SIZE

> Size of the apptrace buffer

> Found in: Component config > ESP Trace Configuration > Application Level Tracing

> Size of the memory buffer for trace data in bytes.

> Default value:

>   - 16384 if CONFIG_APPTRACE_DEST_JTAG && CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_APPTRACE

##### CONFIG_APPTRACE_DEST_UART_NUM

> UART port number

> Found in: Component config > ESP Trace Configuration > Application Level Tracing

> UART communication port number for the apptrace destination. See UART documentation for available port numbers.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 4 if CONFIG_APPTRACE_DEST_UART && CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_APPTRACE

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_APPTRACE_DEST_UART && CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_APPTRACE

##### CONFIG_APPTRACE_UART_TX_GPIO

> UART TX on GPIO<num>

> Found in: Component config > ESP Trace Configuration > Application Level Tracing

> This GPIO is used for UART TX pin.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 46 if CONFIG_APPTRACE_DEST_UART && CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_APPTRACE

> Default value:

>   - 12 if CONFIG_APPTRACE_DEST_UART && CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_APPTRACE

##### CONFIG_APPTRACE_UART_RX_GPIO

> UART RX on GPIO<num>

> Found in: Component config > ESP Trace Configuration > Application Level Tracing

> This GPIO is used for UART RX pin.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 46 if CONFIG_APPTRACE_DEST_UART && CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_APPTRACE

> Default value:

>   - 13 if CONFIG_APPTRACE_DEST_UART && CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_APPTRACE

##### CONFIG_APPTRACE_UART_BAUDRATE

> UART baud rate

> Found in: Component config > ESP Trace Configuration > Application Level Tracing

> This baud rate is used for UART.

> The app's maximum baud rate depends on the UART clock source. If Power Management is disabled, the UART clock source is the APB clock and all baud rates in the available range will be sufficiently accurate. If Power Management is enabled, REF_TICK clock source is used so the baud rate is divided from 1MHz. Baud rates above 1Mbps are not possible and values between 500Kbps and 1Mbps may not be accurate.

> Range:

>   - from 1200 to 8000000 if CONFIG_APPTRACE_DEST_UART && CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_APPTRACE

>   - from 1200 to 1000000 if CONFIG_APPTRACE_DEST_UART && CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_APPTRACE

> Default value:

>   - 1000000 if CONFIG_APPTRACE_DEST_UART && CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_APPTRACE

##### CONFIG_APPTRACE_UART_TX_BUFF_SIZE

> UART TX ring buffer size

> Found in: Component config > ESP Trace Configuration > Application Level Tracing

> Size of the UART output ring buffer. Must be power of two. This size related to the baudrate, system tick frequency and amount of data to transfer.

> Range:

>   - from 2048 to 32768 if CONFIG_APPTRACE_DEST_UART && CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_APPTRACE

> Default value:

>   - 4096 if CONFIG_APPTRACE_DEST_UART && CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_APPTRACE

##### CONFIG_APPTRACE_UART_TX_MSG_SIZE

> UART TX message size

> Found in: Component config > ESP Trace Configuration > Application Level Tracing

> Maximum size of the single message to transfer.

> Range:

>   - from 64 to 32768 if CONFIG_APPTRACE_DEST_UART && CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_APPTRACE

> Default value:

>   - 128 if CONFIG_APPTRACE_DEST_UART && CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_APPTRACE

##### CONFIG_APPTRACE_LOCK_ENABLE

> Internal Sync Lock Enable

> Found in: Component config > ESP Trace Configuration > Application Level Tracing

> Enables/disable application tracing module internal sync lock to prevent data corruption when multiple tasks are writing to the same trace buffer. Keep in mind this will slow down the trace data transfer to the host.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_APPTRACE

##### CONFIG_APPTRACE_ONPANIC_HOST_FLUSH_TMO

> Timeout for flushing last trace data to host on panic

> Found in: Component config > ESP Trace Configuration > Application Level Tracing

> Timeout for flushing last trace data to host in case of panic. In ms. Use -1 to disable timeout and wait forever.

> Range:

>   - from -1 to 5000 if CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_APPTRACE

> Default value:

>   - "-1" if CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_APPTRACE

##### CONFIG_APPTRACE_POSTMORTEM_FLUSH_THRESH

> Threshold for flushing last trace data to host on panic

> Found in: Component config > ESP Trace Configuration > Application Level Tracing

> Threshold for flushing last trace data to host on panic in post-mortem mode. This is minimal amount of data needed to perform flush. In bytes.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 16384 if CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_APPTRACE

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_APPTRACE

#### USB Serial JTAG Trace Configuration

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_USJ_TX_BUFFER_SIZE

##### CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_USJ_TX_BUFFER_SIZE

> TX buffer size

> Found in: Component config > ESP Trace Configuration > USB Serial JTAG Trace Configuration

> Size of the TX ring buffer for USB Serial JTAG trace transport. Larger buffer allows more trace data to be queued before blocking.

> Note: Buffer size must be a power of 2.

> Range:

>   - from 256 to 32768 if CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_USB_SERIAL_JTAG

> Default value:

>   - 2048 if CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TRANSPORT_USB_SERIAL_JTAG

#### CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TIMESTAMP_SOURCE

> Trace timestamp source

> Found in: Component config > ESP Trace Configuration

> Select the timestamp source for tracing.

> Available options:

> > - CPU cycle counter (CCOUNT) (CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TS_SOURCE_CCOUNT)

> > - General Purpose Timer (Timer Group) (CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TS_SOURCE_GPTIMER)

> > - esp_timer high resolution timer (CONFIG_ESP_TRACE_TS_SOURCE_ESP_TIMER)

### Wi-Fi

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_WPS_SOFTAP_REGISTRAR

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP

- Beacon Sample Configuration Options

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_11KV_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_11R_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_BSS_MAX_IDLE_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MODEM_RF_FLAG_UPDATE_DEBUG

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DPP_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENTERPRISE_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MBO_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_NAN_PAIRING

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SUITE_B_192

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_WPA3_OWE_STA

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_WPA3_OWE_SOFTAP

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_PASN_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_WAPI_PSK

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_NAN_SYNC_ENABLE

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_NAN_USD_ENABLE

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_DUMP_CTRL_BFRP

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_DUMP_HESIGB

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_DUMP_MU_CFO

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_DUMP_CTRL_NDPA

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_WIFI_RX_STATS

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_WIFI_TX_STATS

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_WPA3_COMPATIBLE_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_WPA3_SAE

- CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SCAN_CACHE

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SOFTAP_BEACON_MAX_LEN

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_CACHE_TX_BUFFER_NUM

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DYNAMIC_RX_BUFFER_NUM

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DYNAMIC_TX_BUFFER_NUM

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_RX_MGMT_BUF_NUM_DEF

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_STATIC_RX_BUFFER_NUM

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_STATIC_TX_BUFFER_NUM

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ESPNOW_MAX_ENCRYPT_NUM

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_DEFAULT_MAX_ACTIVE_TIME

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_DEFAULT_MIN_ACTIVE_TIME

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_DEFAULT_WAIT_BROADCAST_DATA_TIME

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_STA_DISCONNECTED_PM_ENABLE

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DEBUG_PRINT

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_PASSIVE_HIDDEN_AP_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MGMT_RX_BUFFER

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_TX_BUFFER

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_AMPDU_RX_ENABLED

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_AMPDU_TX_ENABLED

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_AMSDU_TX_ENABLED

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_CSI_ENABLED

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_EXTRA_IRAM_OPT

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_FTM_ENABLE

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_GCMP_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_GMAC_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_IRAM_OPT

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MGMT_SBUF_NUM

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENHANCED_LIGHT_SLEEP

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_NVS_ENABLED

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_PRIVACY_ENHANCEMENTS_ENABLED

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_RX_IRAM_OPT

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_IRAM_OPT

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SOFTAP_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_TASK_CORE_ID

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_TX_HETB_QUEUE_NUM

- WPS Configuration Options

#### CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Host WiFi Enable

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_STATIC_RX_BUFFER_NUM

> Max number of WiFi static RX buffers

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Set the number of WiFi static RX buffers. Each buffer takes approximately 1.6KB of RAM. The static rx buffers are allocated when esp_wifi_init is called, they are not freed until esp_wifi_deinit is called.

> WiFi hardware use these buffers to receive all 802.11 frames. A higher number may allow higher throughput but increases memory use. If ESP_WIFI_AMPDU_RX_ENABLED is enabled, this value is recommended to set equal or bigger than ESP_WIFI_RX_BA_WIN in order to achieve better throughput and compatibility with both stations and APs.

> Range:

>   - from 2 to 128 if SOC_WIFI_HE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 10 if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - 10

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DYNAMIC_RX_BUFFER_NUM

> Max number of WiFi dynamic RX buffers

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Set the number of WiFi dynamic RX buffers, 0 means unlimited RX buffers will be allocated (provided sufficient free RAM). The size of each dynamic RX buffer depends on the size of the received data frame.

> For each received data frame, the WiFi driver makes a copy to an RX buffer and then delivers it to the high layer TCP/IP stack. The dynamic RX buffer is freed after the higher layer has successfully received the data frame.

> For some applications, WiFi data frames may be received faster than the application can process them. In these cases we may run out of memory if RX buffer number is unlimited (0).

> If a dynamic RX buffer limit is set, it should be at least the number of static RX buffers.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 1024 if CONFIG_LWIP_WND_SCALE && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 32 if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - 32

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_TX_BUFFER

> Type of WiFi TX buffers

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select type of WiFi TX buffers:

> If "Static" is selected, WiFi TX buffers are allocated when WiFi is initialized and released when WiFi is de-initialized. The size of each static TX buffer is fixed to about 1.6KB.

> If "Dynamic" is selected, each WiFi TX buffer is allocated as needed when a data frame is delivered to the Wifi driver from the TCP/IP stack. The buffer is freed after the data frame has been sent by the WiFi driver. The size of each dynamic TX buffer depends on the length of each data frame sent by the TCP/IP layer.

> If PSRAM is enabled, "Static" should be selected to guarantee enough WiFi TX buffers. If PSRAM is disabled, "Dynamic" should be selected to improve the utilization of RAM.

> Available options:

> > - Static (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_STATIC_TX_BUFFER)

> > - Dynamic (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DYNAMIC_TX_BUFFER)

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_STATIC_TX_BUFFER_NUM

> Max number of WiFi static TX buffers

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Set the number of WiFi static TX buffers. Each buffer takes approximately 1.6KB of RAM. The static RX buffers are allocated when esp_wifi_init() is called, they are not released until esp_wifi_deinit() is called.

> For each transmitted data frame from the higher layer TCP/IP stack, the WiFi driver makes a copy of it in a TX buffer. For some applications especially UDP applications, the upper layer can deliver frames faster than WiFi layer can transmit. In these cases, we may run out of TX buffers.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 64 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_STATIC_TX_BUFFER && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 16 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_STATIC_TX_BUFFER && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_STATIC_TX_BUFFER && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_CACHE_TX_BUFFER_NUM

> Max number of WiFi cache TX buffers

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Set the number of WiFi cache TX buffer number.

> For each TX packet from uplayer, such as LWIP etc, WiFi driver needs to allocate a static TX buffer and makes a copy of uplayer packet. If WiFi driver fails to allocate the static TX buffer, it caches the uplayer packets to a dedicated buffer queue, this option is used to configure the size of the cached TX queue.

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DYNAMIC_TX_BUFFER_NUM

> Max number of WiFi dynamic TX buffers

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Set the number of WiFi dynamic TX buffers. The size of each dynamic TX buffer is not fixed, it depends on the size of each transmitted data frame.

> For each transmitted frame from the higher layer TCP/IP stack, the WiFi driver makes a copy of it in a TX buffer. For some applications, especially UDP applications, the upper layer can deliver frames faster than WiFi layer can transmit. In these cases, we may run out of TX buffers.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 128 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DYNAMIC_TX_BUFFER && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 32 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DYNAMIC_TX_BUFFER && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - 32

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MGMT_RX_BUFFER

> Type of WiFi RX MGMT buffers

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select type of WiFi RX MGMT buffers:

> If "Static" is selected, WiFi RX MGMT buffers are allocated when WiFi is initialized and released when WiFi is de-initialized. The size of each static RX MGMT buffer is fixed to about 500 Bytes.

> If "Dynamic" is selected, each WiFi RX MGMT buffer is allocated as needed when a MGMT data frame is received. The MGMT buffer is freed after the MGMT data frame has been processed by the WiFi driver.

> Available options:

> > - Static (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_STATIC_RX_MGMT_BUFFER)

> > - Dynamic (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DYNAMIC_RX_MGMT_BUFFER)

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_RX_MGMT_BUF_NUM_DEF

> Max number of WiFi RX MGMT buffers

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Set the number of WiFi RX_MGMT buffers.

> For Management buffers, the number of dynamic and static management buffers is the same. In order to prevent memory fragmentation, the management buffer type should be set to static first.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 10 if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 5 if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - 5

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_CSI_ENABLED

> WiFi CSI(Channel State Information)

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to enable CSI(Channel State Information) feature. CSI takes about CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_STATIC_RX_BUFFER_NUM KB of RAM. If CSI is not used, it is better to disable this feature in order to save memory.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_WIFI_CSI_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_CSI_ENABLED && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_AMPDU_TX_ENABLED

> WiFi AMPDU TX

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to enable AMPDU TX feature

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_TX_BA_WIN

> WiFi AMPDU TX BA window size

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_AMPDU_TX_ENABLED

> Set the size of WiFi Block Ack TX window. Generally a bigger value means higher throughput but more memory. Most of time we should NOT change the default value unless special reason, e.g. test the maximum UDP TX throughput with iperf etc. For iperf test in shieldbox, the recommended value is 9~12.

> Range:

>   - from 2 to 64 if SOC_WIFI_HE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_AMPDU_TX_ENABLED && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 6 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_AMPDU_TX_ENABLED && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - 6

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_AMPDU_RX_ENABLED

> WiFi AMPDU RX

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to enable AMPDU RX feature

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_RX_BA_WIN

> WiFi AMPDU RX BA window size

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_AMPDU_RX_ENABLED

> Set the size of WiFi Block Ack RX window. Generally a bigger value means higher throughput and better compatibility but more memory. Most of time we should NOT change the default value unless special reason, e.g. test the maximum UDP RX throughput with iperf etc. For iperf test in shieldbox, the recommended value is 9~12. If PSRAM is used and WiFi memory is preferred to allocate in PSRAM first, the default and minimum value should be 16 to achieve better throughput and compatibility with both stations and APs.

> Range:

>   - from 2 to 64 if SOC_WIFI_HE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_AMPDU_RX_ENABLED && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 6 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_AMPDU_RX_ENABLED && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - 6

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_AMSDU_TX_ENABLED

> WiFi AMSDU TX

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to enable AMSDU TX feature

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_CACHE_TX_BUFFER_NUM >= 2 && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_CACHE_TX_BUFFER_NUM >= 2 && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_AMSDU_TX_ENABLED && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_NVS_ENABLED

> WiFi NVS flash

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to enable WiFi NVS flash

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_TASK_CORE_ID

> WiFi Task Core ID

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Pinned WiFi task to core 0 or core 1.

> Available options:

> > - Core 0 (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_TASK_PINNED_TO_CORE_0)

> > - Core 1 (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_TASK_PINNED_TO_CORE_1)

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SOFTAP_BEACON_MAX_LEN

> Max length of WiFi SoftAP Beacon

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> ESP-MESH utilizes beacon frames to detect and resolve root node conflicts (see documentation). However the default length of a beacon frame can simultaneously hold only five root node identifier structures, meaning that a root node conflict of up to five nodes can be detected at one time. In the occurrence of more root nodes conflict involving more than five root nodes, the conflict resolution process will detect five of the root nodes, resolve the conflict, and re-detect more root nodes. This process will repeat until all root node conflicts are resolved. However this process can generally take a very long time.

> To counter this situation, the beacon frame length can be increased such that more root nodes can be detected simultaneously. Each additional root node will require 36 bytes and should be added on top of the default beacon frame length of 752 bytes. For example, if you want to detect 10 root nodes simultaneously, you need to set the beacon frame length as 932 (752+36*5).

> Setting a longer beacon length also assists with debugging as the conflicting root nodes can be identified more quickly.

> Range:

>   - from 752 to 1256 if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 752 if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - 752

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MGMT_SBUF_NUM

> WiFi mgmt short buffer number

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Set the maximum number of Wi-Fi management short buffers. These buffers are dynamically allocated, with their size determined by the length of the management packet to be sent. When a management packet is less than 64 bytes, the Wi-Fi driver classifies it as a short management packet and assigns it to one of these buffers.

> Range:

>   - from 6 to 32 if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 32 if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - 32

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_IRAM_OPT

> WiFi IRAM speed optimization

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to place frequently called Wi-Fi library functions in IRAM. When this option is disabled, more than 10Kbytes of IRAM memory will be saved but Wi-Fi throughput will be reduced.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_EXTRA_IRAM_OPT

> WiFi EXTRA IRAM speed optimization

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to place additional frequently called Wi-Fi library functions in IRAM. When this option is disabled, more than 5Kbytes of IRAM memory will be saved but Wi-Fi throughput will be reduced.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if SOC_WIFI_HE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_RX_IRAM_OPT

> WiFi RX IRAM speed optimization

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to place frequently called Wi-Fi library RX functions in IRAM. When this option is disabled, more than 17Kbytes of IRAM memory will be saved but Wi-Fi performance will be reduced.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_WPA3_SAE

> Enable WPA3-Personal

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to allow the device to establish a WPA3-Personal connection with eligible AP's. PMF (Protected Management Frames) is a prerequisite feature for a WPA3 connection, it needs to be explicitly configured before attempting connection. Please refer to the Wi-Fi Driver API Guide for details.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_SAE_H2E

> Enable SAE-H2E

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_WPA3_SAE

> Select this option to enable SAE-H2E

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_WPA3_SAE && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_SAE_PK

> Enable SAE-PK

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_WPA3_SAE > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_SAE_H2E

> Select this option to enable SAE-PK

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_SAE_H2E && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SOFTAP_SAE_SUPPORT

> Enable WPA3 Personal(SAE) SoftAP

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_WPA3_SAE

> Select this option to enable SAE support in softAP mode.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_WPA3_SAE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SOFTAP_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_WPA3_OWE_STA

> Enable OWE STA

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to allow the device to establish OWE connection with eligible AP's. PMF (Protected Management Frames) is a prerequisite feature for a WPA3 connection, it needs to be explicitly configured before attempting connection. Please refer to the Wi-Fi Driver API Guide for details.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_WPA3_COMPATIBLE_SUPPORT

> Enable WPA3 Compatible support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to support wpa3_compatible mode for station and AP

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_SAE_H2E && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_WPA3_OWE_SOFTAP

> Enable OWE-ONLY SOFTAP

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to allow the device to enable OWE Only mode for softap.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SOFTAP_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_PASN_SUPPORT

> Enable PASN support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Pre-Association Security Negotiation (PASN) for Wi-Fi NAN. The wpa_supplicant exposes CONFIG_PASN when this is on.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_PASN_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_IRAM_OPT

> WiFi SLP IRAM speed optimization

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to place called Wi-Fi library TBTT process and receive beacon functions in IRAM. Some functions can be put in IRAM either by ESP_WIFI_IRAM_OPT and ESP_WIFI_RX_IRAM_OPT, or this one. If already enabled ESP_WIFI_IRAM_OPT, the other 7.3KB IRAM memory would be taken by this option. If already enabled ESP_WIFI_RX_IRAM_OPT, the other 1.3KB IRAM memory would be taken by this option. If neither of them are enabled, the other 7.4KB IRAM memory would be taken by this option. Wi-Fi power-save mode average current would be reduced if this option is enabled.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if SOC_WIFI_HE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_DEFAULT_MIN_ACTIVE_TIME

> Minimum active time

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Only for station in WIFI_PS_MIN_MODEM or WIFI_PS_MAX_MODEM. When the station enters the active state, it will work for at least ESP_WIFI_SLP_DEFAULT_MIN_ACTIVE_TIME. If a data packet is received or sent during this period, the time will be refreshed. If the time is up, but the station still has packets to receive or send, the time will also be refreshed. unit: milliseconds.

> Range:

>   - from 8 to 60 if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 50 if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - 50

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_BSS_MAX_IDLE_SUPPORT

> Enable bss max idle support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Enables bss max idle support for Station and SoftAP. BSS max idle period enables an SoftAP to indicate a time period during which the AP does not disassociate a STA due to nonreceipt of frames from the STA. For station, max idle period is default 10 (1000TUs) and can be set through ESP_WIFI_SLP_DEFAULT_MAX_ACTIVE_TIME. For softap, bss max idle parameters will be set through bss_max_idle_cfg in wifi_ap_config_t.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if (SOC_WIFI_HE_SUPPORT || CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_WNM_SUPPORT) && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_DEFAULT_MAX_ACTIVE_TIME

> Maximum keep alive time

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Only for station. If no packet has been sent within ESP_WIFI_SLP_DEFAULT_MAX_ACTIVE_TIME, a null data packet will be sent to maintain the connection with the AP. If ESP_WIFI_BSS_MAX_IDLE_SUPPORT is set, it will be sent as bss max idle period in association request. unit: seconds.

> Range:

>   - from 10 to 60 if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 10 if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - 10

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_DEFAULT_WAIT_BROADCAST_DATA_TIME

> Minimum wait broadcast data time

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Only for station in WIFI_PS_MIN_MODEM or WIFI_PS_MAX_MODEM. When the station knows through the beacon that AP will send broadcast packet, it will wait for ESP_WIFI_SLP_DEFAULT_WAIT_BROADCAST_DATA_TIME before entering the sleep process. If a broadcast packet is received with more data bits, the time will refreshed. unit: milliseconds.

> Range:

>   - from 10 to 30 if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 15 if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - 15

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_FTM_ENABLE

> WiFi FTM

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Enable feature Fine Timing Measurement for calculating WiFi Round-Trip-Time (RTT).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_WIFI_FTM_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_FTM_ENABLE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_FTM_INITIATOR_SUPPORT

> FTM Initiator support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_FTM_ENABLE

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_FTM_ENABLE && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_FTM_ENABLE && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_FTM_INITIATOR_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_FTM_RESPONDER_SUPPORT

> FTM Responder support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_FTM_ENABLE

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_FTM_ENABLE && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_FTM_ENABLE && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_FTM_RESPONDER_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_STA_DISCONNECTED_PM_ENABLE

> Power Management for station at disconnected

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to enable power_management for station when disconnected. Chip will do modem-sleep when rf module is not in use any more.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_GCMP_SUPPORT

> WiFi GCMP Support(GCMP128 and GCMP256)

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to enable GCMP support. GCMP support is compulsory for WiFi Suite-B support.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_WIFI_GCMP_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_GCMP_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_GMAC_SUPPORT

> WiFi GMAC Support(GMAC128 and GMAC256)

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to enable GMAC support. GMAC support is compulsory for WiFi 192 bit certification.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SOFTAP_SUPPORT

> WiFi SoftAP Support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> WiFi module can be compiled without SoftAP to save code size.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENHANCED_LIGHT_SLEEP

> WiFi modem automatically receives the beacon

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> The wifi modem automatically receives the beacon frame during light sleep.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_PHY_MAC_BB_PD && SOC_PM_SUPPORT_BEACON_WAKEUP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_PHY_MAC_BB_PD && SOC_PM_SUPPORT_BEACON_WAKEUP && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENHANCED_LIGHT_SLEEP && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT

> Wifi sleep optimize when beacon lost

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Enable wifi sleep optimization when beacon loss occurs and immediately enter sleep mode when the WiFi module detects beacon loss.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_TIMEOUT

> Beacon loss timeout

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT

> Timeout time for close rf phy when beacon loss occurs, Unit: 1024 microsecond.

> Range:

>   - from 5 to 100 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 25 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_SW_COEXIST_ENABLE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_THRESHOLD

> Maximum number of consecutive lost beacons allowed

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT

> Maximum number of consecutive lost beacons allowed, the WiFi Rx state behaviour will be determined by ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OVER_THRESHOLD_POLICY when the number of consecutive beacons lost is greater than the given threshold.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 8 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_PHY_ON_DELTA_EARLY_TIME

> Delta early time for RF PHY on

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT

> Delta early time for rf phy on, When the beacon is lost, the next rf phy on will be earlier the time specified by the configuration item, Unit: 32 microsecond.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 100 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT && SOC_WIFI_SUPPORT_VARIABLE_BEACON_WINDOW && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT && SOC_WIFI_SUPPORT_VARIABLE_BEACON_WINDOW && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_PHY_OFF_DELTA_TIMEOUT_TIME

> Delta timeout time for RF PHY off

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT

> Delta timeout time for rf phy off, When the beacon is lost, the next rf phy off will be delayed for the time specified by the configuration item. Unit: 1024 microsecond.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 8 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT && SOC_WIFI_SUPPORT_VARIABLE_BEACON_WINDOW && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT && SOC_WIFI_SUPPORT_VARIABLE_BEACON_WINDOW && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OVER_THRESHOLD_POLICY

> Beacon strategy when beacon loss exceeds threshold

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT

> Select the strategy to apply when the number of lost beacons exceeds the threshold.

> - "Receive beacon": Keep RF on until a beacon is successfully received.

> - "Drop beacon": Turn off RF and skip beacon reception during this period.

> - "Auto": Beacon will been dropped only if ESP_WIFI_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE enabled

>     and expected rx beacon probability stays below the standard.

> Available options:

> > - Receive beacon (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OVER_THRESHOLD_RECEIVE)

> > - Drop beacon (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OVER_THRESHOLD_DROP)

> > - Auto (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OVER_THRESHOLD_AUTO)

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE

> Sample beacon to calculate beacon offset

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT

> Select to enable feature sampling beacons to calculate beacon offset.

#### Beacon Sample Configuration Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_DIFFERENCE_PERCENT

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_RESAMPLE_PERIOD

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_COUNT

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_STANDARD_PERCENT

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_COUNT

> Sample beacons at wifi connected to adjust beacon parameters

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > Beacon Sample Configuration Options

> Numble of sampled beacons at wifi connected to adjust beacon parameters.

> Range:

>   - from 100 to 1200 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 300 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_DIFFERENCE_PERCENT

> Difference percentage triggers unstable event

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > Beacon Sample Configuration Options

> Difference triggers event WIFI_EVENT_STA_BEACON_OFFSET_UNSTABLE when the actual rx beacon probability continuously falls below the expected probability by this value. unit: percentage

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 100 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 20 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_STANDARD_PERCENT

> Standard percentage triggers beacon drop

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > Beacon Sample Configuration Options

> Standard triggers beacon drop when the expected rx beacon probability falls below this value under ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_DROP_BEACON_AUTO mode. unit: percentage

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 100 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 55 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_RESAMPLE_PERIOD

> Resample period

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > Beacon Sample Configuration Options

> Resample period if beacon drop is active under ESP_WIFI_SLP_BEACON_LOST_DROP_BEACON_AUTO mode. It means never resample if setting this value to 0. unit: hours

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 255 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ESPNOW_MAX_ENCRYPT_NUM

> Maximum espnow encrypt peers number

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Maximum number of encrypted peers supported by espnow. The number of hardware keys for encryption is fixed. And the espnow and SoftAP share the same hardware keys. So this configuration will affect the maximum connection number of SoftAP. Maximum espnow encrypted peers number + maximum number of connections of SoftAP = Max hardware keys number. When using ESP mesh, this value should be set to a maximum of 6.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 17 if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 7 if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - 7

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_NAN_SYNC_ENABLE

> Enable Wi-Fi Aware: Synchronization (NAN-Sync)

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Enable Wi-Fi Aware: Synchronization feature (NAN-Sync).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_WIFI_NAN_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_NAN_SECURITY

> Enable Wi-Fi Aware: Encrypted Pairwise Datapath (NDP Security)

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_NAN_SYNC_ENABLE

> Enable encrypted pairwise datapath for Wi-Fi Aware (NAN). Adds PBKDF2 key derivation (mbedTLS PKCS#5), 4-way handshake (M1-M4), PTK derivation, and CCMP key installation for secured NAN data links. Disable to save code size when only open datapaths are needed.

> Requires ESP_WIFI_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO + MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C + MBEDTLS_SHA256_C for ND-PMK derivation via pbkdf2_sha256() (MBEDTLS_MD_C is pulled in transitively by MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_NAN_SYNC_ENABLE && CONFIG_IDF_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_NAN_SYNC_ENABLE && CONFIG_IDF_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_NAN_SECURITY && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_NAN_USD_ENABLE

> Enable Wi-Fi Aware: Unsynchronized service discovery (NAN-USD)

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Enable Wi-Fi Aware: Unsynchronized service discovery (NAN-USD)

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_IDF_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_IDF_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_NAN_USD_ENABLE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_NAN_PAIRING

> Enable NAN Pairing

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Enable NAN Pairing support. This allows devices to establish secure pairing using bootstrapping methods like PIN code. Requires PASN in wpa_supplicant (ESP_WIFI_PASN_SUPPORT)

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_NAN_SECURITY && CONFIG_IDF_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_NAN_SECURITY && CONFIG_IDF_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_NAN_PAIRING && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO

> Use MbedTLS crypto APIs

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to enable the use of MbedTLS crypto APIs. The internal crypto support within the supplicant is limited and may not suffice for all new security features, including WPA3.

> It is recommended to always keep this option enabled. Additionally, note that MbedTLS can leverage hardware acceleration if available, resulting in significantly faster cryptographic operations.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MBEDTLS_TLS_CLIENT

> Use MbedTLS TLS client for WiFi Enterprise connection

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO

> Select this option to use MbedTLS TLS client for WPA2 enterprise connection. Please note that from MbedTLS-3.0 onwards, MbedTLS does not support SSL-3.0 TLS-v1.0, TLS-v1.1 versions. In case your server is using one of these version, it is advisable to update your server. Please disable this option for compatibility with older TLS versions.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENTERPRISE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_EAP_TLS1_3

> Enable EAP-TLS v1.3 Support for WiFi Enterprise connection

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MBEDTLS_TLS_CLIENT

> Select this option to support EAP with TLS v1.3. This configuration still supports compatibility with EAP-TLS v1.2. Please note that enabling this configuration will cause every application which uses TLS go for TLS1.3 if server supports that. TLS1.3 is still in development in mbedtls and there may be interoperability issues with this. Please modify your application to set max version as TLS1.2 if you want to enable TLS1.3 only for WiFi connection.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MBEDTLS_TLS_CLIENT && CONFIG_IDF_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MBEDTLS_TLS_CLIENT && CONFIG_IDF_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_EAP_TLS1_3 && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_WAPI_PSK

> Enable WAPI PSK support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to enable WAPI-PSK which is a Chinese National Standard Encryption for Wireless LANs (GB 15629.11-2003).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_WIFI_WAPI_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_WAPI_PSK && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SUITE_B_192

> Enable NSA suite B support with 192 bit key

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to enable 192 bit NSA suite-B. This is necessary to support WPA3 192 bit security.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENTERPRISE_SUPPORT && SOC_WIFI_GCMP_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SUITE_B_192 && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_11KV_SUPPORT

> Enable 802.11k, 802.11v APIs Support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to enable 802.11k 802.11v APIs(RRM and BTM support).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_11KV_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_RRM_SUPPORT

> Enable 802.11k APIs Support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_11KV_SUPPORT

> Select this option to enable 802.11k APIs(RRM support). Only APIs which are helpful for network assisted roaming are supported for now. Enable this option with RRM enabled in sta config to make device ready for network assisted roaming. RRM: Radio measurements enable STAs to understand the radio environment, it enables STAs to observe and gather data on radio link performance and on the radio environment. Current implementation adds beacon report, link measurement, neighbor report.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_11KV_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_11KV_SUPPORT && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_RRM_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_WNM_SUPPORT

> Enable 802.11v APIs Support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_11KV_SUPPORT

> Select this option to enable 802.11v APIs(BTM support). Only APIs which are helpful for network assisted roaming are supported for now. Enable this option with BTM enabled in sta config to make device ready for network assisted roaming. BTM: BSS transition management enables an AP to request a station to transition to a specific AP, or to indicate to a station a set of preferred APs.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_11KV_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_11KV_SUPPORT && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_WNM_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SCAN_CACHE

> Keep scan results in cache

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Keep scan results in cache, if not enabled, those will be flushed immediately.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_RRM_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_RRM_SUPPORT && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SCAN_CACHE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MBO_SUPPORT

> Enable Multi Band Operation Certification Support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to enable WiFi Multiband operation certification support.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MBO_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP

> Advanced support for Wi-Fi Roaming

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Enable Espressif's roaming app to allow for efficient Wi-Fi roaming. This includes configurable periodic environment scans, maintaining a cache of the best APs, handling low rssi events etc.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### Configure roaming App

Contains:

- Blacklist Configuration

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_BACKOFF_TIME

- Roaming Methods

- Roaming triggers

- Scan Configuration

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_PERIODIC_RRM_MONITORING

##### Roaming triggers

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_PERIODIC_SCAN_MONITOR

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_LOW_RSSI_ROAMING

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_LOW_RSSI_ROAMING

> Use Low RSSI to trigger roaming.

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Roaming triggers

> Enable to use a RSSI threshold to trigger roaming.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_LOW_RSSI_THRESHOLD

> WiFi RSSI threshold to trigger roaming

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Roaming triggers > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_LOW_RSSI_ROAMING

> WiFi RSSI threshold to trigger roaming value in dBm (-99 to -1). Values under -30 dbm might lead to a flood of low rssi events. This interferes with normal functioning and TX/Rx performance.

> Range:

>   - from -99 to -30 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_LOW_RSSI_ROAMING && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - "-60" if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_LOW_RSSI_ROAMING && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_LOW_RSSI_OFFSET

> Offset by which to reset the RSSI Threshold after attempt to roam.

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Roaming triggers > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_LOW_RSSI_ROAMING

> Decide the offset by which to decrease the Low RSSI threshold set by ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_LOW_RSSI_THRESHOLD after each failed attempt to roam. This allows for the station to keep scanning for better AP's after the Low RSSI threshold is reached in a stepped manner, rather than only attempting to roam the first time the current AP's RSSI breaches the set RSSI threshold. Setting 0 here may cause station to be flooded with low rssi events, therefore that's not recommended to be kept.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 99 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_LOW_RSSI_ROAMING && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 5 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_LOW_RSSI_ROAMING && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_PERIODIC_SCAN_MONITOR

> Conduct periodic scans to check if a better AP is available

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Roaming triggers

> Conduct periodic scans periodically to check if a better AP is available.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_PERIODIC_SCAN_THRESHOLD

> Threshold at which to begin periodic scanning for a better AP.

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Roaming triggers > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_PERIODIC_SCAN_MONITOR

> Threshold at which the station will begin scanning to find an AP with better RSSI.

> Range:

>   - from -99 to -1 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_PERIODIC_SCAN_MONITOR && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - "-50" if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_PERIODIC_SCAN_MONITOR && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_SCAN_MONITOR_INTERVAL

> Time intervals (in seconds) at which station will initiate a scan

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Roaming triggers > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_PERIODIC_SCAN_MONITOR

> Intervals at which station will periodically scan to check if better AP is available

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 1500 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_PERIODIC_SCAN_MONITOR && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 30 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_PERIODIC_SCAN_MONITOR && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_SCAN_ROAM_RSSI_DIFF

> RSSI difference b/w current AP and candidate AP to initiate connection

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Roaming triggers > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_PERIODIC_SCAN_MONITOR

> Minimum RSSI difference b/w current AP and a potential roaming candidate AP to trigger a roaming attempt.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 99 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_PERIODIC_SCAN_MONITOR && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 15 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_PERIODIC_SCAN_MONITOR && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### Roaming Methods

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_IP_RENEW_SKIP

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_LEGACY_ROAMING

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_NETWORK_ASSISTED_ROAM

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_LEGACY_ROAMING

> Support Legacy roaming approach

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Roaming Methods

> Roaming between APs that do not support 802.11v. This will allow station to roam even when connection is not BTM supported, by forcefully disconnecting from current AP and connecting to better AP.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_NETWORK_ASSISTED_ROAM

> Support Network Assisted roaming using 802.11v

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Roaming Methods

> Roaming between APs using network assisted Roaming. This involves BSS Transition Management mechanisms outlined in 802.11v. Note that this moves the responsibility to the AP's network, and hence isn't guaranteed to cause the station to attempt to roam each time.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_WNM_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_NETWORK_ASSISTED_ROAMING_RETRY_COUNT

> Retry count after which to switch to legacy roaming

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Roaming Methods > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_NETWORK_ASSISTED_ROAM

> Retry threshold after which the station should stop using Network Assisted roaming methods and start using legacy roaming instead.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 5 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_NETWORK_ASSISTED_ROAM && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_LEGACY_ROAMING && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_NETWORK_ASSISTED_ROAM && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_LEGACY_ROAMING && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_IP_RENEW_SKIP

> Skip IP renew after roaming

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Roaming Methods

> Skip the default IP renew path when the Wi-Fi stack reports a roaming event. Enable this only if your network preserves IP state across a roam, for example during 802.11r or BTM-based roaming.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### Scan Configuration

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_HOME_CHANNEL_DWELL_TIME

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_SCAN_MAX_SCAN_TIME

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_SCAN_MIN_SCAN_TIME

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_SCAN_CHAN_LIST

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_SCAN_EXPIRY_WINDOW

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_SCAN_MIN_SCAN_TIME

> Minimum duration (in milliseconds) of station's per channel active scan

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Scan Configuration

> Minimum duration of active scanning per channel in milliseconds.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 120 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 30 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_SCAN_MAX_SCAN_TIME

> Maximum duration (in milliseconds) of station's per channel active scan time

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Scan Configuration

> Maximum duration of active scanning per channel in milliseconds.

> Range:

>   - from 30 to 120 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 70 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_HOME_CHANNEL_DWELL_TIME

> Home channel dwell time scanning between consecutive channels

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Scan Configuration

> If connected, duration for which the station will return to it's home channel for Tx/Rx of frames stored in buffers between scanning on consecutive channels.

> Range:

>   - from 30 to 150 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 30 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_SCAN_CHAN_LIST

> Preferred channel list for scanning

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Scan Configuration

> Channels your wireless network operates on to allow for faster scanning. Specify channels in a comma-separated manner. The list is used as a channel filter, not as an ordered scan sequence. When 5 GHz support is enabled, valid 5 GHz channels are also accepted.

> Default value:

>   - "None" if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_SCAN_EXPIRY_WINDOW

> Scan results expiry window (in seconds)

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Scan Configuration

> Duration for which the results from the most recent scans can be used by the roaming app for determining the roaming candidates.

> Range:

>   - from 5 to 20 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 10 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_BACKOFF_TIME

> Default time to wait between subsequent roaming attempts.

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App

> Time to wait (in seconds) by station before registering for the RSSI event again or start continuous montoring to find better AP.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 120 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 15 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_PERIODIC_RRM_MONITORING

> Send periodic neighbor report request to AP for internal list updation

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App

> This option will enable station to keep sending RRM neighbor list request to AP and update its internal list.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_RRM_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_RRM_MONITOR_TIME

> Time interval (in seconds) between neighbor report requests to an AP

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_PERIODIC_RRM_MONITORING

> Enable this to send periodic neighbor report requests to the AP. These neighbor report requests provide information about other APs in the same managed network. This information is used for more intelligent roaming.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 1500 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_PERIODIC_RRM_MONITORING && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 60 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_PERIODIC_RRM_MONITORING && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_RRM_MONITOR_THRESHOLD

> Threshold for sending periodic neighbor report requests

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_PERIODIC_RRM_MONITORING

> The RSSI threshold beyond which we start sending periodic neighbor report requests.

> Range:

>   - from -99 to 0 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_PERIODIC_RRM_MONITORING && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - "-20" if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_PERIODIC_RRM_MONITORING && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### Blacklist Configuration

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_BSSID_BLACKLIST

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_MAX_CANDIDATES

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_BSSID_BLACKLIST

> Enable BSSID blacklisting

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Blacklist Configuration

> Enable this to blacklist BSSIDs.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_AUTO_BLACKLISTING

> Enable automatic BSSID blacklisting

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Blacklist Configuration > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_BSSID_BLACKLIST

> Enable this to automatically blacklist BSSIDs after multiple failed connection attempts.

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_MAX_CONN_FAILURES

> Maximum connection failures

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Blacklist Configuration > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_BSSID_BLACKLIST > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_AUTO_BLACKLISTING

> Maximum number of connection failures before a BSSID is blacklisted.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 10 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_AUTO_BLACKLISTING && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_AUTO_BLACKLISTING && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_BLACKLIST_TIMEOUT

> Blacklist timeout (in seconds)

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Blacklist Configuration > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_BSSID_BLACKLIST

> Time in seconds for which a BSSID remains in the blacklist. This applies to both automatically and manually blacklisted BSSIDs.

> Range:

>   - from 10 to 3600 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_BSSID_BLACKLIST && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 300 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_BSSID_BLACKLIST && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_MAX_CANDIDATES

> Maximum number of roaming candidates

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP > Configure roaming App > Blacklist Configuration

> Maximum number of roaming candidates to consider. This also defines the size of the blacklist.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 10 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 5 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DPP_SUPPORT

> Enable DPP support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to enable WiFi Easy Connect Support.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_DPP_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DPP_MAX_CONF_OBJ

> Maximum number of DPP configuration objects

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DPP_SUPPORT

> Maximum number of configuration objects that can be received and stored during a DPP configuration exchange. DPP v2 configurators may send multiple configuration objects (e.g., for different SSIDs or AKMs). Increasing this value will increase the memory usage for DPP events.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 10 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DPP_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DPP_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_DPP_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_11R_SUPPORT

> Enable 802.11R (Fast Transition) Support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to enable WiFi Fast Transition Support.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_11R_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_WPS_SOFTAP_REGISTRAR

> Add WPS Registrar support in SoftAP mode

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to enable WPS registrar support in softAP mode.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SOFTAP_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SOFTAP_SUPPORT && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_WPS_SOFTAP_REGISTRAR && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_WIFI_TX_STATS

> Enable Wi-Fi transmission statistics

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Enable Wi-Fi transmission statistics. Total support 4 access category. Each access category will use 346 bytes memory.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_WIFI_HE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_WIFI_TX_STATS && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_WIFI_RX_STATS

> Enable Wi-Fi reception statistics

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Enable Wi-Fi reception statistics. Total support 2 access category. Each access category will use 190 bytes memory.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_WIFI_HE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_WIFI_RX_STATS && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_WIFI_RX_MU_STATS

> Enable Wi-Fi DL MU-MIMO and DL OFDMA reception statistics

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_WIFI_RX_STATS

> Enable Wi-Fi DL MU-MIMO and DL OFDMA reception statistics. Will use 10932 bytes memory.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_WIFI_RX_STATS && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_WIFI_RX_STATS && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_WIFI_RX_MU_STATS && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_TX_HETB_QUEUE_NUM

> WiFi TX HE TB QUEUE number for STA HE TB PPDU transmission

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Set the maximum number of queue that can be aggregated by the STA in the A-MPDU carried in the HE TB PPDU.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 4 if SOC_WIFI_HE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 3 if SOC_WIFI_HE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - 3

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_DUMP_HESIGB

> Enable Wi-Fi dump HE-SIGB which is contained in DL HE MU PPDUs

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Enable Wi-Fi dump HE-SIGB which is contained in DL HE MU PPDUs.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_WIFI_SUPPORT_5G && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_DUMP_MU_CFO

> Enable Wi-Fi dump MU CFO

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Enable Wi-Fi dump MU CFO.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_WIFI_SUPPORT_5G && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_DUMP_CTRL_NDPA

> Enable Wi-Fi dump NDPA frames

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Enable Wi-Fi dump NDPA frames.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_WIFI_SUPPORT_5G && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_DUMP_CTRL_BFRP

> Enable Wi-Fi dump BFRP frames

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Enable Wi-Fi dump BFRP frames.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if SOC_WIFI_SUPPORT_5G && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

#### WPS Configuration Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_WPS_PASSPHRASE

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_WPS_RECONNECT_ON_FAIL

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_WPS_STRICT

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_WPS_STRICT

> Strictly validate all WPS attributes

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > WPS Configuration Options

> Select this option to enable validate each WPS attribute rigorously. Disabling this add the workarounds with various APs. Enabling this may cause inter operability issues with some APs.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_WPS_STRICT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_WPS_PASSPHRASE

> Get WPA2 passphrase in WPS config

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > WPS Configuration Options

> Select this option to get passphrase during WPS configuration. This option fakes the virtual display capabilities to get the configuration in passphrase mode. Not recommended to be used since WPS credentials should not be shared to other devices, making it in readable format increases that risk, also passphrase requires pbkdf2 to convert in psk.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_WPS_PASSPHRASE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_WPS_RECONNECT_ON_FAIL

> Reconnect to previous SSID if WPS failed

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > WPS Configuration Options

> Select this option to enable reconnection to previous SSID if WPS fails. This option will only work if station was connected to a network when WPS was started.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_WPS_RECONNECT_ON_FAIL && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DEBUG_PRINT

> Print debug messages from WPA Supplicant

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to print logging information from WPA supplicant, this includes handshake information and key hex dumps depending on the project logging level.

> Enabling this could increase the build size ~60kb depending on the project logging level.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_DEBUG_PRINT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENTERPRISE_SUPPORT

> Enable enterprise option

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this to enable/disable enterprise connection support.

> disabling this will reduce binary size. disabling this will disable the use of any esp_wifi_sta_wpa2_ent_* (as APIs will be meaningless)

> Note that when using bigger certificates on low-power chips without crypto hardware acceleration, it is recommended to adjust the task watchdog timer (TWDT) if it is enabled. For precise information on timing requirements, you can check performance numbers at https://github.com/espressif/mbedtls/wiki/Performance-Numbers.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENT_FREE_DYNAMIC_BUFFER

> Free dynamic buffers during WiFi enterprise connection

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENTERPRISE_SUPPORT

> Select this configuration to free dynamic buffers during WiFi enterprise connection. This will enable chip to reduce heap consumption during WiFi enterprise connection.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENTERPRISE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENTERPRISE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENT_FREE_DYNAMIC_BUFFER && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MODEM_RF_FLAG_UPDATE_DEBUG

> Enable debug assertions for modem RF flag update

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Enable debug assertions to verify modem RF flag update operations. This option enables assert checks to verify that modem RF power state is correctly cleared before pmu sleep.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENHANCED_LIGHT_SLEEP && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENHANCED_LIGHT_SLEEP && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MODEM_RF_FLAG_UPDATE_DEBUG && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_PASSIVE_HIDDEN_AP_SUPPORT

> Support station connection to hidden APs using passive scan when country policy is auto

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to enable/disable support for station connections to hidden APs using passive scan when the country policy is set to auto.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_PASSIVE_HIDDEN_AP_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_PRIVACY_ENHANCEMENTS_ENABLED

> WiFi Privacy Enhancements enabled

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi

> Select this option to enable WiFi Privacy Enhancements (enables random mac, seq number, dialogue token number, vendor seq number cnt). Supported on station interface only; softAP may be added in future.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_PRIVACY_ENHANCEMENTS_ENABLED && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_RMAC_AUTO_RESET_INTERVAL

> Random MAC Auto-Reset Interval time

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_PRIVACY_ENHANCEMENTS_ENABLED

> Interval in hours to rotate the random MAC while not connected to an AP. Values below 1 or above 24 are not allowed.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 24 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_PRIVACY_ENHANCEMENTS_ENABLED && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 12 if CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_PRIVACY_ENHANCEMENTS_ENABLED && CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

>   - if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_PRIVACY_ENHANCEMENTS_ENABLED && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

### Wi-Fi Remote

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_IS_DISABLED

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

> Enable Wi-Fi Remote component

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_SLAVE_IDF_TARGET

> choose slave target

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

> Available options:

> > - esp32 (CONFIG_SLAVE_IDF_TARGET_ESP32)

> > - esp32s2 (CONFIG_SLAVE_IDF_TARGET_ESP32S2)

> > - esp32c3 (CONFIG_SLAVE_IDF_TARGET_ESP32C3)

> > - esp32s3 (CONFIG_SLAVE_IDF_TARGET_ESP32S3)

> > - esp32c2 (CONFIG_SLAVE_IDF_TARGET_ESP32C2)

> > - esp32c6 (CONFIG_SLAVE_IDF_TARGET_ESP32C6)

> > - esp32c5 (CONFIG_SLAVE_IDF_TARGET_ESP32C5)

> > - esp32c61 (CONFIG_SLAVE_IDF_TARGET_ESP32C61)

> > - esp32s31 (CONFIG_SLAVE_IDF_TARGET_ESP32S31)

##### Wi-Fi configuration

Contains:

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_WPS_SOFTAP_REGISTRAR

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP

- Beacon Sample Configuration Options

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_11KV_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_11R_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_BSS_MAX_IDLE_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MODEM_RF_FLAG_UPDATE_DEBUG

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_DPP_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENTERPRISE_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MBO_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_NAN_PAIRING

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SUITE_B_192

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_WPA3_OWE_STA

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_WPA3_OWE_SOFTAP

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_PASN_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_WAPI_PSK

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_NAN_SYNC_ENABLE

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_NAN_USD_ENABLE

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_DUMP_CTRL_BFRP

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_DUMP_HESIGB

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_DUMP_MU_CFO

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_DUMP_CTRL_NDPA

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_WIFI_RX_STATS

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_WIFI_TX_STATS

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_WPA3_COMPATIBLE_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_WPA3_SAE

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SCAN_CACHE

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SOFTAP_BEACON_MAX_LEN

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_CACHE_TX_BUFFER_NUM

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_DYNAMIC_RX_BUFFER_NUM

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_DYNAMIC_TX_BUFFER_NUM

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_RX_MGMT_BUF_NUM_DEF

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_STATIC_RX_BUFFER_NUM

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_STATIC_TX_BUFFER_NUM

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ESPNOW_MAX_ENCRYPT_NUM

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_DEFAULT_MAX_ACTIVE_TIME

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_DEFAULT_MIN_ACTIVE_TIME

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_DEFAULT_WAIT_BROADCAST_DATA_TIME

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_STA_DISCONNECTED_PM_ENABLE

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_DEBUG_PRINT

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_PASSIVE_HIDDEN_AP_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MGMT_RX_BUFFER

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_TX_BUFFER

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_AMPDU_RX_ENABLED

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_AMPDU_TX_ENABLED

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_AMSDU_TX_ENABLED

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_CSI_ENABLED

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_EXTRA_IRAM_OPT

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_FTM_ENABLE

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_GCMP_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_GMAC_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_IRAM_OPT

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MGMT_SBUF_NUM

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENHANCED_LIGHT_SLEEP

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_NVS_ENABLED

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_PRIVACY_ENHANCEMENTS_ENABLED

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_RX_IRAM_OPT

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_IRAM_OPT

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SOFTAP_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_TASK_CORE_ID

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_TX_HETB_QUEUE_NUM

- WPS Configuration Options

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_STATIC_RX_BUFFER_NUM

> Max number of WiFi static RX buffers

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Set the number of WiFi static RX buffers. Each buffer takes approximately 1.6KB of RAM. The static rx buffers are allocated when esp_wifi_init is called, they are not freed until esp_wifi_deinit is called.

> WiFi hardware use these buffers to receive all 802.11 frames. A higher number may allow higher throughput but increases memory use. If WIFI_RMT_AMPDU_RX_ENABLED is enabled, this value is recommended to set equal or bigger than WIFI_RMT_RX_BA_WIN in order to achieve better throughput and compatibility with both stations and APs.

> Range:

>   - from 2 to 128

> Default value:

>   - 10

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_DYNAMIC_RX_BUFFER_NUM

> Max number of WiFi dynamic RX buffers

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Set the number of WiFi dynamic RX buffers, 0 means unlimited RX buffers will be allocated (provided sufficient free RAM). The size of each dynamic RX buffer depends on the size of the received data frame.

> For each received data frame, the WiFi driver makes a copy to an RX buffer and then delivers it to the high layer TCP/IP stack. The dynamic RX buffer is freed after the higher layer has successfully received the data frame.

> For some applications, WiFi data frames may be received faster than the application can process them. In these cases we may run out of memory if RX buffer number is unlimited (0).

> If a dynamic RX buffer limit is set, it should be at least the number of static RX buffers.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 1024 if CONFIG_LWIP_WND_SCALE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 32

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_TX_BUFFER

> Type of WiFi TX buffers

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select type of WiFi TX buffers:

> If "Static" is selected, WiFi TX buffers are allocated when WiFi is initialized and released when WiFi is de-initialized. The size of each static TX buffer is fixed to about 1.6KB.

> If "Dynamic" is selected, each WiFi TX buffer is allocated as needed when a data frame is delivered to the Wifi driver from the TCP/IP stack. The buffer is freed after the data frame has been sent by the WiFi driver. The size of each dynamic TX buffer depends on the length of each data frame sent by the TCP/IP layer.

> If PSRAM is enabled, "Static" should be selected to guarantee enough WiFi TX buffers. If PSRAM is disabled, "Dynamic" should be selected to improve the utilization of RAM.

> Available options:

> > - Static (CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_STATIC_TX_BUFFER)

> > - Dynamic (CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_DYNAMIC_TX_BUFFER)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_STATIC_TX_BUFFER_NUM

> Max number of WiFi static TX buffers

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Set the number of WiFi static TX buffers. Each buffer takes approximately 1.6KB of RAM. The static RX buffers are allocated when esp_wifi_init() is called, they are not released until esp_wifi_deinit() is called.

> For each transmitted data frame from the higher layer TCP/IP stack, the WiFi driver makes a copy of it in a TX buffer. For some applications especially UDP applications, the upper layer can deliver frames faster than WiFi layer can transmit. In these cases, we may run out of TX buffers.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 64 if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_STATIC_TX_BUFFER && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 16 if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_STATIC_TX_BUFFER && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_CACHE_TX_BUFFER_NUM

> Max number of WiFi cache TX buffers

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Set the number of WiFi cache TX buffer number.

> For each TX packet from uplayer, such as LWIP etc, WiFi driver needs to allocate a static TX buffer and makes a copy of uplayer packet. If WiFi driver fails to allocate the static TX buffer, it caches the uplayer packets to a dedicated buffer queue, this option is used to configure the size of the cached TX queue.

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_DYNAMIC_TX_BUFFER_NUM

> Max number of WiFi dynamic TX buffers

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Set the number of WiFi dynamic TX buffers. The size of each dynamic TX buffer is not fixed, it depends on the size of each transmitted data frame.

> For each transmitted frame from the higher layer TCP/IP stack, the WiFi driver makes a copy of it in a TX buffer. For some applications, especially UDP applications, the upper layer can deliver frames faster than WiFi layer can transmit. In these cases, we may run out of TX buffers.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 128

> Default value:

>   - 32

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MGMT_RX_BUFFER

> Type of WiFi RX MGMT buffers

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select type of WiFi RX MGMT buffers:

> If "Static" is selected, WiFi RX MGMT buffers are allocated when WiFi is initialized and released when WiFi is de-initialized. The size of each static RX MGMT buffer is fixed to about 500 Bytes.

> If "Dynamic" is selected, each WiFi RX MGMT buffer is allocated as needed when a MGMT data frame is received. The MGMT buffer is freed after the MGMT data frame has been processed by the WiFi driver.

> Available options:

> > - Static (CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_STATIC_RX_MGMT_BUFFER)

> > - Dynamic (CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_DYNAMIC_RX_MGMT_BUFFER)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_RX_MGMT_BUF_NUM_DEF

> Max number of WiFi RX MGMT buffers

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Set the number of WiFi RX_MGMT buffers.

> For Management buffers, the number of dynamic and static management buffers is the same. In order to prevent memory fragmentation, the management buffer type should be set to static first.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 10

> Default value:

>   - 5

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_CSI_ENABLED

> WiFi CSI(Channel State Information)

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to enable CSI(Channel State Information) feature. CSI takes about CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_STATIC_RX_BUFFER_NUM KB of RAM. If CSI is not used, it is better to disable this feature in order to save memory.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_AMPDU_TX_ENABLED

> WiFi AMPDU TX

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to enable AMPDU TX feature

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_TX_BA_WIN

> WiFi AMPDU TX BA window size

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_AMPDU_TX_ENABLED

> Set the size of WiFi Block Ack TX window. Generally a bigger value means higher throughput but more memory. Most of time we should NOT change the default value unless special reason, e.g. test the maximum UDP TX throughput with iperf etc. For iperf test in shieldbox, the recommended value is 9~12.

> Range:

>   - from 2 to 64

> Default value:

>   - 6

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_AMPDU_RX_ENABLED

> WiFi AMPDU RX

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to enable AMPDU RX feature

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_RX_BA_WIN

> WiFi AMPDU RX BA window size

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_AMPDU_RX_ENABLED

> Set the size of WiFi Block Ack RX window. Generally a bigger value means higher throughput and better compatibility but more memory. Most of time we should NOT change the default value unless special reason, e.g. test the maximum UDP RX throughput with iperf etc. For iperf test in shieldbox, the recommended value is 9~12. If PSRAM is used and WiFi memory is preferred to allocate in PSRAM first, the default and minimum value should be 16 to achieve better throughput and compatibility with both stations and APs.

> Range:

>   - from 2 to 64

> Default value:

>   - 6

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_AMSDU_TX_ENABLED

> WiFi AMSDU TX

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to enable AMSDU TX feature

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_CACHE_TX_BUFFER_NUM >= 2 && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_NVS_ENABLED

> WiFi NVS flash

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to enable WiFi NVS flash

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_TASK_CORE_ID

> WiFi Task Core ID

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Pinned WiFi task to core 0 or core 1.

> Available options:

> > - Core 0 (CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_TASK_PINNED_TO_CORE_0)

> > - Core 1 (CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_TASK_PINNED_TO_CORE_1)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SOFTAP_BEACON_MAX_LEN

> Max length of WiFi SoftAP Beacon

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> ESP-MESH utilizes beacon frames to detect and resolve root node conflicts (see documentation). However the default length of a beacon frame can simultaneously hold only five root node identifier structures, meaning that a root node conflict of up to five nodes can be detected at one time. In the occurrence of more root nodes conflict involving more than five root nodes, the conflict resolution process will detect five of the root nodes, resolve the conflict, and re-detect more root nodes. This process will repeat until all root node conflicts are resolved. However this process can generally take a very long time.

> To counter this situation, the beacon frame length can be increased such that more root nodes can be detected simultaneously. Each additional root node will require 36 bytes and should be added on top of the default beacon frame length of 752 bytes. For example, if you want to detect 10 root nodes simultaneously, you need to set the beacon frame length as 932 (752+36*5).

> Setting a longer beacon length also assists with debugging as the conflicting root nodes can be identified more quickly.

> Range:

>   - from 752 to 1256

> Default value:

>   - 752

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MGMT_SBUF_NUM

> WiFi mgmt short buffer number

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Set the maximum number of Wi-Fi management short buffers. These buffers are dynamically allocated, with their size determined by the length of the management packet to be sent. When a management packet is less than 64 bytes, the Wi-Fi driver classifies it as a short management packet and assigns it to one of these buffers.

> Range:

>   - from 6 to 32

> Default value:

>   - 32

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_IRAM_OPT

> WiFi IRAM speed optimization

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to place frequently called Wi-Fi library functions in IRAM. When this option is disabled, more than 10Kbytes of IRAM memory will be saved but Wi-Fi throughput will be reduced.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && CONFIG_SPIRAM && CONFIG_SLAVE_IDF_TARGET_ESP32 && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_EXTRA_IRAM_OPT

> WiFi EXTRA IRAM speed optimization

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to place additional frequently called Wi-Fi library functions in IRAM. When this option is disabled, more than 5Kbytes of IRAM memory will be saved but Wi-Fi throughput will be reduced.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_RX_IRAM_OPT

> WiFi RX IRAM speed optimization

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to place frequently called Wi-Fi library RX functions in IRAM. When this option is disabled, more than 17Kbytes of IRAM memory will be saved but Wi-Fi performance will be reduced.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_BT_ENABLED && CONFIG_SPIRAM && CONFIG_SLAVE_IDF_TARGET_ESP32 && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_WPA3_SAE

> Enable WPA3-Personal

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to allow the device to establish a WPA3-Personal connection with eligible AP's. PMF (Protected Management Frames) is a prerequisite feature for a WPA3 connection, it needs to be explicitly configured before attempting connection. Please refer to the Wi-Fi Driver API Guide for details.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_SAE_H2E

> Enable SAE-H2E

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_WPA3_SAE

> Select this option to enable SAE-H2E

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_SAE_PK

> Enable SAE-PK

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_WPA3_SAE > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_SAE_H2E

> Select this option to enable SAE-PK

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SOFTAP_SAE_SUPPORT

> Enable WPA3 Personal(SAE) SoftAP

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_WPA3_SAE

> Select this option to enable SAE support in softAP mode.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_WPA3_OWE_STA

> Enable OWE STA

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to allow the device to establish OWE connection with eligible AP's. PMF (Protected Management Frames) is a prerequisite feature for a WPA3 connection, it needs to be explicitly configured before attempting connection. Please refer to the Wi-Fi Driver API Guide for details.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_WPA3_COMPATIBLE_SUPPORT

> Enable WPA3 Compatible support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to support wpa3_compatible mode for station and AP

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_WPA3_OWE_SOFTAP

> Enable OWE-ONLY SOFTAP

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to allow the device to enable OWE Only mode for softap.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_PASN_SUPPORT

> Enable PASN support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Pre-Association Security Negotiation (PASN) for Wi-Fi NAN. The wpa_supplicant exposes CONFIG_PASN when this is on.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_IRAM_OPT

> WiFi SLP IRAM speed optimization

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to place called Wi-Fi library TBTT process and receive beacon functions in IRAM. Some functions can be put in IRAM either by WIFI_RMT_IRAM_OPT and WIFI_RMT_RX_IRAM_OPT, or this one. If already enabled WIFI_RMT_IRAM_OPT, the other 7.3KB IRAM memory would be taken by this option. If already enabled WIFI_RMT_RX_IRAM_OPT, the other 1.3KB IRAM memory would be taken by this option. If neither of them are enabled, the other 7.4KB IRAM memory would be taken by this option. Wi-Fi power-save mode average current would be reduced if this option is enabled.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_DEFAULT_MIN_ACTIVE_TIME

> Minimum active time

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Only for station in WIFI_PS_MIN_MODEM or WIFI_PS_MAX_MODEM. When the station enters the active state, it will work for at least WIFI_RMT_SLP_DEFAULT_MIN_ACTIVE_TIME. If a data packet is received or sent during this period, the time will be refreshed. If the time is up, but the station still has packets to receive or send, the time will also be refreshed. unit: milliseconds.

> Range:

>   - from 8 to 60

> Default value:

>   - 50

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_BSS_MAX_IDLE_SUPPORT

> Enable bss max idle support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Enables bss max idle support for Station and SoftAP. BSS max idle period enables an SoftAP to indicate a time period during which the AP does not disassociate a STA due to nonreceipt of frames from the STA. For station, max idle period is default 10 (1000TUs) and can be set through WIFI_RMT_SLP_DEFAULT_MAX_ACTIVE_TIME. For softap, bss max idle parameters will be set through bss_max_idle_cfg in wifi_ap_config_t.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_DEFAULT_MAX_ACTIVE_TIME

> Maximum keep alive time

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Only for station. If no packet has been sent within WIFI_RMT_SLP_DEFAULT_MAX_ACTIVE_TIME, a null data packet will be sent to maintain the connection with the AP. If WIFI_RMT_BSS_MAX_IDLE_SUPPORT is set, it will be sent as bss max idle period in association request. unit: seconds.

> Range:

>   - from 10 to 60

> Default value:

>   - 10

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_DEFAULT_WAIT_BROADCAST_DATA_TIME

> Minimum wait broadcast data time

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Only for station in WIFI_PS_MIN_MODEM or WIFI_PS_MAX_MODEM. When the station knows through the beacon that AP will send broadcast packet, it will wait for WIFI_RMT_SLP_DEFAULT_WAIT_BROADCAST_DATA_TIME before entering the sleep process. If a broadcast packet is received with more data bits, the time will refreshed. unit: milliseconds.

> Range:

>   - from 10 to 30

> Default value:

>   - 15

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_FTM_ENABLE

> WiFi FTM

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Enable feature Fine Timing Measurement for calculating WiFi Round-Trip-Time (RTT).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_FTM_INITIATOR_SUPPORT

> FTM Initiator support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_FTM_ENABLE

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_FTM_ENABLE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_FTM_RESPONDER_SUPPORT

> FTM Responder support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_FTM_ENABLE

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_FTM_ENABLE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_STA_DISCONNECTED_PM_ENABLE

> Power Management for station at disconnected

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to enable power_management for station when disconnected. Chip will do modem-sleep when rf module is not in use any more.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_GCMP_SUPPORT

> WiFi GCMP Support(GCMP128 and GCMP256)

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to enable GCMP support. GCMP support is compulsory for WiFi Suite-B support.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_GMAC_SUPPORT

> WiFi GMAC Support(GMAC128 and GMAC256)

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to enable GMAC support. GMAC support is compulsory for WiFi 192 bit certification.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SOFTAP_SUPPORT

> WiFi SoftAP Support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> WiFi module can be compiled without SoftAP to save code size.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENHANCED_LIGHT_SLEEP

> WiFi modem automatically receives the beacon

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> The wifi modem automatically receives the beacon frame during light sleep.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_PHY_MAC_BB_PD && SOC_PM_SUPPORT_BEACON_WAKEUP && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT

> Wifi sleep optimize when beacon lost

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Enable wifi sleep optimization when beacon loss occurs and immediately enter sleep mode when the WiFi module detects beacon loss.

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_TIMEOUT

> Beacon loss timeout

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT

> Timeout time for close rf phy when beacon loss occurs, Unit: 1024 microsecond.

> Range:

>   - from 5 to 100 if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 25 if CONFIG_ESP_COEX_SW_COEXIST_ENABLE && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_THRESHOLD

> Maximum number of consecutive lost beacons allowed

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT

> Maximum number of consecutive lost beacons allowed, the WiFi Rx state behaviour will be determined by WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OVER_THRESHOLD_POLICY when the number of consecutive beacons lost is greater than the given threshold.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 8 if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_PHY_ON_DELTA_EARLY_TIME

> Delta early time for RF PHY on

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT

> Delta early time for rf phy on, When the beacon is lost, the next rf phy on will be earlier the time specified by the configuration item, Unit: 32 microsecond.

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_PHY_OFF_DELTA_TIMEOUT_TIME

> Delta timeout time for RF PHY off

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT

> Delta timeout time for rf phy off, When the beacon is lost, the next rf phy off will be delayed for the time specified by the configuration item. Unit: 1024 microsecond.

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OVER_THRESHOLD_POLICY

> Beacon strategy when beacon loss exceeds threshold

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT

> Select the strategy to apply when the number of lost beacons exceeds the threshold.

> - "Receive beacon": Keep RF on until a beacon is successfully received.

> - "Drop beacon": Turn off RF and skip beacon reception during this period.

> - "Auto": Beacon will been dropped only if WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE enabled

>     and expected rx beacon probability stays below the standard.

> Available options:

> > - Receive beacon (CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OVER_THRESHOLD_RECEIVE)

> > - Drop beacon (CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OVER_THRESHOLD_DROP)

> > - Auto (CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OVER_THRESHOLD_AUTO)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE

> Sample beacon to calculate beacon offset

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_OPT

> Select to enable feature sampling beacons to calculate beacon offset.

##### Beacon Sample Configuration Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_DIFFERENCE_PERCENT

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_RESAMPLE_PERIOD

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_COUNT

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_STANDARD_PERCENT

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_COUNT

> Sample beacons at wifi connected to adjust beacon parameters

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > Beacon Sample Configuration Options

> Numble of sampled beacons at wifi connected to adjust beacon parameters.

> Range:

>   - from 100 to 1200 if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 300 if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_DIFFERENCE_PERCENT

> Difference percentage triggers unstable event

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > Beacon Sample Configuration Options

> Difference triggers event WIFI_EVENT_STA_BEACON_OFFSET_UNSTABLE when the actual rx beacon probability continuously falls below the expected probability by this value. unit: percentage

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 100 if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 20 if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_STANDARD_PERCENT

> Standard percentage triggers beacon drop

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > Beacon Sample Configuration Options

> Standard triggers beacon drop when the expected rx beacon probability falls below this value under WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_DROP_BEACON_AUTO mode. unit: percentage

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 100 if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 55 if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_RESAMPLE_PERIOD

> Resample period

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > Beacon Sample Configuration Options

> Resample period if beacon drop is active under WIFI_RMT_SLP_BEACON_LOST_DROP_BEACON_AUTO mode. It means never resample if setting this value to 0. unit: hours

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 255 if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SLP_SAMPLE_BEACON_FEATURE && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ESPNOW_MAX_ENCRYPT_NUM

> Maximum espnow encrypt peers number

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Maximum number of encrypted peers supported by espnow. The number of hardware keys for encryption is fixed. And the espnow and SoftAP share the same hardware keys. So this configuration will affect the maximum connection number of SoftAP. Maximum espnow encrypted peers number + maximum number of connections of SoftAP = Max hardware keys number. When using ESP mesh, this value should be set to a maximum of 6.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 4 if CONFIG_SLAVE_IDF_TARGET_ESP32C2 && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_SLAVE_IDF_TARGET_ESP32C2 && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_NAN_SYNC_ENABLE

> Enable Wi-Fi Aware: Synchronization (NAN-Sync)

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Enable Wi-Fi Aware: Synchronization feature (NAN-Sync).

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_NAN_SECURITY

> Enable Wi-Fi Aware: Encrypted Pairwise Datapath (NDP Security)

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_NAN_SYNC_ENABLE

> Enable encrypted pairwise datapath for Wi-Fi Aware (NAN). Adds PBKDF2 key derivation (mbedTLS PKCS#5), 4-way handshake (M1-M4), PTK derivation, and CCMP key installation for secured NAN data links. Disable to save code size when only open datapaths are needed.

> Requires WIFI_RMT_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO + MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C + MBEDTLS_SHA256_C for ND-PMK derivation via pbkdf2_sha256() (MBEDTLS_MD_C is pulled in transitively by MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_NAN_SYNC_ENABLE && CONFIG_IDF_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_NAN_USD_ENABLE

> Enable Wi-Fi Aware: Unsynchronized service discovery (NAN-USD)

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Enable Wi-Fi Aware: Unsynchronized service discovery (NAN-USD)

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_IDF_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_NAN_PAIRING

> Enable NAN Pairing

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Enable NAN Pairing support. This allows devices to establish secure pairing using bootstrapping methods like PIN code. Requires PASN in wpa_supplicant (WIFI_RMT_PASN_SUPPORT)

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_NAN_SECURITY && CONFIG_IDF_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO

> Use MbedTLS crypto APIs

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to enable the use of MbedTLS crypto APIs. The internal crypto support within the supplicant is limited and may not suffice for all new security features, including WPA3.

> It is recommended to always keep this option enabled. Additionally, note that MbedTLS can leverage hardware acceleration if available, resulting in significantly faster cryptographic operations.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MBEDTLS_TLS_CLIENT

> Use MbedTLS TLS client for WiFi Enterprise connection

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO

> Select this option to use MbedTLS TLS client for WPA2 enterprise connection. Please note that from MbedTLS-3.0 onwards, MbedTLS does not support SSL-3.0 TLS-v1.0, TLS-v1.1 versions. In case your server is using one of these version, it is advisable to update your server. Please disable this option for compatibility with older TLS versions.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_EAP_TLS1_3

> Enable EAP-TLS v1.3 Support for WiFi Enterprise connection

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MBEDTLS_TLS_CLIENT

> Select this option to support EAP with TLS v1.3. This configuration still supports compatibility with EAP-TLS v1.2. Please note that enabling this configuration will cause every application which uses TLS go for TLS1.3 if server supports that. TLS1.3 is still in development in mbedtls and there may be interoperability issues with this. Please modify your application to set max version as TLS1.2 if you want to enable TLS1.3 only for WiFi connection.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MBEDTLS_TLS_CLIENT && CONFIG_IDF_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_WAPI_PSK

> Enable WAPI PSK support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to enable WAPI-PSK which is a Chinese National Standard Encryption for Wireless LANs (GB 15629.11-2003).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SUITE_B_192

> Enable NSA suite B support with 192 bit key

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to enable 192 bit NSA suite-B. This is necessary to support WPA3 192 bit security.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_11KV_SUPPORT

> Enable 802.11k, 802.11v APIs Support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to enable 802.11k 802.11v APIs(RRM and BTM support).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_RRM_SUPPORT

> Enable 802.11k APIs Support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_11KV_SUPPORT

> Select this option to enable 802.11k APIs(RRM support). Only APIs which are helpful for network assisted roaming are supported for now. Enable this option with RRM enabled in sta config to make device ready for network assisted roaming. RRM: Radio measurements enable STAs to understand the radio environment, it enables STAs to observe and gather data on radio link performance and on the radio environment. Current implementation adds beacon report, link measurement, neighbor report.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_11KV_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_WNM_SUPPORT

> Enable 802.11v APIs Support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_11KV_SUPPORT

> Select this option to enable 802.11v APIs(BTM support). Only APIs which are helpful for network assisted roaming are supported for now. Enable this option with BTM enabled in sta config to make device ready for network assisted roaming. BTM: BSS transition management enables an AP to request a station to transition to a specific AP, or to indicate to a station a set of preferred APs.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_11KV_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_SCAN_CACHE

> Keep scan results in cache

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Keep scan results in cache, if not enabled, those will be flushed immediately.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_RRM_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MBO_SUPPORT

> Enable Multi Band Operation Certification Support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to enable WiFi Multiband operation certification support.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_ROAMING_APP

> Advanced support for Wi-Fi Roaming

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Enable Espressif's roaming app to allow for efficient Wi-Fi roaming. This includes configurable periodic environment scans, maintaining a cache of the best APs, handling low rssi events etc.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### Configure roaming App

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_DPP_SUPPORT

> Enable DPP support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to enable WiFi Easy Connect Support.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_DPP_MAX_CONF_OBJ

> Maximum number of DPP configuration objects

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_DPP_SUPPORT

> Maximum number of configuration objects that can be received and stored during a DPP configuration exchange. DPP v2 configurators may send multiple configuration objects (e.g., for different SSIDs or AKMs). Increasing this value will increase the memory usage for DPP events.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 10 if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_DPP_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_DPP_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_11R_SUPPORT

> Enable 802.11R (Fast Transition) Support

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to enable WiFi Fast Transition Support.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_WPS_SOFTAP_REGISTRAR

> Add WPS Registrar support in SoftAP mode

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to enable WPS registrar support in softAP mode.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_WIFI_TX_STATS

> Enable Wi-Fi transmission statistics

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Enable Wi-Fi transmission statistics. Total support 4 access category. Each access category will use 346 bytes memory.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_WIFI_RX_STATS

> Enable Wi-Fi reception statistics

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Enable Wi-Fi reception statistics. Total support 2 access category. Each access category will use 190 bytes memory.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_WIFI_RX_MU_STATS

> Enable Wi-Fi DL MU-MIMO and DL OFDMA reception statistics

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_WIFI_RX_STATS

> Enable Wi-Fi DL MU-MIMO and DL OFDMA reception statistics. Will use 10932 bytes memory.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_WIFI_RX_STATS && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_TX_HETB_QUEUE_NUM

> WiFi TX HE TB QUEUE number for STA HE TB PPDU transmission

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Set the maximum number of queue that can be aggregated by the STA in the A-MPDU carried in the HE TB PPDU.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 4

> Default value:

>   - 3

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_DUMP_HESIGB

> Enable Wi-Fi dump HE-SIGB which is contained in DL HE MU PPDUs

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Enable Wi-Fi dump HE-SIGB which is contained in DL HE MU PPDUs.

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_DUMP_MU_CFO

> Enable Wi-Fi dump MU CFO

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Enable Wi-Fi dump MU CFO.

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_DUMP_CTRL_NDPA

> Enable Wi-Fi dump NDPA frames

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Enable Wi-Fi dump NDPA frames.

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENABLE_DUMP_CTRL_BFRP

> Enable Wi-Fi dump BFRP frames

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Enable Wi-Fi dump BFRP frames.

##### WPS Configuration Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_WPS_PASSPHRASE

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_WPS_RECONNECT_ON_FAIL

- CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_WPS_STRICT

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_WPS_STRICT

> Strictly validate all WPS attributes

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > WPS Configuration Options

> Select this option to enable validate each WPS attribute rigorously. Disabling this add the workarounds with various APs. Enabling this may cause inter operability issues with some APs.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_WPS_PASSPHRASE

> Get WPA2 passphrase in WPS config

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > WPS Configuration Options

> Select this option to get passphrase during WPS configuration. This option fakes the virtual display capabilities to get the configuration in passphrase mode. Not recommended to be used since WPS credentials should not be shared to other devices, making it in readable format increases that risk, also passphrase requires pbkdf2 to convert in psk.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_WPS_RECONNECT_ON_FAIL

> Reconnect to previous SSID if WPS failed

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > WPS Configuration Options

> Select this option to enable reconnection to previous SSID if WPS fails. This option will only work if station was connected to a network when WPS was started.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_DEBUG_PRINT

> Print debug messages from WPA Supplicant

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to print logging information from WPA supplicant, this includes handshake information and key hex dumps depending on the project logging level.

> Enabling this could increase the build size ~60kb depending on the project logging level.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENTERPRISE_SUPPORT

> Enable enterprise option

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this to enable/disable enterprise connection support.

> disabling this will reduce binary size. disabling this will disable the use of any esp_wifi_sta_wpa2_ent_* (as APIs will be meaningless)

> Note that when using bigger certificates on low-power chips without crypto hardware acceleration, it is recommended to adjust the task watchdog timer (TWDT) if it is enabled. For precise information on timing requirements, you can check performance numbers at https://github.com/espressif/mbedtls/wiki/Performance-Numbers.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENT_FREE_DYNAMIC_BUFFER

> Free dynamic buffers during WiFi enterprise connection

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENTERPRISE_SUPPORT

> Select this configuration to free dynamic buffers during WiFi enterprise connection. This will enable chip to reduce heap consumption during WiFi enterprise connection.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_SLAVE_IDF_TARGET_ESP32C2 && CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENTERPRISE_SUPPORT && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_MODEM_RF_FLAG_UPDATE_DEBUG

> Enable debug assertions for modem RF flag update

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Enable debug assertions to verify modem RF flag update operations. This option enables assert checks to verify that modem RF power state is correctly cleared before pmu sleep.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_ENHANCED_LIGHT_SLEEP && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_PASSIVE_HIDDEN_AP_SUPPORT

> Support station connection to hidden APs using passive scan when country policy is auto

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to enable/disable support for station connections to hidden APs using passive scan when the country policy is set to auto.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_PRIVACY_ENHANCEMENTS_ENABLED

> WiFi Privacy Enhancements enabled

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration

> Select this option to enable WiFi Privacy Enhancements (enables random mac, seq number, dialogue token number, vendor seq number cnt). Supported on station interface only; softAP may be added in future.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_RMAC_AUTO_RESET_INTERVAL

> Random MAC Auto-Reset Interval time

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED > Wi-Fi configuration > CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_PRIVACY_ENHANCEMENTS_ENABLED

> Interval in hours to rotate the random MAC while not connected to an AP. Values below 1 or above 24 are not allowed.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 24 if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_PRIVACY_ENHANCEMENTS_ENABLED && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 12 if CONFIG_WIFI_RMT_PRIVACY_ENHANCEMENTS_ENABLED && CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_LIBRARY

> Choose WiFi-remote implementation

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

> Select type of WiFi Remote implementation

> ESP-HOSTED is the default and most versatile option. It's possible to use EPPP, which uses PPPoS link between micros and NAPT, so it's slower, but allows for more customization on the slave side. It's also possible to select CUSTOM and provide wifi_remote implementation in any other component or application (needs to set link dependency from wifi-remote to the custom implementation)

> Available options:

> > - ESP-HOSTED (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_LIBRARY_HOSTED)

> > - EPPP (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_LIBRARY_EPPP)

> > - CUSTOM (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_LIBRARY_CUSTOM)

##### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_EAP_ENABLED

> Enable EAP client remote API

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote > CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_ENABLED

> When enabled, the EAP client remote API will be available. This allows remote control of EAP authentication functions.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_REMOTE_IS_DISABLED

> Wi-Fi Remote is disabled (Host Wi-Fi is ON)

> Found in: Component config > Wi-Fi Remote

> Wi-Fi Remote is disabled because ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED is ON. These options are mutually exclusive. Disable ESP_HOST_WIFI_ENABLED to use ESP_WIFI_REMOTE.

### Core dump

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_CHECK_BOOT

- CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_TO_FLASH_OR_UART

- CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_UART_DELAY

- CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_FLASH_NO_OVERWRITE

- CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_LOGS

- CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_DECODE

- CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_CAPTURE_DRAM

- CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_MAX_TASKS_NUM

- CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_STACK_SIZE

- CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_SUMMARY_STACKDUMP_SIZE

#### CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_TO_FLASH_OR_UART

> Data destination

> Found in: Component config > Core dump

> Select place to store core dump: flash, uart or none (to disable core dumps generation).

> Core dumps to Flash are not available if PSRAM is used for task stacks.

> If core dump is configured to be stored in flash and custom partition table is used add corresponding entry to your CSV. For examples, please see predefined partition table CSV descriptions in the components/partition_table directory.

> Available options:

> > - Flash (CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_ENABLE_TO_FLASH)

> > - UART (CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_ENABLE_TO_UART)

> > - None (CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_ENABLE_TO_NONE)

#### CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_CAPTURE_DRAM

> Include whole .bss and .data sections and heap data into core dump file

> Found in: Component config > Core dump

> Storing these sections can help with easier debugging and troubleshooting. However, additional storage space will be required in the core dump partition. At least 128KB should be reserved, but the actual amount required may vary based on the application's DRAM usage. Note that sections located in external RAM will not be stored.

#### CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_CHECK_BOOT

> Check core dump data integrity on boot

> Found in: Component config > Core dump

> When enabled, if any data are found on the flash core dump partition, they will be checked by calculating their checksum.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_ENABLE_TO_FLASH

#### CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_LOGS

> Enable coredump logs for debugging

> Found in: Component config > Core dump

> Enable/disable coredump logs. Logs strings from espcoredump component are placed in DRAM. Disabling these helps to save ~5KB of internal memory.

#### CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_MAX_TASKS_NUM

> Maximum number of tasks

> Found in: Component config > Core dump

> Maximum number of tasks that will be included in the core dump. Crashed task registers and stacks are always included. Other tasks are included in order of their priority. (Highest priority ready task first)

#### CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_UART_DELAY

> Delay before print to UART

> Found in: Component config > Core dump

> Config delay (in ms) before printing core dump to UART. Delay can be interrupted by pressing Enter key.

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_ENABLE_TO_UART

#### CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_FLASH_NO_OVERWRITE

> Don't overwrite existing core dump

> Found in: Component config > Core dump

> Don't overwrite an existing core dump already present in flash. Enable this option to only keep the first of multiple core dumps.

> If enabled, the core dump partition must be erased before the first core dump can be written.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_ENABLE_TO_FLASH

#### CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_STACK_SIZE

> Reserved stack size

> Found in: Component config > Core dump

> Size of the memory to be reserved for core dump stack. If 0 core dump process will run on the stack of crashed task/ISR, otherwise special stack will be allocated. To ensure that core dump itself will not overflow task/ISR stack set this to the value around 1300-1800 depending on the chosen checksum calculation method. SHA256 method needs more stack space than CRC32. NOTE: It eats DRAM.

#### CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_SUMMARY_STACKDUMP_SIZE

> Size of the stack dump buffer

> Found in: Component config > Core dump

> Size of the buffer that would be reserved for extracting backtrace info summary. This buffer will contain the stack dump of the crashed task. This dump is useful in generating backtrace

> Range:

>   - from 512 to 4096 if CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_ENABLE_TO_FLASH

> Default value:

>   - 1024 if CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_ENABLE_TO_FLASH

#### CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_DECODE

> Handling of UART core dumps in IDF Monitor

> Found in: Component config > Core dump

> Available options:

> > - Decode and show summary (info_corefile) (CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_DECODE_INFO)

> > - Don't decode (CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_DECODE_DISABLE)

### FAT Filesystem support

Contains:

- CONFIG_FATFS_API_ENCODING

- CONFIG_FATFS_VFS_FSTAT_BLKSIZE

- CONFIG_FATFS_IMMEDIATE_FSYNC

- CONFIG_FATFS_USE_FASTSEEK

- CONFIG_FATFS_USE_STRFUNC_CHOICE

- CONFIG_FATFS_FAST_SEEK_BUFFER_SIZE

- CONFIG_FATFS_STRF_ENCODE_CHOICE

- File system free space calculation behavior

- CONFIG_FATFS_LONG_FILENAMES

- CONFIG_FATFS_PRINT_FLOAT

- CONFIG_FATFS_PRINT_LLI

- CONFIG_FATFS_MAX_LFN

- CONFIG_FATFS_FS_LOCK

- CONFIG_FATFS_VOLUME_COUNT

- CONFIG_FATFS_CHOOSE_CODEPAGE

- CONFIG_FATFS_LINK_LOCK

- CONFIG_FATFS_ALLOC_PREFER_ALIGNED_WORK_BUFFERS

- CONFIG_FATFS_ALLOC_PREFER_EXTRAM

- CONFIG_FATFS_SECTOR_SIZE

- CONFIG_FATFS_TIMEOUT_MS

- CONFIG_FATFS_USE_DYN_BUFFERS

- CONFIG_FATFS_USE_LABEL

- CONFIG_FATFS_PER_FILE_CACHE

#### CONFIG_FATFS_VOLUME_COUNT

> Number of volumes

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

> Number of volumes (logical drives) to use.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 10

> Default value:

>   - 2

#### CONFIG_FATFS_LONG_FILENAMES

> Long filename support

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

> Support long filenames in FAT. Long filename data increases memory usage. FATFS can be configured to store the buffer for long filename data in stack or heap.

> Available options:

> > - No long filenames (CONFIG_FATFS_LFN_NONE)

> > - Long filename buffer in heap (CONFIG_FATFS_LFN_HEAP)

> > - Long filename buffer on stack (CONFIG_FATFS_LFN_STACK)

#### CONFIG_FATFS_SECTOR_SIZE

> Sector size

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

> Specify the size of the sector in bytes for FATFS partition generator.

> Available options:

> > - 512 (CONFIG_FATFS_SECTOR_512)

> > - 4096 (CONFIG_FATFS_SECTOR_4096)

#### CONFIG_FATFS_CHOOSE_CODEPAGE

> OEM Code Page

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

> OEM code page used for file name encodings.

> If "Dynamic" is selected, code page can be chosen at runtime using f_setcp function. Note that choosing this option will increase application size by ~480kB.

> Available options:

> > - Dynamic (all code pages supported) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_DYNAMIC)

> > - US (CP437) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_437)

> > - Arabic (CP720) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_720)

> > - Greek (CP737) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_737)

> > - KBL (CP771) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_771)

> > - Baltic (CP775) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_775)

> > - Latin 1 (CP850) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_850)

> > - Latin 2 (CP852) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_852)

> > - Cyrillic (CP855) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_855)

> > - Turkish (CP857) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_857)

> > - Portuguese (CP860) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_860)

> > - Icelandic (CP861) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_861)

> > - Hebrew (CP862) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_862)

> > - Canadian French (CP863) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_863)

> > - Arabic (CP864) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_864)

> > - Nordic (CP865) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_865)

> > - Russian (CP866) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_866)

> > - Greek 2 (CP869) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_869)

> > - Japanese (DBCS) (CP932) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_932)

> > - Simplified Chinese (DBCS) (CP936) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_936)

> > - Korean (DBCS) (CP949) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_949)

> > - Traditional Chinese (DBCS) (CP950) (CONFIG_FATFS_CODEPAGE_950)

#### CONFIG_FATFS_MAX_LFN

> Max long filename length

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

> Maximum long filename length. Can be reduced to save RAM.

#### CONFIG_FATFS_API_ENCODING

> API character encoding

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

> Choose encoding for character and string arguments/returns when using FATFS APIs. The encoding of arguments will usually depend on text editor settings.

> Available options:

> > - API uses ANSI/OEM encoding (CONFIG_FATFS_API_ENCODING_ANSI_OEM)

> > - API uses UTF-8 encoding (CONFIG_FATFS_API_ENCODING_UTF_8)

#### CONFIG_FATFS_FS_LOCK

> Number of simultaneously open files protected by lock function

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

> This option sets the FATFS configuration value _FS_LOCK. The option _FS_LOCK switches file lock function to control duplicated file open and illegal operation to open objects.

> * 0: Disable file lock function. To avoid volume corruption, application should avoid illegal open, remove and rename to the open objects.

> * >0: Enable file lock function. The value defines how many files/sub-directories can be opened simultaneously under file lock control.

> Note that the file lock control is independent of re-entrancy.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 65535

> Default value:

>   - 0

#### CONFIG_FATFS_TIMEOUT_MS

> Timeout for acquiring a file lock, ms

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

> This option sets FATFS configuration value _FS_TIMEOUT, scaled to milliseconds. Sets the number of milliseconds FATFS will wait to acquire a mutex when operating on an open file. For example, if one task is performing a lengthy operation, another task will wait for the first task to release the lock, and time out after amount of time set by this option.

> Default value:

>   - 10000

#### CONFIG_FATFS_PER_FILE_CACHE

> Use separate cache for each file

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

> This option affects FATFS configuration value _FS_TINY.

> If this option is set, _FS_TINY is 0, and each open file has its own cache, size of the cache is equal to the _MAX_SS variable (512 or 4096 bytes). This option uses more RAM if more than 1 file is open, but needs less reads and writes to the storage for some operations.

> If this option is not set, _FS_TINY is 1, and single cache is used for all open files, size is also equal to _MAX_SS variable. This reduces the amount of heap used when multiple files are open, but increases the number of read and write operations which FATFS needs to make.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_FATFS_ALLOC_PREFER_EXTRAM

> Prefer external RAM when allocating FATFS buffers

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

> When the option is enabled, internal buffers used by FATFS will be allocated from external RAM. If the allocation from external RAM fails, the buffer will be allocated from the internal RAM. Disable this option if optimizing for performance. Enable this option if optimizing for internal memory size.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_SPIRAM_USE_CAPS_ALLOC || CONFIG_SPIRAM_USE_MALLOC

#### CONFIG_FATFS_ALLOC_PREFER_ALIGNED_WORK_BUFFERS

> Prefer aligned, DMA capable RAM when allocating FATFS buffers

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

> Tries to allocate FATFS heap buffers in a way they can be used directly by the SDMMC driver without extra copies when DMA is enabled (for example when using PSRAM on ESP32-P4). Disable this if you need the absolute minimum heap overhead and do not use SDMMC. This option can be combined with CONFIG_FATFS_ALLOC_PREFER_EXTRAM, in which case, the following order is tried: DMA capable RAM, external RAM, internal RAM.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_FATFS_USE_FASTSEEK

> Enable fast seek algorithm when using lseek function through VFS FAT

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

> The fast seek feature enables fast backward/long seek operations without FAT access by using an in-memory CLMT (cluster link map table). Please note, fast-seek is only allowed for read-mode files, if a file is opened in write-mode, the seek mechanism will automatically fallback to the default implementation.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_FATFS_USE_STRFUNC_CHOICE

> Enable string functions, f_gets(), f_putc(), f_puts() and f_printf()

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

> These are specialized alternatives to stdio functions for working directly with FATFS without VFS. Legacy code may need functions, but for new development, it is advised to use stdio under VFS.

> 0: Disable. FF_PRINT_LLI, FF_PRINT_FLOAT and FF_STRF_ENCODE have no effect. 1: Enable without LF-CRLF conversion. 2: Enable with LF-CRLF conversion.

> Available options:

> > - 0:Disable (CONFIG_FATFS_USE_STRFUNC_NONE)

> > - 1:Enable without LF-CRLF conversion (CONFIG_FATFS_USE_STRFUNC_WITHOUT_CRLF_CONV)

> > - 2:Enable with LF-CRLF conversion (CONFIG_FATFS_USE_STRFUNC_WITH_CRLF_CONV)

#### CONFIG_FATFS_PRINT_LLI

> Make fatfs f_printf() support long long argument

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

#### CONFIG_FATFS_PRINT_FLOAT

> Make fatfs f_printf() support floating point argument

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

#### CONFIG_FATFS_STRF_ENCODE_CHOICE

> FatFS string functions: convert character encoding

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

> When FF_LFN_UNICODE >= 1 with LFN enabled, string functions convert the character encoding in it. FF_STRF_ENCODE selects assumption of character encoding ON THE FILE to be read/written via those functions. 0: ANSI/OEM in current CP 1: Unicode in UTF-16LE 2: Unicode in UTF-16BE 3: Unicode in UTF-8

> Available options:

> > - 0:ANSI/OEM in current CP (CONFIG_FATFS_STRF_ENCODE_ANSI)

> > - 1:Unicode in UTF-16LE (CONFIG_FATFS_STRF_ENCODE_UTF16LE)

> > - 2:Unicode in UTF-16BE (CONFIG_FATFS_STRF_ENCODE_UTF16BE)

> > - 3:Unicode in UTF-8 (CONFIG_FATFS_STRF_ENCODE_UTF8)

#### CONFIG_FATFS_FAST_SEEK_BUFFER_SIZE

> Fast seek CLMT buffer size

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

> If fast seek algorithm is enabled, this defines the size of CLMT buffer used by this algorithm in 32-bit word units. This value should be chosen based on prior knowledge of maximum elements of each file entry would store.

> Default value:

>   - 64 if CONFIG_FATFS_USE_FASTSEEK

#### CONFIG_FATFS_VFS_FSTAT_BLKSIZE

> Default block size

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

> If set to 0, the 'newlib' library's default size (BLKSIZ) is used (128 B). If set to a non-zero value, the value is used as the block size. Default file buffer size is set to this value and the buffer is allocated when first attempt of reading/writing to a file is made. Increasing this value improves fread() speed, however the heap usage is increased as well.

> NOTE: The block size value is shared by all the filesystem functions accessing target media for given file descriptor! See 'Improving I/O performance' section of 'Maximizing Execution Speed' documentation page for more details.

> Default value:

>   - 0

#### CONFIG_FATFS_IMMEDIATE_FSYNC

> Enable automatic f_sync

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

> Enables automatic calling of f_sync() to flush recent file changes after each call of vfs_fat_write(), vfs_fat_pwrite(), vfs_fat_link(), vfs_fat_truncate() and vfs_fat_ftruncate() functions. This feature improves file-consistency and size reporting accuracy for the FatFS, at a price on decreased performance due to frequent disk operations

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_FATFS_USE_LABEL

> Use FATFS volume label

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

> Allows FATFS volume label to be specified using f_setlabel

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_FATFS_LINK_LOCK

> Perform the whole link operation under lock

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

> If enabled, the whole link operation (including file copying) is performed under lock. This ensures that the link operation is atomic, but may cause performance for large files. It may create less fragmented file copy.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_FATFS_USE_DYN_BUFFERS

> Use dynamic buffers

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support

> If enabled, the buffers used by FATFS will be allocated separately from the rest of the structure. This option is useful when using multiple FATFS instances with different sector sizes, as the buffers will be allocated according to the sector size. If disabled, the greatest sector size will be used for all FATFS instances. (In most cases, this would be the sector size of Wear Levelling library) This might cause more memory to be used than necessary.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### File system free space calculation behavior

> Controls if the file system does or does not trust cached data like free cluster count and allocated cluster number. Setting these to do not trust the data may result of more accurate output from f_getfree() function but increased overhead (forces a full FAT scan, etc.).

Contains:

- CONFIG_FATFS_DONT_TRUST_LAST_ALLOC

- CONFIG_FATFS_DONT_TRUST_FREE_CLUSTER_CNT

##### CONFIG_FATFS_DONT_TRUST_FREE_CLUSTER_CNT

> Don't trust free cluster count

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support > File system free space calculation behavior

> If 1, the file system will not trust the free cluster count in the FSINFO (in FATFS struct). This may result in more accurate output from f_getfree() function but increased overhead.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 1

> Default value:

>   - 0

##### CONFIG_FATFS_DONT_TRUST_LAST_ALLOC

> Don't trust allocated cluster number

> Found in: Component config > FAT Filesystem support > File system free space calculation behavior

> If 1, the file system will not trust the last allocated cluster number in the FSINFO (in FATFS struct). This may result in more accurate output from f_getfree() function but increased overhead.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 1

> Default value:

>   - 0

### FreeRTOS

Contains:

- Extra

- Kernel

- Port

#### Kernel

Contains:

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_CHECK_STACKOVERFLOW

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_ENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_GENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_MAX_TASK_NAME_LEN

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_IDLE_TASK_STACKSIZE

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_QUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_TASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_HZ

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_IDLE_HOOK

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_OPTIMIZED_SCHEDULER

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TICK_HOOK

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TICKLESS_IDLE

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TIMERS

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TRACE_FACILITY

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_VTASKLIST_INCLUDE_COREID

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_UNICORE

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_UNICORE

> Run FreeRTOS only on first core

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel

> This version of FreeRTOS normally takes control of all cores of the CPU. Select this if you only want to start it on the first core. This is needed when e.g. another process needs complete control over the second core.

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_HZ

> configTICK_RATE_HZ

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel

> Sets the FreeRTOS tick interrupt frequency in Hz (see configTICK_RATE_HZ documentation for more details).

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 1000

> Default value:

>   - 100

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_OPTIMIZED_SCHEDULER

> configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel

> Enables port specific task selection method. This option can speed up the search of ready tasks when scheduling (see configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION documentation for more details).

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_FREERTOS_UNICORE

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_CHECK_STACKOVERFLOW

> configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel

> Enables FreeRTOS to check for stack overflows (see configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW documentation for more details).

> Note: If users do not provide their own `vApplicationStackOverflowHook()` function, a default function will be provided by ESP-IDF.

> Available options:

> > - No checking (CONFIG_FREERTOS_CHECK_STACKOVERFLOW_NONE)

> >   Do not check for stack overflows (configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW = 0)

> > - Check by stack pointer value (Method 1) (CONFIG_FREERTOS_CHECK_STACKOVERFLOW_PTRVAL)

> >   Check for stack overflows on each context switch by checking if the stack pointer is in a valid range. Quick but does not detect stack overflows that happened between context switches (configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW = 1)

> > - Check using canary bytes (Method 2) (CONFIG_FREERTOS_CHECK_STACKOVERFLOW_CANARY)

> >   Places some magic bytes at the end of the stack area and on each context switch, check if these bytes are still intact. More thorough than just checking the pointer, but also slightly slower. (configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW = 2)

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS

> configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel

> Set the number of thread local storage pointers in each task (see configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS documentation for more details).

> Note: In ESP-IDF, this value must be at least 1. Index 0 is reserved for use by the pthreads API thread-local-storage. Other indexes can be used for any desired purpose.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 256

> Default value:

>   - 1

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_IDLE_TASK_STACKSIZE

> configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE (Idle task stack size)

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel

> Sets the idle task stack size in bytes (see configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE documentation for more details).

> Note:

> - ESP-IDF specifies stack sizes in bytes instead of words.

> - The default size is enough for most use cases.

> - The stack size may need to be increased above the default if the app installs idle or thread local storage cleanup hooks that use a lot of stack memory.

> - Conversely, the stack size can be reduced to the minimum if non of the idle features are used.

> Range:

>   - from 768 to 32768

> Default value:

>   - 1536

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_IDLE_HOOK

> configUSE_IDLE_HOOK

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel

> Enables the idle task application hook (see configUSE_IDLE_HOOK documentation for more details).

> Note:

> - The application must provide the hook function `void vApplicationIdleHook( void );`

> - `vApplicationIdleHook()` is called from FreeRTOS idle task(s)

> - The FreeRTOS idle hook is NOT the same as the ESP-IDF Idle Hook, but both can be enabled simultaneously.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TICK_HOOK

> configUSE_TICK_HOOK

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel

> Enables the tick hook (see configUSE_TICK_HOOK documentation for more details).

> Note:

> - The application must provide the hook function `void vApplicationTickHook( void );`

> - `vApplicationTickHook()` is called from FreeRTOS's tick handling function `xTaskIncrementTick()`

> - The FreeRTOS tick hook is NOT the same as the ESP-IDF Tick Interrupt Hook, but both can be enabled simultaneously.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_MAX_TASK_NAME_LEN

> configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel

> Sets the maximum number of characters for task names (see configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN documentation for more details).

> Note: For most uses, the default of 16 characters is sufficient.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 256

> Default value:

>   - 16

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_ENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY

> configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel

> Enable backward compatibility with APIs prior to FreeRTOS v8.0.0. (see configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY documentation for more details).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TIMERS

> configUSE_TIMERS

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel

> Enable FreeRTOS Software Timers. Normally the timer task will only get pulled into the build and created if any software timer related functions are used. This is achieved through IDF defining a weak empty function for xTimerCreateTimerTask, which should take effect if timers.c is not pulled into the build.

> In certain special cases (if you use configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY=y and event groups) the linker will still pull in the xTimerCreateTimerTask from timers.c even if the function that utilized it gets discarded due to not being used.

> In these cases you can use this option to force the timer task to be disabled.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME

> configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel > CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TIMERS

> Sets the timer task's name (see configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_NAME documentation for more details).

> Default value:

>   - "Tmr Svc"

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_SERVICE_TASK_CORE_AFFINITY

> configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_CORE_AFFINITY

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel > CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TIMERS

> Sets the timer task's core affinity (see configTIMER_SERVICE_TASK_CORE_AFFINITY documentation for more details).

> Available options:

> > - CPU0 (CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_TASK_AFFINITY_CPU0)

> > - CPU1 (CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_TASK_AFFINITY_CPU1)

> > - No affinity (CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_TASK_NO_AFFINITY)

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_TASK_PRIORITY

> configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel > CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TIMERS

> Sets the timer task's priority (see configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY documentation for more details).

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 25

> Default value:

>   - 1

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH

> configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel > CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TIMERS

> Set the timer task's stack size (see configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH documentation for more details).

> Range:

>   - from 1536 to 32768

> Default value:

>   - 2048

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH

> configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel > CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TIMERS

> Set the timer task's command queue length (see configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH documentation for more details).

> Range:

>   - from 5 to 20

> Default value:

>   - 10

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_QUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE

> configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel

> Set the size of the queue registry (see configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE documentation for more details).

> Note: A value of 0 will disable queue registry functionality

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 20

> Default value:

>   - 0

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_TASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES

> configTASK_NOTIFICATION_ARRAY_ENTRIES

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel

> Set the size of the task notification array of each task. When increasing this value, keep in mind that this means additional memory for each and every task on the system. However, task notifications in general are more light weight compared to alternatives such as semaphores.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 32

> Default value:

>   - 1

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TRACE_FACILITY

> configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel

> Enables additional structure members and functions to assist with execution visualization and tracing (see configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY documentation for more details).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS

> configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel > CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TRACE_FACILITY

> Set configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY and configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS to 1 to include the `vTaskList()` and `vTaskGetRunTimeStats()` functions in the build (see configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS documentation for more details).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TRACE_FACILITY

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES

> configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel

> Enable list integrity checker (see configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES documentation for more details).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_VTASKLIST_INCLUDE_COREID

> Enable display of xCoreID in vTaskList

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel

> If enabled, this will include an extra column when vTaskList is called to display the CoreID the task is pinned to (0,1) or -1 if not pinned.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_GENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS

> configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel

> Enables collection of run time statistics for each task (see configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS documentation for more details).

> Note: The clock used for run time statistics can be configured in FREERTOS_RUN_TIME_STATS_CLK.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE

> configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel > CONFIG_FREERTOS_GENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS

> Sets the data type used for the FreeRTOS run time stats. A larger data type can be used to reduce the frequency of the counter overflowing.

> Available options:

> > - uint32_t (CONFIG_FREERTOS_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE_U32)

> >   configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE is set to uint32_t

> > - uint64_t (CONFIG_FREERTOS_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE_U64)

> >   configRUN_TIME_COUNTER_TYPE is set to uint64_t

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TICKLESS_IDLE

> configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel

> If power management support is enabled, FreeRTOS will be able to put the system into light sleep mode when no tasks need to run for a number of ticks. This number can be set using FREERTOS_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP option. This feature is also known as "automatic light sleep".

> Note that timers created using esp_timer APIs may prevent the system from entering sleep mode, even when no tasks need to run. To skip unnecessary wake-up initialize a timer with the "skip_unhandled_events" option as true.

> If disabled, automatic light sleep support will be disabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_PM_ENABLE

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP

> configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel > CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TICKLESS_IDLE

> FreeRTOS will enter light sleep mode if no tasks need to run for this number of ticks. You can enable PM_PROFILING feature in esp_pm components and dump the sleep status with esp_pm_dump_locks, if the proportion of rejected sleeps is too high, please increase this value to improve scheduling efficiency

> Range:

>   - from 2 to 4294967295 if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TICKLESS_IDLE

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_TICKLESS_IDLE

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_USE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG

> configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Kernel

> Enables task tagging functionality and its associated API (see configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG documentation for more details).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### Port

Contains:

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_RUN_TIME_STATS_CLK

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_INTERRUPT_BACKTRACE

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_WATCHPOINT_END_OF_STACK

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_TASK_PRE_DELETION_HOOK

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_TLSP_DELETION_CALLBACKS

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_ISR_STACKSIZE

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_PLACE_ISR_FUNCTIONS_INTO_FLASH

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_CHECK_PORT_CRITICAL_COMPLIANCE

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_CORETIMER

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_TASK_FUNCTION_WRAPPER

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_TASK_FUNCTION_WRAPPER

> Wrap task functions

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Port

> If enabled, all FreeRTOS task functions will be enclosed in a wrapper function. If a task function mistakenly returns (i.e. does not delete), the call flow will return to the wrapper function. The wrapper function will then log an error and abort the application. This option is also required for GDB backtraces and C++ exceptions to work correctly inside top-level task functions.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_WATCHPOINT_END_OF_STACK

> Enable stack overflow debug watchpoint

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Port

> FreeRTOS can check if a stack has overflown its bounds by checking either the value of the stack pointer or by checking the integrity of canary bytes. (See FREERTOS_CHECK_STACKOVERFLOW for more information.) These checks only happen on a context switch, and the situation that caused the stack overflow may already be long gone by then. This option will use the last debug memory watchpoint to allow breaking into the debugger (or panic'ing) as soon as any of the last 32 bytes on the stack of a task are overwritten. The side effect is that using gdb, you effectively have one hardware watchpoint less because the last one is overwritten as soon as a task switch happens.

> Another consequence is that due to alignment requirements of the watchpoint, the usable stack size decreases by up to 60 bytes. This is because the watchpoint region has to be aligned to its size and the size for the stack watchpoint in IDF is 32 bytes.

> This check only triggers if the stack overflow writes within 32 bytes near the end of the stack, rather than overshooting further, so it is worth combining this approach with one of the other stack overflow check methods.

> When this watchpoint is hit, gdb will stop with a SIGTRAP message. When no JTAG OCD is attached, esp-idf will panic on an unhandled debug exception.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_TLSP_DELETION_CALLBACKS

> Enable thread local storage pointers deletion callbacks

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Port

> ESP-IDF provides users with the ability to free TLSP memory by registering TLSP deletion callbacks. These callbacks are automatically called by FreeRTOS when a task is deleted. When this option is turned on, the memory reserved for TLSPs in the TCB is doubled to make space for storing the deletion callbacks. If the user does not wish to use TLSP deletion callbacks then this option could be turned off to save space in the TCB memory.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_TASK_PRE_DELETION_HOOK

> Enable task pre-deletion hook

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Port

> Enable this option to make FreeRTOS call a user provided hook function right before it deletes a task (i.e., frees/releases a dynamically/statically allocated task's memory). This is useful if users want to know when a task is actually deleted (in case the task's deletion is delegated to the IDLE task).

> If this config option is enabled, users must define a `void vTaskPreDeletionHook( void \* pxTCB )` hook function in their application.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_ISR_STACKSIZE

> ISR stack size

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Port

> The interrupt handlers have their own stack. The size of the stack can be defined here. Each processor has its own stack, so the total size occupied will be twice this.

> Range:

>   - from 1536 to 32768

> Default value:

>   - 1536

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_INTERRUPT_BACKTRACE

> Enable backtrace from interrupt to task context

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Port

> If this option is enabled, interrupt stack frame will be modified to point to the code of the interrupted task as its return address. This helps the debugger (or the panic handler) show a backtrace from the interrupt to the task which was interrupted. This also works for nested interrupts: higher level interrupt stack can be traced back to the lower level interrupt. This option adds 4 instructions to the interrupt dispatching code.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_CORETIMER

> Tick timer source (Xtensa Only)

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Port

> FreeRTOS needs a timer with an associated interrupt to use as the main tick source to increase counters, run timers and do pre-emptive multitasking with. There are multiple timers available to do this, with different interrupt priorities.

> Available options:

> > - Timer 0 (int 6, level 1) (CONFIG_FREERTOS_CORETIMER_0)

> >   Select this to use timer 0

> > - Timer 1 (int 15, level 3) (CONFIG_FREERTOS_CORETIMER_1)

> >   Select this to use timer 1

> > - SYSTIMER 0 (level 1) (CONFIG_FREERTOS_CORETIMER_SYSTIMER_LVL1)

> >   Select this to use systimer with the 1 interrupt priority.

> > - SYSTIMER 0 (level 3) (CONFIG_FREERTOS_CORETIMER_SYSTIMER_LVL3)

> >   Select this to use systimer with the 3 interrupt priority.

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_RUN_TIME_STATS_CLK

> Choose the clock source for run time stats

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Port

> Choose the clock source for FreeRTOS run time stats. Options are CPU0's CPU Clock or the ESP Timer. Both clock sources are 32 bits. The CPU Clock can run at a higher frequency hence provide a finer resolution but will overflow much quicker. Note that run time stats are only valid until the clock source overflows.

> Available options:

> > - Use ESP TIMER for run time stats (CONFIG_FREERTOS_RUN_TIME_STATS_USING_ESP_TIMER)

> >   ESP Timer will be used as the clock source for FreeRTOS run time stats. The ESP Timer runs at a frequency of 1MHz regardless of Dynamic Frequency Scaling. Therefore the ESP Timer will overflow in approximately 4290 seconds.

> > - Use CPU Clock for run time stats (CONFIG_FREERTOS_RUN_TIME_STATS_USING_CPU_CLK)

> >   CPU Clock will be used as the clock source for the generation of run time stats. The CPU Clock has a frequency dependent on ESP_DEFAULT_CPU_FREQ_MHZ and Dynamic Frequency Scaling (DFS). Therefore the CPU Clock frequency can fluctuate between 80 to 240MHz. Run time stats generated using the CPU Clock represents the number of CPU cycles each task is allocated and DOES NOT reflect the amount of time each task runs for (as CPU clock frequency can change). If the CPU clock consistently runs at the maximum frequency of 240MHz, it will overflow in approximately 17 seconds.

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_IN_IRAM

> Place FreeRTOS functions in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Port

> Place FreeRTOS functions in IRAM for better performance. By default, FreeRTOS functions are placed in Flash to save IRAM. Enable this option if you need maximum performance for FreeRTOS operations.

> Note: This option increases IRAM usage.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_PLACE_ISR_FUNCTIONS_INTO_FLASH

> Place FreeRTOS functions called from ISR context into Flash

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Port

> When enabled additional FreeRTOS functions which maybe called from an ISR context are also placed in Flash, thus freeing up more IRAM. This option is only applicable when the SPI_FLASH_AUTO_SUSPEND feature is supported.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_AUTO_SUSPEND

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_CHECK_PORT_CRITICAL_COMPLIANCE

> Tests compliance with Vanilla FreeRTOS port*_CRITICAL calls

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Port

> If enabled, context of port*_CRITICAL calls (ISR or Non-ISR) would be checked to be in compliance with Vanilla FreeRTOS. e.g Calling port*_CRITICAL from ISR context would cause assert failure

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### Extra

Contains:

- CONFIG_FREERTOS_TASK_CREATE_ALLOW_EXT_MEM

##### CONFIG_FREERTOS_TASK_CREATE_ALLOW_EXT_MEM

> Allow external memory as an argument to xTaskCreateStatic (READ HELP)

> Found in: Component config > FreeRTOS > Extra

> Accessing memory in PSRAM has certain restrictions, so task stacks allocated by xTaskCreate are by default allocated from internal RAM.

> This option allows for passing memory allocated from SPIRAM to be passed to xTaskCreateStatic. This should only be used for tasks where the stack is never accessed while the cache is disabled.

> Extra notes for ESP32:

> Because some bits of the ESP32 code environment cannot be recompiled with the cache workaround, normally tasks cannot be safely run with their stack residing in external memory; for this reason xTaskCreate (and related task creation functions) always allocate stack in internal memory and xTaskCreateStatic will check if the memory passed to it is in internal memory. If you have a task that needs a large amount of stack and does not call on ROM code in any way (no direct calls, but also no Bluetooth/WiFi), you can try enable this to cause xTaskCreateStatic to allow tasks stack in external memory.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_SPIRAM

### Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL) and Low Level (LL)

Contains:

- CONFIG_HAL_DEFAULT_ASSERTION_LEVEL

- CONFIG_HAL_LOG_LEVEL

- CONFIG_HAL_GPIO_USE_ROM_IMPL

- CONFIG_HAL_SYSTIMER_USE_ROM_IMPL

- CONFIG_HAL_WDT_USE_ROM_IMPL

#### CONFIG_HAL_DEFAULT_ASSERTION_LEVEL

> Default HAL assertion level

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL) and Low Level (LL)

> Set the assert behavior / level for HAL component. HAL component assert level can be set separately, but the level can't exceed the system assertion level. e.g. If the system assertion is disabled, then the HAL assertion can't be enabled either. If the system assertion is enable, then the HAL assertion can still be disabled by this Kconfig option.

> Available options:

> > - Same as system assertion level (CONFIG_HAL_ASSERTION_EQUALS_SYSTEM)

> > - Disabled (CONFIG_HAL_ASSERTION_DISABLE)

> > - Silent (CONFIG_HAL_ASSERTION_SILENT)

> > - Enabled (CONFIG_HAL_ASSERTION_ENABLE)

#### CONFIG_HAL_LOG_LEVEL

> HAL layer log verbosity

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL) and Low Level (LL)

> Specify how much output to see in HAL logs.

> Available options:

> > - No output (CONFIG_HAL_LOG_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - Error (CONFIG_HAL_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - Warning (CONFIG_HAL_LOG_LEVEL_WARN)

> > - Info (CONFIG_HAL_LOG_LEVEL_INFO)

> > - Debug (CONFIG_HAL_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - Verbose (CONFIG_HAL_LOG_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

#### CONFIG_HAL_WDT_USE_ROM_IMPL

> Use ROM implementation of WDT HAL driver

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL) and Low Level (LL)

> Enable this flag to use HAL functions from ROM instead of ESP-IDF.

> If keeping this as "n" in your project, you will have less free IRAM. If making this as "y" in your project, you will increase free IRAM, but you will lose the possibility to debug this module, and some new features will be added and bugs will be fixed in the IDF source but cannot be synced to ROM.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_HAL_SYSTIMER_USE_ROM_IMPL

> Use ROM implementation of SysTimer HAL driver

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL) and Low Level (LL)

> Enable this flag to use HAL functions from ROM instead of ESP-IDF.

> If keeping this as "n" in your project, you will have less free IRAM. If making this as "y" in your project, you will increase free IRAM, but you will lose the possibility to debug this module, and some new features will be added and bugs will be fixed in the IDF source but cannot be synced to ROM.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_HAL_GPIO_USE_ROM_IMPL

> Use ROM implementation of GPIO HAL driver

> Found in: Component config > Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL) and Low Level (LL)

> Enable this flag to use HAL functions from ROM when applicable instead of ESP-IDF.

> If keeping this as "n" in your project, you will have less free IRAM. When compiling an application for a CPU that cannot access to the ROM memory, this option should be disabled.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

### Heap memory debugging

Contains:

- CONFIG_HEAP_ABORT_WHEN_ALLOCATION_FAILS

- CONFIG_HEAP_TASK_TRACKING

- CONFIG_HEAP_PLACE_FUNCTION_INTO_FLASH

- CONFIG_HEAP_CORRUPTION_DETECTION

- CONFIG_HEAP_TRACING_DEST

- CONFIG_HEAP_TRACING_STACK_DEPTH

- CONFIG_HEAP_USE_HOOKS

- CONFIG_HEAP_TRACE_HASH_MAP

- CONFIG_HEAP_TLSF_USE_ROM_IMPL

#### CONFIG_HEAP_CORRUPTION_DETECTION

> Heap corruption detection

> Found in: Component config > Heap memory debugging

> Enable heap poisoning features to detect heap corruption caused by out-of-bounds access to heap memory.

> See the "Heap Memory Debugging" page of the IDF documentation for a description of each level of heap corruption detection.

> Available options:

> > - Basic (no poisoning) (CONFIG_HEAP_POISONING_DISABLED)

> > - Light impact (CONFIG_HEAP_POISONING_LIGHT)

> > - Comprehensive (CONFIG_HEAP_POISONING_COMPREHENSIVE)

#### CONFIG_HEAP_TRACING_DEST

> Heap tracing

> Found in: Component config > Heap memory debugging

> Enables the heap tracing API defined in esp_heap_trace.h.

> This function causes a moderate increase in IRAM code side and a minor increase in heap function (malloc/free/realloc) CPU overhead, even when the tracing feature is not used. So it's best to keep it disabled unless tracing is being used.

> Available options:

> > - Disabled (CONFIG_HEAP_TRACING_OFF)

> > - Standalone (CONFIG_HEAP_TRACING_STANDALONE)

> > - Host-based (CONFIG_HEAP_TRACING_TOHOST)

#### CONFIG_HEAP_TRACE_HASH_MAP

> Use hash map mechanism to access heap trace records

> Found in: Component config > Heap memory debugging

> Enable this flag to use a hash map to increase performance in handling heap trace records.

> Heap trace standalone supports storing records as a list, or a list + hash map.

> Using only a list takes less memory, but calls to 'free' will get slower as the list grows. This is particularly affected when using HEAP_TRACE_ALL mode.

> By using a list + hash map, calls to 'free' remain fast, at the cost of additional memory to store the hash map.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_HEAP_TRACING_STANDALONE

##### CONFIG_HEAP_TRACE_HASH_MAP_IN_EXT_RAM

> Place hash map in external RAM

> Found in: Component config > Heap memory debugging > CONFIG_HEAP_TRACE_HASH_MAP

> When enabled this configuration forces the hash map to be placed in external RAM.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_SPIRAM && CONFIG_HEAP_TRACE_HASH_MAP

##### CONFIG_HEAP_TRACE_HASH_MAP_SIZE

> The number of entries in the hash map

> Found in: Component config > Heap memory debugging > CONFIG_HEAP_TRACE_HASH_MAP

> Defines the number of entries in the heap trace hashmap. Each entry takes 8 bytes. The bigger this number is, the better the performance. Recommended range: 200 - 2000.

> Default value:

>   - 512 if CONFIG_HEAP_TRACE_HASH_MAP

#### CONFIG_HEAP_TRACING_STACK_DEPTH

> Heap tracing stack depth

> Found in: Component config > Heap memory debugging

> Number of stack frames to save when tracing heap operation callers.

> More stack frames uses more memory in the heap trace buffer (and slows down allocation), but can provide useful information.

#### CONFIG_HEAP_USE_HOOKS

> Use allocation and free hooks

> Found in: Component config > Heap memory debugging

> Enable the user to implement function hooks triggered for each successful allocation and free.

#### CONFIG_HEAP_TASK_TRACKING

> Enable heap task tracking

> Found in: Component config > Heap memory debugging

> Enables tracking the task responsible for each heap allocation.

> Note: Allocating or freeing memory or using the task tracking API will lead to a crash when the scheduler is not working (e.g, after calling vTaskSuspendAll).

##### CONFIG_HEAP_TRACK_DELETED_TASKS

> Keep information about the memory usage of deleted tasks

> Found in: Component config > Heap memory debugging > CONFIG_HEAP_TASK_TRACKING

> When enabled, this configuration allows the user to keep trace of the memory usage of a task that has been deleted.

> This allows the user to verify that no memory allocated within a task remains unfreed before terminating the task

> Note that this feature cannot keep track of a task deletion if the task is allocated statically

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_HEAP_TASK_TRACKING

#### CONFIG_HEAP_ABORT_WHEN_ALLOCATION_FAILS

> Abort if memory allocation fails

> Found in: Component config > Heap memory debugging

> When enabled, if a memory allocation operation fails it will cause a system abort.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_HEAP_TLSF_USE_ROM_IMPL

> Use ROM implementation of heap tlsf library

> Found in: Component config > Heap memory debugging

> Enable this flag to use heap functions from ROM instead of ESP-IDF.

> If keeping this as "n" in your project, you will have less free IRAM. If making this as "y" in your project, you will increase free IRAM, but you will lose the possibility to debug this module, and some new features will be added and bugs will be fixed in the IDF source but cannot be synced to ROM.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if ESP_ROM_HAS_HEAP_TLSF

#### CONFIG_HEAP_PLACE_FUNCTION_INTO_FLASH

> Force the entire heap component to be placed in flash memory

> Found in: Component config > Heap memory debugging

> Enable this flag to save up RAM space by placing the heap component in the flash memory

> Note that it is only safe to enable this configuration if no functions from esp_heap_caps.h or esp_heap_trace.h are called from IRAM ISR which runs when cache is disabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### IEEE 802.15.4

Contains:

- CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

> IEEE802154 Enable

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if SOC_IEEE802154_SUPPORTED

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_RX_BUFFER_SIZE

> The number of 802.15.4 receive buffers

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

> Number of receive buffers allocated for IEEE 802.15.4 frames. Increasing this value allows more frames to be buffered before processing, but consumes more memory.

> Range:

>   - from 2 to 100 if CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 20 if CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_CCA_MODE

> Clear Channel Assessment (CCA) mode

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

> Select the Clear Channel Assessment (CCA) mode used to determine if the channel is clear before transmission. CCA is required by the IEEE 802.15.4 standard to avoid collisions.

> Available options:

> > - Carrier sense only (CONFIG_IEEE802154_CCA_CARRIER)

> >   CCA reports channel busy only if a valid IEEE 802.15.4 signal is detected. This mode is less sensitive to non-802.15.4 interference.

> > - Energy above threshold (CONFIG_IEEE802154_CCA_ED)

> >   CCA reports channel busy if the energy level exceeds the configured threshold. This is the default mode and provides good balance between sensitivity and reliability.

> > - Carrier sense OR energy above threshold (CONFIG_IEEE802154_CCA_CARRIER_OR_ED)

> >   CCA reports channel busy if either a valid IEEE 802.15.4 signal is detected OR the energy level exceeds the threshold. This is the most sensitive mode.

> > - Carrier sense AND energy above threshold (CONFIG_IEEE802154_CCA_CARRIER_AND_ED)

> >   CCA reports channel busy only if both a valid IEEE 802.15.4 signal is detected AND the energy level exceeds the threshold. This is the least sensitive mode.

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_CCA_THRESHOLD

> CCA detection threshold

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

> Energy detection threshold for CCA, in dBm. The channel is considered busy if the detected energy exceeds this threshold. Lower values make the radio more sensitive to interference but may cause false positives.

> Range:

>   - from -120 to 0 if CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - "-75" if CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_PENDING_TABLE_SIZE

> Pending table size

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

> Size of the pending data table used to track frames waiting to be sent to sleeping devices. Each entry consumes memory, so adjust based on the number of sleeping child devices in your network.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 100 if CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 20 if CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_MULTI_PAN_ENABLE

> Enable multi-pan feature for frame filter

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

> Enable IEEE 802.15.4 multi-PAN (Personal Area Network) support. This allows the device to participate in multiple PANs simultaneously by filtering frames based on PAN ID.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_INTERFACE_NUM

> Number of IEEE802154 interfaces

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

> Number of IEEE802154 interfaces

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 4 if CONFIG_IEEE802154_MULTI_PAN_ENABLE && CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_IEEE802154_MULTI_PAN_ENABLE && CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_TIMING_OPTIMIZATION

> Enable throughput optimization

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

> Enabling this option increases throughput by ~5% at the expense of ~2.1k IRAM code size increase.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_SLEEP_ENABLE

> Enable IEEE802154 light sleep

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

> Enabling this option allows the IEEE802.15.4 module to be powered down during automatic light sleep, which reduces current consumption.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_PM_ENABLE && CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

> Enable IEEE802154 Debug

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

> Enabling this option allows different kinds of IEEE802154 debug output. All IEEE802154 debug features increase the size of the final binary.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED

##### IEEE 802.15.4 Debug Parameters

Contains:

- CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG_ASSERT_MONITOR

- CONFIG_IEEE802154_PRINT_PHY_REG

- CONFIG_IEEE802154_TXRX_STATISTIC

- CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_TXRX_FRAME

- CONFIG_IEEE802154_ASSERT

- CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD

- CONFIG_IEEE802154_RX_BUFFER_STATISTIC

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG_ASSERT_MONITOR

> Enable IEEE802154 assert monitor

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED > CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG > IEEE 802.15.4 Debug Parameters

> Enable monitoring and detection of abnormal or unexpected states during IEEE 802.15.4 operation. When enabled, performs additional runtime checks and assertions to catch potential driver issues early.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_RX_BUFFER_STATISTIC

> Rx buffer statistic

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED > CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG > IEEE 802.15.4 Debug Parameters

> Enable tracking of receive buffer allocation and deallocation. This provides statistics on buffer usage patterns, which can help optimize buffer sizing for your application.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_ASSERT

> Enrich the assert information

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED > CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG > IEEE 802.15.4 Debug Parameters

> Enable enhanced assert information. When an assertion fails, additional context including state, events, and commands will be printed to help diagnose the issue. Automatically enables IEEE802154_RECORD.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD

> Record the information with IEEE802154 state and event

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED > CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG > IEEE 802.15.4 Debug Parameters

> Enable recording of IEEE 802.15.4 driver state, events, and commands. Probe code is added throughout the driver to capture runtime information for debugging purposes. This is a prerequisite for other RECORD_* options.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_EVENT

> Enable record event information for debugging

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED > CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG > IEEE 802.15.4 Debug Parameters > CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD

> Record IEEE 802.15.4 driver events in a circular buffer. When an assertion occurs, the recorded event history will be printed to help trace the sequence of events leading to the failure.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD && CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_EVENT_SIZE

> Record event table size

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED > CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG > IEEE 802.15.4 Debug Parameters > CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD > CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_EVENT

> Size of the circular buffer for recording events. Larger values provide more history but consume more memory.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 50 if CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_EVENT && CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - 30 if CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_EVENT && CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_STATE

> Enable record state information for debugging

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED > CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG > IEEE 802.15.4 Debug Parameters > CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD

> Record IEEE 802.15.4 driver state transitions in a circular buffer. When an assertion occurs, the recorded state history will be printed to show the sequence of state changes.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD && CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_STATE_SIZE

> Record state table size

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED > CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG > IEEE 802.15.4 Debug Parameters > CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD > CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_STATE

> Size of the circular buffer for recording state transitions. Larger values provide more history but consume more memory.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 50 if CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_STATE && CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - 10 if CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_STATE && CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_CMD

> Enable record command information for debugging

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED > CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG > IEEE 802.15.4 Debug Parameters > CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD

> Record IEEE 802.15.4 driver commands in a circular buffer. When an assertion occurs, the recorded command history will be printed to show what commands were issued before the failure.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD && CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_CMD_SIZE

> Record command table size

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED > CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG > IEEE 802.15.4 Debug Parameters > CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD > CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_CMD

> Size of the circular buffer for recording commands. Larger values provide more history but consume more memory.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 50 if CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_CMD && CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - 10 if CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_CMD && CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_ABORT

> Enable record abort information for debugging

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED > CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG > IEEE 802.15.4 Debug Parameters > CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD

> Record IEEE 802.15.4 operation aborts in a circular buffer. When an assertion occurs, the recorded abort history will be printed to show what operations were aborted before the failure.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD && CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_ABORT_SIZE

> Record abort table size

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED > CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG > IEEE 802.15.4 Debug Parameters > CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD > CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_ABORT

> Size of the circular buffer for recording aborts. Larger values provide more history but consume more memory.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 50 if CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_ABORT && CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - 10 if CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_ABORT && CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_TXRX_FRAME

> Enable record txrx packets for debugging

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED > CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG > IEEE 802.15.4 Debug Parameters

> Record transmitted and received IEEE 802.15.4 frames in a circular buffer. When an assertion occurs, the recorded frame history will be printed to help diagnose frame-level issues. Note: This can consume significant memory depending on frame size and buffer size.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_TXRX_FRAME_SIZE

> Record frame table size

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED > CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG > IEEE 802.15.4 Debug Parameters > CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_TXRX_FRAME

> Size of the circular buffer for recording frames. Larger values provide more frame history but consume significantly more memory (each frame can be up to 127 bytes plus metadata).

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 50 if CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_TXRX_FRAME && CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - 15 if CONFIG_IEEE802154_RECORD_TXRX_FRAME && CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_TXRX_STATISTIC

> Enable record tx/rx packets information for debugging

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED > CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG > IEEE 802.15.4 Debug Parameters

> Enable collection of transmit and receive packet statistics. This tracks counts, errors, and other metrics for transmitted and received frames. Statistics can be accessed via debug APIs for performance analysis.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_IEEE802154_PRINT_PHY_REG

> Enable print IEEE802154 PHY register command

> Found in: Component config > IEEE 802.15.4 > CONFIG_IEEE802154_ENABLED > CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG > IEEE 802.15.4 Debug Parameters

> Enable the 'phyreg' console command to print IEEE 802.15.4 PHY register information for debugging purposes. This command displays register values and configuration settings of the IEEE 802.15.4 hardware.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

### Log

Contains:

- CONFIG_LOG_API_CONSTRAINED_ENV_SAFE

- Format

- Log Level

- CONFIG_LOG_VERSION

- CONFIG_LOG_IN_IRAM

- Settings

#### CONFIG_LOG_VERSION

> Log version

> Found in: Component config > Log

> Select the log version to be used by the ESP log component.

> - "V1": This version integrates log formatting into the format string provided by the user.

>     Logs are processed and formatted during compile time, leading to a larger binary file. Example: ESP_LOGI("boot", "chip revision: v%d.%d", major, minor); Output: I (56) boot: chip revision: v3.0 Note: Log strings are stored in Flash with added formatting characters. Format string on flash: "[0;32mI (%lu) %s: chip revision: v%d.%d [0m"

> - "V2": This version centralizes log formatting within the esp_log() function.

>     User-supplied format strings are stored without added formatting, reducing binary size. Example: ESP_LOGI("boot", "chip revision: v%d.%d", major, minor); Output: I (56) boot: chip revision: v3.0 Note: This version supports runtime configuration of formatting and is more flexible, logging from constrained environments (ex.: ISR, Startup, Cache disabled). It may consumes a bit more stack and affect performance. Format string on flash: "chip revision: v%d.%d"

> Use V1 for minimal stack usage and simpler implementation. Use V2 for smaller binary sizes, more flexible log formatting, and advanced features like disabling colors or timestamps.

> Available options:

> > - V1 (CONFIG_LOG_VERSION_1)

> >   Select this option to use Log V1. Recommended for projects with strict stack constraints or that prioritize performance over flexibility.

> > - V2 (CONFIG_LOG_VERSION_2)

> >   Select this option to use Log V2. Recommended for projects that require smaller binaries, runtime log formatting configuration, or advanced logging features.

#### Log Level

Contains:

- CONFIG_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL

- Level Settings

- CONFIG_LOG_MAXIMUM_LEVEL

##### CONFIG_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL

> Default log verbosity

> Found in: Component config > Log > Log Level

> Specify how much output to see in logs by default. You can set lower verbosity level at runtime using esp_log_level_set() function if LOG_DYNAMIC_LEVEL_CONTROL is enabled.

> By default, this setting limits which log statements are compiled into the program. For example, selecting "Warning" would mean that changing log level to "Debug" at runtime will not be possible. To allow increasing log level above the default at runtime, see the next option.

> Available options:

> > - No output (CONFIG_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - Error (CONFIG_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - Warning (CONFIG_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL_WARN)

> > - Info (CONFIG_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL_INFO)

> > - Debug (CONFIG_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - Verbose (CONFIG_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_LOG_MAXIMUM_LEVEL

> Maximum log verbosity

> Found in: Component config > Log > Log Level

> This config option sets the highest log verbosity that it's possible to select at runtime by calling esp_log_level_set(). This level may be higher than the default verbosity level which is set when the app starts up.

> This can be used enable debugging output only at a critical point, for a particular tag, or to minimize startup time but then enable more logs once the firmware has loaded.

> Note that increasing the maximum available log level will increase the firmware binary size.

> This option only applies to logging from the app, the bootloader log level is fixed at compile time to the separate "Bootloader log verbosity" setting.

> Available options:

> > - Same as default (CONFIG_LOG_MAXIMUM_EQUALS_DEFAULT)

> > - Error (CONFIG_LOG_MAXIMUM_LEVEL_ERROR)

> > - Warning (CONFIG_LOG_MAXIMUM_LEVEL_WARN)

> > - Info (CONFIG_LOG_MAXIMUM_LEVEL_INFO)

> > - Debug (CONFIG_LOG_MAXIMUM_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - Verbose (CONFIG_LOG_MAXIMUM_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### Level Settings

Contains:

- CONFIG_LOG_TAG_LEVEL_CACHE_IMPL

- CONFIG_LOG_DYNAMIC_LEVEL_CONTROL

- CONFIG_LOG_MASTER_LEVEL

- CONFIG_LOG_TAG_LEVEL_IMPL_CACHE_SIZE

- CONFIG_LOG_TAG_LEVEL_IMPL

##### CONFIG_LOG_MASTER_LEVEL

> Enable global master log level

> Found in: Component config > Log > Log Level > Level Settings

> Enables an additional global "master" log level check that occurs before a log tag cache lookup. This is useful if you want to compile in a lot of logs that are selectable at runtime, but avoid the performance hit during periods where you don't want log output.

> Examples include remote log forwarding, or disabling logs during a time-critical or CPU-intensive section and re-enabling them later. Results in larger program size depending on number of logs compiled in.

> If enabled, defaults to LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL and can be set using esp_log_set_level_master(). This check takes precedence over ESP_LOG_LEVEL_LOCAL.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_LOG_DYNAMIC_LEVEL_CONTROL

> Enable dynamic log level changes at runtime

> Found in: Component config > Log > Log Level > Level Settings

> Enabling this option allows dynamic changes to the log level at runtime (using esp_log_level_set()), providing the ability to increase or decrease the log level during program execution. If disabled, the log level remains static once set at compile-time and calling esp_log_level_set() will have no effect. If binary size is a critical consideration and dynamic log level changes are not needed, consider disabling this option when LOG_TAG_LEVEL_IMPL_NONE=y to minimize program size.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_LOG_TAG_LEVEL_IMPL

> Method of tag level checks

> Found in: Component config > Log > Log Level > Level Settings

> Choose the per-tag log level implementation for the log library. This functionality is used to enable/disable logs for a particular tag at run time. Applicable only for application logs (i.e., not bootloader logs).

> Available options:

> > - None (CONFIG_LOG_TAG_LEVEL_IMPL_NONE)

> >   This option disables the ability to set the log level per tag. The ability to change the log level at runtime depends on LOG_DYNAMIC_LEVEL_CONTROL. If LOG_DYNAMIC_LEVEL_CONTROL is disabled, then changing the log level at runtime using esp_log_level_set() is not possible. This implementation is suitable for highly constrained environments.

> > - Linked List (CONFIG_LOG_TAG_LEVEL_IMPL_LINKED_LIST)

> >   Select this option to use the linked list-only implementation (no cache) for log level retrieval. This approach searches the linked list of all tags for the log level, which may be slower for a large number of tags but may have lower memory requirements than the CACHE approach. The linked list approach compares the whole strings of log tags for finding the log level.

> > - Cache + Linked List (CONFIG_LOG_TAG_LEVEL_IMPL_CACHE_AND_LINKED_LIST)

> >   Select this option to use a hybrid mode: cache in combination with the linked list for log tag level checks. This hybrid approach offers a balance between speed and memory usage.

> >   The cache stores recently accessed log tags and their corresponding log levels, providing faster lookups for frequently used tags. The cache approach compares the tag pointers, which is faster than comparing the whole strings.

> >   For less frequently used tags, the linked list is used to search for the log level, which may be slower for a large number of tags but has lower memory requirements compared to a full cache.

> >   This hybrid approach aims to improve the efficiency of log level retrieval by combining the benefits of both cache and linked list implementations.

##### CONFIG_LOG_TAG_LEVEL_CACHE_IMPL

> Cache implementation

> Found in: Component config > Log > Log Level > Level Settings

> The cache stores recently accessed log tags (address of tag) and their corresponding log levels, providing faster lookups for frequently used tags. Cache size can be configured using the LOG_TAG_LEVEL_IMPL_CACHE_SIZE option. The cache approach compares the tag pointers, which is faster than comparing the whole strings.

> Available options:

> > - Array (CONFIG_LOG_TAG_LEVEL_CACHE_ARRAY)

> >   This option enables the use of a simple array-based cache implementation for storing and retrieving log tag levels. There is no additional code that reorders the cache for fast lookups. Suitable for projects where memory usage optimization is crucial and the simplicity of implementation is preferred.

> > - Binary Min-Heap (CONFIG_LOG_TAG_LEVEL_CACHE_BINARY_MIN_HEAP)

> >   This option enables the use of a binary min-heap-based cache implementation for efficient storage and retrieval of log tag levels. It does automatically optimizing cache for fast lookups. Suitable for projects where speed of lookup is critical and memory usage can accommodate the overhead of maintaining a binary min-heap structure.

##### CONFIG_LOG_TAG_LEVEL_IMPL_CACHE_SIZE

> Log Tag Cache Size

> Found in: Component config > Log > Log Level > Level Settings

> This option sets the size of the cache used for log tag entries. The cache stores recently accessed log tags and their corresponding log levels, which helps improve the efficiency of log level retrieval. The value must be a power of 2 minus 1 (e.g., 1, 3, 7, 15, 31, 63, 127, 255, ...) to ensure proper cache behavior. For LOG_TAG_LEVEL_CACHE_ARRAY option the value can be any, without restrictions.

> Note: A larger cache size can improve lookup performance for frequently used log tags but may consume more memory. Conversely, a smaller cache size reduces memory usage but may lead to more frequent cache evictions for less frequently used log tags.

> Default value:

>   - 31

#### Format

Contains:

- CONFIG_LOG_COLORS_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_LOG_TIMESTAMP_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_LOG_COLORS

- CONFIG_LOG_TIMESTAMP_SOURCE

##### CONFIG_LOG_COLORS

> Color

> Found in: Component config > Log > Format

> Enable ANSI terminal color codes. Logs (info, errors, warnings) will contain color codes. In order to view these, your terminal program must support ANSI color codes.

> This is disabled by default, as colors are added in IDF Monitor. If you want to use new lines in the messages or you are using a different terminal program, you may want to enable this option.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_LOG_COLORS_SUPPORT

> Allow enabling color output at run time

> Found in: Component config > Log > Format

> Enables support for color codes in the esp_log() function. If CONFIG_LOG_COLORS is enabled, this option is always active. If CONFIG_LOG_COLORS is disabled, this option allows you to still handle color codes in specific files by defining ESP_LOG_COLOR_DISABLED as 0 before including esp_log.h.

> Note that enabling this option may slightly increase IRAM usage due to additional color handling functionality. It provides flexibility to manage color output even when CONFIG_LOG_COLORS is turned off.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LOG_VERSION_2

##### CONFIG_LOG_TIMESTAMP_SOURCE

> Timestamp

> Found in: Component config > Log > Format

> Choose what sort of timestamp is displayed in the log output:

> - "None" - The log will only contain the actual log messages themselves without any time-related information. Avoiding timestamps can help conserve processing power and memory. It might useful when you perform log analysis or debugging, sometimes it's more straightforward to work with logs that lack timestamps, especially if the time of occurrence is not critical for understanding the issues.

> - "Milliseconds since boot" is calculated from the RTOS tick count multiplied by the tick period. This time will reset after a software reboot. e.g. (90000)

> - "System time (HH:MM:SS.sss)" is taken from POSIX time functions which use the chip's RTC and high resolution timers to maintain an accurate time. The system time is initialized to 0 on startup, it can be set with an SNTP sync, or with POSIX time functions. This time will not reset after a software reboot. e.g. (00:01:30.000)

> - "System time (YY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.sss)" it is the same as the above, but also prints the date as well.

> - "Unix time in milliseconds" is the same as the two above, but in Unix time format and in milliseconds. e.g. (1718795571035).

> - NOTE: Currently this will not get used in logging from binary blobs (i.e WiFi & Bluetooth libraries), these will always print milliseconds since boot.

> Available options:

> > - None (CONFIG_LOG_TIMESTAMP_SOURCE_NONE)

> > - Milliseconds Since Boot (CONFIG_LOG_TIMESTAMP_SOURCE_RTOS)

> > - System Time (HH:MM:SS.sss) (CONFIG_LOG_TIMESTAMP_SOURCE_SYSTEM)

> > - System Time (YY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.sss) (CONFIG_LOG_TIMESTAMP_SOURCE_SYSTEM_FULL)

> > - Unix time in milliseconds (CONFIG_LOG_TIMESTAMP_SOURCE_UNIX)

##### CONFIG_LOG_TIMESTAMP_SUPPORT

> Allow enabling timestamp output at run time

> Found in: Component config > Log > Format

> Enables support for timestamp in the esp_log() function. If CONFIG_LOG_TIMESTAMP_SOURCE_NONE, this option allows you to still handle timestamp in specific files by defining ESP_LOG_TIMESTAMP_DISABLED as 0 before including esp_log.h.

> Note that enabling this option may slightly increase IRAM usage due to additional timestamp handling functionality. It provides flexibility to manage timestamp output even when CONFIG_LOG_TIMESTAMP_SOURCE_NONE.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_LOG_VERSION_2

#### Settings

Contains:

- CONFIG_LOG_MODE

##### CONFIG_LOG_MODE

> Log Mode

> Found in: Component config > Log > Settings

> Available options:

> > - Text Log Mode (CONFIG_LOG_MODE_TEXT)

> >   Enables text-based logging, where log messages are stored in a human-readable format. This mode is useful for development and debugging, as it allows logs to be easily read and interpreted without additional processing.

> > - Binary Log Mode (CONFIG_LOG_MODE_BINARY)

> >   Enables binary logging with host-side format string expansion. In this mode, the format argument of ESP_LOGx, ESP_EARLY_LOG, and ESP_DRAM_LOG macros is stored in a NOLOAD section, not included in the final binary file. This reduces flash usage by approximately 10% - 35%. The esp_log() function uses the binary log handler to output messages. Instead of sending the full log string, the chip transmits only the addresses of these strings (if present in the ELF file). If the format string cannot be found in the ELF file, the chip sends the entire string. The host-side monitor tool, which has access to the ELF file, reconstructs the log message using the format string. This reduces firmware size by eliminating format strings from flash memory and removing the usage of printf-like functions, potentially freeing up a few kilobytes of space. To further reduce firmware size, wrap string data with ESP_LOG_ATTR_STR.

#### CONFIG_LOG_API_CONSTRAINED_ENV_SAFE

> Enable safe ESP_LOGx fallback in constrained environments (ISR, cache disabled)

> Found in: Component config > Log

> This option is only relevant on chips where ets_vprintf is NOT in ROM

> When enabled, Log V2 routes ESP_DRAM_LOGx, ESP_EARLY_LOGx, and runtime constrained-environment log calls (ISR, cache disabled) through esp_log(), which uses esp_rom_vprintf for formatting.

> When disabled, ESP_DRAM_LOGx and ESP_EARLY_LOGx expand directly to esp_rom_printf (a true ROM function with zero IRAM cost), bypassing esp_log(). Normal ESP_LOGx calls that happen to run in a constrained environment (ISR, cache disabled) will use the standard vprintf function instead of esp_rom_vprintf; if the standard vprintf resides in flash, such calls may crash. Use ESP_DRAM_LOGx for any logging that must work with cache disabled or from an ISR.

> Disable this option to save ~1.2 KB of IRAM on memory-constrained devices. Enable it if you need ESP_LOGx to safely fall back to ROM-based printing in ISRs or with cache disabled, or if you need constrained-environment logs in binary log format.

#### CONFIG_LOG_IN_IRAM

> Place logging functions in IRAM

> Found in: Component config > Log

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

### LWIP

Contains:

- CONFIG_LWIP_CHECK_THREAD_SAFETY

- Checksums

- CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_CHECKS_OFFERED_ADDRESS

- CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_SECS

- DHCP server

- CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN

- CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_DISABLE_CLIENT_ID

- CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_DISABLE_VENDOR_CLASS_ID

- CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_RESTORE_LAST_IP

- DNS

- CONFIG_LWIP_L2_TO_L3_COPY

- CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_DHCP6

- CONFIG_LWIP_IP4_FRAG

- CONFIG_LWIP_IP6_FRAG

- CONFIG_LWIP_IP_FORWARD

- CONFIG_LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO

- CONFIG_LWIP_IPV4

- CONFIG_LWIP_AUTOIP

- CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6

- CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_ND6_ROUTE_INFO_OPTION_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK

- CONFIG_LWIP_ESP_LWIP_ASSERT

- CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

- CONFIG_LWIP_IRAM_OPTIMIZATION

- CONFIG_LWIP_EXTRA_IRAM_OPTIMIZATION

- CONFIG_LWIP_ENABLE

- CONFIG_LWIP_STATS

- CONFIG_LWIP_TIMERS_ONDEMAND

- CONFIG_LWIP_DNS_SUPPORT_MDNS_QUERIES

- CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_LWIP_IP4_REASSEMBLY

- CONFIG_LWIP_IP6_REASSEMBLY

- CONFIG_LWIP_SLIP_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_LWIP_SO_LINGER

- CONFIG_LWIP_SO_RCVBUF

- CONFIG_LWIP_SO_REUSE

- CONFIG_LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK

- CONFIG_LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING

- Hooks

- ICMP

- CONFIG_LWIP_LOCAL_HOSTNAME

- CONFIG_LWIP_ND6

- LWIP RAW API

- CONFIG_LWIP_TCPIP_TASK_PRIO

- CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_ND6_NUM_ROUTERS

- CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_ND6_NUM_DESTINATIONS

- CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_ND6_NUM_NEIGHBORS

- CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_ND6_NUM_PREFIXES

- CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_MEMP_NUM_ND6_QUEUE

- CONFIG_LWIP_MAX_SOCKETS

- CONFIG_LWIP_BRIDGEIF_MAX_PORTS

- CONFIG_LWIP_NUM_NETIF_CLIENT_DATA

- CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_DUP_DETECT_ATTEMPTS

- CONFIG_LWIP_ESP_GRATUITOUS_ARP

- CONFIG_LWIP_ESP_MLDV6_REPORT

- SNTP

- CONFIG_LWIP_USE_ONLY_LWIP_SELECT

- CONFIG_LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK

- TCP

- CONFIG_LWIP_TCPIP_TASK_AFFINITY

- CONFIG_LWIP_TCPIP_TASK_STACK_SIZE

- CONFIG_LWIP_TCPIP_RECVMBOX_SIZE

- CONFIG_LWIP_IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS

- CONFIG_LWIP_IP_DEFAULT_TTL

- UDP

- CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_RDNSS_MAX_DNS_SERVERS

#### CONFIG_LWIP_ENABLE

> Enable LwIP stack

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Builds normally if selected. Excludes LwIP from build if unselected, even if it is a dependency of a component or application. Some applications can switch their IP stacks, e.g., when switching between chip and Linux targets (LwIP stack vs. Linux IP stack). Since the LwIP dependency cannot easily be excluded based on a Kconfig option, it has to be a dependency in all cases. This switch allows the LwIP stack to be built selectively, even if it is a dependency.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_LOCAL_HOSTNAME

> Local netif hostname

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> The default name this device will report to other devices on the network. Could be updated at runtime with esp_netif_set_hostname()

> Default value:

>   - "espressif"

#### CONFIG_LWIP_TCPIP_TASK_PRIO

> LWIP TCP/IP Task Priority

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> LWIP tcpip task priority. In case of high throughput, this parameter could be changed up to (configMAX_PRIORITIES-1).

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 24

> Default value:

>   - 18

#### CONFIG_LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING

> Enable tcpip core locking

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> If Enable tcpip core locking,Creates a global mutex that is held during TCPIP thread operations.Can be locked by client code to perform lwIP operations without changing into TCPIP thread using callbacks. See LOCK_TCPIP_CORE() and UNLOCK_TCPIP_CORE().

> If disable tcpip core locking,TCP IP will perform tasks through context switching

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING_INPUT

> Enable tcpip core locking input

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING

> when LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING is enabled, this lets tcpip_input() grab the mutex for input packets as well, instead of allocating a message and passing it to tcpip_thread.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING

#### CONFIG_LWIP_CHECK_THREAD_SAFETY

> Checks that lwip API runs in expected context

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enable to check that the project does not violate lwip thread safety. If enabled, all lwip functions that require thread awareness run an assertion to verify that the TCP/IP core functionality is either locked or accessed from the correct thread.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_DNS_SUPPORT_MDNS_QUERIES

> Enable mDNS queries in resolving host name

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> If this feature is enabled, standard API such as gethostbyname support .local addresses by sending one shot multicast mDNS query

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_L2_TO_L3_COPY

> Enable copy between Layer2 and Layer3 packets

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> If this feature is enabled, all traffic from layer2(WIFI Driver) will be copied to a new buffer before sending it to layer3(LWIP stack), freeing the layer2 buffer. Please be notified that the total layer2 receiving buffer is fixed and ESP32 currently supports 25 layer2 receiving buffer, when layer2 buffer runs out of memory, then the incoming packets will be dropped in hardware. The layer3 buffer is allocated from the heap, so the total layer3 receiving buffer depends on the available heap size, when heap runs out of memory, no copy will be sent to layer3 and packet will be dropped in layer2. Please make sure you fully understand the impact of this feature before enabling it.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_IRAM_OPTIMIZATION

> Enable LWIP IRAM optimization

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> If this feature is enabled, some functions relating to RX/TX in LWIP will be put into IRAM, it can improve UDP/TCP throughput by >10% for single core mode, it doesn't help too much for dual core mode. On the other hand, it needs about 10KB IRAM for these optimizations.

> If this feature is disabled, all lwip functions will be put into FLASH.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_EXTRA_IRAM_OPTIMIZATION

> Enable LWIP IRAM optimization for TCP part

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> If this feature is enabled, some tcp part functions relating to RX/TX in LWIP will be put into IRAM, it can improve TCP throughput. On the other hand, it needs about 17KB IRAM for these optimizations.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_TIMERS_ONDEMAND

> Enable LWIP Timers on demand

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> If this feature is enabled, IGMP and MLD6 timers will be activated only when joining groups or receiving QUERY packets.

> This feature will reduce the power consumption for applications which do not use IGMP and MLD6.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_ND6

> LWIP NDP6 Enable/Disable

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> This option is used to disable the Network Discovery Protocol (NDP) if it is not required. Please use this option with caution, as the NDP is essential for IPv6 functionality within a local network.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_ND6_SUPPORT_STATIC_ENTRIES

> Enable API for static IPv6 neighbor cache entries

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_ND6

> Enable APIs to add/remove permanent IPv6->MAC neighbor cache entries that bypass Neighbor Discovery (no NS/NA). IPv6 counterpart of ETHARP_SUPPORT_STATIC_ENTRIES.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_FORCE_ROUTER_FORWARDING

> LWIP Force Router Forwarding Enable/Disable

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_ND6

> This option is used to set the the router flag for the NA packets. When enabled, the router flag in NA packet will always set to 1, otherwise, never set router flag for NA packets.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_MAX_SOCKETS

> Max number of open sockets

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> The practical maximum limit is determined by available heap memory at runtime.

> Sockets take up a certain amount of memory, and allowing fewer sockets to be open at the same time conserves memory. Specify the maximum amount of sockets here. The valid value is from 1 to 253. If using value above 61, update CMakeLists defining FD_SETSIZE to the number of sockets used plus the expected open files (minimum of +3 for stdout, stderr and stdin).

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 253

> Default value:

>   - 10

#### CONFIG_LWIP_USE_ONLY_LWIP_SELECT

> Support LWIP socket select() only (DEPRECATED)

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> This option is deprecated. Do not use this option, use VFS_SUPPORT_SELECT instead.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_SO_LINGER

> Enable SO_LINGER processing

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enabling this option allows SO_LINGER processing. l_onoff = 1,l_linger can set the timeout.

> If l_linger=0, When a connection is closed, TCP will terminate the connection. This means that TCP will discard any data packets stored in the socket send buffer and send an RST to the peer.

> If l_linger!=0,Then closesocket() calls to block the process until the remaining data packets has been sent or timed out.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_SO_REUSE

> Enable SO_REUSEADDR option

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enabling this option allows binding to a port which remains in TIME_WAIT.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_SO_REUSE_RXTOALL

> SO_REUSEADDR copies broadcast/multicast to all matches

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_SO_REUSE

> Enabling this option means that any incoming broadcast or multicast packet will be copied to all of the local sockets that it matches (may be more than one if SO_REUSEADDR is set on the socket.)

> This increases memory overhead as the packets need to be copied, however they are only copied per matching socket. You can safely disable it if you don't plan to receive broadcast or multicast traffic on more than one socket at a time.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_SO_RCVBUF

> Enable SO_RCVBUF option

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enabling this option allows checking for available data on a netconn.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_NETBUF_RECVINFO

> Enable IP_PKTINFO option

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enabling this option allows checking for the destination address of a received IPv4 Packet.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_IP_DEFAULT_TTL

> The value for Time-To-Live used by transport layers

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Set value for Time-To-Live used by transport layers.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255

> Default value:

>   - 64

#### CONFIG_LWIP_IP4_FRAG

> Enable fragment outgoing IP4 packets

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enabling this option allows fragmenting outgoing IP4 packets if their size exceeds MTU.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_IP6_FRAG

> Enable fragment outgoing IP6 packets

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enabling this option allows fragmenting outgoing IP6 packets if their size exceeds MTU.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_IP4_REASSEMBLY

> Enable reassembly incoming fragmented IP4 packets

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enabling this option allows reassemblying incoming fragmented IP4 packets.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_IP6_REASSEMBLY

> Enable reassembly incoming fragmented IP6 packets

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enabling this option allows reassemblying incoming fragmented IP6 packets.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS

> The maximum amount of pbufs waiting to be reassembled

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Set the maximum amount of pbufs waiting to be reassembled.

> Range:

>   - from 10 to 100

> Default value:

>   - 10

#### CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_DUP_DETECT_ATTEMPTS

> Number of duplicate address detection attempts

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Set the number of duplicate address detection attempts.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 7

> Default value:

>   - 1

#### CONFIG_LWIP_IP_FORWARD

> Enable IP forwarding

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enabling this option allows packets forwarding across multiple interfaces.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_IPV4_NAPT

> Enable NAT

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_IP_FORWARD

> Enabling this option allows Network Address and Port Translation.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_IP_FORWARD

##### CONFIG_LWIP_IPV4_NAPT_PORTMAP

> Enable NAT Port Mapping

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_IP_FORWARD > CONFIG_LWIP_IPV4_NAPT

> Enabling this option allows Port Forwarding or Port mapping.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_IPV4_NAPT

#### CONFIG_LWIP_STATS

> Enable LWIP statistics

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enabling this option allows LWIP statistics

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_ESP_GRATUITOUS_ARP

> Send gratuitous ARP periodically

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enable this option allows to send gratuitous ARP periodically.

> This option solve the compatibility issues.If the ARP table of the AP is old, and the AP doesn't send ARP request to update it's ARP table, this will lead to the STA sending IP packet fail. Thus we send gratuitous ARP periodically to let AP update it's ARP table.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_GARP_TMR_INTERVAL

> GARP timer interval(seconds)

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_ESP_GRATUITOUS_ARP

> Set the timer interval for gratuitous ARP. The default value is 60s

> Default value:

>   - 60

#### CONFIG_LWIP_ESP_MLDV6_REPORT

> Send mldv6 report periodically

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enable this option allows to send mldv6 report periodically.

> This option solve the issue that failed to receive multicast data. Some routers fail to forward multicast packets. To solve this problem, send multicast mdlv6 report to routers regularly.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_MLDV6_TMR_INTERVAL

> mldv6 report timer interval(seconds)

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_ESP_MLDV6_REPORT

> Set the timer interval for mldv6 report. The default value is 30s

> Default value:

>   - 40

#### CONFIG_LWIP_TCPIP_RECVMBOX_SIZE

> TCPIP task receive mail box size

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Set TCPIP task receive mail box size. Generally bigger value means higher throughput but more memory. The value should be bigger than UDP/TCP mail box size.

> Range:

>   - from 6 to 1024 if CONFIG_LWIP_WND_SCALE

> Default value:

>   - 32

#### CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_CHECKS_OFFERED_ADDRESS

> Choose how DHCP validates offered IP

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Choose the preferred way of DHCP client to check if the offered address is available: * Using Address Conflict Detection (ACD) module assures that the offered IP address is properly probed and announced before binding in DHCP. This conforms to RFC5227, but takes several seconds. * Using ARP check, we only send two ARP requests to check for replies. This process lasts 1 - 2 seconds. * No conflict detection: We directly bind the offered address.

> Available options:

> > - DHCP provides simple ARP check (CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK)

> > - DHCP provides Address Conflict Detection (ACD) (CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_DOES_ACD_CHECK)

> > - DHCP does not detect conflict on the offered IP (CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_DOES_NOT_CHECK_OFFERED_IP)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_DISABLE_CLIENT_ID

> DHCP: Disable Use of HW address as client identification

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> This option could be used to disable DHCP client identification with its MAC address. (Client id is used by DHCP servers to uniquely identify clients and are included in the DHCP packets as an option 61) Set this option to "y" in order to exclude option 61 from DHCP packets.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_DISABLE_VENDOR_CLASS_ID

> DHCP: Disable Use of vendor class identification

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> This option could be used to disable DHCP client vendor class identification. Set this option to "y" in order to exclude option 60 from DHCP packets.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_RESTORE_LAST_IP

> DHCP: Restore last IP obtained from DHCP server

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> When this option is enabled, DHCP client tries to re-obtain last valid IP address obtained from DHCP server. Last valid DHCP configuration is stored in nvs and restored after reset/power-up. If IP is still available, there is no need for sending discovery message to DHCP server and save some time.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN

> DHCP total option length

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Set total length of outgoing DHCP option msg. Generally bigger value means it can carry more options and values. If your code meets LWIP_ASSERT due to option value is too long. Please increase the LWIP_DHCP_OPTIONS_LEN value.

> Range:

>   - from 69 to 255

> Default value:

>   - 69

#### CONFIG_LWIP_NUM_NETIF_CLIENT_DATA

> Number of clients store data in netif

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Number of clients that may store data in client_data member array of struct netif.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 256

> Default value:

>   - 0

#### CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_COARSE_TIMER_SECS

> DHCP coarse timer interval(s)

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Set DHCP coarse interval in seconds. A higher value will be less precise but cost less power consumption.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 10

> Default value:

>   - 1

#### DHCP server

Contains:

- CONFIG_LWIP_DHCPS

- CONFIG_LWIP_DHCPS_STATIC_ENTRIES

- CONFIG_LWIP_DHCPS_MAX_HOSTNAME_LEN

##### CONFIG_LWIP_DHCPS

> DHCPS: Enable IPv4 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Server (DHCPS)

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > DHCP server

> Enabling this option allows the device to run the DHCP server (to dynamically assign IPv4 addresses to clients).

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_DHCPS_REPORT_CLIENT_HOSTNAME

> DHCPS: Report client hostname in assigned-IP event

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > DHCP server > CONFIG_LWIP_DHCPS

> When enabled, the DHCP server parses client hostname (DHCP option 12) and makes it available via IP_EVENT_ASSIGNED_IP_TO_CLIENT. This adds a small amount of RAM usage per lease to store the hostname.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_DHCPS_LEASE_UNIT

> Multiplier for lease time, in seconds

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > DHCP server > CONFIG_LWIP_DHCPS

> The DHCP server is calculating lease time multiplying the sent and received times by this number of seconds per unit. The default is 60, that equals one minute.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 3600

> Default value:

>   - 60

##### CONFIG_LWIP_DHCPS_MAX_STATION_NUM

> Maximum number of stations

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > DHCP server > CONFIG_LWIP_DHCPS

> The maximum number of DHCP clients that are connected to the server. After this number is exceeded, DHCP server removes of the oldest device from it's address pool, without notification.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 64

> Default value:

>   - 8

##### CONFIG_LWIP_DHCPS_MAX_HOSTNAME_LEN

> Maximum client hostname length stored by DHCPS

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > DHCP server

> Maximum number of bytes stored per-client for DHCP option 12 (hostname), including the terminating null when used in esp-netif events. Longer hostnames will be truncated.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255

> Default value:

>   - 64

##### CONFIG_LWIP_DHCPS_STATIC_ENTRIES

> Enable ARP static entries

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > DHCP server

> Enabling this option allows DHCP server to support temporary static ARP entries for DHCP Client. This will help the DHCP server to send the DHCP OFFER and DHCP ACK using IP unicast.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_AUTOIP

> Enable IPV4 Link-Local Addressing (AUTOIP)

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enabling this option allows the device to self-assign an address in the 169.256/16 range if none is assigned statically or via DHCP.

> See RFC 3927.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

Contains:

- CONFIG_LWIP_AUTOIP_TRIES

- CONFIG_LWIP_AUTOIP_MAX_CONFLICTS

- CONFIG_LWIP_AUTOIP_RATE_LIMIT_INTERVAL

##### CONFIG_LWIP_AUTOIP_TRIES

> DHCP Probes before self-assigning IPv4 LL address

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_AUTOIP

> DHCP client will send this many probes before self-assigning a link local address.

> From LWIP help: "This can be set as low as 1 to get an AutoIP address very quickly, but you should be prepared to handle a changing IP address when DHCP overrides AutoIP." (In the case of ESP-IDF, this means multiple SYSTEM_EVENT_STA_GOT_IP events.)

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 100 if CONFIG_LWIP_AUTOIP

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_LWIP_AUTOIP

##### CONFIG_LWIP_AUTOIP_MAX_CONFLICTS

> Max IP conflicts before rate limiting

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_AUTOIP

> If the AUTOIP functionality detects this many IP conflicts while self-assigning an address, it will go into a rate limited mode.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 100 if CONFIG_LWIP_AUTOIP

> Default value:

>   - 9 if CONFIG_LWIP_AUTOIP

##### CONFIG_LWIP_AUTOIP_RATE_LIMIT_INTERVAL

> Rate limited interval (seconds)

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_AUTOIP

> If rate limiting self-assignment requests, wait this long between each request.

> Range:

>   - from 5 to 120 if CONFIG_LWIP_AUTOIP

> Default value:

>   - 20 if CONFIG_LWIP_AUTOIP

#### CONFIG_LWIP_IPV4

> Enable IPv4

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enable IPv4 stack. If you want to use IPv6 only TCP/IP stack, disable this.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6

> Enable IPv6

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enable IPv6 function. If not use IPv6 function, set this option to n. If disabling LWIP_IPV6 then some other components (asio) will no longer be available.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_AUTOCONFIG

> Enable IPV6 stateless address autoconfiguration (SLAAC)

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6

> Enabling this option allows the devices to IPV6 stateless address autoconfiguration (SLAAC).

> See RFC 4862.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_NUM_ADDRESSES

> Number of IPv6 addresses on each network interface

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6

> The maximum number of IPv6 addresses on each interface. Any additional addresses will be discarded.

> Default value:

>   - 3

##### CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_FORWARD

> Enable IPv6 forwarding between interfaces

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6

> Forwarding IPv6 packets between interfaces is only required when acting as a router.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_RDNSS_MAX_DNS_SERVERS

> Use IPv6 Router Advertisement Recursive DNS Server Option

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Use IPv6 Router Advertisement Recursive DNS Server Option (as per RFC 6106) to copy a defined maximum number of DNS servers to the DNS module. Set this option to a number of desired DNS servers advertised in the RA protocol. This feature is disabled when set to 0.

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_AUTOCONFIG

#### CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_DHCP6

> Enable DHCPv6 stateless address autoconfiguration

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enable DHCPv6 for IPv6 stateless address autoconfiguration. Note that the dhcpv6 client has to be started using dhcp6_enable_stateless(netif); Note that the stateful address autoconfiguration is not supported.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_AUTOCONFIG

#### CONFIG_LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK

> Enable status callback for network interfaces

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enable callbacks when the network interface is up/down and addresses are changed.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK

> Enable link callback for network interfaces

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enable callbacks when the physical network link is up/down.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK

> Support per-interface loopback

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enabling this option means that if a packet is sent with a destination address equal to the interface's own IP address, it will "loop back" and be received by this interface. Disabling this option disables support of loopback interface in lwIP

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

Contains:

- CONFIG_LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS

##### CONFIG_LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS

> Max queued loopback packets per interface

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK

> Configure the maximum number of packets which can be queued for loopback on a given interface. Reducing this number may cause packets to be dropped, but will avoid filling memory with queued packet data.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 16

> Default value:

>   - 8

#### TCP

Contains:

- CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_WND_DEFAULT

- CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_SND_BUF_DEFAULT

- CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_ACCEPTMBOX_SIZE

- CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_RECVMBOX_SIZE

- CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_RTO_TIME

- CONFIG_LWIP_MAX_ACTIVE_TCP

- CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_FIN_WAIT_TIMEOUT

- CONFIG_LWIP_MAX_LISTENING_TCP

- CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_MAXRTX

- CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_SYNMAXRTX

- CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_MSL

- CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_MSS

- CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_OVERSIZE

- CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ

- CONFIG_LWIP_WND_SCALE

- CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_HIGH_SPEED_RETRANSMISSION

- CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_TMR_INTERVAL

##### CONFIG_LWIP_MAX_ACTIVE_TCP

> Maximum active TCP Connections

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP

> The maximum number of simultaneously active TCP connections. The practical maximum limit is determined by available heap memory at runtime.

> Changing this value by itself does not substantially change the memory usage of LWIP, except for preventing new TCP connections after the limit is reached.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 1024

> Default value:

>   - 16

##### CONFIG_LWIP_MAX_LISTENING_TCP

> Maximum listening TCP Connections

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP

> The maximum number of simultaneously listening TCP connections. The practical maximum limit is determined by available heap memory at runtime.

> Changing this value by itself does not substantially change the memory usage of LWIP, except for preventing new listening TCP connections after the limit is reached.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 1024

> Default value:

>   - 16

##### CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_HIGH_SPEED_RETRANSMISSION

> TCP high speed retransmissions

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP

> Speed up the TCP retransmission interval. If disabled, it is recommended to change the number of SYN retransmissions to 6, and TCP initial rto time to 3000.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_MAXRTX

> Maximum number of retransmissions of data segments

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP

> Set maximum number of retransmissions of data segments.

> Range:

>   - from 3 to 12

> Default value:

>   - 12

##### CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_SYNMAXRTX

> Maximum number of retransmissions of SYN segments

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP

> Set maximum number of retransmissions of SYN segments.

> Range:

>   - from 3 to 12

> Default value:

>   - 12

##### CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_MSS

> Maximum Segment Size (MSS)

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP

> Set maximum segment size for TCP transmission.

> Can be set lower to save RAM, the default value 1460(ipv4)/1440(ipv6) will give best throughput. IPv4 TCP_MSS Range: 576 <= TCP_MSS <= 1460 IPv6 TCP_MSS Range: 1220<= TCP_MSS <= 1440

> Range:

>   - from 536 to 1460

> Default value:

>   - 1440

##### CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_TMR_INTERVAL

> TCP timer interval(ms)

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP

> Set TCP timer interval in milliseconds.

> Can be used to speed connections on bad networks. A lower value will redeliver unacked packets faster.

> Default value:

>   - 250

##### CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_MSL

> Maximum segment lifetime (MSL)

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP

> Set maximum segment lifetime in milliseconds.

> Default value:

>   - 60000

##### CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_FIN_WAIT_TIMEOUT

> Maximum FIN segment lifetime

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP

> Set maximum segment lifetime in milliseconds.

> Default value:

>   - 20000

##### CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_SND_BUF_DEFAULT

> Default send buffer size

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP

> Set default send buffer size for new TCP sockets.

> Per-socket send buffer size can be changed at runtime with lwip_setsockopt(s, TCP_SNDBUF, ...).

> This value must be at least 2x the MSS size, and the default is 4x the default MSS size.

> Setting a smaller default SNDBUF size can save some RAM, but will decrease performance.

> Range:

>   - from 2440 to 1024000 if CONFIG_LWIP_WND_SCALE

> Default value:

>   - 5760

##### CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_WND_DEFAULT

> Default receive window size

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP

> Set default TCP receive window size for new TCP sockets.

> Per-socket receive window size can be changed at runtime with lwip_setsockopt(s, TCP_WINDOW, ...).

> Setting a smaller default receive window size can save some RAM, but will significantly decrease performance.

> Range:

>   - from 2440 to 1024000 if CONFIG_LWIP_WND_SCALE

> Default value:

>   - 5760

##### CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_RECVMBOX_SIZE

> Default TCP receive mail box size

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP

> Set TCP receive mail box size. Generally bigger value means higher throughput but more memory. The recommended value is: LWIP_TCP_WND_DEFAULT/TCP_MSS + 2, e.g. if LWIP_TCP_WND_DEFAULT=14360, TCP_MSS=1436, then the recommended receive mail box size is (14360/1436 + 2) = 12.

> TCP receive mail box is a per socket mail box, when the application receives packets from TCP socket, LWIP core firstly posts the packets to TCP receive mail box and the application then fetches the packets from mail box. It means LWIP can caches maximum LWIP_TCP_RECCVMBOX_SIZE packets for each TCP socket, so the maximum possible cached TCP packets for all TCP sockets is LWIP_TCP_RECCVMBOX_SIZE multiples the maximum TCP socket number. In other words, the bigger LWIP_TCP_RECVMBOX_SIZE means more memory. On the other hand, if the receive mail box is too small, the mail box may be full. If the mail box is full, the LWIP drops the packets. So generally we need to make sure the TCP receive mail box is big enough to avoid packet drop between LWIP core and application.

> Range:

>   - from 6 to 1024 if CONFIG_LWIP_WND_SCALE

> Default value:

>   - 6

##### CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_ACCEPTMBOX_SIZE

> Default TCP accept mail box size

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP

> Set TCP accept mail box size. Generally bigger value means supporting larger backlogs but more memory. The recommended value is 6, but applications can set it to a lower value if listening servers are meant to have a smaller backlog.

> TCP accept mail box is a per socket mail box, when the application listens for connections with a given listening TCP socket. If the mailbox is full, LWIP will send a RST packet and the client will fail to connect.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 255 if CONFIG_LWIP_WND_SCALE

> Default value:

>   - 6

##### CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ

> Queue incoming out-of-order segments

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP

> Queue incoming out-of-order segments for later use.

> Disable this option to save some RAM during TCP sessions, at the expense of increased retransmissions if segments arrive out of order.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_OOSEQ_TIMEOUT

> Timeout for each pbuf queued in TCP OOSEQ, in RTOs.

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP > CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ

> The timeout value is TCP_OOSEQ_TIMEOUT * RTO.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 30

> Default value:

>   - 6

##### CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_OOSEQ_MAX_PBUFS

> The maximum number of pbufs queued on OOSEQ per pcb

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP > CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ

> If LWIP_TCP_OOSEQ_MAX_PBUFS = 0, TCP will not control the number of OOSEQ pbufs.

> In a poor network environment, many out-of-order tcp pbufs will be received. These out-of-order pbufs will be cached in the TCP out-of-order queue which will cause Wi-Fi/Ethernet fail to release RX buffer in time. It is possible that all RX buffers for MAC layer are used by OOSEQ.

> Control the number of out-of-order pbufs to ensure that the MAC layer has enough RX buffer to receive packets.

> In the Wi-Fi scenario, recommended OOSEQ PBUFS Range: 0 <= TCP_OOSEQ_MAX_PBUFS <= CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DYNAMIC_RX_BUFFER_NUM/(MAX_TCP_NUMBER + 1)

> In the Ethernet scenario,recommended Ethernet OOSEQ PBUFS Range: 0 <= TCP_OOSEQ_MAX_PBUFS <= CONFIG_ETH_DMA_RX_BUFFER_NUM/(MAX_TCP_NUMBER + 1)

> Within the recommended value range, the larger the value, the better the performance.

> MAX_TCP_NUMBER represent Maximum number of TCP connections in Wi-Fi(STA+SoftAP) and Ethernet scenario.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 12

> Default value:

>   - 4

##### CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_SACK_OUT

> Support sending selective acknowledgements

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP > CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ

> TCP will support sending selective acknowledgements (SACKs).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_OVERSIZE

> Pre-allocate transmit PBUF size

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP

> Allows enabling "oversize" allocation of TCP transmission pbufs ahead of time, which can reduce the length of pbuf chains used for transmission.

> This will not make a difference to sockets where Nagle's algorithm is disabled.

> Default value of MSS is fine for most applications, 25% MSS may save some RAM when only transmitting small amounts of data. Disabled will have worst performance and fragmentation characteristics, but uses least RAM overall.

> Available options:

> > - MSS (CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_OVERSIZE_MSS)

> > - 25% MSS (CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_OVERSIZE_QUARTER_MSS)

> > - Disabled (CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_OVERSIZE_DISABLE)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_WND_SCALE

> Support TCP window scale

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP

> Enable this feature to support TCP window scaling.

##### CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_RCV_SCALE

> Set TCP receiving window scaling factor

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP > CONFIG_LWIP_WND_SCALE

> Enable this feature to support TCP window scaling.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 14 if CONFIG_LWIP_WND_SCALE

> Default value:

>   - 0 if CONFIG_LWIP_WND_SCALE

##### CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_RTO_TIME

> Default TCP rto time

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > TCP

> Set default TCP rto time for a reasonable initial rto. In bad network environment, recommend set value of rto time to 1500.

> Default value:

>   - 1500

#### UDP

Contains:

- CONFIG_LWIP_UDP_RECVMBOX_SIZE

- CONFIG_LWIP_MAX_UDP_PCBS

##### CONFIG_LWIP_MAX_UDP_PCBS

> Maximum active UDP control blocks

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > UDP

> The maximum number of active UDP "connections" (ie UDP sockets sending/receiving data). The practical maximum limit is determined by available heap memory at runtime.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 1024

> Default value:

>   - 16

##### CONFIG_LWIP_UDP_RECVMBOX_SIZE

> Default UDP receive mail box size

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > UDP

> Set UDP receive mail box size. The recommended value is 6.

> UDP receive mail box is a per socket mail box, when the application receives packets from UDP socket, LWIP core firstly posts the packets to UDP receive mail box and the application then fetches the packets from mail box. It means LWIP can caches maximum UDP_RECCVMBOX_SIZE packets for each UDP socket, so the maximum possible cached UDP packets for all UDP sockets is UDP_RECCVMBOX_SIZE multiples the maximum UDP socket number. In other words, the bigger UDP_RECVMBOX_SIZE means more memory. On the other hand, if the receive mail box is too small, the mail box may be full. If the mail box is full, the LWIP drops the packets. So generally we need to make sure the UDP receive mail box is big enough to avoid packet drop between LWIP core and application.

> Range:

>   - from 6 to 64

> Default value:

>   - 6

#### Checksums

Contains:

- CONFIG_LWIP_CHECKSUM_CHECK_ICMP

- CONFIG_LWIP_CHECKSUM_CHECK_IP

- CONFIG_LWIP_CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP

##### CONFIG_LWIP_CHECKSUM_CHECK_IP

> Enable LWIP IP checksums

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > Checksums

> Enable checksum checking for received IP messages

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP

> Enable LWIP UDP checksums

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > Checksums

> Enable checksum checking for received UDP messages

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_CHECKSUM_CHECK_ICMP

> Enable LWIP ICMP checksums

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > Checksums

> Enable checksum checking for received ICMP messages

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_TCPIP_TASK_STACK_SIZE

> TCP/IP Task Stack Size

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Configure TCP/IP task stack size, used by LWIP to process multi-threaded TCP/IP operations. Setting this stack too small will result in stack overflow crashes.

> Range:

>   - from 2048 to 65536

> Default value:

>   - 3072

#### CONFIG_LWIP_TCPIP_TASK_AFFINITY

> TCP/IP task affinity

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Allows setting LwIP tasks affinity, i.e. whether the task is pinned to CPU0, pinned to CPU1, or allowed to run on any CPU. Currently this applies to "TCP/IP" task and "Ping" task.

> Available options:

> > - No affinity (CONFIG_LWIP_TCPIP_TASK_AFFINITY_NO_AFFINITY)

> > - CPU0 (CONFIG_LWIP_TCPIP_TASK_AFFINITY_CPU0)

> > - CPU1 (CONFIG_LWIP_TCPIP_TASK_AFFINITY_CPU1)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_MEMP_NUM_ND6_QUEUE

> Max number of IPv6 packets to queue during MAC resolution

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Config max number of IPv6 packets to queue during MAC resolution.

> Range:

>   - from 3 to 20

> Default value:

>   - 3

#### CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_ND6_NUM_NEIGHBORS

> Max number of entries in IPv6 neighbor cache

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Config max number of entries in IPv6 neighbor cache

> Range:

>   - from 3 to 10

> Default value:

>   - 5

#### CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_ND6_NUM_PREFIXES

> Max number of entries in IPv6 on-link prefixes cache

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Maximum number of entries in IPv6 on-link prefixes cache

> Default value:

>   - 5

#### CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_ND6_NUM_ROUTERS

> Max number of entries in IPv6 default routers cache

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Maximum number of entries in IPv6 default routers cache

> Default value:

>   - 3

#### CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_ND6_NUM_DESTINATIONS

> Max number of entries in IPv6 destinations cache

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Maximum number of entries in IPv6 destinations cache

> Default value:

>   - 10

#### CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_ND6_ROUTE_INFO_OPTION_SUPPORT

> Enable IPV6 ND6 route information option support

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enable route information option (RIO) support in IPV6 ND6

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_ND6_NUM_ROUTE_INFO

> Max number of entries in IPv6 route information options cache

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_ND6_ROUTE_INFO_OPTION_SUPPORT

> Maximum number of entries in IPv6 route information options cache

> Default value:

>   - 10 if CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6_ND6_ROUTE_INFO_OPTION_SUPPORT

#### CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

> Enable PPP support

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enable PPP stack. Now only PPP over serial is possible.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

Contains:

- CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_CHAP_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_ENABLE_IPV4

- CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_ENABLE_IPV6

- CONFIG_LWIP_ENABLE_LCP_ECHO

- CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_MPPE_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_MSCHAP_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_NOTIFY_PHASE_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_PAP_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_DEBUG_ON

- CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SERVER_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_VJ_HEADER_COMPRESSION

- CONFIG_LWIP_USE_EXTERNAL_MBEDTLS

##### CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_ENABLE_IPV4

> Enable IPV4 support for PPP connections (IPCP)

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

> Enable IPCP protocol in PPP negotiations, which assigns IPv4 addresses to the PPP client, as well as IPv4 DNS servers. You can disable this if your modem supports IPv6 only.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT && CONFIG_LWIP_IPV4

##### CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_ENABLE_IPV6

> Enable IPV6 support for PPP connections (IPV6CP)

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

> Enable IPV6 support in PPP for the local link between the DTE (processor) and DCE (modem). There are some modems which do not support the IPV6 addressing in the local link. If they are requested for IPV6CP negotiation, they may time out. This would in turn fail the configuration for the whole link. If your modem is not responding correctly to PPP Phase Network, try to disable IPV6 support.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT && CONFIG_LWIP_IPV6

##### CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_NOTIFY_PHASE_SUPPORT

> Enable Notify Phase Callback

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

> Enable to set a callback which is called on change of the internal PPP state machine.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

##### CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_PAP_SUPPORT

> Enable PAP support

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

> Enable Password Authentication Protocol (PAP) support

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

##### CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_CHAP_SUPPORT

> Enable CHAP support

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

> Enable Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP) support

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

##### CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_MSCHAP_SUPPORT

> Enable MSCHAP support

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

> Enable Microsoft version of the Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol (MSCHAP) support

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

##### CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_MPPE_SUPPORT

> Enable MPPE support

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

> Enable Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption (MPPE) support

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

##### CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SERVER_SUPPORT

> Enable PPP server support

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

> Enable to use PPP server

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

##### CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_VJ_HEADER_COMPRESSION

> Enable VJ IP Header compression

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

> Enable support for VJ header compression. Please disable this if you're using NAPT on PPP interface, since the compressed IP header might not be correctly interpreted in NAT causing the compressed packet to be dropped.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

##### CONFIG_LWIP_ENABLE_LCP_ECHO

> Enable LCP ECHO

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

> Enable LCP echo keepalive requests

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

##### CONFIG_LWIP_LCP_ECHOINTERVAL

> Echo interval (s)

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT > CONFIG_LWIP_ENABLE_LCP_ECHO

> Interval in seconds between keepalive LCP echo requests, 0 to disable.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 1000000 if CONFIG_LWIP_ENABLE_LCP_ECHO

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_LWIP_ENABLE_LCP_ECHO

##### CONFIG_LWIP_LCP_MAXECHOFAILS

> Maximum echo failures

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT > CONFIG_LWIP_ENABLE_LCP_ECHO

> Number of consecutive unanswered echo requests before failure is indicated.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 100000 if CONFIG_LWIP_ENABLE_LCP_ECHO

> Default value:

>   - 3 if CONFIG_LWIP_ENABLE_LCP_ECHO

##### CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_DEBUG_ON

> Enable PPP debug log output

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

> Enable PPP debug log output

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

##### CONFIG_LWIP_USE_EXTERNAL_MBEDTLS

> Use mbedTLS instead of internal polarSSL

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT

> This option uses mbedTLS crypto functions (instead of internal PolarSSL implementation) for PPP authentication modes (PAP, CHAP, etc.). You can use this option to address symbol duplication issues, since the internal functions are not namespaced (e.g. md5_init()).

#### CONFIG_LWIP_SLIP_SUPPORT

> Enable SLIP support (new/experimental)

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enable SLIP stack. Now only SLIP over serial is possible.

> SLIP over serial support is experimental and unsupported.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

Contains:

- CONFIG_LWIP_SLIP_DEBUG_ON

##### CONFIG_LWIP_SLIP_DEBUG_ON

> Enable SLIP debug log output

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_SLIP_SUPPORT

> Enable SLIP debug log output

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_SLIP_SUPPORT

#### ICMP

Contains:

- CONFIG_LWIP_ICMP

- CONFIG_LWIP_BROADCAST_PING

- CONFIG_LWIP_MULTICAST_PING

##### CONFIG_LWIP_ICMP

> ICMP: Enable ICMP

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > ICMP

> Enable ICMP module for check network stability

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_MULTICAST_PING

> Respond to multicast pings

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > ICMP

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_BROADCAST_PING

> Respond to broadcast pings

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > ICMP

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### LWIP RAW API

Contains:

- CONFIG_LWIP_MAX_RAW_PCBS

##### CONFIG_LWIP_MAX_RAW_PCBS

> Maximum LWIP RAW PCBs

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > LWIP RAW API

> The maximum number of simultaneously active LWIP RAW protocol control blocks. The practical maximum limit is determined by available heap memory at runtime.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 1024

> Default value:

>   - 16

#### SNTP

Contains:

- CONFIG_LWIP_SNTP_STARTUP_DELAY

- CONFIG_LWIP_SNTP_MAX_SERVERS

- CONFIG_LWIP_SNTP_UPDATE_DELAY

- CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_GET_NTP_SRV

##### CONFIG_LWIP_SNTP_MAX_SERVERS

> Maximum number of NTP servers

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > SNTP

> Set maximum number of NTP servers used by LwIP SNTP module. First argument of sntp_setserver/sntp_setservername functions is limited to this value.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 16

> Default value:

>   - 1

##### CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_GET_NTP_SRV

> Request NTP servers from DHCP

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > SNTP

> If enabled, LWIP will add 'NTP' to Parameter-Request Option sent via DHCP-request. DHCP server might reply with an NTP server address in option 42. SNTP callback for such replies should be set accordingly (see sntp_servermode_dhcp() func.)

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_MAX_NTP_SERVERS

> Maximum number of NTP servers acquired via DHCP

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > SNTP > CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_GET_NTP_SRV

> Set maximum number of NTP servers acquired via DHCP-offer. Should be less or equal to "Maximum number of NTP servers", any extra servers would be just ignored.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 16 if CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_GET_NTP_SRV

> Default value:

>   - 1 if CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_GET_NTP_SRV

##### CONFIG_LWIP_SNTP_UPDATE_DELAY

> Request interval to update time (ms)

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > SNTP

> This option allows you to set the time update period via SNTP. Default is 1 hour. Must not be below 15 seconds by specification. (SNTPv4 RFC 4330 enforces a minimum update time of 15 seconds).

> Range:

>   - from 15000 to 4294967295

> Default value:

>   - 3600000

##### CONFIG_LWIP_SNTP_STARTUP_DELAY

> Enable SNTP startup delay

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > SNTP

> It is recommended (RFC 4330) to delay the initial request after by a random timeout from 1 to 5 minutes to reduce potential load of NTP servers after simultaneous power-up of many devices. This option disables this initial delay. Please use this option with care, it could improve a single device responsiveness but might cause peaks on the network after reset. Another option to address responsiveness of devices while using the initial random delay is to adjust LWIP_SNTP_MAXIMUM_STARTUP_DELAY.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_SNTP_MAXIMUM_STARTUP_DELAY

> Maximum startup delay (ms)

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > SNTP > CONFIG_LWIP_SNTP_STARTUP_DELAY

> RFC 4330 recommends a startup delay before sending the initial request. LWIP calculates this delay to a random number of milliseconds between 0 and this value.

> Range:

>   - from 100 to 300000

> Default value:

>   - 5000

#### DNS

Contains:

- CONFIG_LWIP_FALLBACK_DNS_SERVER_SUPPORT

- CONFIG_LWIP_DNS_SETSERVER_WITH_NETIF

- CONFIG_LWIP_USE_ESP_GETADDRINFO

- CONFIG_LWIP_DNS_MAX_SERVERS

- CONFIG_LWIP_DNS_MAX_HOST_IP

##### CONFIG_LWIP_DNS_MAX_HOST_IP

> Maximum number of IP addresses per host

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > DNS

> Maximum number of IP addresses that can be returned by DNS queries for a single host. Allowed values are 1--8. In lwIP this is `DNS\_MAX\_HOST\_IP`. Multi-IP DNS APIs require the caller's `addr\_cnt` argument to satisfy 0 < addr_cnt <= DNS_MAX_HOST_IP; otherwise they return `ERR\_ARG`.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 8

> Default value:

>   - 1

##### CONFIG_LWIP_DNS_MAX_SERVERS

> Maximum number of DNS servers

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > DNS

> Set maximum number of DNS servers. If fallback DNS servers are supported, the number of DNS servers needs to be greater than or equal to 3.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 4

> Default value:

>   - 3

##### CONFIG_LWIP_FALLBACK_DNS_SERVER_SUPPORT

> Enable DNS fallback server support

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > DNS

> Enable this feature to support DNS fallback server.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_FALLBACK_DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS

> DNS fallback server address

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > DNS > CONFIG_LWIP_FALLBACK_DNS_SERVER_SUPPORT

> This option allows you to config dns fallback server address.

> Default value:

>   - "114.114.114.114" if CONFIG_LWIP_FALLBACK_DNS_SERVER_SUPPORT

##### CONFIG_LWIP_DNS_SETSERVER_WITH_NETIF

> Enable DNS server settings with netif

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > DNS

> This option allows collecting DNS server settings per netif using configurable callback function. It's typically used with CONFIG_ESP_NETIF_SET_DNS_PER_DEFAULT_NETIF which configures a callback to collect the DNS info on esp_netif layer.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_USE_ESP_GETADDRINFO

> Enable esp_getaddrinfo() instead of lwip_getaddrinfo()

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > DNS

> Use esp_getaddrinfo() for DNS lookups instead of lwip_getaddrinfo(). This function correctly handles the AF_UNSPEC flag for resolving both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Available only when both IPv4 and IPv6 are enabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_BRIDGEIF_MAX_PORTS

> Maximum number of bridge ports

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Set maximum number of ports a bridge can consists of.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 63

> Default value:

>   - 7

#### CONFIG_LWIP_ESP_LWIP_ASSERT

> Enable LWIP ASSERT checks

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enable this option keeps LWIP assertion checks enabled. It is recommended to keep this option enabled.

> If asserts are disabled for the entire project, they are also disabled for LWIP and this option is ignored.

#### Hooks

Contains:

- CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_DHCP_EXTRA_OPTION

- CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_DNS_EXTERNAL_RESOLVE

- CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_ND6_GET_GW

- CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_IP6_INPUT

- CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_IP6_ROUTE

- CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_IP6_SELECT_SRC_ADDR

- CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_NETCONN_EXTERNAL_RESOLVE

- CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_TCP_ISN

##### CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_TCP_ISN

> TCP ISN Hook

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > Hooks

> Enables to define a TCP ISN hook to randomize initial sequence number in TCP connection. The default TCP ISN algorithm used in IDF (standardized in RFC 6528) produces ISN by combining an MD5 of the new TCP id and a stable secret with the current time. This is because the lwIP implementation (tcp_next_iss) is not very strong, as it does not take into consideration any platform specific entropy source.

> Set to LWIP_HOOK_TCP_ISN_CUSTOM to provide custom implementation. Set to LWIP_HOOK_TCP_ISN_NONE to use lwIP implementation.

> Available options:

> > - No hook declared (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_TCP_ISN_NONE)

> > - Default implementation (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_TCP_ISN_DEFAULT)

> > - Custom implementation (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_TCP_ISN_CUSTOM)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_IP6_ROUTE

> IPv6 route Hook

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > Hooks

> Enables custom IPv6 route hook. Setting this to "default" provides weak implementation stub that could be overwritten in application code. Setting this to "custom" provides hook's declaration only and expects the application to implement it.

> Available options:

> > - No hook declared (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_IP6_ROUTE_NONE)

> > - Default (weak) implementation (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_IP6_ROUTE_DEFAULT)

> > - Custom implementation (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_IP6_ROUTE_CUSTOM)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_ND6_GET_GW

> IPv6 get gateway Hook

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > Hooks

> Enables custom IPv6 route hook. Setting this to "default" provides weak implementation stub that could be overwritten in application code. Setting this to "custom" provides hook's declaration only and expects the application to implement it.

> Available options:

> > - No hook declared (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_ND6_GET_GW_NONE)

> > - Default (weak) implementation (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_ND6_GET_GW_DEFAULT)

> > - Custom implementation (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_ND6_GET_GW_CUSTOM)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_IP6_SELECT_SRC_ADDR

> IPv6 source address selection Hook

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > Hooks

> Enables custom IPv6 source address selection. Setting this to "default" provides weak implementation stub that could be overwritten in application code. Setting this to "custom" provides hook's declaration only and expects the application to implement it.

> Available options:

> > - No hook declared (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_IP6_SELECT_SRC_ADDR_NONE)

> > - Default (weak) implementation (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_IP6_SELECT_SRC_ADDR_DEFAULT)

> > - Custom implementation (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_IP6_SELECT_SRC_ADDR_CUSTOM)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_DHCP_EXTRA_OPTION

> DHCP extra option hook

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > Hooks

> Enables custom hook to receive and parse extra DHCP options. Setting this to "default" provides weak implementation stub that could be overwritten in application code. Setting this to "custom" provides hook's declaration only and expects the application to implement it.

> Available options:

> > - No hook declared (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_DHCP_EXTRA_OPTION_NONE)

> > - Default (weak) implementation (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_DHCP_EXTRA_OPTION_DEFAULT)

> > - Custom implementation (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_DHCP_EXTRA_OPTION_CUSTOM)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_NETCONN_EXTERNAL_RESOLVE

> Netconn external resolve Hook

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > Hooks

> Enables custom DNS resolve hook (without callback). Setting this to "default" provides weak implementation stub that could be overwritten in application code. Setting this to "custom" provides hook's declaration only and expects the application to implement it.

> Available options:

> > - No hook declared (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_NETCONN_EXT_RESOLVE_NONE)

> > - Default (weak) implementation (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_NETCONN_EXT_RESOLVE_DEFAULT)

> > - Custom implementation (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_NETCONN_EXT_RESOLVE_CUSTOM)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_DNS_EXTERNAL_RESOLVE

> DNS external resolve Hook

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > Hooks

> Enables custom DNS resolve hook (with callback). Setting this to "custom" provides hook's declaration only and expects the application to implement it.

> Available options:

> > - No hook declared (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_DNS_EXT_RESOLVE_NONE)

> > - Custom implementation (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_DNS_EXT_RESOLVE_CUSTOM)

##### CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_IP6_INPUT

> IPv6 packet input

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > Hooks

> Enables custom IPv6 packet input. Setting this to "default" provides weak IDF implementation, which drops all incoming IPv6 traffic if the interface has no link local address. (this default implementation is "weak" and could be still overwritten in the application if some additional IPv6 input packet filtering is needed) Setting this to "none" removes this default filter and conforms to the lwIP implementation (which accepts multicasts even if the interface has no link local address) Setting this to "custom" provides hook's declaration only and expects the application to implement it.

> Available options:

> > - No hook declared (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_IP6_INPUT_NONE)

> > - Default (weak) implementation (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_IP6_INPUT_DEFAULT)

> > - Custom implementation (CONFIG_LWIP_HOOK_IP6_INPUT_CUSTOM)

#### CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Enable LWIP Debug

> Found in: Component config > LWIP

> Enabling this option allows different kinds of lwIP debug output.

> All lwIP debug features increase the size of the final binary.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

Contains:

- CONFIG_LWIP_API_LIB_DEBUG

- CONFIG_LWIP_BRIDGEIF_FDB_DEBUG

- CONFIG_LWIP_BRIDGEIF_FW_DEBUG

- CONFIG_LWIP_BRIDGEIF_DEBUG

- CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_DEBUG

- CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_STATE_DEBUG

- CONFIG_LWIP_DNS_DEBUG

- CONFIG_LWIP_ETHARP_DEBUG

- CONFIG_LWIP_ICMP_DEBUG

- CONFIG_LWIP_ICMP6_DEBUG

- CONFIG_LWIP_IP_DEBUG

- CONFIG_LWIP_IP6_DEBUG

- CONFIG_LWIP_NAPT_DEBUG

- CONFIG_LWIP_NETIF_DEBUG

- CONFIG_LWIP_PBUF_DEBUG

- CONFIG_LWIP_SNTP_DEBUG

- CONFIG_LWIP_SOCKETS_DEBUG

- CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_DEBUG

- CONFIG_LWIP_UDP_DEBUG

- CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG_ESP_LOG

##### CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG_ESP_LOG

> Route LWIP debugs through ESP_LOG interface

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Enabling this option routes all enabled LWIP debugs through ESP_LOGD.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_LWIP_NETIF_DEBUG

> Enable netif debug messages

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_LWIP_PBUF_DEBUG

> Enable pbuf debug messages

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_LWIP_ETHARP_DEBUG

> Enable etharp debug messages

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_LWIP_API_LIB_DEBUG

> Enable api lib debug messages

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_LWIP_SOCKETS_DEBUG

> Enable socket debug messages

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_LWIP_IP_DEBUG

> Enable IP debug messages

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_LWIP_ICMP_DEBUG

> Enable ICMP debug messages

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG && CONFIG_LWIP_ICMP

##### CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_STATE_DEBUG

> Enable DHCP state tracking

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_LWIP_DHCP_DEBUG

> Enable DHCP debug messages

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_LWIP_IP6_DEBUG

> Enable IP6 debug messages

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_LWIP_ICMP6_DEBUG

> Enable ICMP6 debug messages

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_DEBUG

> Enable TCP debug messages

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_LWIP_UDP_DEBUG

> Enable UDP debug messages

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_LWIP_SNTP_DEBUG

> Enable SNTP debug messages

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_LWIP_DNS_DEBUG

> Enable DNS debug messages

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_LWIP_NAPT_DEBUG

> Enable NAPT debug messages

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG && CONFIG_LWIP_IPV4_NAPT

##### CONFIG_LWIP_BRIDGEIF_DEBUG

> Enable bridge generic debug messages

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_LWIP_BRIDGEIF_FDB_DEBUG

> Enable bridge FDB debug messages

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_LWIP_BRIDGEIF_FW_DEBUG

> Enable bridge forwarding debug messages

> Found in: Component config > LWIP > CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_DEBUG

### mbedTLS

Contains:

- Asymmetric Ciphers

- Certificates

- Core Configuration

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED

- Encoding/Decoding

- Entropy and Random Number Generation

- Hardware Acceleration

- Hash functions

- Stream Cipher

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS

- Symmetric Ciphers

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_USE_CRYPTO_ROM_IMPL

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_USE_CRYPTO_ROM_IMPL_BOOTLOADER

#### Core Configuration

Contains:

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ASYMMETRIC_CONTENT_LEN

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ERROR_STRERROR_DUMMY

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_CUSTOM_STORAGE_BACKEND

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ERROR_STRINGS

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_FS_IO

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DEBUG

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_VERSION_FEATURES

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_THREADING_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_VERSION_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_MEM_ALLOC_MODE

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_CONTENT_LEN

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DYNAMIC_BUFFER

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION

> Compiler optimization level

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration

> This option allows you to select the compiler optimization level for mbedTLS. The default is set to the optimization level used by the rest of the ESP-IDF project.

> Available options:

> > - No optimization (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_NONE)

> > - Optimize for size (-Os) (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_SIZE)

> > - Optimize for performance (-O2) (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_PERF)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_FS_IO

> Enable functions that use the filesystem

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration

> This option enables functions in mbedTLS that use the filesystem. It uses the default filesystem support for the target, which is added through vfs component for ESP32 based targets or by the host system when the target is Linux.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_CUSTOM_STORAGE_BACKEND

> Enable custom storage backend for PSA ITS

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration

> Enable support for registering a custom storage backend that handles PSA ITS operations for keys in a reserved UID range. When enabled, users can call esp_psa_its_register_custom_backend() to route storage operations for UIDs in the configured range to their own implementation. UIDs outside the range continue using the default NVS backend.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_CUSTOM_BACKEND_UID_MIN

> Minimum UID for custom backend range

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_CUSTOM_STORAGE_BACKEND

> The minimum UID value (inclusive) that will be routed to the custom storage backend. Must be within the PSA user key ID range (0x00000001 - 0x3FFFFFFF).

> Range:

>   - from 0x00000001 to 0x3FFFFFFF if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_CUSTOM_STORAGE_BACKEND

> Default value:

>   - "0x30000000" if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_CUSTOM_STORAGE_BACKEND

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_CUSTOM_BACKEND_UID_MAX

> Maximum UID for custom backend range

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_CUSTOM_STORAGE_BACKEND

> The maximum UID value (inclusive) that will be routed to the custom storage backend. Must be >= the minimum UID and within the PSA user key ID range (0x00000001 - 0x3FFFFFFF); the lower bound is enforced by Kconfig.

> Range:

>   - from to 0x3FFFFFFF if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_CUSTOM_STORAGE_BACKEND

> Default value:

>   - "0x3FFFFFFF" if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_CUSTOM_STORAGE_BACKEND

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_THREADING_C

> Enable the threading abstraction layer

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration

> If you do intend to use contexts between threads, you will need to enable this layer to prevent race conditions.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_THREADING_IMPLEMENTATION

> Threading implementation

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_THREADING_C

> Available options:

> > - Enable threading alternate implementation (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_THREADING_ALT)

> >   Enable threading alt to allow your own alternate threading implementation.

> > - Enable threading pthread implementation (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_THREADING_PTHREAD)

> >   Enable the pthread wrapper layer for the threading layer.

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ERROR_STRINGS

> Enable error code to error string conversion

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration

> Enables mbedtls_strerror() for converting error codes to error strings. Disabling this config can save some code/rodata size as the error string conversion implementation is replaced with an empty stub.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ERROR_STRERROR_DUMMY

> Enable a dummy error function to make use of mbedtls_strerror()

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration

> This option enables a dummy error function to make use of mbedtls_strerror() when MBEDTLS_ERROR_STRINGS is disabled. This is useful for applications that use mbedtls_strerror() but do not need the actual error strings. This option can be used to save code size when MBEDTLS_ERROR_STRINGS is disabled.

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_VERSION_C

> Enable version information

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration

> Enable version information functions.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME

> Enable mbedtls time support

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration

> Enable use of time.h functions (time() and gmtime()) by mbedTLS.

> This option doesn't require the system time to be correct, but enables functionality that requires relative timekeeping - for example periodic expiry of TLS session tickets or session cache entries.

> Disabling this option will save some firmware size, particularly if the rest of the firmware doesn't call any standard timekeeping functions.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_TIME_ALT

> Enable mbedtls time support: platform-specific

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME

> Enabling this config will provide users with a function "mbedtls_platform_set_time()" that allows to set an alternative time function pointer.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE

> Enable mbedtls certificate expiry check

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME

> Enables X.509 certificate expiry checks in mbedTLS.

> If this option is disabled (default) then X.509 certificate "valid from" and "valid to" timestamp fields are ignored.

> If this option is enabled, these fields are compared with the current system date and time. The time is retrieved using the standard time() and gmtime() functions. If the certificate is not valid for the current system time then verification will fail with code MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_FUTURE or MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_EXPIRED.

> Enabling this option requires adding functionality in the firmware to set the system clock to a valid timestamp before using TLS. The recommended way to do this is via ESP-IDF's SNTP functionality, but any method can be used.

> In the case where only a small number of certificates are trusted by the device, please carefully consider the tradeoffs of enabling this option. There may be undesired consequences, for example if all trusted certificates expire while the device is offline and a TLS connection is required to update. Or if an issue with the SNTP server means that the system time is invalid for an extended period after a reset.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_MEM_ALLOC_MODE

> Memory allocation strategy

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration

> Allocation strategy for mbedTLS, essentially provides ability to allocate all required dynamic allocations from,

> - Internal DRAM memory only

> - External SPIRAM memory only

> - Either internal or external memory based on default malloc() behavior in ESP-IDF

> - Custom allocation mode, by overwriting calloc()/free()

>     using mbedtls_platform_set_calloc_free() function

> - Internal IRAM memory wherever applicable else internal DRAM

> Recommended mode here is always internal (*), since that is most preferred from security perspective. But if application requirement does not allow sufficient free internal memory then alternate mode can be selected.

> (*) In case of ESP32-S2/ESP32-S3, hardware allows encryption of external SPIRAM contents provided hardware flash encryption feature is enabled. In that case, using external SPIRAM allocation strategy is also safe choice from security perspective.

> Available options:

> > - Internal memory (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_MEM_ALLOC)

> > - External SPIRAM (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_EXTERNAL_MEM_ALLOC)

> > - Default alloc mode (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DEFAULT_MEM_ALLOC)

> > - Custom alloc mode (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CUSTOM_MEM_ALLOC)

> > - Internal IRAM (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_IRAM_8BIT_MEM_ALLOC)

> >   Allows to use IRAM memory region as 8bit accessible region.

> >   TLS input and output buffers will be allocated in IRAM section which is 32bit aligned memory. Every unaligned (8bit or 16bit) access will result in an exception and incur penalty of certain clock cycles per unaligned read/write.

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_CONTENT_LEN

> TLS maximum message content length

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration

> Maximum TLS message length (in bytes) supported by mbedTLS.

> 16384 is the default and this value is required to comply fully with TLS standards.

> However you can set a lower value in order to save RAM. This is safe if the other end of the connection supports Maximum Fragment Length Negotiation Extension (max_fragment_length, see RFC6066) or you know for certain that it will never send a message longer than a certain number of bytes.

> If the value is set too low, symptoms are a failed TLS handshake or a return value of MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_INVALID_RECORD (-0x7200).

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ASYMMETRIC_CONTENT_LEN

> Asymmetric in/out fragment length

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration

> If enabled, this option allows customizing TLS in/out fragment length in asymmetric way. Please note that enabling this with default values saves 12KB of dynamic memory per TLS connection.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN

> TLS maximum incoming fragment length

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ASYMMETRIC_CONTENT_LEN

> This defines maximum incoming fragment length, overriding default maximum content length (MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_CONTENT_LEN).

> Range:

>   - from 512 to 16384

> Default value:

>   - 16384

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN

> TLS maximum outgoing fragment length

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ASYMMETRIC_CONTENT_LEN

> This defines maximum outgoing fragment length, overriding default maximum content length (MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_CONTENT_LEN).

> Range:

>   - from 512 to 16384

> Default value:

>   - 4096

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DYNAMIC_BUFFER

> Using dynamic TX/RX buffer

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration

> Using dynamic TX/RX buffer. After enabling this option, mbedTLS will allocate TX buffer when need to send data and then free it if all data is sent, allocate RX buffer when need to receive data and then free it when all data is used or read by upper layer.

> By default, when SSL is initialized, mbedTLS also allocate TX and RX buffer with the default value of "MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN" or "MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN", so to save more heap, users can set the options to be an appropriate value.

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DYNAMIC_FREE_CONFIG_DATA

> Free private key and DHM data after its usage

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DYNAMIC_BUFFER

> Free private key and DHM data after its usage in handshake process.

> The option will decrease heap cost when handshake, but also lead to problem:

> Because all certificate, private key and DHM data are freed so users should register certificate and private key to ssl config object again.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DYNAMIC_BUFFER

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DYNAMIC_FREE_CA_CERT

> Free SSL CA certificate after its usage

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DYNAMIC_BUFFER > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DYNAMIC_FREE_CONFIG_DATA

> Free CA certificate after its usage in the handshake process. This option will decrease the heap footprint for the TLS handshake, but may lead to a problem: If the respective ssl object needs to perform the TLS handshake again, the CA certificate should once again be registered to the ssl object.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DYNAMIC_FREE_CONFIG_DATA

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_VERSION_FEATURES

> Enable mbedTLS version features

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration

> Enable mbedTLS version features. This option allows Allow run-time checking of compile-time enabled features. Disabling this option will save some code size.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DEBUG

> Enable mbedTLS debugging

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration

> Enable mbedTLS debugging functions at compile time.

> If this option is enabled, you can include "mbedtls/esp_debug.h" and call mbedtls_esp_enable_debug_log() at runtime in order to enable mbedTLS debug output via the ESP log mechanism.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DEBUG_LEVEL

> Set mbedTLS debugging level

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DEBUG

> Set mbedTLS debugging level

> Available options:

> > - Warning (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DEBUG_LEVEL_WARN)

> > - Info (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DEBUG_LEVEL_INFO)

> > - Debug (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DEBUG_LEVEL_DEBUG)

> > - Verbose (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DEBUG_LEVEL_VERBOSE)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST

> Enable mbedTLS self-test

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Core Configuration

> Enable mbedTLS self-test functions.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### Certificates

Contains:

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ALLOW_WEAK_CERTIFICATE_VERIFICATION

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PK_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERT_CALLBACK

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE_CROSS_SIGNED_VERIFY

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_PARSE_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_RSASSA_PSS_SUPPORT

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C

> Enable X.509 certificate support

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates

> Enable X.509 certificate support.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C

> Read & Parse PEM formatted certificates

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates

> Enable decoding/parsing of PEM formatted certificates.

> If your certificates are all in the simpler DER format, disabling this option will save some code size.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C

> Write PEM formatted certificates

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates

> Enable writing of PEM formatted certificates.

> If writing certificate data only in DER format, disabling this option will save some code size.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PK_C

> Enable generic public key layer

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates

> Enable support for generic public key layer.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C

> Enables generic public key parsing functions

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PK_C

> Enable generic public key parsing functions.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C

> Enables generic public key writing functions

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PK_C

> Enable generic public key writing functions.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_REMOVE_INFO

> Remove X.509 debug info

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates

> Removes mbedtls_x509_*_info(), as well as mbedtls_debug_print_crt() and other functions/constants only used by these functions. This will save some code size.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C

> X.509 CRL parsing

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates

> Support for parsing X.509 Certificate Revocation Lists.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C

> Enable X.509 certificate parsing

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates

> Enable X.509 certificate parsing. This is required for TLS and DTLS.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_PARSE_C

> X.509 CSR parsing

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates

> Support for parsing X.509 Certificate Signing Requests

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C

> X.509 certificate creation

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates

> Support for creating X.509 certificates and CSRs.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_WRITE_C

> X.509 certificate writing

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C

> Support for writing X.509 certificates

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_CSR_WRITE_C

> X.509 CSR writing

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C

> Support for writing X.509 CSRs

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_CREATE_C

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_RSASSA_PSS_SUPPORT

> X.509 PSS support

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates

> Support for parsing X.509 certificates with RSASSA-PSS signatures.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_X509_TRUSTED_CERT_CALLBACK

> Enable trusted certificate callbacks

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates

> Enables users to configure the set of trusted certificates through a callback instead of a linked list.

> See mbedTLS documentation for required API and more details.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C

> Enable ASN.1 parsing

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates

> Enable ASN.1 parsing functions.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C

> Enable ASN.1 writing

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates

> Enable ASN.1 writing functions.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE

> Enable trusted root certificate bundle

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates

> Enable support for large number of default root certificates

> When enabled this option allows user to store default as well as customer specific root certificates in compressed format rather than storing full certificate. For the root certificates the public key and the subject name will be stored.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### Certificate Bundle Configuration

Contains:

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CUSTOM_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE_DEPRECATED_LIST

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DEFAULT_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE_MAX_CERTS

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DEFAULT_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE

> Default certificate bundle options

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE > Certificate Bundle Configuration

> Available options:

> > - Use the full default certificate bundle (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE_DEFAULT_FULL)

> > - Use only the most common certificates from the default bundles (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE_DEFAULT_CMN)

> >   Use only the most common certificates from the default bundles, reducing the size with 50%, while still having around 99% coverage.

> > - Do not use the default certificate bundle (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE_DEFAULT_NONE)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CUSTOM_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE

> Add custom certificates to the default bundle

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE > Certificate Bundle Configuration

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CUSTOM_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE_PATH

> Custom certificate bundle path

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE > Certificate Bundle Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CUSTOM_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE

> Name of the custom certificate directory or file. This path is evaluated relative to the project root directory.

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE_DEPRECATED_LIST

> Add deprecated root certificates

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE > Certificate Bundle Configuration

> Include the deprecated list of root certificates in the bundle. This list gets updated when a certificate is removed from the Mozilla's NSS root certificate store. This config can be enabled if you would like to ensure that none of the certificates that were deployed in the product are affected because of the update to bundle. In turn, enabling this setting keeps expired, retracted certificates in the bundle and it may pose a security risk. - Deprecated cert list may grow based based on sync with upstream bundle - Deprecated certs would be removed in ESP-IDF (next) major release

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE_MAX_CERTS

> Maximum no of certificates allowed in certificate bundle

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE > Certificate Bundle Configuration

> Default value:

>   - 200

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ALLOW_WEAK_CERTIFICATE_VERIFICATION

> Allow weak certificate verification

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates

> This options allows weak certificate verification by skipping the hostname verification. It is not recommended to use this option.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CERTIFICATE_BUNDLE_CROSS_SIGNED_VERIFY

> Support cross-signed certificate verification in certificate bundle

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Certificates

> Enable support for cross-signed certificate verification in the certificate bundle. This feature uses an internal callback to verify the cross-signed certificates. This feature is kept disabled by default as enabling this feature increases heap usage by approximately 700 bytes.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED

> Enable TLS protocol support

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS

> Enable support for the TLS protocol, which is used for secure communication over networks. This option is required for most secure network protocols, including HTTPS, FTPS, and others.

> If you do not need TLS support, you can disable this option to save code size.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### TLS Protocol Configuration

Contains:

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_ALL_ALERT_MESSAGES

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_KEYING_MATERIAL_EXPORT

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_PADDING_GRANULARITY

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_GMTSSL1_1

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION

- TLS Key Exchange Configuration

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_MODE

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CLIENT_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SERVER_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_VARIABLE_BUFFER_LENGTH

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2

> Support TLS 1.2 protocol

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3

> Support TLS 1.3 protocol

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### TLS 1.3 Configuration

Contains:

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEXM_EPHEMERAL

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_COMPATIBILITY_MODE

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEXM_PSK_EPHEMERAL

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEXM_PSK

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_COMPATIBILITY_MODE

> TLS 1.3 middlebox compatibility mode

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 > TLS 1.3 Configuration

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEXM_PSK

> TLS 1.3 PSK key exchange mode

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 > TLS 1.3 Configuration

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEXM_EPHEMERAL

> TLS 1.3 ephemeral key exchange mode

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 > TLS 1.3 Configuration

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEXM_PSK_EPHEMERAL

> TLS 1.3 PSK ephemeral key exchange mode

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 > TLS 1.3 Configuration

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_EARLY_DATA

> TLS 1.3 early data

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 > TLS 1.3 Configuration

> Enable support for TLS 1.3 early data (0-RTT).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CLIENT_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS && (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEXM_PSK || MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS1_3_KEXM_EPHEMER) && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_GMTSSL1_1

> Support GM/T SSL 1.1 protocol

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration

> Provisions for GM/T SSL 1.1 support

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_MODE

> TLS Protocol Role

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration

> mbedTLS can be compiled with protocol support for the TLS server, TLS client, or both server and client.

> Reducing the number of TLS roles supported saves code size.

> Available options:

> > - Server & Client (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_SERVER_AND_CLIENT)

> > - Server (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_SERVER_ONLY)

> > - Client (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_CLIENT_ONLY)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_PADDING_GRANULARITY

> Record plaintext padding

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration

> Controls the use of record plaintext padding in TLS 1.3 and when using the Connection ID extension in DTLS 1.2.

> The padding will always be chosen so that the length of the padded plaintext is a multiple of the value of this option.

> Notes: A value of 1 means that no padding will be used for outgoing records. On systems lacking division instructions, a power of two should be preferred.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 32 if (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 || CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 16 if (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 || CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID) && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_KEEP_PEER_CERTIFICATE

> Keep peer certificate after handshake completion

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration

> Keep the peer's certificate after completion of the handshake. Disabling this option will save about 4kB of heap and some code size.

> See mbedTLS documentation for required API and more details.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_CONTEXT_SERIALIZATION

> Enable serialization of the TLS context structures

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration

> Enable serialization of the TLS context structures This is a local optimization in handling a single, potentially long-lived connection.

> See mbedTLS documentation for required API and more details. Disabling this option will save some code and RAM size.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_C

> Enable SSL session cache

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration

> Enable simple SSL session cache implementation.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_ALL_ALERT_MESSAGES

> Enable all TLS alert messages

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration

> Enable all TLS alert messages in case of encountered errors as per RFC. If disabled, Mbed TLS can still communicate with other servers, only debugging of failures is harder. The advantage of not sending alert messages, is that no information is given about reasons for failures thus preventing adversaries of gaining intel.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### TLS Key Exchange Configuration

Contains:

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PSK_MODES

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ELLIPTIC_CURVE

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PSK_MODES

> Enable pre-shared-key ciphersuites

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration > TLS Key Exchange Configuration

> Enable to show configuration for different types of pre-shared-key TLS authentatication methods.

> Leaving this options disabled will save code size if they are not used.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK

> Enable PSK based ciphersuite modes

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration > TLS Key Exchange Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PSK_MODES

> Enable to support symmetric key PSK (pre-shared-key) TLS key exchange modes.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PSK_MODES && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_PSK

> Enable ECDHE-PSK based ciphersuite modes

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration > TLS Key Exchange Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PSK_MODES

> Enable to support Elliptic-Curve-Diffie-Hellman PSK (pre-shared-key) TLS authentication modes.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PSK_MODES && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECDH_C && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_PSK

> Enable RSA-PSK based ciphersuite modes

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration > TLS Key Exchange Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PSK_MODES

> Enable to support RSA PSK (pre-shared-key) TLS authentication modes.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PSK_MODES && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA

> Enable RSA-only based ciphersuite modes

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration > TLS Key Exchange Configuration

> Enable to support ciphersuites with prefix TLS-RSA-WITH-

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ELLIPTIC_CURVE

> Support Elliptic Curve based ciphersuites

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration > TLS Key Exchange Configuration

> Enable to show Elliptic Curve based ciphersuite mode options. Disabling all Elliptic Curve ciphersuites saves code size and can give slightly faster TLS handshakes, provided the server supports RSA-only ciphersuite modes.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_RSA

> Enable ECDHE-RSA based ciphersuite modes

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration > TLS Key Exchange Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ELLIPTIC_CURVE

> Enable to support ciphersuites with prefix TLS-ECDHE-RSA-WITH-

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA

> Enable ECDHE-ECDSA based ciphersuite modes

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration > TLS Key Exchange Configuration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ELLIPTIC_CURVE

> Enable to support ciphersuites with prefix TLS-ECDHE-ECDSA-WITH-

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE

> Enable ECJPAKE based ciphersuite modes

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration > TLS Key Exchange Configuration

> Enable to support ciphersuites with prefix TLS-ECJPAKE-WITH-

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION

> Enable server name indication

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration

> Enable support for RFC 6066 server name indication (SNI).

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN

> Support ALPN (Application Layer Protocol Negotiation)

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration

> Disabling this option will save some code size if it is not needed.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH

> Enable support for TLS max fragment length extension

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration

> Enable support for the TLS max fragment length extension.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_RECORD_SIZE_LIMIT

> Enable support for record size limit

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration

> Enable support for record size limit in TLS 1.3.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3 && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_VARIABLE_BUFFER_LENGTH

> Variable SSL buffer length

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration

> This enables the SSL buffer to be resized automatically based on the negotiated maximum fragment length in each direction.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION

> Support TLS renegotiation

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration

> The two main uses of renegotiation are (1) refresh keys on long-lived connections and (2) client authentication after the initial handshake. If you don't need renegotiation, disabling it will save code size and reduce the possibility of abuse/vulnerability.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CLIENT_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS

> TLS: Client Support for RFC 5077 SSL session tickets

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration

> Client support for RFC 5077 session tickets. See mbedTLS documentation for more details. Disabling this option will save some code size.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SERVER_SSL_SESSION_TICKETS

> TLS: Server Support for RFC 5077 SSL session tickets

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration

> Server support for RFC 5077 session tickets. See mbedTLS documentation for more details. Disabling this option will save some code size.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_KEYING_MATERIAL_EXPORT

> Enable keying material export

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TLS_ENABLED > TLS Protocol Configuration

> Enable shared symmetric keys export for TLS sessions using mbedtls_ssl_export_keying_material() after SSL handshake. The process for deriving the keys is specified in RFC 5705 for TLS 1.2 and in RFC 8446, Section 7.5, for TLS 1.3.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS

> Support DTLS protocol (all versions)

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS

> Requires TLS 1.2 to be enabled for DTLS 1.2

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### DTLS-based configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_C

> Enable SSL session cookie

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS > DTLS-based configurations

> Enable basic DTLS cookie implementation for hello verification.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID

> Support for the DTLS Connection ID extension

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS > DTLS-based configurations

> Enable support for the DTLS Connection ID extension which allows to identify DTLS connections across changes in the underlying transport.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_IN_LEN_MAX

> Maximum length of CIDs used for incoming DTLS messages

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS > DTLS-based configurations > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID

> Maximum length of CIDs used for incoming DTLS messages

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 32 if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS

> Default value:

>   - 32 if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_CID_OUT_LEN_MAX

> Maximum length of CIDs used for outgoing DTLS messages

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS > DTLS-based configurations > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID

> Maximum length of CIDs used for outgoing DTLS messages

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 32 if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS

> Default value:

>   - 32 if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_SRTP

> Enable support for negotiation of DTLS-SRTP (RFC 5764)

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS > DTLS-based configurations

> Enable support for negotiation of DTLS-SRTP (RFC 5764) through the use_srtp extension.

> See mbedTLS documentation for required API and more details. Disabling this option will save some code size.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS

#### Symmetric Ciphers

Contains:

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_AES_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ARIA_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CCM_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DES_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CMAC_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_GCM_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_AES_FEWER_TABLES

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_SMALL_MEMORY

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_AES_C

> AES block cipher

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Symmetric Ciphers

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C

> Camellia block cipher

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Symmetric Ciphers

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ARIA_C

> ARIA block cipher

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Symmetric Ciphers

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_SMALL_MEMORY

> Use small memory implementation of Camellia

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Symmetric Ciphers

> Reduces ROM usage of the Camellia implementation

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DES_C

> DES block cipher (legacy, insecure)

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Symmetric Ciphers

> Enables the DES block cipher to support 3DES-based TLS ciphersuites.

> 3DES is vulnerable to the Sweet32 attack and should only be enabled if absolutely necessary.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CCM_C

> CCM (Counter with CBC-MAC) block cipher modes

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Symmetric Ciphers

> Enable Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM) modes for AES and/or Camellia ciphers.

> Disabling this option saves some code size.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC

> CBC (Cipher Block Chaining) block cipher modes

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Symmetric Ciphers

> Enable Cipher Block Chaining (CBC) modes for AES and/or Camellia ciphers.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB

> CFB (Cipher Feedback) block cipher modes

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Symmetric Ciphers

> Enable Cipher Feedback (CFB) modes for AES and/or Camellia ciphers.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR

> CTR (Counter) block cipher modes

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Symmetric Ciphers

> Enable Counter (CTR) modes for AES and/or Camellia ciphers.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB

> OFB (Output Feedback) block cipher modes

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Symmetric Ciphers

> Enable Output Feedback (OFB) modes for AES and/or Camellia ciphers.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS

> XTS (XEX Tweakable Block Cipher with Ciphertext Stealing) block cipher modes

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Symmetric Ciphers

> Enable XEX Tweakable Block Cipher with Ciphertext Stealing (XTS) modes for AES and/or Camellia ciphers.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_GCM_C

> GCM (Galois/Counter) block cipher modes

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Symmetric Ciphers

> Enable Galois/Counter Mode for AES and/or Camellia ciphers.

> This option is generally faster than CCM.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C

> NIST key wrapping (KW) and KW padding (KWP)

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Symmetric Ciphers

> Enable NIST key wrapping and key wrapping padding.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES

> Store AES tables in ROM

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Symmetric Ciphers

> Store the AES tables in ROM instead of generating them at runtime. Using precomputed ROM tables reduces RAM usage, but increases flash usage.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_AES_FEWER_TABLES

> Use fewer AES tables

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Symmetric Ciphers

> Use fewer AES tables to reduce ROM/RAM usage. Using fewer tables increases the time taken to generate the tables at runtime, but reduces ROM/RAM usage.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_AES_ONLY_128_BIT_KEY_LENGTH

> Only support 128-bit AES keys

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Symmetric Ciphers

> Only support 128-bit AES keys. This reduces code size, but disables support for 192-bit and 256-bit AES keys.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CMAC_C

> Enable CMAC mode for block ciphers

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Symmetric Ciphers

> Enable the CMAC (Cipher-based Message Authentication Code) mode for block ciphers.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### Asymmetric Ciphers

Contains:

- Elliptic Curve Ciphers Configuration

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_RSA_C

- Supported Curves

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_RSA_C

> RSA public key cryptosystem

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers

> Enable RSA. Needed to use RSA-xxx TLS ciphersuites.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_C

> Enable Elliptic Curve Ciphers(ECC) support

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### Supported Curves

Contains:

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED

> Enable SECP256R1 curve

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers > Supported Curves

> Enable support for SECP256R1 Elliptic Curve.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED

> Enable SECP384R1 curve

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers > Supported Curves

> Enable support for SECP384R1 Elliptic Curve.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP521R1_ENABLED

> Enable SECP521R1 curve

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers > Supported Curves

> Enable support for SECP521R1 Elliptic Curve.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256K1_ENABLED

> Enable SECP256K1 curve

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers > Supported Curves

> Enable support for SECP256K1 Elliptic Curve.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP256R1_ENABLED

> Enable BP256R1 curve

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers > Supported Curves

> support for DP Elliptic Curve.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP384R1_ENABLED

> Enable BP384R1 curve

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers > Supported Curves

> support for DP Elliptic Curve.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP512R1_ENABLED

> Enable BP512R1 curve

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers > Supported Curves

> support for DP Elliptic Curve.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED

> Enable CURVE25519 curve

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers > Supported Curves

> Enable support for CURVE25519 Elliptic Curve.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### Elliptic Curve Ciphers Configuration

Contains:

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DHM_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECDH_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_FIXED_POINT_OPTIM

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_NIST_OPTIM

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_NIST_OPTIM

> NIST 'modulo p' optimisations

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers > Elliptic Curve Ciphers Configuration

> NIST 'modulo p' optimisations increase Elliptic Curve operation performance.

> Disabling this option saves some code size.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_FIXED_POINT_OPTIM

> Enable fixed-point multiplication optimisations

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers > Elliptic Curve Ciphers Configuration

> This configuration option enables optimizations to speedup (about 3 ~ 4 times) the ECP fixed point multiplication using pre-computed tables in the flash memory. Enabling this configuration option increases the flash footprint (about 29KB if all Elliptic Curve selected) in the application binary.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT

> Use a backward compatible ECDH context (Experimental)

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers > Elliptic Curve Ciphers Configuration

> Use the legacy ECDH context format. Define this option only if you enable MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE or if you want to access ECDH context fields directly.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECDH_C && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE && CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_C

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_DHM_C

> Diffie-Hellman-Merkle key exchange (DHM)

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers > Elliptic Curve Ciphers Configuration

> Enable DHM. Needed to use DHE-xxx TLS ciphersuites.

> Note that the security of Diffie-Hellman key exchanges depends on a suitable prime being used for the exchange. Please see detailed warning text about this in file mbedtls/dhm.h file.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECDH_C

> Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman (ECDH)

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers > Elliptic Curve Ciphers Configuration

> Enable ECDH. Needed to use ECDHE-xxx TLS ciphersuites.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C

> Elliptic curve J-PAKE

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers > Elliptic Curve Ciphers Configuration

> Enable ECJPAKE. Needed to use ECJPAKE-xxx TLS ciphersuites.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C

> Elliptic Curve DSA

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers > Elliptic Curve Ciphers Configuration

> Enable ECDSA. Needed to use ECDSA-xxx TLS ciphersuites.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_EXTENDED

> Enhance support for reading EC keys

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers > Elliptic Curve Ciphers Configuration

> Enhance support for reading EC keys using variants of SEC1 not allowed by RFC 5915 and RFC 5480.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_EC_COMPRESSED

> Enable the support for parsing public keys of type Short Weierstrass

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers > Elliptic Curve Ciphers Configuration

> Enable the support for parsing public keys of type Short Weierstrass (MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP_XXX and MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_BP_XXX) which are using the compressed point format. This parsing is done through ECP module's functions. depends on MBEDTLS_ECP_C

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC

> Enable deterministic ECDSA

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers > Elliptic Curve Ciphers Configuration

> Standard ECDSA is "fragile" in the sense that lack of entropy when signing may result in a compromise of the long-term signing key.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE

> Enable mbedTLS ecp restartable

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Asymmetric Ciphers > Elliptic Curve Ciphers Configuration

> Enable "non-blocking" ECC operations that can return early and be resumed.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### Hash functions

Contains:

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_MD_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SHA256_SMALLER

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SHA512_SMALLER

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_MD5_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SHA1_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SHA224_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SHA256_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SHA512_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SHA384_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SHA3_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ROM_MD5

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C

> Enable RIPEMD-160 hash algorithm

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hash functions

> Enable the RIPEMD-160 hash algorithm.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_MD_C

> Enable message digest support

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hash functions

> Enable generic layer for message digest algorithms.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_MD5_C

> Enable the MD5 cryptographic hash algorithm

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hash functions

> Enables support for MD5. This module is required for TLS 1.2 depending on the handshake parameters. Further, it is used for checking MD5-signed certificates, and for PBKDF1 when decrypting PEM-encoded encrypted keys. MD5 is considered a weak message digest and its use constitutes a security risk. If possible, consider stronger message digests such as SHA-256 (part of the SHA-2 family).

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SHA1_C

> Enable the SHA-1 cryptographic hash algorithm

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hash functions

> Enabling MBEDTLS_SHA1_C adds support for SHA-1. SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use constitutes a security risk. Disabling this configuration option could impact TLS 1.2 / Wi-Fi Enterprise compatibility with certain older certificates that rely on SHA-1 for digital signatures. Before proceeding, ensure that all your certificates are using stronger hash algorithms, such as SHA-256 (part of the SHA-2 family). If you're using older certificates or if you're unsure about the impact on your product, please consider testing the changes in a controlled environment for individual features like OTA updates, cloud connectivity, secure local control, etc.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SHA224_C

> Enable the SHA-224 cryptographic hash algorithm

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hash functions

> Enable MBEDTLS_SHA224_C adds support for SHA-224.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SHA256_C

> Enable the SHA-256 cryptographic hash algorithm

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hash functions

> Enable MBEDTLS_SHA256_C adds support for SHA-256.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SHA384_C

> Enable the SHA-384 cryptographic hash algorithm

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hash functions

> Enable MBEDTLS_SHA384_C adds support for SHA-384.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SHA512_C

> Enable the SHA-384 and SHA-512 cryptographic hash algorithms

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hash functions

> Enable MBEDTLS_SHA512_C adds support for SHA-512.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SHA3_C

> Enable the SHA3 cryptographic hash algorithm

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hash functions

> Enabling MBEDTLS_SHA3_C adds support for SHA3. Enabling this configuration option increases the flash footprint by almost 4KB.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ROM_MD5

> Use MD5 implementation in ROM

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hash functions

> Use ROM MD5 in mbedTLS.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SHA256_SMALLER

> Enable SHA-256 smaller implementation

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hash functions

> Enable a smaller implementation of SHA-256 that has lower ROM footprint but is slower than the default implementation.

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SHA512_SMALLER

> Enable SHA-512 smaller implementation

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hash functions

> Enable a smaller implementation of SHA-512 that has lower ROM footprint but is slower than the default implementation.

#### Hardware Acceleration

Contains:

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_ECDSA_VERIFY

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_ECDSA_SIGN

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TEE_SEC_STG_ECDSA_SIGN

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_AES

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_ECC

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_MPI

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_RSA_DS_PERIPHERAL

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_SHA

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_AES_HW_SMALL_DATA_LEN_OPTIM

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SECURE_ELEMENT_DRIVER_ENABLED

- Enable Software Countermeasure for ECDSA signing using on-chip ECDSA peripheral

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_ECDSA_VERIFY

> Enable ECDSA signature verification using on-chip ECDSA peripheral

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration

> Enable hardware accelerated ECDSA peripheral to verify signature on curve SECP192R1 and SECP256R1 in mbedTLS. Note that SECP192R1 support is disabled by default.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### Enable Software Countermeasure for ECDSA signing using on-chip ECDSA peripheral

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_ECDSA_SIGN

> Enable ECDSA signing using on-chip ECDSA peripheral

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration

> Enable hardware accelerated ECDSA peripheral to sign data on curve SECP192R1 and SECP256R1 in mbedTLS. Note that SECP192R1 support is disabled by default.

> Note that for signing, the private key has to be burnt in an efuse key block with key purpose set to ECDSA_KEY. If no key is burnt, it will report an error

> The key should be burnt in little endian format. espefuse utility handles it internally but care needs to be taken while burning using esp_efuse APIs

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_TEE_SEC_STG_ECDSA_SIGN

> Enable ECDSA signing using TEE secure storage

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if SECURE_ENABLE_TEE

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_ECC

> Enable hardware ECC acceleration

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration

> Enable hardware accelerated ECC point multiplication and point verification for points on curve SECP192R1 and SECP256R1 in mbedTLS Note that SECP192R1 support is disabled by default.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ECC_OTHER_CURVES_SOFT_FALLBACK

> Fallback to software implementation for curves not supported in hardware

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_ECC

> Fallback to software implementation of ECC point multiplication and point verification for curves not supported in hardware.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_SHA

> Enable hardware SHA acceleration

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration

> Enable hardware accelerated SHA1, SHA256, SHA384 & SHA512 in mbedTLS.

> Due to a hardware limitation, on the ESP32 hardware acceleration is only guaranteed if SHA digests are calculated one at a time. If more than one SHA digest is calculated at the same time, one will be calculated fully in hardware and the rest will be calculated (at least partially calculated) in software. This happens automatically.

> SHA hardware acceleration is faster than software in some situations but slower in others. You should benchmark to find the best setting for you.

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_MPI

> Enable hardware MPI (bignum) acceleration

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration

> Enable hardware accelerated multiple precision integer operations.

> Hardware accelerated multiplication, modulo multiplication, and modular exponentiation for up to SOC_RSA_MAX_BIT_LEN bit results.

> These operations are used by RSA.

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_LARGE_KEY_SOFTWARE_MPI

> Fallback to software implementation for larger MPI values

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_MPI

> Fallback to software implementation for RSA key lengths larger than SOC_RSA_MAX_BIT_LEN. If this is not active then the ESP will be unable to process keys greater than SOC_RSA_MAX_BIT_LEN.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_MPI_USE_INTERRUPT

> Use interrupt for MPI exp-mod operations

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_MPI

> Use an interrupt to coordinate long MPI operations.

> This allows other code to run on the CPU while an MPI operation is pending. Otherwise the CPU busy-waits.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_MPI_INTERRUPT_LEVEL

> MPI hardware interrupt level

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_MPI > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_MPI_USE_INTERRUPT

> This config helps to set the interrupt priority level for the MPI peripheral. Value 0 (default) means that there is no preference regarding the interrupt priority level and any level from 1 to 3 can be selected (based on the availability). Note: Higher value indicates high interrupt priority.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 3

> Default value:

>   - 0

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_AES

> Enable hardware AES acceleration

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration

> Enable hardware accelerated AES encryption & decryption.

> Note that if the ESP32 CPU is running at 240MHz, hardware AES does not offer any speed boost over software AES.

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_AES_SOFT_FALLBACK

> Enable software fallback for AES

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_AES

> Enable software fallback for AES. This option is used to fallback to software implementation of AES if the hardware AES does not support the requested operation.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_GCM

> Enable partially hardware accelerated GCM

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_AES

> Enable partially hardware accelerated GCM. GHASH calculation is still done in software.

> If MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_GCM is disabled and MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_AES is enabled then mbedTLS will still use the hardware accelerated AES block operation, but on a single block at a time.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_GCM_SUPPORT_NON_AES_CIPHER

> Enable support for non-AES ciphers in GCM operation

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_AES

> Enable this config to support fallback to software definitions for a non-AES cipher GCM operation as we support hardware acceleration only for AES cipher. Some of the non-AES ciphers used in a GCM operation are DES, ARIA, CAMELLIA, CHACHA20.

> If this config is disabled, performing a non-AES cipher GCM operation with the config MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_AES enabled will result in calculation of an AES-GCM operation instead for the given input values and thus could lead to failure in certificate validation which would ultimately lead to a SSL handshake failure.

> This config being by-default enabled leads to an increase in binary size footprint of ~2.5KB. In case you are sure that your use case (for example, client and server settings in case of a TLS handshake) would not involve any GCM operations using a non-AES cipher, you can safely disable this config, leading to reduction in binary size footprint.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_AES_USE_INTERRUPT

> Use interrupt for long AES operations

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_AES

> Use an interrupt to coordinate long AES operations.

> This allows other code to run on the CPU while an AES operation is pending. Otherwise the CPU busy-waits.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_AES_INTERRUPT_LEVEL

> AES hardware interrupt level

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_AES > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_AES_USE_INTERRUPT

> This config helps to set the interrupt priority level for the AES peripheral. Value 0 (default) means that there is no preference regarding the interrupt priority level and any level from 1 to 3 can be selected (based on the availability). Note: Higher value indicates high interrupt priority.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 3

> Default value:

>   - 0

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_AES_USE_PSEUDO_ROUND_FUNC

> Enable AES hardware's pseudo round function

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_AES

> Enables the pseudo round function of the AES peripheral. Enabling this would impact the performance of the AES operations. For more info regarding the performance impact, please checkout the pseudo round function section of the security guide.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_AES_USE_PSEUDO_ROUND_FUNC_STRENGTH

> Strength of the pseudo rounds function

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_AES > CONFIG_MBEDTLS_AES_USE_PSEUDO_ROUND_FUNC

> The strength of the pseudo rounds functions can be configured to low, medium and high. You can configure the strength of the pseudo rounds functions according to your use cases, for example, increasing the strength would provide higher security but would slow down the hardware AES encryption/decryption operations.

> Available options:

> > - Low (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_AES_USE_PSEUDO_ROUND_FUNC_STRENGTH_LOW)

> > - Medium (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_AES_USE_PSEUDO_ROUND_FUNC_STRENGTH_MEDIUM)

> > - High (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_AES_USE_PSEUDO_ROUND_FUNC_STRENGTH_HIGH)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_AES_HW_SMALL_DATA_LEN_OPTIM

> Enable performance optimisation for the small data length hardware AES operations

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration

> This option enables dynamically switching between the hardware AES peripheral's block and DMA modes based on the length of the input data, thus, significantly speeding up the AES operations with shorter data lengths. For example, NVS encryption/decryption operations, TLS communication, etc. with smaller data lengths.

> It is enabled by default due to the significant performance impact but note that it also increases the binary size by ~1.2 KB as it pulls in the peripheral's block mode code as well.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SECURE_ELEMENT_DRIVER_ENABLED

> Enable secure element hardware support (e.g., ATECC608A)

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration

> Enable PSA Crypto driver support for external secure elements. This enables sign, verify, and key export operations via runtime-registered callbacks from the secure element component (e.g., esp-cryptoauthlib). The private key never leaves the secure element.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HARDWARE_RSA_DS_PERIPHERAL

> Enable hardware RSA digital signature peripheral acceleration

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Hardware Acceleration

> Enable hardware accelerated digital signature peripheral for RSA digital signature generation.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### Entropy and Random Number Generation

Contains:

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_FORCE_SHA256

> Force SHA-256 for entropy

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Entropy and Random Number Generation

> Force SHA-256 to be used for the entropy pool if both SHA-256 and SHA-512 are enabled. On 32-bit architectures, SHA-256 can be faster than SHA-512

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C

> Enable CTR_DRBG

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Entropy and Random Number Generation

> Enable CTR_DRBG (CTR mode Deterministic Random Bit Generator). The CTR_DRBG generator uses AES-256 by default.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C

> Enable HMAC_DRBG

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Entropy and Random Number Generation

> Enable HMAC_DRBG (HMAC mode Deterministic Random Bit Generator).

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### Encoding/Decoding

Contains:

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_BASE64_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PKCS7_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_BASE64_C

> Enable Base64 encoding/decoding

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Encoding/Decoding

> Enable Base64 encoding and decoding functions. This is required for PEM support.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C

> Enable PKCS#5 functions

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Encoding/Decoding

> Enable support for PKCS#5 functions.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PKCS7_C

> Enable PKCS number 7

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Encoding/Decoding

> Enable PKCS number 7 core for using PKCS number 7-formatted signatures.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15

> Enable PKCS#1 v1.5 padding

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Encoding/Decoding

> Enable support for PKCS#1 v1.5 operations.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21

> Enable PKCS#1 v2.1 padding

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Encoding/Decoding

> Enable support for PKCS#1 v2.1 operations.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### Stream Cipher

Contains:

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C

> ChaCha20-Poly1305 AEAD algorithm

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Stream Cipher

> Enable support for ChaCha20-Poly1305 AEAD algorithm.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C

##### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C

> Chacha20 stream cipher

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS > Stream Cipher

> Enable support for Chacha20 stream cipher.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_USE_CRYPTO_ROM_IMPL_BOOTLOADER

> Use ROM implementation of the crypto algorithm in the bootloader

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS

> Enable this flag to use mbedtls crypto algorithm from ROM instead of ESP-IDF in case of a bootloader build. Similar to the MBEDTLS_USE_CRYPTO_ROM_IMPL config but enables usage of the mbedtls crypto algorithm from ROM for the bootloader build.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if ESP_ROM_HAS_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO_LIB && ESP32C2_REV_MIN_200

#### CONFIG_MBEDTLS_USE_CRYPTO_ROM_IMPL

> Use ROM implementation of the crypto algorithm

> Found in: Component config > mbedTLS

> Enable this flag to use mbedtls crypto algorithm from ROM instead of ESP-IDF.

> This configuration option saves flash footprint in the application binary. It is available for ESP32-C2 rev2.0 and later, where the ECO4 ROM contains the mbedtls crypto algorithm library v3.6.0. We have done the security analysis of the mbedtls revision in ROM and ensured that affected symbols have been patched (removed). If future mbedtls revisions include security issues that also affect the version in ROM, then we shall patch the relevant symbols. This would increase the flash footprint and hence care must be taken to keep some reserved space for the application binary in flash layout.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if ESP_ROM_HAS_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO_LIB && ESP32C2_REV_MIN_200

### NVS

Contains:

- CONFIG_NVS_LEGACY_DUP_KEYS_COMPATIBILITY

- CONFIG_NVS_ENCRYPTION

- CONFIG_NVS_FLASH_VERIFY_ERASE

- CONFIG_NVS_COMPATIBLE_PRE_V4_3_ENCRYPTION_FLAG

- CONFIG_NVS_ALLOCATE_CACHE_IN_SPIRAM

- CONFIG_NVS_BDL_STACK

- CONFIG_NVS_ASSERT_ERROR_CHECK

#### CONFIG_NVS_ENCRYPTION

> Enable NVS encryption

> Found in: Component config > NVS

> This option enables encryption for NVS. When enabled, XTS-AES is used to encrypt the complete NVS data, except the page headers. It requires XTS encryption keys to be stored in an encrypted partition (enabling flash encryption is mandatory here) or to be derived from an HMAC key burnt in eFuse.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENC_ENABLED

#### CONFIG_NVS_COMPATIBLE_PRE_V4_3_ENCRYPTION_FLAG

> NVS partition encrypted flag compatible with ESP-IDF before v4.3

> Found in: Component config > NVS

> Enabling this will ignore "encrypted" flag for NVS partitions. NVS encryption scheme is different than hardware flash encryption and hence it is not recommended to have "encrypted" flag for NVS partitions. This was not being checked in pre v4.3 IDF. Hence, if you have any devices where this flag is kept enabled in partition table then enabling this config will allow to have same behavior as pre v4.3 IDF.

#### CONFIG_NVS_ASSERT_ERROR_CHECK

> Use assertions for error checking

> Found in: Component config > NVS

> This option switches error checking type between assertions (y) or return codes (n).

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_NVS_LEGACY_DUP_KEYS_COMPATIBILITY

> Enable legacy nvs_set function behavior when same key is reused with different data types

> Found in: Component config > NVS

> Enabling this option will switch the nvs_set() family of functions to the legacy mode: when called repeatedly with the same key but different data type, the existing value in the NVS remains active and the new value is just stored, actually not accessible through corresponding nvs_get() call for the key given. Use this option only when your application relies on such NVS API behaviour.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_NVS_ALLOCATE_CACHE_IN_SPIRAM

> Prefers allocation of in-memory cache structures in SPI connected PSRAM

> Found in: Component config > NVS

> Enabling this option lets NVS library try to allocate page cache and key hash list in SPIRAM instead of internal RAM. It can help applications using large nvs partitions or large number of keys to save heap space in internal RAM. SPIRAM heap allocation negatively impacts speed of NVS operations as the CPU accesses NVS cache via SPI instead of direct access to the internal RAM.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_SPIRAM && (CONFIG_SPIRAM_USE_CAPS_ALLOC || CONFIG_SPIRAM_USE_MALLOC)

#### CONFIG_NVS_BDL_STACK

> Run NVS on BDL instead of ESP_Partition

> Found in: Component config > NVS

> This option enforces internal use of Block Device Layer instead ESP_Partition.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_NVS_FLASH_VERIFY_ERASE

> Enable verification of erase operations by reading back the erased data

> Found in: Component config > NVS

> This option ensures that erase operations are verified by reading back the flash memory.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_NVS_FLASH_ERASE_ATTEMPTS

> Total number of flash erase attempts in case the erase verification fails

> Found in: Component config > NVS > CONFIG_NVS_FLASH_VERIFY_ERASE

> Configures the total number of flash erase attempts. The flash erase operation will be attempted up to this number of times before returning an error. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 10.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 10 if CONFIG_NVS_FLASH_VERIFY_ERASE

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_NVS_FLASH_VERIFY_ERASE

### NVS Security Provider

Contains:

- CONFIG_NVS_SEC_HMAC_EFUSE_KEY_ID

- CONFIG_NVS_SEC_KEY_PROTECTION_SCHEME

#### CONFIG_NVS_SEC_KEY_PROTECTION_SCHEME

> NVS Encryption: Key Protection Scheme

> Found in: Component config > NVS Security Provider

> This choice defines the default NVS encryption keys protection scheme; which will be used for the default NVS partition. Users can use the corresponding scheme registration APIs to register other schemes for the default as well as other NVS partitions.

> Available options:

> > - Using Flash Encryption (CONFIG_NVS_SEC_KEY_PROTECT_USING_FLASH_ENC)

> >   Protect the NVS Encryption Keys using Flash Encryption Requires a separate 'nvs_keys' partition (which will be encrypted by flash encryption) for storing the NVS encryption keys

> > - Using HMAC peripheral (CONFIG_NVS_SEC_KEY_PROTECT_USING_HMAC)

> >   Derive and protect the NVS Encryption Keys using the HMAC peripheral Requires the specified eFuse block (NVS_SEC_HMAC_EFUSE_KEY_ID or the v2 API argument) to be empty or pre-written with a key with the purpose ESP_EFUSE_KEY_PURPOSE_HMAC_UP

> > - None (CONFIG_NVS_SEC_KEY_PROTECT_NONE)

> >   Select this option if key derivation/protection is handled by a custom implementation, and not by the nvs_sec_provider component.

#### CONFIG_NVS_SEC_HMAC_EFUSE_KEY_ID

> eFuse key ID storing the HMAC key

> Found in: Component config > NVS Security Provider

> eFuse block key ID storing the HMAC key for deriving the NVS encryption keys

> Note: The eFuse block key ID required by the HMAC scheme (CONFIG_NVS_SEC_KEY_PROTECT_USING_HMAC) is set using this config when the default NVS partition is initialized with nvs_flash_init(). The eFuse block key ID can also be set at runtime by passing the appropriate value to the NVS security scheme registration APIs.

> Range:

>   - from -1 to 5 if CONFIG_NVS_SEC_KEY_PROTECT_USING_HMAC

> Default value:

>   - "-1" if CONFIG_NVS_SEC_KEY_PROTECT_USING_HMAC

### OpenThread

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DEBUG

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

- OpenThread Spinel

#### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

> OpenThread

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread

> Select this option to enable OpenThread and show the submenu with OpenThread configuration choices.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### Thread Task Parameters

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_TASK_NAME

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_TASK_PRIORITY

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_TASK_SIZE

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_TASK_NAME

> OpenThread task name

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Task Parameters

> The OpenThread task name.

> Default value:

>   - "ot_main" if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_TASK_SIZE

> Size of OpenThread task

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Task Parameters

> The size in bytes of OpenThread task.

> Default value:

>   - 8192 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_TASK_PRIORITY

> Priority of OpenThread task

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Task Parameters

> The priority of OpenThread task.

> Default value:

>   - 5 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### Thread Version Message

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PACKAGE_NAME

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PLATFORM_INFO

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PACKAGE_NAME

> OpenThread package name

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Version Message

> The OpenThread package name.

> Default value:

>   - "openthread-esp32" if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PLATFORM_INFO

> platform information

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Version Message

> The OpenThread platform information.

> Default value:

>   - "esp32p4" if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### Thread Console

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CLI

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CONSOLE_ENABLE

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CONSOLE_COMMAND_PREFIX

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CONSOLE_ENABLE

> Enable OpenThread console

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Console

> Enable the OpenThread-specific console provided by the SDK. This only controls whether the SDK sets up a dedicated console for OpenThread. Even if disabled, the default ESP-IDF console (if initialized elsewhere) can still be used independently.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CONSOLE_TYPE

> OpenThread console type

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Console > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CONSOLE_ENABLE

> Select OpenThread console type

> Available options:

> > - OpenThread console type UART (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CONSOLE_TYPE_UART)

> > - OpenThread console type USB Serial/JTAG Controller (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CONSOLE_TYPE_USB_SERIAL_JTAG)

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CLI

> Enable Openthread Command-Line Interface

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Console

> Select this option to enable Command-Line Interface in OpenThread.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CONSOLE_COMMAND_PREFIX

> The prefix of the openthread CLI command registered on the esp console

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Console

> A prefix string used before a Thread CLI command, allowing the ESP console to identify it and delegate the remaining command to the OpenThread callback for processing.

> Default value:

>   - "ot" if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### Thread Core Features

Contains:

- CSL Configurations

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_BORDER_AGENT_ENABLE

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_BORDER_ROUTER

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_COMMISSIONER

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CSL_ENABLE

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DIAG

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DNS_CLIENT

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DNS64_CLIENT

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PLATFORM_NETIF

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_JOINER

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_LINK_METRICS

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_MACFILTER_ENABLE

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RX_ON_WHEN_IDLE

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PARENT_SEARCH_MTD

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO_STATS_ENABLE

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SRP_CLIENT

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_TIME_SYNC

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_TIMING_OPTIMIZATION

- OpenThread Stack Parameters

- Parent Search Configurations

- Thread 15.4 Radio Link

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DEVICE_TYPE

- Thread Memory Allocation

- Thread Operational Dataset

- Thread Radio Co-Processor Feature

- Thread Trel Radio Link

##### Thread Operational Dataset

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_NETWORK_EXTPANID

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_MESH_LOCAL_PREFIX

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_NETWORK_CHANNEL

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_NETWORK_MASTERKEY

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_NETWORK_NAME

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_NETWORK_PANID

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_NETWORK_PSKC

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_NETWORK_NAME

> OpenThread network name

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Thread Operational Dataset

> Default value:

>   - "OpenThread-ESP" if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_MESH_LOCAL_PREFIX

> OpenThread mesh local prefix, format <address>/<plen>

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Thread Operational Dataset

> A string in the format "<address>/<plen>", where <address> is an IPv6 address and <plen> is a prefix length. For example "fd00:db8:a0:0::/64"

> Default value:

>   - "fd00:db8:a0:0::/64" if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_NETWORK_CHANNEL

> OpenThread network channel

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Thread Operational Dataset

> Range:

>   - from 11 to 26 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 15 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_NETWORK_PANID

> OpenThread network pan id

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Thread Operational Dataset

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 0xFFFE if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - "0x1234" if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_NETWORK_EXTPANID

> OpenThread extended pan id

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Thread Operational Dataset

> The OpenThread network extended pan id in hex string format

> Default value:

>   - dead00beef00cafe if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_NETWORK_MASTERKEY

> OpenThread network key

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Thread Operational Dataset

> The OpenThread network network key in hex string format

> Default value:

>   - 00112233445566778899aabbccddeeff if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_NETWORK_PSKC

> OpenThread pre-shared commissioner key

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Thread Operational Dataset

> The OpenThread pre-shared commissioner key in hex string format

> Default value:

>   - 104810e2315100afd6bc9215a6bfac53 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DEVICE_TYPE

> Thread device type

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features

> OpenThread can be configured to different device types (FTD, MTD, Radio)

> Available options:

> > - Full Thread Device (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_FTD)

> >   Select this to enable Full Thread Device which can act as router and leader in a Thread network.

> > - Minimal Thread Device (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_MTD)

> >   Select this to enable Minimal Thread Device which can only act as end device in a Thread network. This will reduce the code size of the OpenThread stack.

> > - Radio Only Device (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO)

> >   Select this to enable Radio Only Device which can only forward 15.4 packets to the host. The OpenThread stack will be run on the host and OpenThread will have minimal footprint on the radio only device.

##### Thread Trel Radio Link

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO_TREL

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO_TREL

> Enable Thread Radio Encapsulation Link (TREL)

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Thread Trel Radio Link

> Select this option to enable Thread Radio Encapsulation Link.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if (EXAMPLE_CONNECT_WIFI || EXAMPLE_CONNECT_ETHERNET) && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_TREL_PORT

> The port of openthread trel service

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Thread Trel Radio Link > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO_TREL

> Configure the port number of TREL service.

> Default value:

>   - 12390 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO_TREL && (EXAMPLE_CONNECT_WIFI || EXAMPLE_CONNECT_ETHERNET) && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_TREL_BUFFER_SIZE

> The receive buffer size of openthread trel

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Thread Trel Radio Link > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO_TREL

> Configure the receive buffer size of TREL service.

> Range:

>   - from 10 to 255 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO_TREL && (EXAMPLE_CONNECT_WIFI || EXAMPLE_CONNECT_ETHERNET) && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 50 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO_TREL && (EXAMPLE_CONNECT_WIFI || EXAMPLE_CONNECT_ETHERNET) && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### Thread 15.4 Radio Link

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO_TYPE

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO_TYPE

> Config the Thread radio type with 15.4 link

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Thread 15.4 Radio Link

> Configure how OpenThread connects to the 15.4 radio

> Available options:

> > - Native 15.4 radio (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO_NATIVE)

> >   Select this to use the native 15.4 radio.

> > - Connect via UART (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO_SPINEL_UART)

> >   Select this to connect to a Radio Co-Processor via UART.

> > - Connect via SPI (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO_SPINEL_SPI)

> >   Select this to connect to a Radio Co-Processor via SPI.

> > - Disable the Thread radio based on 15.4 link (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO_154_NONE)

> >   Select this to disable the Thread radio based on 15.4 link.

##### Thread Radio Co-Processor Feature

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RCP_SPINEL_CONSOLE

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_NCP_VENDOR_HOOK

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RCP_TRANSPORT

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RCP_TRANSPORT

> The RCP transport type

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Thread Radio Co-Processor Feature

> Available options:

> > - UART RCP (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RCP_UART)

> >   Select this to enable UART connection to host.

> > - SPI RCP (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RCP_SPI)

> >   Select this to enable SPI connection to host.

> > - USB RCP (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RCP_USB_SERIAL_JTAG)

> >   Select this to enable connection to host over USB JTAG serial.

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_NCP_VENDOR_HOOK

> Enable vendor command for RCP

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Thread Radio Co-Processor Feature

> Select this to enable OpenThread NCP vendor commands.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RCP_SPINEL_CONSOLE

> Enable RCP console via Spinel

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Thread Radio Co-Processor Feature

> Select this to enable sending console commands to OpenThread RCP via Spinel.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_BORDER_ROUTER

> Enable Border Router

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features

> Select this option to enable border router features in OpenThread.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_FTD && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PLATFORM_NETIF && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_COMMISSIONER

> Enable Commissioner

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features

> Select this option to enable commissioner in OpenThread. This will enable the device to act as a commissioner in the Thread network. A commissioner checks the pre-shared key from a joining device with the Thread commissioning protocol and shares the network parameter with the joining device upon success.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### Commissioner Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_COMM_MAX_JOINER_ENTRIES

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_COMM_MAX_JOINER_ENTRIES

> The size of max commissioning joiner entries

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_COMMISSIONER > Commissioner Configurations

> Default value:

>   - 2 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_COMMISSIONER && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_JOINER

> Enable Joiner

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features

> Select this option to enable Joiner in OpenThread. This allows a device to join the Thread network with a pre-shared key using the Thread commissioning protocol.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SRP_CLIENT

> Enable SRP Client

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features

> Select this option to enable SRP Client in OpenThread. This allows a device to register SRP services to SRP Server.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### SRP Client Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SRP_CLIENT_MAX_SERVICES

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SRP_CLIENT_MAX_SERVICES

> Specifies number of service entries in the SRP client service pool

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SRP_CLIENT > SRP Client Configurations

> Set the max buffer size of service entries in the SRP client service pool.

> Default value:

>   - 5 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SRP_CLIENT && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DNS_CLIENT

> Enable DNS Client

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features

> Select this option to enable DNS Client in OpenThread.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DNS64_CLIENT

> Enable DNS64 Client

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features

> Select this option to acquire NAT64 address from dns servers.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_LWIP_IPV4 && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PLATFORM_NETIF && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### DNS64 Client Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DNS_SERVER_ADDR

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DNS_SERVER_ADDR

> DNS server address (IPv4)

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DNS64_CLIENT > DNS64 Client Configurations

> Set the DNS server IPv4 address.

> Default value:

>   - "8.8.8.8" if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DNS64_CLIENT && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_TIMING_OPTIMIZATION

> Enable timing optimization

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features

> Select this option to enable timing optimization for link metrics / CSL features.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_LINK_METRICS

> Enable link metrics feature

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features

> Select this option to enable link metrics feature

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_BORDER_AGENT_ENABLE

> Enable border agent feature

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features

> Select this option to enable border agent feature

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_BORDER_ROUTER && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_MACFILTER_ENABLE

> Enable mac filter feature

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features

> Select this option to enable mac filter feature

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CSL_ENABLE

> Enable CSL feature

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features

> Select this option to enable CSL feature

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CSL Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CSL_DEBUG_ENABLE

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CSL_UNCERTAIN

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CSL_ACCURACY

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CSL_ACCURACY

> The current CSL rx/tx scheduling drift, in units of ± ppm

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > CSL Configurations

> The current accuracy of the clock used for scheduling CSL operations

> Default value:

>   - 50 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CSL_UNCERTAIN

> The CSL Uncertainty in units of 10 us.

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > CSL Configurations

> The fixed uncertainty of the Device for scheduling CSL Transmissions in units of 10 microseconds.

> Default value:

>   - 50 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CSL_DEBUG_ENABLE

> Enable CSL debug

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > CSL Configurations

> Select this option to set rx on when sleep in CSL feature, only for debug

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_TIME_SYNC

> Enable the time synchronization service feature

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features

> Select this option to enable time synchronization feature, the devices in the same Thread network could sync to the same network time.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO_STATS_ENABLE

> Enable Radio Statistics feature

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features

> Select this option to enable the radio statistics feature, you can use radio command to print some radio Statistics information.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_FTD || CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_MTD) && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RX_ON_WHEN_IDLE

> Enable OpenThread radio capability rx on when idle

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features

> Select this option to enable OpenThread radio capability rx on when idle. Do not support this feature when SW coexistence is enabled.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if (CONFIG_ESP_COEX_SW_COEXIST_ENABLE || CONFIG_ESP_COEX_EXTERNAL_COEXIST_ENABLE) && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DIAG

> Enable diag

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features

> Select this option to enable Diag in OpenThread. This will enable diag mode and a series of diag commands in the OpenThread command line. These commands allow users to manipulate low-level features of the storage and 15.4 radio.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PARENT_SEARCH_MTD

> Enable Parent Search

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features

> Select this option to enable "Periodic Parent Search" function for MTD. This checks the average RSS to its current parent every periodically and starts a parent search process if the average RSS is below OPENTHREAD_PARENT_SEARCH_RSS_THRESHOLD. This feature is always enabled for FTDs.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_MTD && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### Parent Search Configurations

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PARENT_SEARCH_BACKOFF_INTERVAL_MINS

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PARENT_SEARCH_CHECK_INTERVAL_MINS

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PARENT_SEARCH_RESELECT_TIMEOUT_MINS

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PARENT_SEARCH_RSS_MARGIN

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PARENT_SEARCH_RSS_THRESHOLD

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PARENT_SEARCH_CHECK_INTERVAL_MINS

> The interval in minutes for a child to check the trigger condition to perform a parent search

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Parent Search Configurations

> Default value:

>   - 9 if (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PARENT_SEARCH_MTD || CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_FTD) && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PARENT_SEARCH_BACKOFF_INTERVAL_MINS

> The backoff interval in minutes for a child to not perform a parent search after triggering one

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Parent Search Configurations

> Default value:

>   - 600 if (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PARENT_SEARCH_MTD || CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_FTD) && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PARENT_SEARCH_RSS_THRESHOLD

> The RSS threshold used to trigger a parent search

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Parent Search Configurations

> Default value:

>   - "-65" if (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PARENT_SEARCH_MTD || CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_FTD) && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PARENT_SEARCH_RESELECT_TIMEOUT_MINS

> The parent reselect timeout duration in minutes used on FTD child devices

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Parent Search Configurations

> Default value:

>   - 90 if (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PARENT_SEARCH_MTD || CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_FTD) && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PARENT_SEARCH_RSS_MARGIN

> The RSS margin over the current parent RSS used on FTD child devices

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Parent Search Configurations

> Default value:

>   - 7 if (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PARENT_SEARCH_MTD || CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_FTD) && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### Thread Memory Allocation

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PLATFORM_MALLOC_CAP_SPIRAM

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PLATFORM_MALLOC_CAP_SPIRAM

> Allocate memory from PSRAM

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Thread Memory Allocation

> Select this option to allocate buffer from PSRAM for Thread

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if (CONFIG_SPIRAM_USE_CAPS_ALLOC || CONFIG_SPIRAM_USE_MALLOC) && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PLATFORM_MSGPOOL_MANAGEMENT

> Allocate message pool buffer from PSRAM

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > Thread Memory Allocation > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PLATFORM_MALLOC_CAP_SPIRAM

> If enabled, the message pool is managed by platform defined logic.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PLATFORM_MALLOC_CAP_SPIRAM && (CONFIG_SPIRAM_USE_CAPS_ALLOC || CONFIG_SPIRAM_USE_MALLOC) && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### OpenThread Stack Parameters

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_MAC_MAX_CSMA_BACKOFFS_DIRECT

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PREFERRED_CHANNEL_MASK

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SUPPORTED_CHANNEL_MASK

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_XTAL_ACCURACY

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_BUS_LATENCY

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_NUM_MESSAGE_BUFFERS

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_MLE_MAX_CHILDREN

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_TMF_ADDR_CACHE_ENTRIES

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_UART_BUFFER_SIZE

- Thread Address Query Config

##### Thread Address Query Config

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ADDRESS_QUERY_RETRY_DELAY

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ADDRESS_QUERY_MAX_RETRY_DELAY

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ADDRESS_QUERY_TIMEOUT

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ADDRESS_QUERY_TIMEOUT

> Timeout (in seconds) for a address notification response after sending an address query.

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > OpenThread Stack Parameters > Thread Address Query Config

> Default value:

>   - 3 if (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_FTD || CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_MTD) && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ADDRESS_QUERY_RETRY_DELAY

> Initial retry delay for address query (in seconds).

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > OpenThread Stack Parameters > Thread Address Query Config

> Default value:

>   - 15 if (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_FTD || CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_MTD) && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ADDRESS_QUERY_MAX_RETRY_DELAY

> Maximum retry delay for address query (in seconds).

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > OpenThread Stack Parameters > Thread Address Query Config

> Default value:

>   - 120 if (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_FTD || CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_MTD) && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PREFERRED_CHANNEL_MASK

> Preferred channel mask

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > OpenThread Stack Parameters

> Default value:

>   - "0x7fff800" if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SUPPORTED_CHANNEL_MASK

> Supported channel mask

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > OpenThread Stack Parameters

> Default value:

>   - "0x7fff800" if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_NUM_MESSAGE_BUFFERS

> The number of openthread message buffers

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > OpenThread Stack Parameters

> Default value:

>   - 1024 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PLATFORM_MSGPOOL_MANAGEMENT && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_XTAL_ACCURACY

> The accuracy of the XTAL

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > OpenThread Stack Parameters

> The device's XTAL accuracy, in ppm.

> Default value:

>   - 10 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_BUS_LATENCY

> The bus latency between host and radio chip

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > OpenThread Stack Parameters

> The device's bus latency, in us.

> Default value:

>   - 4000 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_MLE_MAX_CHILDREN

> The size of max MLE children entries

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > OpenThread Stack Parameters

> Default value:

>   - 10 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_TMF_ADDR_CACHE_ENTRIES

> The size of max TMF address cache entries

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > OpenThread Stack Parameters

> Default value:

>   - 20 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_UART_BUFFER_SIZE

> The uart received buffer size of openthread

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > OpenThread Stack Parameters

> Set the OpenThread UART buffer size.

> Default value:

>   - 2048 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_MAC_MAX_CSMA_BACKOFFS_DIRECT

> Maximum backoffs times before declaring a channel access failure.

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features > OpenThread Stack Parameters

> The maximum number of backoffs the CSMA-CA algorithm will attempt before declaring a channel access failure.

> Default value:

>   - 4 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_PLATFORM_NETIF

> Enable esp_netif/lwIP glue

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Core Features

> Enable the default ESP-IDF OpenThread integration which creates an OpenThread esp_netif, attaches the esp_netif glue, and enables lwIP-specific DNS/netif handling.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_FTD || CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_MTD) && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### Thread Log

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_LOG_LEVEL_DYNAMIC

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_LOG_LEVEL

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_LOG_LEVEL_DYNAMIC

> Enable dynamic log level control

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Log

> Select this option to enable dynamic log level control for OpenThread

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_LOG_LEVEL

> OpenThread log verbosity

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Log

> Select OpenThread log level.

> Available options:

> > - No logs (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_LOG_LEVEL_NONE)

> > - Error logs (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_LOG_LEVEL_CRIT)

> > - Warning logs (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_LOG_LEVEL_WARN)

> > - Notice logs (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_LOG_LEVEL_NOTE)

> > - Info logs (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_LOG_LEVEL_INFO)

> > - Debug logs (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_LOG_LEVEL_DEBG)

##### Thread Extensioned Features

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_HEADER_CUSTOM

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_HEADER_CUSTOM

> Use a header file defined by customer

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Extensioned Features

> This option allows users to tailor the values of openthread macros according to their requirements. The openthread submodule contains numerous macros, each with a default value set. In the Kconfig of ESP openthread, users can set specific openthread parameters, which will be applied for certain openthread macros in the openthread-core-esp32x-xxx-config.h file. During compilation, the values specified in openthread-core-esp32x-xxx-config.h will replace the default settings in the openthread submodule. However, Kconfig does not cover all openthread macros, particularly those typically using default values. For such macros, users can enable the OPENTHREAD_HEADER_CUSTOM option in the Kconfig and provide a custom header file. Macros defined in the custom header file will have the highest priority.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### OpenThread Custom Header Config

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CUSTOM_HEADER_FILE_NAME

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CUSTOM_HEADER_PATH

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CUSTOM_HEADER_PATH

> Path of custom header file

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Extensioned Features > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_HEADER_CUSTOM > OpenThread Custom Header Config

> Please use relative paths with respect to the project folder.

> Default value:

>   - if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_HEADER_CUSTOM && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_HEADER_CUSTOM && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_CUSTOM_HEADER_FILE_NAME

> Name of custom header file

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED > Thread Extensioned Features > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_HEADER_CUSTOM > OpenThread Custom Header Config

> Name of custom header file.

> Default value:

>   - "esp_ot_custom_config.h" if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_HEADER_CUSTOM && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_HEADER_CUSTOM && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED

#### OpenThread Spinel

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SPINEL_ONLY

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SPINEL_MAC_MAX_CSMA_BACKOFFS_DIRECT

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SPINEL_RX_FRAME_BUFFER_SIZE

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SPINEL_UART_DRIVER_BUFFER_SIZE

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SPINEL_ONLY

> Enable OpenThread External Radio Spinel feature

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > OpenThread Spinel

> Select this option to enable the OpenThread Radio Spinel for external protocol stack, such as Zigbee.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SPINEL_RX_FRAME_BUFFER_SIZE

> The size of openthread spinel rx frame buffer

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > OpenThread Spinel

> Default value:

>   - 1024 if (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_MTD || CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO) && (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED || CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SPINEL_ONLY)

>   - 2048 if (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_FTD || CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SPINEL_ONLY) && (CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_ENABLED || CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SPINEL_ONLY)

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SPINEL_MAC_MAX_CSMA_BACKOFFS_DIRECT

> Maximum backoffs times before declaring a channel access failure.

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > OpenThread Spinel

> The maximum number of backoffs the CSMA-CA algorithm will attempt before declaring a channel access failure.

> Default value:

>   - 4 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SPINEL_ONLY

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SPINEL_UART_DRIVER_BUFFER_SIZE

> UART driver buffer size for radio spinel interface

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > OpenThread Spinel

> RX buffer size passed to uart_driver_install() for the radio spinel UART interface.

> Default value:

>   - 1024 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_SPINEL_ONLY || CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO_SPINEL_UART

#### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DEBUG

> Enable ESP OpenThread Debug

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread

> Enable additional debugging support for ESP OpenThread integration. This includes various diagnostic tools and logs to help track down issues in OpenThread networking or system integration

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

Contains:

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DUMP_MAC_ON_ASSERT

- CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_TASK_BLOCK_MONITOR

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DUMP_MAC_ON_ASSERT

> Dump 802.15.4 MAC debug info on OpenThread assert

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DEBUG

> When enabled, this option triggers the printing of 802.15.4 MAC layer debug information whenever an OpenThread assert occurs. This can help developers analyze unexpected failures by providing additional MAC layer context.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DEBUG && CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_RADIO_NATIVE && CONFIG_IEEE802154_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_TASK_BLOCK_MONITOR

> Enable OpenThread Task Block Monitor

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DEBUG

> Enable monitoring of OpenThread tasks to detect if a task is blocked and unable to continue its normal execution loop. Useful for debugging issues where tasks stop progressing due to deadlocks or resource waits. On RISC-V targets, in order to get meaningful backtraces when a task is detected as blocked, ESP_SYSTEM_USE_FRAME_POINTER must be enabled in ESP System Settings -> Backtracing method.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DEBUG

##### CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_TASK_BLOCK_MONITOR_TIMEOUT

> Task Block Monitor Timeout (seconds)

> Found in: Component config > OpenThread > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_DEBUG > CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_TASK_BLOCK_MONITOR

> Set the timeout (in seconds) for detecting a blocked task. The timer is started at the beginning of each task main loop and stopped at the end. If the timer expires, the task is considered blocked.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 60 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_TASK_BLOCK_MONITOR

> Default value:

>   - 20 if CONFIG_OPENTHREAD_TASK_BLOCK_MONITOR

### Protocomm

Contains:

- CONFIG_ESP_PROTOCOMM_SUPPORT_SECURITY_VERSION_0

- CONFIG_ESP_PROTOCOMM_SUPPORT_SECURITY_VERSION_1

- CONFIG_ESP_PROTOCOMM_SUPPORT_SECURITY_VERSION_2

#### CONFIG_ESP_PROTOCOMM_SUPPORT_SECURITY_VERSION_0

> Support protocomm security version 0 (no security)

> Found in: Component config > Protocomm

> Enable support of security version 0. This version provides no encryption or authentication and should not be used in production. Use only for development and testing. Disabling this option saves some code size. Consult the Enabling protocomm security version section of the Protocomm documentation in ESP-IDF Programming guide for more details.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_PROTOCOMM_SUPPORT_SECURITY_VERSION_1

> Support protocomm security version 1 (Curve25519 key exchange + AES-CTR encryption/decryption)

> Found in: Component config > Protocomm

> Enable support of security version 1. Security version 2 (SRP6a + AES-GCM) is recommended over this version for new designs. Disabling this option saves some code size. Consult the Enabling protocomm security version section of the Protocomm documentation in ESP-IDF Programming guide for more details.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_ESP_PROTOCOMM_SUPPORT_SECURITY_VERSION_2

> Support protocomm security version 2 (SRP6a-based key exchange + AES-GCM encryption/decryption)

> Found in: Component config > Protocomm

> Enable support of security version 2. Disabling this option saves some code size. Consult the Enabling protocomm security version section of the Protocomm documentation in ESP-IDF Programming guide for more details.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

### PThreads

Contains:

- CONFIG_PTHREAD_TASK_NAME_DEFAULT

- CONFIG_PTHREAD_TASK_CORE_DEFAULT

- CONFIG_PTHREAD_TASK_PRIO_DEFAULT

- CONFIG_PTHREAD_TASK_STACK_SIZE_DEFAULT

- CONFIG_PTHREAD_STACK_MIN

#### CONFIG_PTHREAD_TASK_PRIO_DEFAULT

> Default task priority

> Found in: Component config > PThreads

> Priority used to create new tasks with default pthread parameters.

> Range:

>   - from 0 to 255

> Default value:

>   - 5

#### CONFIG_PTHREAD_TASK_STACK_SIZE_DEFAULT

> Default task stack size

> Found in: Component config > PThreads

> Stack size used to create new tasks with default pthread parameters.

> Default value:

>   - 3072

#### CONFIG_PTHREAD_STACK_MIN

> Minimum allowed pthread stack size

> Found in: Component config > PThreads

> Minimum allowed pthread stack size set in attributes passed to pthread_create

> Default value:

>   - 768

#### CONFIG_PTHREAD_TASK_CORE_DEFAULT

> Default pthread core affinity

> Found in: Component config > PThreads

> The default core to which pthreads are pinned.

> Available options:

> > - No affinity (CONFIG_PTHREAD_DEFAULT_CORE_NO_AFFINITY)

> > - Core 0 (CONFIG_PTHREAD_DEFAULT_CORE_0)

> > - Core 1 (CONFIG_PTHREAD_DEFAULT_CORE_1)

#### CONFIG_PTHREAD_TASK_NAME_DEFAULT

> Default name of pthreads

> Found in: Component config > PThreads

> The default name of pthreads.

> Default value:

>   - "pthread"

### SD Protocol Layer Configuration

Contains:

- CONFIG_SD_ENABLE_SDIO_SUPPORT

#### CONFIG_SD_ENABLE_SDIO_SUPPORT

> Enable SDIO support

> Found in: Component config > SD Protocol Layer Configuration

> Enable SDIO support. Disabling this will skip SDIO-specific initialization steps

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

### SoC Settings

Contains:

- MMU Config

#### MMU Config

### Main Flash configuration

Contains:

- Optional and Experimental Features (READ DOCS FIRST)

- SPI Flash behavior when brownout

#### SPI Flash behavior when brownout

Contains:

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BROWNOUT_RESET_XMC

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BROWNOUT_RESET_XMC

> Enable sending reset when brownout for XMC flash chips

> Found in: Component config > Main Flash configuration > SPI Flash behavior when brownout

> When this option is selected, the patch will be enabled for XMC. Follow the recommended flow by XMC for better stability.

> DO NOT DISABLE UNLESS YOU KNOW WHAT YOU ARE DOING.

#### Optional and Experimental Features (READ DOCS FIRST)

Contains:

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_AUTO_SUSPEND

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_AUTO_CHECK_SUSPEND_STATUS

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_DISABLE_SCHEDULER_IN_SUSPEND

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_FORCE_ENABLE_C6_H2_SUSPEND

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_FORCE_ENABLE_XMC_C_SUSPEND

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_HPM

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_PLACE_FUNCTIONS_IN_IRAM

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SOFTWARE_RESUME

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SUSPEND_TRS_VAL_US

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SUSPEND_TSUS_VAL_US

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_HPM_DC

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_HPM

> High Performance Mode (READ DOCS FIRST, > 80MHz)

> Found in: Component config > Main Flash configuration > Optional and Experimental Features (READ DOCS FIRST)

> Whether the High Performance Mode of Flash is enabled. As an optional feature, user needs to manually enable this option as a confirmation. To be back-compatible with earlier IDF version, this option is automatically enabled with warning when Flash running > 80Mhz.

> Available options:

> > - Enable (CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_HPM_ENA)

> > - Auto (Not recommended) (CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_HPM_AUTO)

> > - Disabled (CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_HPM_DIS)

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_HPM_DC

> Support HPM using DC (READ DOCS FIRST)

> Found in: Component config > Main Flash configuration > Optional and Experimental Features (READ DOCS FIRST)

> This feature needs your bootloader to be compiled DC-aware (BOOTLOADER_FLASH_DC_AWARE=y). Otherwise the chip will not be able to boot after a reset.

> Available options:

> > - Auto (Enable when bootloader support enabled (BOOTLOADER_FLASH_DC_AWARE)) (CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_HPM_DC_AUTO)

> > - Disable (READ DOCS FIRST) (CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_HPM_DC_DISABLE)

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_AUTO_SUSPEND

> Auto suspend long erase/write operations (READ DOCS FIRST)

> Found in: Component config > Main Flash configuration > Optional and Experimental Features (READ DOCS FIRST)

> This option is disabled by default because it is supported only for specific flash chips and for specific Espressif chips. To evaluate if you can use this feature refer to Optional Features for Flash > Auto Suspend & Resume of the ESP-IDF Programming Guide.

> CAUTION: If you want to OTA to an app with this feature turned on, please make sure the bootloader has the support for it. (later than IDF v4.3)

> If you are using an official Espressif module, please contact Espressif Business support to check if the module has the flash that support this feature installed. Also refer to Concurrency Constraints for Flash on SPI1 > Flash Auto Suspend Feature before enabling this option.

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SUSPEND_TSUS_VAL_US

> SPI flash tSUS value (refer to chapter AC CHARACTERISTICS)

> Found in: Component config > Main Flash configuration > Optional and Experimental Features (READ DOCS FIRST)

> This config is used for setting Tsus parameter. Tsus means CS# high to next command after suspend. You can refer to the chapter of AC CHARACTERISTICS of flash datasheet.

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SUSPEND_TRS_VAL_US

> SPI flash tRS value (refer to chapter AC CHARACTERISTICS)

> Found in: Component config > Main Flash configuration > Optional and Experimental Features (READ DOCS FIRST)

> This config is used for setting Trs parameter. Trs means CS Latency Between Resume And Next Suspend. You can refer to the chapter of AC CHARACTERISTICS of flash datasheet. For high-performance scenarios, some flash chips allow this set value to be smaller than the given value in the datasheet without causing errors in the flash state machine. When you have any related needs, please contact espressif business team.

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_FORCE_ENABLE_XMC_C_SUSPEND

> Enable XMC-C series flash chip suspend feature anyway

> Found in: Component config > Main Flash configuration > Optional and Experimental Features (READ DOCS FIRST)

> XMC-C series is regarded as not qualified for the Suspend feature, since its specification has a tRS >= 1ms restriction. We strongly do not suggest using it for the Suspend feature. However, if your product in field has enabled this feature, you may still enable this config option to keep the legacy behavior.

> For new users, DO NOT enable this config.

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_FORCE_ENABLE_C6_H2_SUSPEND

> Enable chip suspend feature on c6 or h2 anyway (DO NOT ENABLE FOR NEW USERS OR APPLICATIONS)

> Found in: Component config > Main Flash configuration > Optional and Experimental Features (READ DOCS FIRST)

> Flash suspend has a defect on ESP32C6 until v0.2 and ESP32H2 until v1.2. If you already use suspend feature for mass production, you can enable this for bypassing check after knowing the risk. But if you are new users, or developing new applications, or producing a new batch, please DO NOT enable this config option.

> For more information, please refer to errata or connect to Espressif business support team.

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SOFTWARE_RESUME

> Resume flash program/erase form suspend state by software control

> Found in: Component config > Main Flash configuration > Optional and Experimental Features (READ DOCS FIRST)

> Enable this config will disable auto-resume from hardware. Thus the software will resume the chip after any higher priority task/interrupt which suspend the chip. The benefit is that the suspend-resume will not disturb the higher priority task and interrupt.

> This currently is only valid on single core chip.

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_DISABLE_SCHEDULER_IN_SUSPEND

> Disable task scheduler when suspend is enabled when SPI1 operation is ongoing

> Found in: Component config > Main Flash configuration > Optional and Experimental Features (READ DOCS FIRST)

> Disable freertos task scheduler when CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_AUTO_SUSPEND is enabled. Thus only interrupt can trigger a suspend. When SPI_FLASH_AUTO_SUSPEND is enabled, default behavior is not disable the task scheduler, so both interrupt and high priority task can suspend the erase/program operation. When this option is enabled, task scheduler is disabled, only interrupt can suspend erase/program operation.

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_AUTO_CHECK_SUSPEND_STATUS

> Check flash status automatically after flash suspend

> Found in: Component config > Main Flash configuration > Optional and Experimental Features (READ DOCS FIRST)

> Majority flash supports to use flash register to judge if flash suspend status is done or not. So enable this config, the behavior would use flash register WIP bit to judge whether suspend is valid instead of waiting for a specific long time, which can save a lot of time and benefit for performance improvement.

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_PLACE_FUNCTIONS_IN_IRAM

> Place spi_flash operation functions into IRAM

> Found in: Component config > Main Flash configuration > Optional and Experimental Features (READ DOCS FIRST)

> When disabled, certain functions in spi_flash component will be placed into Flash memory instead of IRAM. Disabling this option will save almost 10KB of IRAM depending on which functions are used.

> When enabled, these functions will be placed in internal RAM, with better performance.

> For more information please refer to programming guide.

### SPI Flash driver

Contains:

- Auto-detect flash chips

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BYPASS_BLOCK_ERASE

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_ENABLE_ENCRYPTED_READ_WRITE

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_ENABLE_COUNTERS

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_YIELD_DURING_ERASE

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_CHECK_ERASE_TIMEOUT_DISABLED

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WRITE_CHUNK_SIZE

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_OVERRIDE_CHIP_DRIVER_LIST

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SIZE_OVERRIDE

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_ROM_IMPL

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_VERIFY_WRITE

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_DANGEROUS_WRITE

#### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_VERIFY_WRITE

> Verify SPI flash writes

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver

> If this option is enabled, any time SPI flash is written then the data will be read back and verified. This can catch hardware problems with SPI flash, or flash which was not erased before verification.

> This will slightly influence the write performance.

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_LOG_FAILED_WRITE

> Log errors if verification fails

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver > CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_VERIFY_WRITE

> If this option is enabled, if SPI flash write verification fails then a log error line will be written with the address, expected & actual values. This can be useful when debugging hardware SPI flash problems.

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WARN_SETTING_ZERO_TO_ONE

> Log warning if writing zero bits to ones

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver > CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_VERIFY_WRITE

> If this option is enabled, any SPI flash write which tries to set zero bits in the flash to ones will log a warning. Such writes will not result in the requested data appearing identically in flash once written, as SPI NOR flash can only set bits to one when an entire sector is erased. After erasing, individual bits can only be written from one to zero.

> Note that some software (such as SPIFFS) which is aware of SPI NOR flash may write one bits as an optimisation, relying on the data in flash becoming a bitwise AND of the new data and any existing data. Such software will log spurious warnings if this option is enabled.

#### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_ENABLE_COUNTERS

> Enable operation counters

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver

> This option enables the following APIs:

> - esp_flash_reset_counters

> - esp_flash_dump_counters

> - esp_flash_get_counters

> These APIs may be used to collect performance data for spi_flash APIs and to help understand behaviour of libraries which use SPI flash.

#### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_ROM_IMPL

> Use esp_flash implementation in ROM

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver

> Enable this flag to use new SPI flash driver functions from ROM instead of ESP-IDF.

> If keeping this as "n" in your project, you will have less free IRAM. But you can use all of our flash features.

> If making this as "y" in your project, you will increase free IRAM. But you may miss out on some flash features and support for new flash chips.

> Currently the ROM cannot support the following features:

> - SPI_FLASH_AUTO_SUSPEND (C3, S3)

#### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_DANGEROUS_WRITE

> Writing to dangerous flash regions

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver

> SPI flash APIs can optionally abort or return a failure code if erasing or writing addresses that fall at the beginning of flash (covering the bootloader and partition table) or that overlap the app partition that contains the running app.

> It is not recommended to ever write to these regions from an IDF app, and this check prevents logic errors or corrupted firmware memory from damaging these regions.

> Note that this feature *does not* check calls to the esp_rom_xxx SPI flash ROM functions. These functions should not be called directly from IDF applications.

> Available options:

> > - Aborts (CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_DANGEROUS_WRITE_ABORTS)

> > - Fails (CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_DANGEROUS_WRITE_FAILS)

> > - Allowed (CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_DANGEROUS_WRITE_ALLOWED)

#### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BYPASS_BLOCK_ERASE

> Bypass a block erase and always do sector erase

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver

> Some flash chips can have very high "max" erase times, especially for block erase (32KB or 64KB). This option allows to bypass "block erase" and always do sector erase commands. This will be much slower overall in most cases, but improves latency for other code to run.

#### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_YIELD_DURING_ERASE

> Enables yield operation during flash erase

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver

> This allows to yield the CPUs between erase commands. Prevents starvation of other tasks. Please use this configuration together with `SPI\_FLASH\_ERASE\_YIELD\_DURATION\_MS` and `SPI\_FLASH\_ERASE\_YIELD\_TICKS` after carefully checking flash datasheet to avoid a watchdog timeout. For more information, please check SPI Flash API reference documentation under section OS Function.

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_ERASE_YIELD_DURATION_MS

> Duration of erasing to yield CPUs (ms)

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver > CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_YIELD_DURING_ERASE

> If a duration of one erase command is large then it will yield CPUs after finishing a current command.

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_ERASE_YIELD_TICKS

> CPU release time (tick) for an erase operation

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver > CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_YIELD_DURING_ERASE

> Defines how many ticks will be before returning to continue a erasing.

#### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WRITE_CHUNK_SIZE

> Flash write chunk size

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver

> Flash write is broken down in terms of multiple (smaller) write operations. This configuration options helps to set individual write chunk size, smaller value here ensures that cache (and non-IRAM resident interrupts) remains disabled for shorter duration.

#### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SIZE_OVERRIDE

> Override flash size in bootloader header by ESPTOOLPY_FLASHSIZE

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver

> SPI Flash driver uses the flash size configured in bootloader header by default. Enable this option to override flash size with latest ESPTOOLPY_FLASHSIZE value from the app header if the size in the bootloader header is incorrect.

#### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_CHECK_ERASE_TIMEOUT_DISABLED

> Flash timeout checkout disabled

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver

> This option is helpful if you are using a flash chip whose timeout is quite large or unpredictable.

#### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_OVERRIDE_CHIP_DRIVER_LIST

> Override default chip driver list

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver

> This option allows the chip driver list to be customized, instead of using the default list provided by ESP-IDF.

> When this option is enabled, the default list is no longer compiled or linked. Instead, the default_registered_chips structure must be provided by the user.

> See example: custom_chip_driver under examples/storage for more details.

#### Auto-detect flash chips

Contains:

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT_BOYA_CHIP

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT_GD_CHIP

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT_ISSI_CHIP

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT_MXIC_CHIP

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT_TH_CHIP

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT_WINBOND_CHIP

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT_ISSI_CHIP

> ISSI

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver > Auto-detect flash chips

> Enable this to support auto detection of ISSI chips if chip vendor not directly given by `chip\_drv` member of the chip struct. This adds support for variant chips, however will extend detecting time.

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT_MXIC_CHIP

> MXIC

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver > Auto-detect flash chips

> Enable this to support auto detection of MXIC chips if chip vendor not directly given by `chip\_drv` member of the chip struct. This adds support for variant chips, however will extend detecting time.

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT_GD_CHIP

> GigaDevice

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver > Auto-detect flash chips

> Enable this to support auto detection of GD (GigaDevice) chips if chip vendor not directly given by `chip\_drv` member of the chip struct. If you are using Wrover modules, please don't disable this, otherwise your flash may not work in 4-bit mode.

> This adds support for variant chips, however will extend detecting time and image size. Note that the default chip driver supports the GD chips with product ID 60H.

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT_WINBOND_CHIP

> Winbond

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver > Auto-detect flash chips

> Enable this to support auto detection of Winbond chips if chip vendor not directly given by `chip\_drv` member of the chip struct. This adds support for variant chips, however will extend detecting time.

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT_BOYA_CHIP

> BOYA

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver > Auto-detect flash chips

> Enable this to support auto detection of BOYA chips if chip vendor not directly given by `chip\_drv` member of the chip struct. This adds support for variant chips, however will extend detecting time.

##### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT_TH_CHIP

> TH

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver > Auto-detect flash chips

> Enable this to support auto detection of TH chips if chip vendor not directly given by `chip\_drv` member of the chip struct. This adds support for variant chips, however will extend detecting time.

#### CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_ENABLE_ENCRYPTED_READ_WRITE

> Enable encrypted partition read/write operations

> Found in: Component config > SPI Flash driver

> This option enables flash read/write operations to encrypted partition/s. This option is kept enabled irrespective of state of flash encryption feature. However, in case application is not using flash encryption feature and is in need of some additional memory from IRAM region (~1KB) then this config can be disabled.

### SPIFFS Configuration

Contains:

- Debug Configuration

- CONFIG_SPIFFS_USE_MAGIC

- CONFIG_SPIFFS_GC_STATS

- CONFIG_SPIFFS_PAGE_CHECK

- CONFIG_SPIFFS_FOLLOW_SYMLINKS

- CONFIG_SPIFFS_MAX_PARTITIONS

- CONFIG_SPIFFS_USE_MTIME

- CONFIG_SPIFFS_GC_MAX_RUNS

- CONFIG_SPIFFS_OBJ_NAME_LEN

- CONFIG_SPIFFS_META_LENGTH

- SPIFFS Cache Configuration

- CONFIG_SPIFFS_PAGE_SIZE

- CONFIG_SPIFFS_MTIME_WIDE_64_BITS

#### CONFIG_SPIFFS_MAX_PARTITIONS

> Maximum Number of Partitions

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration

> Define maximum number of partitions that can be mounted.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 10

> Default value:

>   - 3

#### SPIFFS Cache Configuration

Contains:

- CONFIG_SPIFFS_CACHE

##### CONFIG_SPIFFS_CACHE

> Enable SPIFFS Cache

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration > SPIFFS Cache Configuration

> Enables/disable memory read caching of nucleus file system operations.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_SPIFFS_CACHE_WR

> Enable SPIFFS Write Caching

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration > SPIFFS Cache Configuration > CONFIG_SPIFFS_CACHE

> Enables memory write caching for file descriptors in hydrogen.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_SPIFFS_CACHE_STATS

> Enable SPIFFS Cache Statistics

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration > SPIFFS Cache Configuration > CONFIG_SPIFFS_CACHE

> Enable/disable statistics on caching. Debug/test purpose only.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_SPIFFS_PAGE_CHECK

> Enable SPIFFS Page Check

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration

> Always check header of each accessed page to ensure consistent state. If enabled it will increase number of reads from flash, especially if cache is disabled.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_SPIFFS_GC_MAX_RUNS

> Set Maximum GC Runs

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration

> Define maximum number of GC runs to perform to reach desired free pages.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 10000

> Default value:

>   - 10

#### CONFIG_SPIFFS_GC_STATS

> Enable SPIFFS GC Statistics

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration

> Enable/disable statistics on gc. Debug/test purpose only.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_SPIFFS_PAGE_SIZE

> SPIFFS logical page size

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration

> Logical page size of SPIFFS partition, in bytes. Must be multiple of flash page size (which is usually 256 bytes). Larger page sizes reduce overhead when storing large files, and improve filesystem performance when reading large files. Smaller page sizes reduce overhead when storing small (< page size) files.

> Range:

>   - from 256 to 1024

> Default value:

>   - 256

#### CONFIG_SPIFFS_OBJ_NAME_LEN

> Set SPIFFS Maximum Name Length

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration

> Object name maximum length. Note that this length include the zero-termination character, meaning maximum string of characters can at most be SPIFFS_OBJ_NAME_LEN - 1.

> SPIFFS_OBJ_NAME_LEN + SPIFFS_META_LENGTH should not exceed SPIFFS_PAGE_SIZE - 64.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 256

> Default value:

>   - 32

#### CONFIG_SPIFFS_FOLLOW_SYMLINKS

> Enable symbolic links for image creation

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration

> If this option is enabled, symbolic links are taken into account during partition image creation.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_SPIFFS_USE_MAGIC

> Enable SPIFFS Filesystem Magic

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration

> Enable this to have an identifiable spiffs filesystem. This will look for a magic in all sectors to determine if this is a valid spiffs system or not at mount time.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_SPIFFS_USE_MAGIC_LENGTH

> Enable SPIFFS Filesystem Length Magic

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration > CONFIG_SPIFFS_USE_MAGIC

> If this option is enabled, the magic will also be dependent on the length of the filesystem. For example, a filesystem configured and formatted for 4 megabytes will not be accepted for mounting with a configuration defining the filesystem as 2 megabytes.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_SPIFFS_META_LENGTH

> Size of per-file metadata field

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration

> This option sets the number of extra bytes stored in the file header. These bytes can be used in an application-specific manner. Set this to at least 4 bytes to enable support for saving file modification time.

> SPIFFS_OBJ_NAME_LEN + SPIFFS_META_LENGTH should not exceed SPIFFS_PAGE_SIZE - 64.

> Default value:

>   - 4

#### CONFIG_SPIFFS_USE_MTIME

> Save file modification time

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration

> If enabled, then the first 4 bytes of per-file metadata will be used to store file modification time (mtime), accessible through stat/fstat functions. Modification time is updated when the file is opened.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_SPIFFS_MTIME_WIDE_64_BITS

> The time field occupies 64 bits in the image instead of 32 bits

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration

> If this option is not set, the time field is 32 bits (up to 2106 year), otherwise it is 64 bits and make sure it matches SPIFFS_META_LENGTH. If the chip already has the spiffs image with the time field = 32 bits then this option cannot be applied in this case. Erase it first before using this option. To resolve the Y2K38 problem for the spiffs, use a toolchain with 64-bit time_t support.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_SPIFFS_META_LENGTH >= 8

#### Debug Configuration

Contains:

- CONFIG_SPIFFS_DBG

- CONFIG_SPIFFS_API_DBG

- CONFIG_SPIFFS_CACHE_DBG

- CONFIG_SPIFFS_CHECK_DBG

- CONFIG_SPIFFS_TEST_VISUALISATION

- CONFIG_SPIFFS_GC_DBG

##### CONFIG_SPIFFS_DBG

> Enable general SPIFFS debug

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration > Debug Configuration

> Enabling this option will print general debug messages to the console.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_SPIFFS_API_DBG

> Enable SPIFFS API debug

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration > Debug Configuration

> Enabling this option will print API debug messages to the console.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_SPIFFS_GC_DBG

> Enable SPIFFS Garbage Cleaner debug

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration > Debug Configuration

> Enabling this option will print GC debug messages to the console.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_SPIFFS_CACHE_DBG

> Enable SPIFFS Cache debug

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration > Debug Configuration

> Enabling this option will print cache debug messages to the console.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_SPIFFS_CHECK_DBG

> Enable SPIFFS Filesystem Check debug

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration > Debug Configuration

> Enabling this option will print Filesystem Check debug messages to the console.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_SPIFFS_TEST_VISUALISATION

> Enable SPIFFS Filesystem Visualization

> Found in: Component config > SPIFFS Configuration > Debug Configuration

> Enable this option to enable SPIFFS_vis function in the API.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### TCP Transport

Contains:

- Websocket

#### Websocket

Contains:

- CONFIG_WS_TRANSPORT

##### CONFIG_WS_TRANSPORT

> Enable Websocket Transport

> Found in: Component config > TCP Transport > Websocket

> Enable support for creating websocket transport.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_WS_BUFFER_SIZE

> Websocket transport buffer size

> Found in: Component config > TCP Transport > Websocket > CONFIG_WS_TRANSPORT

> Size of the buffer used for constructing the HTTP Upgrade request during connect

> Default value:

>   - 1024

##### CONFIG_WS_DYNAMIC_BUFFER

> Using dynamic websocket transport buffer

> Found in: Component config > TCP Transport > Websocket > CONFIG_WS_TRANSPORT

> If enable this option, websocket transport buffer will be freed after connection succeed to save more heap.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### Ultra Low Power (ULP) Co-processor

Contains:

- CONFIG_ULP_LP_CORE_MEMPROT

- CONFIG_ULP_ROM_PRINT_ENABLE

- CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_ENABLED

- CONFIG_ULP_TRAP_WAKEUP

- LP Core HP Memory

- ULP Debugging Options

- ULP RISC-V Settings

#### CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_ENABLED

> Enable Ultra Low Power (ULP) Co-processor

> Found in: Component config > Ultra Low Power (ULP) Co-processor

> Enable this feature if you plan to use the ULP Co-processor. Once this option is enabled, further ULP co-processor configuration will appear in the menu.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### ULP Coprocessor types

Contains:

- CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_TYPE_LP_CORE

- CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_TYPE_FSM

- CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_TYPE_RISCV

##### CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_TYPE_FSM

> ULP FSM (Finite State Machine)

> Found in: Component config > Ultra Low Power (ULP) Co-processor > CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_ENABLED > ULP Coprocessor types

##### CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_TYPE_RISCV

> ULP RISC-V

> Found in: Component config > Ultra Low Power (ULP) Co-processor > CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_ENABLED > ULP Coprocessor types

##### CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_TYPE_LP_CORE

> LP core RISC-V

> Found in: Component config > Ultra Low Power (ULP) Co-processor > CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_ENABLED > ULP Coprocessor types

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_ENABLED

##### CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_RESERVE_MEM

> RTC slow memory reserved for coprocessor

> Found in: Component config > Ultra Low Power (ULP) Co-processor > CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_ENABLED

> Bytes of memory to reserve for ULP Co-processor firmware & data. Data is reserved at the beginning of RTC slow memory.

> The target-specific maximum only accounts for fixed LP/RTC reservations such as retained RTC data, LP ROM, and secure-boot digest storage. On targets where the application RTC sections also live in LP/RTC RAM, this reservation shares the same memory pool with .rtc.text, RTC_DATA_ATTR, RTC_NOINIT_ATTR, RTC_SLOW_ATTR, and related sections. Setting this value close to the maximum may therefore still leave too little LP/RTC RAM for the rest of the application and cause link-time errors.

> Range:

>   - from 32 to 31088 if CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_ENABLED

> Default value:

>   - 4096 if CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_ENABLED

#### ULP RISC-V Settings

Contains:

- CONFIG_ULP_RISCV_UART_BAUDRATE

- CONFIG_ULP_RISCV_INTERRUPT_ENABLE

- CONFIG_ULP_RISCV_I2C_RW_TIMEOUT

##### CONFIG_ULP_RISCV_INTERRUPT_ENABLE

> Enable ULP RISC-V interrupts

> Found in: Component config > Ultra Low Power (ULP) Co-processor > ULP RISC-V Settings

> Turn on this setting to enabled interrupts on the ULP RISC-V core.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_TYPE_RISCV

##### CONFIG_ULP_RISCV_UART_BAUDRATE

> Baudrate used by the bitbanged ULP RISC-V UART driver

> Found in: Component config > Ultra Low Power (ULP) Co-processor > ULP RISC-V Settings

> The accuracy of the bitbanged UART driver is limited, it is not recommend to increase the value above 19200.

> Default value:

>   - 9600 if CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_TYPE_RISCV

##### CONFIG_ULP_RISCV_I2C_RW_TIMEOUT

> Set timeout for ULP RISC-V I2C transaction timeout in ticks.

> Found in: Component config > Ultra Low Power (ULP) Co-processor > ULP RISC-V Settings

> Set the ULP RISC-V I2C read/write timeout. Set this value to -1 if the ULP RISC-V I2C read and write APIs should wait forever. Please note that the tick rate of the ULP co-processor would be different than the OS tick rate of the main core and therefore can have different timeout value depending on which core the API is invoked on.

> Range:

>   - from -1 to 4294967295 if CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_TYPE_RISCV

> Default value:

>   - 500 if CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_TYPE_RISCV

#### LP Core HP Memory

Contains:

- CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_RUN_FROM_HP_MEM

##### CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_RUN_FROM_HP_MEM

> Run LP Core from HP memory

> Found in: Component config > Ultra Low Power (ULP) Co-processor > LP Core HP Memory

> Enable this option to allow the LP Core application to use HP SRAM for code and data. This allows much larger LP Core applications than would fit in LP RAM.

> Note: When this option is enabled, the LP Core cannot run during deep sleep because HP SRAM is powered off during sleep.

##### CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_RESERVE_HP_MEM_BYTES

> HP SRAM size reserved for LP Core (bytes)

> Found in: Component config > Ultra Low Power (ULP) Co-processor > LP Core HP Memory > CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_RUN_FROM_HP_MEM

> Amount of HP SRAM (in bytes) to carve out from the top of the HP SRAM region for the LP Core application. This memory is not available to the HP application.

> Range:

>   - from 0x1000 to 0x80000 if CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_RUN_FROM_HP_MEM && CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_TYPE_LP_CORE

> Default value:

>   - "0x10000" if CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_RUN_FROM_HP_MEM && CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_TYPE_LP_CORE

#### CONFIG_ULP_ROM_PRINT_ENABLE

> Enable print utilities from LP ROM

> Found in: Component config > Ultra Low Power (ULP) Co-processor

> Set this option to enable printf functionality from LP ROM. This option can help reduce the LP core binary size by not linking printf functionality from RAM code. Note: For LP ROM prints to work properly, make sure that the LP core boots from the LP ROM.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_TYPE_LP_CORE

#### CONFIG_ULP_LP_CORE_MEMPROT

> Enable LP Core memory protection (PMP)

> Found in: Component config > Ultra Low Power (ULP) Co-processor

> Configures the LP CPU's PMP entries to enforce memory protection. LP RAM is split into executable (.text) and data (.data/.bss/stack) regions. Regions not explicitly permitted are inaccessible. Not available when "Run LP Core from HP memory" is enabled. Disable this if you need full control over PMP configuration.

#### CONFIG_ULP_TRAP_WAKEUP

> Enable wakeup of HP-CPU when LP-core encounters an exception

> Found in: Component config > Ultra Low Power (ULP) Co-processor

> Set this option to also trigger a wakeup signal to the HP-CPU when the LP-core encounters an exception.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_TYPE_LP_CORE

#### ULP Debugging Options

Contains:

- CONFIG_ULP_NORESET_UNDER_DEBUG

- CONFIG_ULP_PANIC_OUTPUT_ENABLE

- CONFIG_ULP_HP_UART_CONSOLE_PRINT

##### CONFIG_ULP_PANIC_OUTPUT_ENABLE

> Enable panic handler which outputs over LP UART

> Found in: Component config > Ultra Low Power (ULP) Co-processor > ULP Debugging Options

> Set this option to enable panic handler functionality. If this option is enabled then the LP Core will output a panic dump over LP UART, similar to what the main core does. Output depends on LP UART already being initialized and configured. Disabling this option will reduce the LP core binary size by not linking in panic handler functionality.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled) if CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_TYPE_LP_CORE

##### CONFIG_ULP_HP_UART_CONSOLE_PRINT

> Route lp_core_printf to the console HP-UART

> Found in: Component config > Ultra Low Power (ULP) Co-processor > ULP Debugging Options

> Set this option to route lp_core_printf to the console HP-UART. This allows you to easily view print outputs from the LP core, without having to connect to the LP-UART. This option comes with the following limitations:

> 1. There is no mutual exclusion between the HP-Core and the LP-Core accessing the HP-UART, which means that if both cores are logging heavily the output strings might get mangled together. 2. The HP-UART can only work while the HP-Core is running, which means that if the HP-Core is in deep sleep, the LP-Core will not be able to print to the console HP-UART.

> Due to these limitations it is only recommended to use this option for easy debugging. For more serious use-cases you should use the LP-UART.

##### CONFIG_ULP_NORESET_UNDER_DEBUG

> Avoid resetting LP core when debugger is attached

> Found in: Component config > Ultra Low Power (ULP) Co-processor > ULP Debugging Options

> Enable this feature to avoid resetting LP core in sleep mode when debugger is attached, otherwise configured HW breakpoints and dcsr.ebreak* bits will be missed. This is a workaround until it will be fixed in HW.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled) if CONFIG_ULP_COPROC_TYPE_LP_CORE

### Unity unit testing library

Contains:

- CONFIG_UNITY_ENABLE_COLOR

- CONFIG_UNITY_ENABLE_IDF_TEST_RUNNER

- CONFIG_UNITY_ENABLE_FIXTURE

- CONFIG_UNITY_ENABLE_BACKTRACE_ON_FAIL

- CONFIG_UNITY_ENABLE_64BIT

- CONFIG_UNITY_ENABLE_DOUBLE

- CONFIG_UNITY_ENABLE_FLOAT

#### CONFIG_UNITY_ENABLE_FLOAT

> Support for float type

> Found in: Component config > Unity unit testing library

> If not set, assertions on float arguments will not be available.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_UNITY_ENABLE_DOUBLE

> Support for double type

> Found in: Component config > Unity unit testing library

> If not set, assertions on double arguments will not be available.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_UNITY_ENABLE_64BIT

> Support for 64-bit integer types

> Found in: Component config > Unity unit testing library

> If not set, assertions on 64-bit integer types will always fail. If this feature is enabled, take care not to pass pointers (which are 32 bit) to UNITY_ASSERT_EQUAL, as that will cause pointer-to-int-cast warnings.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_UNITY_ENABLE_COLOR

> Colorize test output

> Found in: Component config > Unity unit testing library

> If set, Unity will colorize test results using console escape sequences.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_UNITY_ENABLE_IDF_TEST_RUNNER

> Include ESP-IDF test registration/running helpers

> Found in: Component config > Unity unit testing library

> If set, then the following features will be available:

> - TEST_CASE macro which performs automatic registration of test functions

> - Functions to run registered test functions: unity_run_all_tests, unity_run_tests_with_filter, unity_run_single_test_by_name.

> - Interactive menu which lists test cases and allows choosing the tests to be run, available via unity_run_menu function.

> Disable if a different test registration mechanism is used.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

#### CONFIG_UNITY_ENABLE_FIXTURE

> Include Unity test fixture

> Found in: Component config > Unity unit testing library

> If set, unity_fixture.h header file and associated source files are part of the build. These provide an optional set of macros and functions to implement test groups.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### CONFIG_UNITY_ENABLE_BACKTRACE_ON_FAIL

> Print a backtrace when a unit test fails

> Found in: Component config > Unity unit testing library

> If set, the unity framework will print the backtrace information before jumping back to the test menu. The jumping is usually occurs in assert functions such as TEST_ASSERT, TEST_FAIL etc.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

### Virtual file system

Contains:

- Host File System I/O (Semihosting)

- CONFIG_VFS_INITIALIZE_DEV_NULL

- CONFIG_VFS_SUPPORT_IO

- CONFIG_VFS_SUPPRESS_CTX_DEPRECATION

#### CONFIG_VFS_SUPPORT_IO

> Provide basic I/O functions

> Found in: Component config > Virtual file system

> If enabled, the following functions are provided by the VFS component.

> open, close, read, write, pread, pwrite, lseek, fstat, fsync, ioctl, fcntl

> Filesystem drivers can then be registered to handle these functions for specific paths.

> Disabling this option can save memory when the support for these functions is not required.

> Note that the following functions can still be used with socket file descriptors when this option is disabled:

> close, read, write, ioctl, fcntl.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_VFS_SUPPORT_DIR

> Provide directory related functions

> Found in: Component config > Virtual file system > CONFIG_VFS_SUPPORT_IO

> If enabled, the following functions are provided by the VFS component.

> stat, link, unlink, rename, utime, access, truncate, rmdir, mkdir, opendir, closedir, readdir, readdir_r, seekdir, telldir, rewinddir

> Filesystem drivers can then be registered to handle these functions for specific paths.

> Disabling this option can save memory when the support for these functions is not required.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_VFS_SUPPORT_SELECT

> Provide select function

> Found in: Component config > Virtual file system > CONFIG_VFS_SUPPORT_IO

> If enabled, select function is provided by the VFS component, and can be used on peripheral file descriptors (such as UART) and sockets at the same time.

> If disabled, the default select implementation will be provided by LWIP for sockets only.

> Disabling this option can reduce code size if support for "select" on UART file descriptors is not required.

##### CONFIG_VFS_SUPPRESS_SELECT_DEBUG_OUTPUT

> Suppress select() related debug outputs

> Found in: Component config > Virtual file system > CONFIG_VFS_SUPPORT_IO > CONFIG_VFS_SUPPORT_SELECT

> Select() related functions might produce an inconveniently lot of debug outputs when one sets the default log level to DEBUG or higher. It is possible to suppress these debug outputs by enabling this option.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

##### CONFIG_VFS_SELECT_IN_RAM

> Make VFS driver select() callbacks IRAM-safe

> Found in: Component config > Virtual file system > CONFIG_VFS_SUPPORT_IO > CONFIG_VFS_SUPPORT_SELECT

> If enabled, VFS driver select() callback function will be placed in IRAM.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_VFS_SUPPORT_TERMIOS

> Provide termios.h functions

> Found in: Component config > Virtual file system > CONFIG_VFS_SUPPORT_IO

> Disabling this option can save memory when the support for termios.h is not required.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

##### CONFIG_VFS_MAX_COUNT

> Maximum Number of Virtual Filesystems

> Found in: Component config > Virtual file system > CONFIG_VFS_SUPPORT_IO

> Define maximum number of virtual filesystems that can be registered.

> Range:

>   - from 1 to 20

> Default value:

>   - 8

#### CONFIG_VFS_SUPPRESS_CTX_DEPRECATION

> Suppress context-less API deprecation warning

> Found in: Component config > Virtual file system

> The VFS APIs without context pointer are deprecated and will be removed in the next major release. Please switch to the APIs with context pointer, or alternatively enable this option to silence the warning.

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

#### Host File System I/O (Semihosting)

Contains:

- CONFIG_VFS_SEMIHOSTFS_MAX_MOUNT_POINTS

##### CONFIG_VFS_SEMIHOSTFS_MAX_MOUNT_POINTS

> Host FS: Maximum number of the host filesystem mount points

> Found in: Component config > Virtual file system > Host File System I/O (Semihosting)

> Define maximum number of host filesystem mount points.

> Default value:

>   - 1

#### CONFIG_VFS_INITIALIZE_DEV_NULL

> Initialize /dev/null VFS

> Found in: Component config > Virtual file system

> If enabled, /dev/null VFS will be automatically initialized at startup.

> Default value:

>   - Yes (enabled)

### Wear Levelling

Contains:

- CONFIG_WL_SECTOR_MODE

- CONFIG_WL_SECTOR_SIZE

#### CONFIG_WL_SECTOR_SIZE

> Wear Levelling library sector size

> Found in: Component config > Wear Levelling

> Sector size used by wear levelling library. You can set default sector size or size that will fit to the flash device sector size.

> With sector size set to 4096 bytes, wear levelling library is more efficient. However if FAT filesystem is used on top of wear levelling library, it will need more temporary storage: 4096 bytes for each mounted filesystem and 4096 bytes for each opened file.

> With sector size set to 512 bytes, wear levelling library will perform more operations with flash memory, but less RAM will be used by FAT filesystem library (512 bytes for the filesystem and 512 bytes for each file opened).

> Available options:

> > - 512 (CONFIG_WL_SECTOR_SIZE_512)

> > - 4096 (CONFIG_WL_SECTOR_SIZE_4096)

#### CONFIG_WL_SECTOR_MODE

> Sector store mode

> Found in: Component config > Wear Levelling

> Specify the mode to store data into flash:

> - In Performance mode a data will be stored to the RAM and then stored back to the flash. Compared to the Safety mode, this operation is faster, but if power will be lost when erase sector operation is in progress, then the data from complete flash device sector will be lost.

> - In Safety mode data from complete flash device sector will be read from flash, modified, and then stored back to flash. Compared to the Performance mode, this operation is slower, but if power is lost during erase sector operation, then the data from full flash device sector will not be lost.

> Available options:

> > - Performance (CONFIG_WL_SECTOR_MODE_PERF)

> > - Safety (CONFIG_WL_SECTOR_MODE_SAFE)

## CONFIG_IDF_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES

> Make experimental features visible

> Found in:

> By enabling this option, ESP-IDF experimental feature options will be visible.

> Note you should still enable a certain experimental feature option to use it, and you should read the corresponding risk warning and known issue list carefully.

> Current experimental feature list:

> - CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASHFREQ_120M && CONFIG_ESPTOOLPY_FLASH_SAMPLE_MODE_DTR

> - CONFIG_SPIRAM_SPEED_120M && CONFIG_SPIRAM_MODE_OCT

> - CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_CACHE_32BIT_ADDR_QUAD_FLASH

> - CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_EAP_TLS1_3

> - CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_NAN_SECURITY

> - CONFIG_USB_HOST_EXT_PORT_RESET_ATTEMPTS

> - CONFIG_GDMA_ENABLE_WEIGHTED_ARBITRATION

> Default value:

>   - No (disabled)

## Deprecated options and their replacements

- CONFIG_A2DP_ENABLE (CONFIG_BT_A2DP_ENABLE)

- CONFIG_A2D_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_A2D_TRACE_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_A2D_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_A2D_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_A2D_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING

    - CONFIG_A2D_TRACE_LEVEL_API

    - CONFIG_A2D_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT

    - CONFIG_A2D_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_A2D_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_ADC_DISABLE_DAC (CONFIG_ADC_DISABLE_DAC_OUTPUT)

- CONFIG_ANA_CMPR_ISR_IRAM_SAFE (CONFIG_ANA_CMPR_ISR_CACHE_SAFE)

- CONFIG_APPL_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_APPL_TRACE_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_APPL_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_APPL_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_APPL_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING

    - CONFIG_APPL_TRACE_LEVEL_API

    - CONFIG_APPL_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT

    - CONFIG_APPL_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_APPL_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_APP_ANTI_ROLLBACK (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_ANTI_ROLLBACK)

- CONFIG_APP_ROLLBACK_ENABLE (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_ROLLBACK_ENABLE)

- CONFIG_APP_SECURE_VERSION (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_SECURE_VERSION)

- CONFIG_APP_SECURE_VERSION_SIZE_EFUSE_FIELD (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_APP_SEC_VER_SIZE_EFUSE_FIELD)

- CONFIG_AVCT_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVCT_TRACE_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_AVCT_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_AVCT_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_AVCT_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING

    - CONFIG_AVCT_TRACE_LEVEL_API

    - CONFIG_AVCT_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT

    - CONFIG_AVCT_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_AVCT_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_AVDT_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVDT_TRACE_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_AVDT_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_AVDT_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_AVDT_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING

    - CONFIG_AVDT_TRACE_LEVEL_API

    - CONFIG_AVDT_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT

    - CONFIG_AVDT_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_AVDT_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_AVRC_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_AVRC_TRACE_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_AVRC_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_AVRC_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_AVRC_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING

    - CONFIG_AVRC_TRACE_LEVEL_API

    - CONFIG_AVRC_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT

    - CONFIG_AVRC_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_AVRC_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_BLE_ACTIVE_SCAN_REPORT_ADV_SCAN_RSP_INDIVIDUALLY (CONFIG_BT_BLE_ACT_SCAN_REP_ADV_SCAN)

- CONFIG_BLE_ESTABLISH_LINK_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT (CONFIG_BT_BLE_ESTAB_LINK_CONN_TOUT)

- CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY (CONFIG_BLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY_SERVER)

- CONFIG_BLE_SMP_ENABLE (CONFIG_BT_BLE_SMP_ENABLE)

- CONFIG_BLUEDROID_MEM_DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_MEM_DEBUG)

- CONFIG_BLUEDROID_PINNED_TO_CORE_CHOICE (CONFIG_BT_BLUEDROID_PINNED_TO_CORE_CHOICE)

    - CONFIG_BLUEDROID_PINNED_TO_CORE_0

    - CONFIG_BLUEDROID_PINNED_TO_CORE_1

- CONFIG_BLUFI_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BLUFI_TRACE_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_BLUFI_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_BLUFI_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_BLUFI_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING

    - CONFIG_BLUFI_TRACE_LEVEL_API

    - CONFIG_BLUFI_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT

    - CONFIG_BLUFI_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_BLUFI_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_BNEP_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BNEP_TRACE_LEVEL)

- CONFIG_BROWNOUT_DET (CONFIG_ESP_BROWNOUT_DET)

- CONFIG_BROWNOUT_DET_LVL_SEL (CONFIG_ESP_BROWNOUT_DET_LVL_SEL)

    - CONFIG_BROWNOUT_DET_LVL_SEL_7

    - CONFIG_BROWNOUT_DET_LVL_SEL_6

    - CONFIG_BROWNOUT_DET_LVL_SEL_5

- CONFIG_BTC_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTC_TRACE_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_BTC_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_BTC_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_BTC_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING

    - CONFIG_BTC_TRACE_LEVEL_API

    - CONFIG_BTC_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT

    - CONFIG_BTC_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_BTC_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_BTC_TASK_STACK_SIZE (CONFIG_BT_BTC_TASK_STACK_SIZE)

- CONFIG_BTH_LOG_SDP_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_SDP_TRACE_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_SDP_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_SDP_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_SDP_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING

    - CONFIG_SDP_TRACE_LEVEL_API

    - CONFIG_SDP_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT

    - CONFIG_SDP_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_SDP_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_BTIF_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTIF_TRACE_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_BTIF_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_BTIF_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_BTIF_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING

    - CONFIG_BTIF_TRACE_LEVEL_API

    - CONFIG_BTIF_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT

    - CONFIG_BTIF_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_BTIF_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_BTM_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_BTM_TRACE_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_BTM_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_BTM_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_BTM_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING

    - CONFIG_BTM_TRACE_LEVEL_API

    - CONFIG_BTM_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT

    - CONFIG_BTM_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_BTM_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_BTU_TASK_STACK_SIZE (CONFIG_BT_BTU_TASK_STACK_SIZE)

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ACL_BUF_COUNT (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_ACL_FROM_LL_COUNT)

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ACL_BUF_SIZE (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_ACL_SIZE)

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HCI_EVT_BUF_SIZE (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_EVT_SIZE)

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HCI_EVT_HI_BUF_COUNT (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_EVT_COUNT)

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HCI_EVT_LO_BUF_COUNT (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TRANSPORT_EVT_DISCARD_COUNT)

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MSYS1_BLOCK_COUNT (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MSYS_1_BLOCK_COUNT)

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SM_SC_LVL (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SM_LVL)

- CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_TASK_STACK_SIZE (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HOST_TASK_STACK_SIZE)

- CONFIG_CAM_CTLR_DVP_CAM_ISR_IRAM_SAFE (CONFIG_CAM_CTLR_DVP_CAM_ISR_CACHE_SAFE)

- CONFIG_CAM_CTLR_ISP_DVP_ISR_IRAM_SAFE (CONFIG_CAM_CTLR_ISP_DVP_ISR_CACHE_SAFE)

- CONFIG_CAM_CTLR_MIPI_CSI_ISR_IRAM_SAFE (CONFIG_CAM_CTLR_MIPI_CSI_ISR_CACHE_SAFE)

- CONFIG_CLASSIC_BT_ENABLED (CONFIG_BT_CLASSIC_ENABLED)

- CONFIG_CONSOLE_UART (CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART)

    - CONFIG_CONSOLE_UART_DEFAULT

    - CONFIG_CONSOLE_UART_CUSTOM

    - CONFIG_CONSOLE_UART_NONE, CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_NONE

- CONFIG_CONSOLE_UART_BAUDRATE (CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_BAUDRATE)

- CONFIG_CONSOLE_UART_NUM (CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_NUM)

    - CONFIG_CONSOLE_UART_CUSTOM_NUM_0

    - CONFIG_CONSOLE_UART_CUSTOM_NUM_1

- CONFIG_CONSOLE_UART_RX_GPIO (CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_RX_GPIO)

- CONFIG_CONSOLE_UART_TX_GPIO (CONFIG_ESP_CONSOLE_UART_TX_GPIO)

- CONFIG_CXX_EXCEPTIONS (CONFIG_COMPILER_CXX_EXCEPTIONS)

- CONFIG_CXX_EXCEPTIONS_EMG_POOL_SIZE (CONFIG_COMPILER_CXX_EXCEPTIONS_EMG_POOL_SIZE)

- CONFIG_EFUSE_SECURE_VERSION_EMULATE (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_EFUSE_SECURE_VERSION_EMULATE)

- CONFIG_ENABLE_STATIC_TASK_CLEAN_UP_HOOK (CONFIG_FREERTOS_TASK_PRE_DELETION_HOOK)

- CONFIG_ESP32_CORE_DUMP_DECODE (CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_DECODE)

    - CONFIG_ESP32_CORE_DUMP_DECODE_INFO

    - CONFIG_ESP32_CORE_DUMP_DECODE_DISABLE

- CONFIG_ESP32_CORE_DUMP_MAX_TASKS_NUM (CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_MAX_TASKS_NUM)

- CONFIG_ESP32_CORE_DUMP_STACK_SIZE (CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_STACK_SIZE)

- CONFIG_ESP32_CORE_DUMP_UART_DELAY (CONFIG_ESP_COREDUMP_UART_DELAY)

- CONFIG_ESP32_DEBUG_STUBS_ENABLE (CONFIG_ESP_DEBUG_STUBS_ENABLE)

- CONFIG_ESP32_PHY_CALIBRATION_AND_DATA_STORAGE (CONFIG_ESP_PHY_CALIBRATION_AND_DATA_STORAGE)

- CONFIG_ESP32_PHY_DEFAULT_INIT_IF_INVALID (CONFIG_ESP_PHY_DEFAULT_INIT_IF_INVALID)

- CONFIG_ESP32_PHY_INIT_DATA_ERROR (CONFIG_ESP_PHY_INIT_DATA_ERROR)

- CONFIG_ESP32_PHY_INIT_DATA_IN_PARTITION (CONFIG_ESP_PHY_INIT_DATA_IN_PARTITION)

- CONFIG_ESP32_PHY_MAC_BB_PD (CONFIG_ESP_PHY_MAC_BB_PD)

- CONFIG_ESP32_PHY_MAX_WIFI_TX_POWER (CONFIG_ESP_PHY_MAX_WIFI_TX_POWER)

- CONFIG_ESP32_PTHREAD_STACK_MIN (CONFIG_PTHREAD_STACK_MIN)

- CONFIG_ESP32_PTHREAD_TASK_CORE_DEFAULT (CONFIG_PTHREAD_TASK_CORE_DEFAULT)

    - CONFIG_ESP32_DEFAULT_PTHREAD_CORE_NO_AFFINITY

    - CONFIG_ESP32_DEFAULT_PTHREAD_CORE_0

    - CONFIG_ESP32_DEFAULT_PTHREAD_CORE_1

- CONFIG_ESP32_PTHREAD_TASK_NAME_DEFAULT (CONFIG_PTHREAD_TASK_NAME_DEFAULT)

- CONFIG_ESP32_PTHREAD_TASK_PRIO_DEFAULT (CONFIG_PTHREAD_TASK_PRIO_DEFAULT)

- CONFIG_ESP32_PTHREAD_TASK_STACK_SIZE_DEFAULT (CONFIG_PTHREAD_TASK_STACK_SIZE_DEFAULT)

- CONFIG_ESP32_REDUCE_PHY_TX_POWER (CONFIG_ESP_PHY_REDUCE_TX_POWER)

- CONFIG_ESP32_RTC_XTAL_BOOTSTRAP_CYCLES (CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_RTC_EXT_XTAL_BOOTSTRAP_CYCLES)

- CONFIG_ESP32_SUPPORT_MULTIPLE_PHY_INIT_DATA_BIN (CONFIG_ESP_PHY_MULTIPLE_INIT_DATA_BIN)

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_AMPDU_RX_ENABLED (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_AMPDU_RX_ENABLED)

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_AMPDU_TX_ENABLED (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_AMPDU_TX_ENABLED)

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_AMSDU_TX_ENABLED (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_AMSDU_TX_ENABLED)

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_CACHE_TX_BUFFER_NUM (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_CACHE_TX_BUFFER_NUM)

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_CSI_ENABLED (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_CSI_ENABLED)

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_DYNAMIC_RX_BUFFER_NUM (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DYNAMIC_RX_BUFFER_NUM)

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_DYNAMIC_TX_BUFFER_NUM (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DYNAMIC_TX_BUFFER_NUM)

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_ENABLE_WPA3_OWE_STA (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_WPA3_OWE_STA)

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_ENABLE_WPA3_SAE (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ENABLE_WPA3_SAE)

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_IRAM_OPT (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_IRAM_OPT)

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_MGMT_SBUF_NUM (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MGMT_SBUF_NUM)

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_NVS_ENABLED (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_NVS_ENABLED)

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_RX_BA_WIN (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_RX_BA_WIN)

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_RX_IRAM_OPT (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_RX_IRAM_OPT)

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_SOFTAP_BEACON_MAX_LEN (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SOFTAP_BEACON_MAX_LEN)

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_STATIC_RX_BUFFER_NUM (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_STATIC_RX_BUFFER_NUM)

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_STATIC_TX_BUFFER_NUM (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_STATIC_TX_BUFFER_NUM)

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_SW_COEXIST_ENABLE (CONFIG_ESP_COEX_SW_COEXIST_ENABLE)

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_TASK_CORE_ID (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_TASK_CORE_ID)

    - CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_TASK_PINNED_TO_CORE_0

    - CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_TASK_PINNED_TO_CORE_1

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_TX_BA_WIN (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_TX_BA_WIN)

- CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_TX_BUFFER (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_TX_BUFFER)

    - CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_STATIC_TX_BUFFER

    - CONFIG_ESP32_WIFI_DYNAMIC_TX_BUFFER

- CONFIG_ESP_GRATUITOUS_ARP (CONFIG_LWIP_ESP_GRATUITOUS_ARP)

- CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT_FEATURE (CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT)

- CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT_FEATURE_LOCK (CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT_PMS_LOCK)

- CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT_FEATURE_VIA_TEE (CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT)

- CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_PD_FLASH (CONFIG_ESP_SLEEP_POWER_DOWN_FLASH)

- CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_PMP_IDRAM_SPLIT (CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT)

- CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_PMP_LP_CORE_RESERVE_MEM_EXECUTABLE (CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_MEMPROT_PMP_LP_CORE_RESERVE_MEM_EXEC)

- CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_PM_POWER_DOWN_CPU (CONFIG_PM_POWER_DOWN_CPU_IN_LIGHT_SLEEP)

- CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT (CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_INIT)

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_EXTERNAL_COEXIST_ENABLE (CONFIG_ESP_COEX_EXTERNAL_COEXIST_ENABLE)

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_NAN_ENABLE (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_NAN_SYNC_ENABLE)

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_NETWORK_ASSISTED_ROAMING_IP_RENEW_SKIP (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_ROAMING_IP_RENEW_SKIP)

- CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SW_COEXIST_ENABLE (CONFIG_ESP_COEX_SW_COEXIST_ENABLE)

- CONFIG_EVENT_LOOP_PROFILING (CONFIG_ESP_EVENT_LOOP_PROFILING)

- CONFIG_EXTERNAL_COEX_ENABLE (CONFIG_ESP_COEX_EXTERNAL_COEXIST_ENABLE)

- CONFIG_FLASH_ENCRYPTION_ENABLED (CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_ENC_ENABLED)

- CONFIG_FLASH_ENCRYPTION_UART_BOOTLOADER_ALLOW_CACHE (CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_UART_BOOTLOADER_ALLOW_CACHE)

- CONFIG_FLASH_ENCRYPTION_UART_BOOTLOADER_ALLOW_ENCRYPT (CONFIG_SECURE_FLASH_UART_BOOTLOADER_ALLOW_ENC)

- CONFIG_GAP_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_GAP_TRACE_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_GAP_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_GAP_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_GAP_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING

    - CONFIG_GAP_TRACE_LEVEL_API

    - CONFIG_GAP_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT

    - CONFIG_GAP_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_GAP_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_GARP_TMR_INTERVAL (CONFIG_LWIP_GARP_TMR_INTERVAL)

- CONFIG_GATTC_CACHE_NVS_FLASH (CONFIG_BT_GATTC_CACHE_NVS_FLASH)

- CONFIG_GATTC_ENABLE (CONFIG_BT_GATTC_ENABLE)

- CONFIG_GATTS_ENABLE (CONFIG_BT_GATTS_ENABLE)

- CONFIG_GATTS_SEND_SERVICE_CHANGE_MODE (CONFIG_BT_GATTS_SEND_SERVICE_CHANGE_MODE)

    - CONFIG_GATTS_SEND_SERVICE_CHANGE_MANUAL

    - CONFIG_GATTS_SEND_SERVICE_CHANGE_AUTO

- CONFIG_GATT_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_GATT_TRACE_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_GATT_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_GATT_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_GATT_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING

    - CONFIG_GATT_TRACE_LEVEL_API

    - CONFIG_GATT_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT

    - CONFIG_GATT_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_GATT_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_GDBSTUB_MAX_TASKS (CONFIG_ESP_GDBSTUB_MAX_TASKS)

- CONFIG_GDBSTUB_SUPPORT_TASKS (CONFIG_ESP_GDBSTUB_SUPPORT_TASKS)

- CONFIG_GPTIMER_ISR_IRAM_SAFE (CONFIG_GPTIMER_ISR_CACHE_SAFE)

- CONFIG_HCI_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_HCI_TRACE_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_HCI_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_HCI_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_HCI_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING

    - CONFIG_HCI_TRACE_LEVEL_API

    - CONFIG_HCI_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT

    - CONFIG_HCI_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_HCI_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_HFP_AG_ENABLE (CONFIG_BT_HFP_AG_ENABLE)

- CONFIG_HFP_AUDIO_DATA_PATH (CONFIG_BT_HFP_AUDIO_DATA_PATH)

    - CONFIG_HFP_AUDIO_DATA_PATH_PCM

    - CONFIG_HFP_AUDIO_DATA_PATH_HCI

- CONFIG_HFP_CLIENT_ENABLE (CONFIG_BT_HFP_CLIENT_ENABLE)

- CONFIG_HFP_ENABLE (CONFIG_BT_HFP_ENABLE)

- CONFIG_HID_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_HID_TRACE_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_HID_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_HID_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_HID_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING

    - CONFIG_HID_TRACE_LEVEL_API

    - CONFIG_HID_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT

    - CONFIG_HID_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_HID_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_INT_WDT (CONFIG_ESP_INT_WDT)

- CONFIG_INT_WDT_CHECK_CPU1 (CONFIG_ESP_INT_WDT_CHECK_CPU1)

- CONFIG_INT_WDT_TIMEOUT_MS (CONFIG_ESP_INT_WDT_TIMEOUT_MS)

- CONFIG_IPC_TASK_STACK_SIZE (CONFIG_ESP_IPC_TASK_STACK_SIZE)

- CONFIG_L2CAP_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_L2CAP_TRACE_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_L2CAP_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_L2CAP_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_L2CAP_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING

    - CONFIG_L2CAP_TRACE_LEVEL_API

    - CONFIG_L2CAP_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT

    - CONFIG_L2CAP_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_L2CAP_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_L2_TO_L3_COPY (CONFIG_LWIP_L2_TO_L3_COPY)

- CONFIG_LCD_DSI_ISR_IRAM_SAFE (CONFIG_LCD_DSI_ISR_CACHE_SAFE)

- CONFIG_LOG_BOOTLOADER_LEVEL (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_LOG_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_LOG_BOOTLOADER_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_LOG_BOOTLOADER_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_LOG_BOOTLOADER_LEVEL_WARN

    - CONFIG_LOG_BOOTLOADER_LEVEL_INFO

    - CONFIG_LOG_BOOTLOADER_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_LOG_BOOTLOADER_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_MAC_BB_PD (CONFIG_ESP_PHY_MAC_BB_PD)

- CONFIG_MAIN_TASK_STACK_SIZE (CONFIG_ESP_MAIN_TASK_STACK_SIZE)

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ATCA_HW_ECDSA_SIGN (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SECURE_ELEMENT_DRIVER_ENABLED)

- CONFIG_MBEDTLS_ATCA_HW_ECDSA_VERIFY (CONFIG_MBEDTLS_SECURE_ELEMENT_DRIVER_ENABLED)

- CONFIG_MCA_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_MCA_TRACE_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_MCA_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_MCA_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_MCA_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING

    - CONFIG_MCA_TRACE_LEVEL_API

    - CONFIG_MCA_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT

    - CONFIG_MCA_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_MCA_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_MCPWM_ISR_IRAM_SAFE (CONFIG_MCPWM_ISR_CACHE_SAFE)

- CONFIG_NEWLIB_NANO_FORMAT (CONFIG_LIBC_NEWLIB_NANO_FORMAT)

- CONFIG_NEWLIB_STDIN_LINE_ENDING (CONFIG_LIBC_STDIN_LINE_ENDING)

    - CONFIG_NEWLIB_STDIN_LINE_ENDING_CRLF

    - CONFIG_NEWLIB_STDIN_LINE_ENDING_LF

    - CONFIG_NEWLIB_STDIN_LINE_ENDING_CR

- CONFIG_NEWLIB_STDOUT_LINE_ENDING (CONFIG_LIBC_STDOUT_LINE_ENDING)

    - CONFIG_NEWLIB_STDOUT_LINE_ENDING_CRLF

    - CONFIG_NEWLIB_STDOUT_LINE_ENDING_LF

    - CONFIG_NEWLIB_STDOUT_LINE_ENDING_CR

- CONFIG_NEWLIB_TIME_SYSCALL (CONFIG_LIBC_TIME_SYSCALL)

    - CONFIG_NEWLIB_TIME_SYSCALL_USE_RTC_HRT

    - CONFIG_NEWLIB_TIME_SYSCALL_USE_RTC

    - CONFIG_NEWLIB_TIME_SYSCALL_USE_HRT

    - CONFIG_NEWLIB_TIME_SYSCALL_USE_NONE

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_ATT_PREFERRED_MTU (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ATT_PREFERRED_MTU)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_CRYPTO_STACK_MBEDTLS (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_CRYPTO_STACK_MBEDTLS)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_DEBUG (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_DEBUG)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_GAP_DEVICE_NAME_MAX_LEN (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_GAP_DEVICE_NAME_MAX_LEN)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_HS_FLOW_CTRL (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HS_FLOW_CTRL)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_HS_FLOW_CTRL_ITVL (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HS_FLOW_CTRL_ITVL)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_HS_FLOW_CTRL_THRESH (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HS_FLOW_CTRL_THRESH)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_HS_FLOW_CTRL_TX_ON_DISCONNECT (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HS_FLOW_CTRL_TX_ON_DISCONNECT)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_L2CAP_COC_MAX_NUM (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_L2CAP_COC_MAX_NUM)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_MAX_BONDS (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MAX_BONDS)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_MAX_CCCDS (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MAX_CCCDS)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_MAX_CONNECTIONS (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MAX_CONNECTIONS)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_MEM_ALLOC_MODE (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MEM_ALLOC_MODE)

    - CONFIG_NIMBLE_MEM_ALLOC_MODE_INTERNAL

    - CONFIG_NIMBLE_MEM_ALLOC_MODE_EXTERNAL

    - CONFIG_NIMBLE_MEM_ALLOC_MODE_DEFAULT

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_MESH (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_MESH_DEVICE_NAME (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_DEVICE_NAME)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_MESH_FRIEND (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_FRIEND)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_GATT_PROXY)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_MESH_LOW_POWER (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_LOW_POWER)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_MESH_PB_ADV (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_PB_ADV)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_MESH_PB_GATT (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_PB_GATT)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_MESH_PROV (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_PROV)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_MESH_PROXY (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_PROXY)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_MESH_RELAY (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_MESH_RELAY)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_NVS_PERSIST (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_NVS_PERSIST)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_PINNED_TO_CORE_CHOICE (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_PINNED_TO_CORE_CHOICE)

    - CONFIG_NIMBLE_PINNED_TO_CORE_0

    - CONFIG_NIMBLE_PINNED_TO_CORE_1

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_ROLE_BROADCASTER (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_BROADCASTER)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_ROLE_CENTRAL (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_CENTRAL)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_ROLE_OBSERVER (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_OBSERVER)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_ROLE_PERIPHERAL (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_ROLE_PERIPHERAL)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_RPA_TIMEOUT (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_RPA_TIMEOUT)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_SM_LEGACY (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SM_LEGACY)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_SM_SC (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SM_SC)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_SM_SC_DEBUG_KEYS (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SM_SC_DEBUG_KEYS)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_APPEARANCE (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_APPEARANCE)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_DEVICE_NAME (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_SVC_GAP_DEVICE_NAME)

- CONFIG_NIMBLE_TASK_STACK_SIZE (CONFIG_BT_NIMBLE_HOST_TASK_STACK_SIZE)

- CONFIG_NO_BLOBS (CONFIG_APP_NO_BLOBS)

- CONFIG_OPTIMIZATION_ASSERTION_LEVEL (CONFIG_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_ASSERTION_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_OPTIMIZATION_ASSERTIONS_ENABLED

    - CONFIG_OPTIMIZATION_ASSERTIONS_SILENT

    - CONFIG_OPTIMIZATION_ASSERTIONS_DISABLED

- CONFIG_OPTIMIZATION_COMPILER (CONFIG_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION)

    - CONFIG_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL_DEBUG, CONFIG_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL_DEBUG, CONFIG_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_DEFAULT

    - CONFIG_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL_RELEASE, CONFIG_COMPILER_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL_RELEASE

- CONFIG_OSI_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_OSI_TRACE_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_OSI_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_OSI_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_OSI_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING

    - CONFIG_OSI_TRACE_LEVEL_API

    - CONFIG_OSI_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT

    - CONFIG_OSI_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_OSI_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_OTA_ALLOW_HTTP (CONFIG_ESP_HTTPS_OTA_ALLOW_HTTP)

- CONFIG_PAN_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_PAN_TRACE_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_PAN_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_PAN_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_PAN_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING

    - CONFIG_PAN_TRACE_LEVEL_API

    - CONFIG_PAN_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT

    - CONFIG_PAN_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_PAN_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_PERIPH_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM (CONFIG_ESP_PERIPH_CTRL_FUNC_IN_IRAM)

- CONFIG_POST_EVENTS_FROM_IRAM_ISR (CONFIG_ESP_EVENT_POST_FROM_IRAM_ISR)

- CONFIG_POST_EVENTS_FROM_ISR (CONFIG_ESP_EVENT_POST_FROM_ISR)

- CONFIG_PPP_CHAP_SUPPORT (CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_CHAP_SUPPORT)

- CONFIG_PPP_DEBUG_ON (CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_DEBUG_ON)

- CONFIG_PPP_MPPE_SUPPORT (CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_MPPE_SUPPORT)

- CONFIG_PPP_MSCHAP_SUPPORT (CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_MSCHAP_SUPPORT)

- CONFIG_PPP_NOTIFY_PHASE_SUPPORT (CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_NOTIFY_PHASE_SUPPORT)

- CONFIG_PPP_PAP_SUPPORT (CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_PAP_SUPPORT)

- CONFIG_PPP_SUPPORT (CONFIG_LWIP_PPP_SUPPORT)

- CONFIG_REDUCE_PHY_TX_POWER (CONFIG_ESP_PHY_REDUCE_TX_POWER)

- CONFIG_RFCOMM_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_RFCOMM_TRACE_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_RFCOMM_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_RFCOMM_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_RFCOMM_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING

    - CONFIG_RFCOMM_TRACE_LEVEL_API

    - CONFIG_RFCOMM_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT

    - CONFIG_RFCOMM_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_RFCOMM_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_SEMIHOSTFS_MAX_MOUNT_POINTS (CONFIG_VFS_SEMIHOSTFS_MAX_MOUNT_POINTS)

- CONFIG_SMP_INITIAL_TRACE_LEVEL (CONFIG_BT_LOG_SMP_TRACE_LEVEL)

    - CONFIG_SMP_TRACE_LEVEL_NONE

    - CONFIG_SMP_TRACE_LEVEL_ERROR

    - CONFIG_SMP_TRACE_LEVEL_WARNING

    - CONFIG_SMP_TRACE_LEVEL_API

    - CONFIG_SMP_TRACE_LEVEL_EVENT

    - CONFIG_SMP_TRACE_LEVEL_DEBUG

    - CONFIG_SMP_TRACE_LEVEL_VERBOSE

- CONFIG_SMP_SLAVE_CON_PARAMS_UPD_ENABLE (CONFIG_BT_SMP_SLAVE_CON_PARAMS_UPD_ENABLE)

- CONFIG_SPIRAM_ALLOW_STACK_EXTERNAL_MEMORY (CONFIG_FREERTOS_TASK_CREATE_ALLOW_EXT_MEM)

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_32BIT_ADDR_ENABLE (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_CACHE_32BIT_ADDR_QUAD_FLASH)

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_QUAD_32BIT_ADDR_ENABLE (CONFIG_BOOTLOADER_CACHE_32BIT_ADDR_QUAD_FLASH)

- CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WRITING_DANGEROUS_REGIONS (CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_DANGEROUS_WRITE)

    - CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WRITING_DANGEROUS_REGIONS_ABORTS

    - CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WRITING_DANGEROUS_REGIONS_FAILS

    - CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_WRITING_DANGEROUS_REGIONS_ALLOWED

- CONFIG_STACK_CHECK_MODE (CONFIG_COMPILER_STACK_CHECK_MODE)

    - CONFIG_STACK_CHECK_NONE

    - CONFIG_STACK_CHECK_NORM

    - CONFIG_STACK_CHECK_STRONG

    - CONFIG_STACK_CHECK_ALL

- CONFIG_SUPPORT_TERMIOS (CONFIG_VFS_SUPPORT_TERMIOS)

- CONFIG_SUPPRESS_SELECT_DEBUG_OUTPUT (CONFIG_VFS_SUPPRESS_SELECT_DEBUG_OUTPUT)

- CONFIG_SW_COEXIST_ENABLE (CONFIG_ESP_COEX_SW_COEXIST_ENABLE)

- CONFIG_SYSTEM_EVENT_QUEUE_SIZE (CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_EVENT_QUEUE_SIZE)

- CONFIG_SYSTEM_EVENT_TASK_STACK_SIZE (CONFIG_ESP_SYSTEM_EVENT_TASK_STACK_SIZE)

- CONFIG_TASK_WDT (CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_INIT)

- CONFIG_TASK_WDT_CHECK_IDLE_TASK_CPU0 (CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_CHECK_IDLE_TASK_CPU0)

- CONFIG_TASK_WDT_CHECK_IDLE_TASK_CPU1 (CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_CHECK_IDLE_TASK_CPU1)

- CONFIG_TASK_WDT_PANIC (CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_PANIC)

- CONFIG_TASK_WDT_TIMEOUT_S (CONFIG_ESP_TASK_WDT_TIMEOUT_S)

- CONFIG_TCPIP_RECVMBOX_SIZE (CONFIG_LWIP_TCPIP_RECVMBOX_SIZE)

- CONFIG_TCPIP_TASK_AFFINITY (CONFIG_LWIP_TCPIP_TASK_AFFINITY)

    - CONFIG_TCPIP_TASK_AFFINITY_NO_AFFINITY

    - CONFIG_TCPIP_TASK_AFFINITY_CPU0

    - CONFIG_TCPIP_TASK_AFFINITY_CPU1

- CONFIG_TCPIP_TASK_STACK_SIZE (CONFIG_LWIP_TCPIP_TASK_STACK_SIZE)

- CONFIG_TCP_MAXRTX (CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_MAXRTX)

- CONFIG_TCP_MSL (CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_MSL)

- CONFIG_TCP_MSS (CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_MSS)

- CONFIG_TCP_OVERSIZE (CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_OVERSIZE)

    - CONFIG_TCP_OVERSIZE_MSS

    - CONFIG_TCP_OVERSIZE_QUARTER_MSS

    - CONFIG_TCP_OVERSIZE_DISABLE

- CONFIG_TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ (CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ)

- CONFIG_TCP_RECVMBOX_SIZE (CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_RECVMBOX_SIZE)

- CONFIG_TCP_SND_BUF_DEFAULT (CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_SND_BUF_DEFAULT)

- CONFIG_TCP_SYNMAXRTX (CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_SYNMAXRTX)

- CONFIG_TCP_WND_DEFAULT (CONFIG_LWIP_TCP_WND_DEFAULT)

- CONFIG_TIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH (CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH)

- CONFIG_TIMER_TASK_PRIORITY (CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_TASK_PRIORITY)

- CONFIG_TIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH (CONFIG_FREERTOS_TIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH)

- CONFIG_TIMER_TASK_STACK_SIZE (CONFIG_ESP_TIMER_TASK_STACK_SIZE)

- CONFIG_UDP_RECVMBOX_SIZE (CONFIG_LWIP_UDP_RECVMBOX_SIZE)

- CONFIG_WARN_WRITE_STRINGS (CONFIG_COMPILER_WARN_WRITE_STRINGS)

- CONFIG_WPA_11KV_SUPPORT (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_11KV_SUPPORT)

- CONFIG_WPA_11R_SUPPORT (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_11R_SUPPORT)

- CONFIG_WPA_DEBUG_PRINT (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DEBUG_PRINT)

- CONFIG_WPA_DPP_SUPPORT (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_DPP_SUPPORT)

- CONFIG_WPA_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MBEDTLS_CRYPTO)

- CONFIG_WPA_MBEDTLS_TLS_CLIENT (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MBEDTLS_TLS_CLIENT)

- CONFIG_WPA_MBO_SUPPORT (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_MBO_SUPPORT)

- CONFIG_WPA_SCAN_CACHE (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SCAN_CACHE)

- CONFIG_WPA_SUITE_B_192 (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_SUITE_B_192)

- CONFIG_WPA_WAPI_PSK (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_WAPI_PSK)

- CONFIG_WPA_WPS_SOFTAP_REGISTRAR (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_WPS_SOFTAP_REGISTRAR)

- CONFIG_WPA_WPS_STRICT (CONFIG_ESP_WIFI_WPS_STRICT)

Was this page helpful?

- Thank you! We received your feedback.
- If you have any comments, fill in Espressif Documentation Feedback Form.

- We value your feedback.
- Let us know how we can improve this page by filling in Espressif Documentation Feedback Form.